Undergraduate Catalog

Volume 38, Number 1, June 2003

The provisions of this catalog do not constitute a contract, expressed or implied, between any applicant or student and the Rector and Visitors of Christopher Newport University. The University reserves the right to change any of the provisions, schedules, programs, courses, rules, regulations, or fees whenever university authority deem it expedient to do so.

Christopher Newport University does not discriminate in admission, employment or any other activity, on the basis of race, gender, color, age, religion, veteran status, national origin, disability, or political affiliation. The University complies with all applicable state and federal constitutional provisions, laws and regulations concerning discrimination. Anyone having questions concerning these laws should contact the Director of Equal Opportunity.

1 University Place Newport News, VA 23606 Voice: (757) 594-7000 / TDD: (757) 594-7938

Internet Address: http://www.cnu.edu

1 CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT UNIVERSITY

WELCOME TO CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT UNIVERSITY to every student. You won’t find graduate students in lecture halls with hundreds of students at CNU! Our classes average about 23 students, including our laboratory classes for the sciences and technology. In addition, our professors have won a wide array of awards for great teaching, many large grants for research, and regularly publish highly regarded books and articles on fields from theater to new computer language applications. One biology professor won a $700,000 grant to study wetlands pollution and uses part of the funds to support undergraduate students who work with him on the project. Two CNU professors were chosen recently for top teaching and service awards from the State of Virginia out of 16,000 faculty. A computer science professor led a team of Christopher Newport University is a superb choice for undergraduates as one of only 50 teams chosen interna- your college studies. Small classes, professors who put tionally to compete in a programming contest. Our account- you first, and a picturesque and safe campus create an ing faculty have a national reputation for producing CPAs. environment that is hard to find in public higher education In fact, CNU ranks #1 in Virginia for the number of account- today. That’s why we’d like to share a few highlights of the ing graduates who pass the CPA exam on the first round. quality of life you will enjoy here. Brilliant, energetic teaching and superb records of achievement in their disciplines are trademarks of the fac- OUR STUDENTS ulty at CNU. Add that to their dedication to you and your There’s no such thing as a typical CNU student! Our success, and you have a combination that is sure to give 5,000 students hail from every part of Virginia, 40 states, you a real head start on a great career in the future. and 20 foreign countries. Each year, we welcome 1,200 new freshmen and about CAPTAIN PRIDE 200 new transfers with diverse interests and choices of Playing to win is the watchword at CNU. Our athletes study. don’t play for money, since we are a Division III school, so In recent years, interest in CNU has increased dramati- the results of our sports teams come from a fire in the heart. cally, as have the quality and quantity of our applicants. In 23 intercollegiate sports, CNU has produced over 464 All Applications from freshmen and transfer students have Americans since 1980, won over 75 national team and indi- skyrocketed, an obvious indication of the quality educa- vidual titles, and recently has had the best years ever in tion that CNU has to offer. In addition, more students than men’s and women’s basketball, men’s and women’s track, ever before are seeking entry into our distinguished Hon- and women’s softball. ors Program. CNU’s new football team made history in 2001 as the Our students are friendly, lively, and seem to thrive on first football team to win the conference and go to the NCAA the close relationships they form with professors inside in their first year of play. They repeated that performance and outside the classroom. Many of our students work again in 2002. with professors on pioneering research—from the wetlands to the stratosphere, our undergraduates have the opportunity to be part of dynamic projects in a variety of fields. One new student summed up the atmosphere at CNU during a recent orientation when she said, “I never dreamed a university could be so friendly.”

THE PROFESSORS If you’re looking for an education with teachers who love to teach, then CNU is the right place for you. In fact, most of our professors will tell you that the reason they chose CNU is because of its commitment to excellent teaching. Outstanding, veteran faculty are in the classroom, offering an incredible depth of experience and knowledge

2 CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT UNIVERSITY

CNU athletics has also received top honors as a win- for quiet study and reflection. Our library now boasts a ner of the Dixie Conference President’s Cup for five years gourmet coffee shop, complete with computer workstations. in a row and 11 of the last 19 years. State-of-the-art laboratories in computer science, com- Quite simply, CNU has one of the nation’s finest sports puter engineering, physics and instrumentation, and the programs, and you’ll find it easy to catch the spirit of Cap- natural sciences are designed to enhance the close interac- tain pride. tion between professors and students. CNU has one of the lowest student/computer ratios (10:1) in the state. CNU’s state-of-the-art residence halls are described STUDENT LIFE by students as “the best they’ve seen.” Free local phone Students at CNU participate in nearly 100 clubs and and cable, a built-in microfridge, computer hook ups, car- organizations, along with dozens of recreational and club pet, air conditioning, and suite-style rooms make living on sports. Whether you’re interested in biology field trips to campus very attractive for our freshmen. CNU has 2200 the ocean or becoming a leader in campus government, students in residence, and freshmen enjoy spacious rooms, there is a rich array of activities here to make your time air conditioning, free local phone and cable, free internet outside the classroom memorable. hookups, and free microrefrigerators in each suite. The Perhaps you’d enjoy our Equestrian Team or Crew Club upperclass residence facilities boast apartments and suites that compete successfully around the state. Or, if you’re complete with kitchens. service-oriented, Alpha Phi Omega is a service fraternity Surrounded by beautiful neighborhoods, CNU is a (co-ed) that works on campus and around our area on a great place for walking, jogging, or cycling, and you’re only variety of projects. Regardless, you’ll find it’s easy to get a few short blocks from the James River and a pleasant involved at CNU. The same focus on the individual in the bicycle ride to a public white-sand beach and park. classroom characterizes the accessibility of our campus CNU is also adjacent to pristine Lake Maury, sur- clubs and activities. rounded by Mariner’s Park with 600 acres of trails and wood- Each year, you’ll also enjoy performances by major lands. artists, renowned speakers, and the many student festivals CNU has another distinction as an ideal living envi- like Roktoberfest, Spring Madness, Sand Jam, Family Week- ronment – our campus ranks each year as one of the safest end, and Homecoming. campuses in Virginia . CNU is also the host of the Ella Fitzgerald Music Fes- The campus was enhanced even further with the new tival in late spring. $16 million Freeman Sports and Recreation Center, featur- OUR REGION ing a 200-meter indoor track, three basketball courts, and 10,000 square feet of personal recreation/fitness space. It When you choose a university, location is important. is one of the finest centers of its kind in the nation for a Our region is not only a resort which attracts millions of Division III program. visitors each year but is also a center of high tech develop- In addition, we will complete the student areas and ment and research including NASA/Langley and the Tho- two theaters in our $53 million Center for the Arts in 2003. mas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility, the world’s pre- The center was designed by world renowned architects mier physics research facility. Pei, Cobb, Freed, and Partners, who also designed the pyra- CNU students enjoy easy access to the rolling dunes mid at the Louvre in Paris, the East Wing of the National and pounding surf of Virginia Beach, along with its new Gallery in Washington, D.C., and the Rock and Roll Hall of Amphitheater which is host to performers like Jimmy Buf- Fame in Ohio. An additional 1700-seat concert hall will be fet, Brittney Spears, the Dave Matthews Band, and Garth completed in December Brooks. A twenty-minute ride west leads to Williamsburg where many of our students enjoy the splendor of Ameri- can history and also find internships in Colonial WE INVITE YOU TO VISIT! Williamsburg and Busch Gardens. If you would like to see first hand the quality of Chris- topher Newport University today, we welcome your visit THE CAMPUS – PRESENT AND FUTURE Monday through Saturday throughout the year. Simply call Admissions at (757) 594-7015 or at (800) 333-4268 to CNU’s campus extends over 150 acres of beautiful arrange a time. Our tour information line is (757) 594-7334, lawns, gardens, and tall trees, in a park-like setting in New- or you may wish to visit our website at www.cnu.edu for port News. Visitors often remark on the beauty of the cam- special visit dates. Admissions presentations and campus pus as a highlight of their tour! tours are offered on a daily basis, and you may arrange to A superb library with 600,000 books, periodicals, docu- meet with a professor in your area of interest by calling in ments, microform and software items, and extensive elec- advance of your visit. tronic research resources offers students a wonderful place We look forward to welcoming you to CNU!

3 CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT UNIVERSITY

4 TABLE OF CONTENTS

WELCOME TO THE UNIVERSITY ...... 2 ACADEMIC CALENDAR ...... 6 GENERAL INFORMATION The University ...... 8 Admission to the University ...... 9 Expenses and Financial Aid ...... 15 Housing...... 23 Athletics...... 25 Division of Student Affairs: Student Life ...... 26 Career and Counseling ...... 27 Health and Wellness ...... 27 Resources: Library ...... 28 CNU Online ...... 29 Information Technology Services ...... 30 Life Long Learning ...... 30 ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND PROGRAMS Academic Organization and Degrees...... 31 Advising ...... 33 General Academic Policies and Procedures...... 34 Degree Requirements ...... 45 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 46 Biology, Chemistry and Environmental Science ...... 47 Childhood Studies ...... 55 Communication Studies ...... 57 English ...... 60 Film Studies ...... 69 Fine and Performing Arts ...... 71 Gerontology ...... 92 Government and Public Affairs ...... 93 History ...... 100 Honors ...... 106 Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 110 Leadership ...... 111 Library Science...... 114 Mathematics ...... 115 Military Science ...... 121 Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures ...... 124 Nursing ...... 132 Philosophy and Religious Studies ...... 133 Physics, Computer Science and Engineering ...... 145 Psychology ...... 157 Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology ...... 162 Teacher Preparation...... 170 Women’s and Gender Studies ...... 171 School of Business ...... 173 Accounting ...... 179 Management and Economics ...... 182 REFERENCE INFORMATION Family Rights and Privacy Act ...... 187 Board of Visitors ...... 189 University Administration ...... 190 Faculty ...... 191 Emeriti Faculty ...... 198 INDEX ...... 200 MAP ...... 206

5 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT UNIVERSITY Academic Calendar for 2003-2004 Fall 2003 – Spring 2004 – Summer 2004

Fall 2003

August 22 F Freshman Convocation and Honor Code Induction Ceremony 25 M Classes Begin 25-29 M-F Add/Drop period 29 F Last day to Add/Drop and elect Audit status September 1 M Labor Day – Classes Meet October 6 M Freshmen Mid-term grade sheets distributed 10 F Freshmen Mid-term grades due 11 S Fall Recess begins after last class meets 15 W Classes Resume 27 M Last day to Withdraw November TBA Spring 2004 Registration 25 T Thanksgiving recess begins after last class meets December 1 M Classes Resume 6 S Classes end 8-12 M-F Final Examinations 15 M GRADES DUE by 12:00 noon TBA Winter Commencement

Spring 2004

January 12 M Classes Begin 12-16 M-F Add/Drop period 16 F Last day to Add/Drop and elect Audit status February 23 M Freshmen Mid-term grade sheets distributed 27 F Freshmen Mid-term grades due 28 S Spring Recess begins after last class March 8 S Classes Resume 22 M Last day to Withdraw April TBA Summer, Fall 2004 Registration 24 S Classes End 26 – May 1 M-S Final Examinations May 3 M GRADES DUE by 12:00 noon 8SCommencement

Note: Access www.cnu.edu for the latest update of the Academic Calendar.

6 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

SUMMER TERMS FOR 2004

Summer 2004 Term 1 The first 5-week session (MTWTh); after graduation start.

May 10 M Registration 11 T Classes Begin 11 T Last day to Drop/Add and elect Audit status 31 M Holiday: No classes June 1 T Last day to Withdraw and elect Pass/Fail 10 Th Classes End 11 F Final Examinations 14 M Final Grades Due

Summer 2004 Term 2 The 10-week session (M/W and T/Th).

June 1 T Registration 2 W MW Classes Begin 3 Th TTh Classes Begin 3 Th Last day to Drop/Add and elect Audit status July 5 M Holiday: No classes 14 W Last day to Withdraw and elect Pass/Fail August 3 T TTh Classes End 4 W MW Classes End 5 Th TTh Final Examinations 6 F MW Final Examinations 9 M Final Grades Due

Summer 2004 Term 3 The second 5-week session (MTWTh); after Fourth of July start.

July 6 T Registration 7 W Classes Begin 7 W Last day to Drop/Add and elect Audit status 27 T Last day to Withdraw and elect Pass/Fail August 5 Th Classes End 6 F Final Examinations 9 M Final Grades Due

Note: Access www.cnu.edu for the latest update of the Academic Calendar.

7 THE UNIVERSITY

MISSION The University first enrolled 171 students in September of The mission of Christopher Newport University is to pro- 1961 at its initial home, a former public school building in vide educational and cultural opportunities that benefit downtown Newport News, provided through the generos- CNU students, the residents of the Commonwealth of Vir- ity of the City of Newport News and its school board. The ginia, and the nation. CNU provides outstanding aca- City of Newport News then purchased the 75-acre tract on demic programs, encourages service and leadership within the north side of Shoe Lane and it was deeded to the Com- the community, and provides opportunities for student monwealth of Virginia in 1963. In 1996, the 40-acre prop- involvement in nationally and regionally recognized re- erty on the south side of Shoe Lane, formerly Ferguson search and art programs. High School, was purchased by the University.

Our primary focus is excellence in teaching, inspired by The University derives its financial support from the Vir- sound scholarship. At CNU, personal attention in small ginia General Assembly and from the tuition and fees paid classes creates a student-centered environment where cre- by its students. The affairs of the University are directed ativity and excellence can flourish. Our primary emphasis by the Board of Visitors of Christopher Newport Univer- is to provide outstanding undergraduate education. We sity, appointed by the Governor of Virginia. The President also serve the Commonwealth with Master’s degree proof the University, appointed by the Board of Visitors, is grams that provide intellectual and professional develop- the delegated authority over the administration and the ment for graduate level students. courses of instruction.

We are committed to providing a liberal arts education that UNIVERSITY PRESIDENTS stimulates intellectual inquiry and fosters social and civic H. Westcott Cunningham values. CNU students acquire the qualities of mind and 1961-1970 spirit that prepare them to lead lives with meaning and James C. Windsor purpose. As a state university we are committed to ser- 1970-1979 vice that shapes the economic, civic, and cultural life of John E. Anderson, Jr. our community and Commonwealth. 1980-1986 Anthony R. Santoro HISTORY President Emeritus Christopher Newport University is the youngest compre- 1987-1996 hensive university in the Commonwealth of Virginia. At Paul S. Trible, Jr. the same time, it came into being as part of the oldest 1996-Present academic institution in the Commonwealth. For this reason, then, it combines the best of both long heritage and ACCREDITATION the contemporary. CNU was established and authorized Christopher Newport University is accredited by the Com- by the Virginia General Assembly in its 1960 session as a mission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Col- two year branch of The College of William and Mary. The leges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, GA 30033- University derives its name from Captain Christopher New- 4097: telephone number (404) 679-4501) to award degrees port, the English mariner who was among the most impor- at the baccalaureate and master’s degree levels. tant men connected with the permanent settling of Vir- ginia. It was Captain Newport who was put “in sole charge LOCATION and command” of the small squadron of three ships which The University is located in suburban Newport News, mid- made the historic voyage, culminating with the landing at way between Williamsburg and Norfolk. Air service is Jamestown in 1607. Christopher Newport University be- available at the nearby Newport News/Williamsburg Inter- came a four year, baccalaureate degree granting institu- national Airport and the Norfolk International Airport. tion in 1971 and, in July of 1977, became totally independent of The College of William and Mary. The University began offering graduate programs in July 1991.

8 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY Patricia Patten Cavender, Director Administration Building, Room 112 (757) 594-7015 [Toll Free: (800) 333-4268] Tour Information (757) 594-7334 Fax: (757) 594-7333 email: [email protected]

Christopher Newport University’s admissions policies are strong academic preparation, freshman applicants regularly reviewed and affirmed by its Board of Visitors. are expected to have completed a college prepara- The Office of Admissions provides the following services: tory curriculum, such as Virginia’s 24-unit · Reviews and acts on applications for admission to Advanced Studies Diploma (ASD) program, or its the University. equivalent. This program requires four units of · Conducts credit evaluations for transfer students English, three units in the social sciences, four from other institutions. units in mathematics, three units in science, and · Makes referrals to the Academic Advising Center either three units in one foreign language or two and the academic departments for curricular years of two foreign languages. The mid-range advising. (middle 50%) for successful applicants is a 3.0-3.8 · Provides general and academic counseling for GPA and a 1080-1250 SAT. Each applicant is personnel at area military installations. reviewed individually. · Provides guided tours of the campus. 2) The University requires either SAT-I (Scholastic · Conducts information sessions on and off Assessment Test) or ACT (American College campus. Test) scores and will accept the best of multiple · Distributes University publications. tests. · Determines eligibility for in-state tuition. 3) Degree-seeking applicants must submit a non- re fundable $35 application fee. It is the policy of Christopher Newport University to admit students whose ability and preparation indicate potential Full-time Freshmen are required to live on campus for success in the programs of study offered. CNU does unless they live in one of the following exempted areas: not discriminate in admission on the basis of race, gender, Gloucester/Matthews, Hampton, Isle of Wight, James color, age, religion, veteran status, national origin, disabil- City County, Newport News, Poquoson, Williamsburg ity or political affiliation. Students may be admitted as de- and York County. gree-seeking students to the University beginning in the fall or spring semesters. Applicants must meet published Documentation Requirements for Freshman Applicants deadlines and the University will accept the best-qualified The following documentation must be submitted in addi- applicants on a space available basis. tion to the application for admission: 1) Current High School Students: An official APPLICATION DEADLINES secondary school transcript must be forwarded to The deadlines to apply as a degree-seeking student are the Office of Admissions from the applicant’s March 1 for freshmen and May 1 for transfer students for secondary school. SAT-I or ACT scores are also the fall semester. December 1 is the deadline for spring required. High school students may apply any semester. Applications received after these deadlines will time after the junior year. be considered on a space-available basis. 2) High School Graduates/Adults: Applicants who graduated prior to the current year must also FRESHMAN ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR submit an official high school transcript. (SAT-I or DEGREE-SEEKING ADMISSION ACT is required of applicants who graduated from Admission to Christopher Newport University is selective high school less than five years prior to apply- and increasingly competitive. Space is limited in each en- ing.) tering class and admission is reserved for the best-quali- 3) Home Schoolers: Applicants must submit a fied applicants. General requirements for freshman admis- transcript describing their college-preparatory sion are: courses and either SAT-I or ACT scores. 1) Graduation from an accredited secondary school or its equivalent, as shown by examination. Since Christopher Newport University emphasizes

9 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

EARLY ACTION Transfer applicants must: December 1 is the “early action” (non-binding) deadline for high ability students who would like to receive first priority 1) Be in good academic and disciplinary standing consideration for merit scholarships. Freshman applicants and eligible to return to the last college or univer- may be considered for scholarships if they present mini- sity attended. mum SATs of 1150 and a grade point average of 3.25 or 2) Submit a $35 application fee. better. A complete application must be received by Decem- Degree Completion Requirement ber 1. To receive a degree, transfer students must complete 45 ADMISSION FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS semester hours of credit at CNU. Christopher Newport University is authorized by federal Documentation Requirements for Transfer Applicants law to enroll non-immigrant alien students. The admission The following documentation must be submitted in addi- application deadlines for international students are March tion to the application for admission: 1 and October 1, for the fall and spring semesters, respec- 1) Applicants who graduated from high school in tively. (All supporting documentation must be received by the last five years must have an official copy of these deadlines or the decision will be moved to the next their secondary school record and SAT-I or academic term.) However, applicants planning to live in ACT scores sent to the Office of Admissions. on-campus housing should apply well in advance of these Applicants in the first semester of college work dates. Since the University is a state-supported institu- also should have mid-semester grades sent to tion, it cannot provide financial aid to international stu- the Office of Admissions, if available. dents. International applicants who are not U.S. citizens 2) Transfer applicants must also request that all are required to: colleges attended submit official transcripts to 1) Submit an application for admission under degree- the Office of Admissions. Transfer applicants seeking status. who are enrolled elsewhere when they apply 2) Submit official, translated academic transcripts may be admitted upon review of a partial from all secondary schools, colleges, and transcript, but a final offer of full admission will universities. not be made without an official final transcript. 3) Submit all official transcripts to the World 3) Concealment of previous attendance at another Education Services (WES) for a course-by-course college or university is cause for cancellation review. Send copies of this evaluation to the of the student’s admission and registration. Office of Admissions. New or readmission applicants who have been 4) Submit Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) scores suspended or placed on probation from Christo- to the Office of Admissions. pher Newport University or any college or 5) Submit scores from the Test of English as a university for non-academic, social, or disci- Foreign Language (TOEFL). (A score of 530 or plinary reasons may be denied admission to the above is required for the paper-based test and a University. score of 197 or above for the computer- based test to be considered for admission.) Transfer Credit 6) Complete a financial certification form (official The Office of Admissions will carefully review all applica- bank affidavit) guaranteeing that adequate funds tion materials and inform transfer applicants of the admis- (in US currency) are available for college study, sion decision. In addition to weighing grades and test prior to coming to the United States. scores, the Office of Admissions takes into account, when 7) Submit application fee of $35. relevant, evidence of the applicant’s professional or military experience, co-curricular activities, community involve- TRANSFER ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR ment, letters of recommendation, and the applicant’s own DEGREE-SEEKING APPLICANTS educational and career objectives. The Office of Admis- sions evaluates credit for applicants transferring to the Admission to Christopher Newport University is competi- University from other regionally accredited colleges and tive and increasingly selective. Space in each class is re- universities. Upon completion of transfer evaluations, a served for the best-qualified applicants. Selection for ad- written summary of transferable credits is issued at the time mission is also dependent on a student’s preparation for of acceptance to the student, within the following guide- their intended field of study. Applicants must demonstrate lines: acceptable achievement in college level math and English 1) A maximum of 92 semester hours of transfer credit composition and submit official high school transcripts with will be granted for courses which carry a C or an SAT-I or ACT score if the applicant graduated from high better grade and are comparable to courses school within the last five years.

10 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

offered by fully accredited four-year institutions nancial aid and must meet prerequisites for individual like Christopher Newport University. courses. 2) A maximum of 66 semester hours of transfer credit will be granted for junior or public community Categories of non-degree students college courses that carry a C or better grade. 1) Students who, at the time they enroll, do not wish 3) A maximum of 21 semester hours of transfer credit to pursue a degree program. will be granted for courses which carry a C or 2) Students who wish to take a course for personal better grade and represent the applied arts and enrichment or to explore the possibility of sciences, including skill in a musical instrument, pursuing a degree at a later time. ceramics, arts and crafts, etc. 3) Students who want to earn academic credit 4) A maximum of 60 semester hours of transfer credit applicable to a degree from another college or will be granted (if posted to an official transcript university. of a regionally accredited institution) for work Non-Degree Admission Requirements completed through the College Entrance Examina- 1) Applicants in this category must submit copies of tion Board’s Advanced Placement (AP) Program, academic credentials in order to attend part-time U. S. military schools or departmental challenge (less than 12 hours). These credentials may be examinations. submitted at the time of application. 5) Enrolled CNU students who plan to take credit 2) Applicants who enter as non-degree students courses at other colleges must receive prior must be academically eligible to return to the last permission to do so. Forms used to request such institution attended, and have a minimum 3.0 permission are available in the Office of the overall GPA on past academic work. Registrar. Students who are permitted to take 3) For students who begin in non-degree status and courses elsewhere must earn a grade of C or wish to change to degree-seeking status, past better. academic credentials from high school and/or 6) Unless otherwise authorized by the Office of college will be reviewed and regular admission Admissions, all transfer students, including standards will apply. students who already hold baccalaureate degrees, 4) Applicants must have met all prerequisites for will have the maximum allowable number of credits courses in which they wish to enroll. transferred and recorded on their CNU academic 5) Non-degree applicants must submit a $35 records. When the number of transferable credits application fee. previously earned by the incoming student exceeds the maximum allowable credit, the choice NON-DEGREE ENROLLMENT & ENRICHMENT of credits to be transferred will be determined by PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS the Office of Admissions. The University offers certain high school juniors and seniors an opportunity to enroll in limited coursework at CNU READMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY prior to graduation from high school as a way to bridge the Students must apply for readmission if they do not enroll gap between high school and college. Open to students for two consecutive regular semesters (fall and spring). All with strong academic backgrounds and standardized test academic records are considered, including work completed scores, such students may take courses comprising the during the student’s absence from CNU. Competitive ad- General Education requirements during the fall and spring mission standards in effect at the time of readmission are semesters. An interview with an admission counselor is used. Readmission applicants must submit a $35 applica- required, following receipt of application materials. tion fee. Admission into this program is open to seniors who: Students who left the University while not in good stand- · Have cumulative grade point averages of 3.5 or ing are referred to the Suspension and Reinstatement Pro- better; cedure section of this catalog. Please note that a sus- · Rank in the top 20 percent of their class; and pended student who has not reenrolled for two consecutive · Present SAT scores of 580 verbal/520 mathematics regular semesters (fall and spring) must be readmitted or better. prior to seeking a Second Chance Contract. Admission into this program is open to juniors who: NON-DEGREE ADMISSION · Have cumulative grade point averages of 3.5 or Students who do not wish to seek a degree and/or are better; taking classes for career enhancement or personal growth, · Rank in the top 15 percent of their class; may earn academic credit in the same way as degree-seek- · Present PSAT and/or SAT scores of 600 verbal/ ing students. Non-degree students are not eligible for fi- 550 mathematics or better, and

11 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

· Submit a letter of recommendation from a high Advanced Placement for Foreign Languages school teacher who has taught the student in the Students who have an excellent background in academic discipline in which the student plans to French, German, Latin, or Spanish may receive enroll at CNU. The letter should address the college credit by taking the foreign language place- student’s skills and ability in that discipline, ment test through CNU’s Department of Modern motivation, and discipline/study habits. and Classical Languages and Literatures. Credit can be earned for 6 or 12 semester hours. AUDITING STUDENTS Individuals who wish to take credit courses on an exclu- International Baccalaureate (IB) Program Credit sively “audit” basis should contact the Office of Admis- Students who want to have courses reviewed for sions for a special application/enrollment form. Auditors college credit must supply an official IB Diploma are not required to furnish any academic documentation. (with scores) to the Office of Admissions. De- For additional information about auditing in this book, partmental or elective credit is awarded . please see “Auditing a Course” in the General Academic Policies and Procedures section and “Senior Citizens” in Advanced Placement Program (AP) of the the Fees and Financial section. College Entrance Examination Board The University awards departmental or elective ADVANCED PLACEMENT credit for AP test scores. The University will review student records for advanced placement in accordance with the following policies. Please note that these policies and the required scores are reviewed and updated annually. Prospective students should check the CNU website for updates at www.cnu.edu.

12 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

ADVANCED PLACEMENT

Credit received through the Advanced Placement (AP) exam may be applied toward general education requirements. Please note that these policies and the required scores are reviewed and updated annually. Prospective students should check the CNU website for updates at www.cnu.edu. Listed below are acceptable tests and minimum scores necessary to earn credit at CNU:

AP Test Score Credit CNU Equivalent Art History 4 6 FNAR 201G-202G Art History 3 A* A* Art Studio 3 B* B* Biology 4 7 BIOL 107/108/109L Calculus AB 4 8 MATH 140 & 240 Calculus AB 3 4 MATH 140 Calculus BC 3 8 MATH 140 & 240 Calculus BC 2 4 MATH 140 Chemistry 4 6 CHEM 121 & 122 (C*) Chemistry 3 3 CHEM 103 (D*) Computer Science A 3 3 CPSC 210 Computer Science A 4 4 CPSC 230/230L Computer Science AB 4 4 CPSC 230/230L Economics (Macro) 4 3 ECON 201G Economics (Micro) 4 3 ECON 202G English Lang/Comp 4 6 ENGL 103H-104H English Lang/Comp 3 3 ENGL 103H English Lit/Comp 4 6 ENGL 104H & ENGL 203 English Lit/Comp 3 3 ENGL 104H French 4 12 FREN 101-102/201-202 French 3 6 FREN 101-102 German 4 12 GERM 101-102/201-202 German 3 6 GERM 101-102 Government (Comparative) 4 3 GOVT 100 Government (American) 4 3 GOVT 101 History (U.S.) 5 6 HIST 201-202 (fulfills Gen. Ed. Req.) Latin 4 12 LATN 101-102/201-202 Latin 3 6 LATN 101-102 Physics B 4 8 PHYS 103/103L-104/104L Physics C: Mechanics & Calculus AB (4) or BC (3) 4 4 PHYS 201/201L Physics C: Electricity & Magnetism & Calculus AB (4) or BC (3) 4 4 PHYS 202/202L Probability and Statistics 4 3 MATH 125 Psychology 4 3 PSYC 201 Spanish 4 12 SPAN 101-102/201-202 Spanish 3 6 SPAN 101-102

COMMENTS: A*: Department makes individual recommendation. B*: Credit is dependent upon portfolio and documentation. C*: Credit is not received for labs. If a biology major both labs are needed. If a liberal arts major only one lab is needed. Either lab will meet the requirement D*: A passing grade (D) in the second semester laboratory earns credit for the first semester laboratory course.

13 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE (IB) PROGRAM CREDIT

Students who want to have courses reviewed for college credit must supply an official IB Diploma to the Office of Admissions for evaluation. Please note that these policies and the required scores are reviewed and updated annually. Prospective students should check the CNU website at www.cnu.edu. Christopher Newport University offers credit according to the following chart:

IB Exam Subject Score Credit CNU Equivalent

Anthropology (higher level) 4 3 ANTH 203G Biology (higher level) 5 7 BIOL 107, 108, 109L Chemistry (higher level) 6 8 CHEM 121, 122 & labs Computer Science (higher level) 4 3 CPSC 225 5 7 CPSC 225, 230, 230L 7 8 CPSC 230, 231 & labs Economics (higher level) 4 3 ECON 202 English A (higher level) 5 3 ENGL 103 6 6 ENGL 103, 104 Foreign Language (higher level) 4 6 LANG 101, 102 5 12 LANG 101-202 Geography (higher level) 4 3 GEOG 201 5 6 GEOG 201, 202 Information Technology in a 4 3 CPSC 225 Global Society Mathematics (higher level) 5 8 MATH 140, 240 Philosophy (higher level) 4 3 PHIL 101 5 6 PHIL 101, 102 Physics (higher level) 4 4 PHYS 201, 201L 5 8 PHYS 201, 202 & labs Physics (subsidiary level) 4 4 PHYS 103, 103L 5 8 PHYS 103, 104 & labs Psychology 6 3 PSYC 201

14 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

OFFICE OF STUDENT ACCOUNTS/CASH SERVICES Maribeth Trun, Associate Vice President for Finance/Comptroller Administration Building, Room 210 (757) 594-7195 (757) 594-7042 email (Student Accounts/Cashiers): [email protected]

Student Accounts and Cash Services APP MUSIC Fee (1 credit hour course) $150 Office Hours: APP MUSIC Fee (2 credit hour course) $300 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. * The fees listed above are not refundable. Thursday: ** This fee is exclusive of regalia which must be 10:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. purchased at the University Bookstore.

FEES AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION Registration is not complete until a student has either made payment or arranged to make payment with the Business ACADEMIC TUITION Office. The University reserves the right to withdraw or Undergraduate Full-Time Rate (12 to 16 credits) change the fees announced in this catalog. Interpretation VIRGINIA RESIDENT: $4,600 per year of matters concerning fees in this catalog is the responsi- ($2,300 per term) bility of the Executive Vice President. The President of OUT-OF-STATE STUDENT: $12,300 per year Christopher Newport University has final authority in the ($6,500 per term) interpretation.

Undergraduate Academic Tuition Part-Time Rate TUITION Students who register for less than 12 credit hours or for Undergraduate students who have registered for 12 to 16 any summer term will have their tuition calculated as credit hours will be defined as full-time students and will follows: qualify for the full-time rate. Any combination of credit courses and audit courses satisfies the 12-credit-hour mini- Credits In-State Out-of-State mum for eligibility for the full-time rates. The full-time 1 $ 191 $ 512 rate does not apply to registration for summer term courses 2 $ 382 $1,024 even though the student may be registered for more than 3 $ 573 $1,536 12 credit hours during the summer terms. 4 $ 764 $2,048 Students who register for more than 16 credit hours will be 5 $ 955 $2,560 charged the full-time rate plus the appropriate per-credit- 6 $1,146 $3,072 hour rate for each additional hour above 16 credit hours. 7 $1,337 $3,584 Tuition payments for students who register for fewer than 8 $1,528 $4,096 12 credit hours are based on a charge for each credit hour 9 $1,719 $4,608 of instruction. The tuition and fees for auditing a course 10 $1,910 $5,120 are the same as the tuition and fees for taking a course for 11 $2,101 $5,632 credit.

Graduate tuition and fee rates are listed in the Gradu- The tuition and fee rates are established each year by the ate Catalog. Rector and Board of Visitors of Christopher Newport University. The rates listed in this catalog are applicable Undergraduate General Fees* only for the academic year 2003-2004, which begins with Application Fee $35 the Fall Semester of 2003 (August 25, 2003), and ends with Challenge Examination Fee (per exam) $50 Summer Term 3, August 6, 2004. Academic Transcripts No Charge Returned Check Fee (per return) $25 GENERAL FEES Late Penalty and Administrative Fee (per payment) $50 Students who wish to be admitted to the University must Graduation Fee** $100 pay a $35 application fee. Parking fee (per academic year) $150 Parking fee (summer only) $75 This fee is not refundable, may not be applied to other Reinstatement Fee (second week of classes) $100 fees, and will not have to be paid more than once. If the fee Reinstatement Fee (third week of classes) $200 is paid with the initial application for admission but the

15 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID student does not enroll in the term for which he or she PAYING YOUR BILLS AT THE UNIVERSITY originally applied, it may be carried forward only to the next term. The fee does not apply to continuing education Billing courses. Tuition bills will be mailed to students who register during early registration prior to the payment due date. Bills An applied music instruction fee is charged at the rate of are mailed to the address provided to the Office of the $150 for a one credit hour course or $300 for a two credit Registrar. If a bill has not been received by the date pub- hour course. lished each term, it is the student’s responsibility to contact the Office of Student Accounts to obtain a copy of SCHEDULE CHANGES (ADDS AND DROPS) the bill. Failure to receive a bill does not waive the stu- The amount of tuition and fees will not increase if a full- dent from any financial penalties. time student (taking at least 12 credit hours) increases his or her academic workload to no more than 16 credit hours For those registering after early registration but prior to unless the course added requires an applied music fee. If a payment due date, bills will be handed out by the Office full-time student (taking at least 12 credit hours) decreases of Student Accounts at the time of registration, and these his or her academic workload to fewer than 12 credit hours, bills will be due by the payment due date established for eligibility for the full-time tuition rate is voided; and tuition each term. For those registering after the payment due and fees will be adjusted to the per credit hour rates. If a date, bills are due in full at the time of registration. full-time student (taking at least 12 credit hours) increases his or her academic workload to exceed 16 credit hours, the Payments full-time rate will be charged plus the per-credit-hour rate Payment must be made at the Cashier’s Office with cash, for each credit hour over 16 credit hours. check payable to Christopher Newport University (CNU), or money order. All payments, except cash, may be placed A part-time student who increases his or her academic in the drop-box located outside the Office of Student Ac- workload to 12 to 16 credit hours will be eligible for the full- counts, Administration Building, Room 210. Social Secu- time rate, and the student’s account will be adjusted ac- rity Number or student ID number must be enclosed with cordingly. payment. Students may also pay their tuition bills to the University through a deferred payment program offered Any schedule change that results in additional funds due by Academic Management Service (AMS) discussed later to the University is due and payable on the date the course in this publication. is added. If the additional amount due is not paid on this date, a $50 late payment fee applies. PLEASE TAKE CAREFUL NOTE OF THE FOLLOWING: Students who are using the AMS annual payment plan 1) Students who owe the University any charges and who drop a course or courses may reduce their pay- accrued from previous terms (i.e. tuition, room- ment schedules through AMS. Students should contact and- board, parking fines, library fines, bookstore AMS directly (at 1-800-635-0120) to take this action. Stu- charges, etc.) are REQUIRED to pay these charges dents may not increase their AMS payment plans for before being permitted to register. courses added during the schedule change period. Addi- 2) Students who are receiving any form of tuition tional amounts due for courses added are payable to the assistance must provide the Office of Student Ac- University in full on the date the course is added. counts with properly approved tuition assistance For students who plan to or are receiving financial aid, forms and pay any balance by the PAYMENT course-load reductions and additions can affect the DUE DATE, or a late payment fee will be assessed. amount of financial aid awarded to them. This is par- 3) Students who are receiving any form of financial ticularly true if a course reduction results in a full-time aid MUST have their names on the award list student becoming a part-time student. Students will be submitted by the Financial Aid Office to the responsible for any charges remaining after a course-load Office of Student Accounts, PRIOR TO change, and any amount due as a refund under the PAYMENT DUE DATE. Deferments will be for University’s policy may be refunded directly to the finan- only the amount of the award and students are cial aid grantor, rather than to the student, if the rules of REQUIRED to pay any balance by the PAYMENT the grantor so require. If a student receives a financial aid DUE DATE. (This DOES NOT APPLY to private award and must decrease his or her academic workload to alternative loan programs.) If the difference is not less than 12 credit hours, he or she should contact the paid by the payment due date, a late payment fee Office of Financial Aid, Room 203, Administration Build- will be assessed. STUDENTS WHOSE NAMES ing, telephone (757) 594-7170. ARE ON THE AWARD LIST WILL NOT HAVE THEIR REGISTRATION CANCELLED FOR NON-PAYMENT. If a financial aid recipient

16 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

chooses to withdraw from classes, they must During the reinstatement period, students may not make complete the appropriate forms with the University any schedule changes. They will be reinstated for the origi- Registrar or they will be held liable for all classes nal schedule only. Reinstatements will only be permitted for which they are registered. LATE FINANCIAL for two weeks following Drop/Add week. Under no cir- AID APPLICANTS MUST BE PREPARED TO cumstances will reinstatements be permitted after this date. MEET THE TUITION OBLIGATION THROUGH REINSTATEMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO STUDENTS MEANS OTHER THAN FINANCIAL AID BY THE WHOSE REGISTRATION WAS CANCELLED PRIOR TO PAYMENT DUE DATE. SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT WEEK. 4) The University may at its sole discretion cancel a student’s registration for failure to meet financial ACADEMIC MANAGEMENT SERVICES - (AMS) obligations at any time. Questions concerning Tuition Payment Plan financial policy and payment of tuition and fees This plan allows payment of ANNUAL tuition and fees in should be directed to the Office of Student ten (10) equal monthly installments. The plan begins on Accounts, Room 210, Administration Building, June 1, 2003 with the last payment due March 1, 2004. telephone 594-7195 or 7060. Participation in the plan is on an ANNUAL basis, at an ANNUAL cost of $50.00. When determining the amount PAYMENT POLICY to budget, please consider tuition and fees for FALL AND Tuition and fees are considered fully earned and are due at SPRING terms, applied music fees, and room and board (if the time of registration or no later than the payment due applicable). This plan may be used by full-time or part-time date established for each term. Tuition payment may be students and MAY NOT BE USED FOR ONLY ONE TERM. mailed if RECEIVED IN THE UNIVERSITY BUSINESS OF- Fall term tuition and fees must be paid in full by the 5th FICE BY THE PAYMENT DUE DATE. Postmark date does payment, which will be made on October 1st. If this pay- not apply. ment does not pay Fall term charges, transcripts will be held and registration for the Spring term will not be permit- AT 5:00 p.m. ON THE PAYMENT DUE DATE, THE UNI- ted. VERSITY WILL CANCEL THE REGISTRATION FOR ALL STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT MADE FINANCIAL AR- The University assesses a $50.00 late payment fee for RANGEMENTS. These students may register again dur- EACH PAYMENT that is made to AMS late. This fee is ing scheduled registration periods. The University does payable directly to the University. Information concern- not guarantee that students will be able to obtain their ing this plan will be forwarded separately or may be ob- original schedules. Classes are available on a first-come- tained by calling Academic Management Services directly, first-served basis. REINSTATEMENT DOES NOT APPLY toll free at (800) 635-0120. Students are encouraged to ap- IF A STUDENT’S REGISTRATION IS CANCELLED ON ply for the AMS Plan as soon as possible, since late appli- THE PAYMENT DUE DATE. cation for the plan requires a larger down payment. Stu- dents who have applied for and receive financial aid may REINSTATEMENT participate in the monthly tuition payment plan offered by Beginning on the Monday following Drop/Add week, stu- the University through Academic Management Services. dents whose registration was cancelled on Friday of Drop/ Students do not have to apply through the University’s Add week may be reinstated provided they have the full Office of Financial Aid to participate in the AMS tuition amount of their financial obligation. Students may be rein- payment plan. stated during the first week after Drop/Add week for a reinstatement fee of $100.00 plus a $50.00 late payment fee. Refund Policy Students may be reinstated during the second week fol- If the University cancels a course for which a student has lowing Drop/Add week for a reinstatement fee of $200.00 registered, the student is entitled to a full refund for that plus a $50.00 late payment fee. cancelled course. Please note that refunds will not be issued for any fee which is listed in the University Catalog REINSTATEMENT WILL NOT BE or the Schedule of Classes as a non-refundable fee, unless PROCESSED UNLESS THE STUDENT the course is cancelled by the University. Tuition and com- HAS PAID THE FULL FINANCIAL prehensive fees will be refunded for fall and spring terms OBLIGATION. IF THE STUDENT in accordance with the following policy: PRESENTS THE UNIVERSITY WITH A CHECK THAT IS RETURNED FROM THE • 100% for any course dropped on or before the last BANK FOR INSUFFICIENT FUNDS, THE business day before the beginning of the academic term STUDENT’S REGISTRATION WILL or for any course which is cancelled by the Univer- AUTOMATICALLY BE CANCELLED AND sity; NO FURTHER OPPORTUNITIES FOR • 100% for any course dropped on the first day of the REINSTATEMENT WILL BE PERMITTED. academic term through the end of the first week;

17 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

• 75% for any course dropped during the second week Returned Checks of the academic term. A RETURNED CHECK FEE OF $25.00 will be assessed for all checks returned from the bank to the University for • 50% for any course dropped during the third and fourth any reason. An individual has seven (7) calendar days to week of the academic term, after which time there shall repay the amount of the check and the returned check fee. be no refund. If a check for tuition and fees is returned to the University from the bank for any reason a $50.00 late payment fee will For refund policies concerning Summer Terms 1, 2, and 3, be assessed in addition to the returned check fee. If the please refer to the Business Office Website. Federal finan- student does not repay the total amount due within seven cial aid recipients who totally withdraw from the Univer- (7) calendar days, his or her registration will be cancelled. sity will have their refund processed in accordance with If a student who is being reinstated presents a check to federal regulations. These laws provide for a prorated re- the University that is returned by the bank for any reason, fund if a student totally withdraws before the academic his or her registration will be cancelled. If the University term is complete. These funds may be refunded to the receives TWO non-sufficient fund checks from a student, financial aid grantor, if the rules of the grantor so require. the University will no longer accept checks from the stu- All refund checks are processed through the State Trea- dent. surer and are mailed directly from Richmond to the student. Students should receive refunds within 45 days from Cashing of Student Checks the date the student officially makes the schedule change. The University does not have facilities for handling de- Applied music fees are not refundable after the first day of posits for students’ expenses, but the Business Office is scheduled lessons with the instructor. prepared to cash checks up to $25.00. Checks should be made payable to “Cash.” Two-party checks will be cashed For students receiving financial aid or tuition assistance, only when payable to the student by his or her parent. funds received from these programs are applied to the Under regulations governing state-supported agencies, the student’s account, as received, until the entire financial University is not permitted to cash checks made payable obligation to the University is satisfied. Refunds are made to Christopher Newport University. A $25 returned check to the student from the last funds received, if the student’s fee is charged for each check returned for insufficient account is overpaid. funds. If an individual has a check returned a second time, the University will revoke all check-cashing privileges. Students must make application to the Office of the Reg- The University will not cash a check for an individual istrar to drop a course on or before the deadlines listed who owes a debt to the University. above and during normal business days of the University in order to be eligible for a refund. Students who are par- Delinquent Financial Obligations ticipating in the AMS annual tuition payment budgeting Students who have outstanding financial obligations to plan and whose payments received by the University ex- the University (to include tuition and fees, room and board, ceed the amount owed in accordance with the policy listed bookstore charges, parking fees and fines, library fees and above will receive a direct refund from the University. fines, checks returned for non-sufficient funds, etc.) will Please do not attempt to obtain a refund from AMS di- be refused all services to the University until these finan- rectly. cial obligations have been paid in full. Students will not be permitted to register for subsequent terms, grades will All refunds will be processed in accordance with the above be held, and the University will not issue official tran- policy. If there are extenuating circumstances (such as scripts, etc. This also will apply to students who retain mandatory job transfer from the Hampton Roads area property that belongs to the University. documented by a letter from the employer or extended period of hospitalization documented by a physician’s If a student’s financial account becomes delinquent, the statement), students should contact the Office of Student University charges a $50 late payment penalty and ad- Accounts, Room 210, Administration Building, telephone ministrative fee. The University may turn the account over (757) 594-7195 or 7060, to obtain a tuition refund appeal to a third-party collection agency/credit bureau, the De- form. Notification of the final decision will be made within partment of Taxation, and the Attorney General’s Office. two weeks of the date the appeal is filed. The University is permitted under Virginia Law to attach Virginia State income tax refunds or lottery winnings in Please be aware that students are held individually respon- repayment of any debt which is owed to the University. In sible for the information contained in the Christopher New- the event an account becomes delinquent, the student is port University Catalog. Failure to read and comply with responsible for all reasonable administrative costs, collec- University regulations will not exempt students from fi- tion fees, and attorney’s fees incurred in the collection of nancial penalties. All appeals must be filed by the end of funds owed to the University. the academic term to be considered. Any appeal filed after the term will be denied regardless of the circumstances.

18 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

INCIDENTAL EXPENSES The law places no restriction on the number of courses It is impossible to estimate the exact costs of clothing, that may be taken for credit in any term or on the number of travel, and other incidental expenses which the student terms in which an eligible senior citizen may take courses incurs, for these are governed largely by the habits of the for credit. The continuing education program welcomes individual. The cost of books depends on the courses taken. the participation of senior citizens with the understanding Money for textbooks cannot be included in checks cover- that their registration is contingent on a minimum number ing tuition and fees. They should be paid for in cash or by of paying students to allow the course’s formation. separate check/money order when purchased. Forms to request the senior citizen tuition waiver are avail- VETERANS’ BENEFITS able in the Office of Student Accounts, Room 210, Admin- Students who are veterans, service members, or depen- istration Building, and must be completed for each aca- dents using Veterans Administration education benefits demic term. must make financial arrangements at the time of registration. Students who are using Veterans Administration edu- CLASSIFICATION AS AN IN-STATE STUDENT cation benefits for the first time should anticipate a delay Students and applicants for admission who claim entitle- of approximately eight weeks before the first education ment to in-state educational privileges, including in-state allowance check is mailed. Students who plan to use V.A. tuition rates, must demonstrate their eligibility in accor- benefits should contact the University’s Office of Veter- dance with the provisions of Section 23-7.4 of the Code ans Affairs, located in Room 205 of the Administration of Virginia. Applicants for admission who believe they Building, telephone (757) 594-7175. qualify for in-state educational privileges must complete the Application for In-State Tuition Rates and return it SENIOR CITIZENS with their application for admission. Students who are al- The 1989 session of the Virginia General Assembly ready enrolled at the University must apply for a change amended and reenacted the Senior Citizen’s Higher Edu- of status through the Office of Admissions. Such requests cation Act of 1974. Senior citizens are permitted to regis- must be made on the Application for Virginia In-State ter and enroll in courses as full-time or part-time students Tuition Rates form. Inquiries should be addressed to the for academic credit, without charge, providing taxable Office of Admissions, CNU, 1 University Place, New- income for federal income tax purposes did not exceed port News, Virginia 23606-2998. $15,000 for the year preceding the enrollment year. Senior citizens may also, without charge, enroll in academic credit Procedure courses for audit purposes and in non-credit courses of- Upon receipt in the Office of Admissions, the Applica- fered by the University without regard to income. They tion for Virginia In-State Tuition Rates form will be re- will, however, be required to pay applied music fees for viewed by a staff member for an initial determination. If any course for which such a fee is applicable. Senior citi- the staff member disagrees with the student’s own deter- zens must meet the applicable University admissions re- mination for in-state privileges, the student will be con- quirements to participate in this waiver program, and the tacted immediately and given an explanation of the deter- determination of the University’s ability to offer a selected mination. course is at the discretion of the University. Appeals The law passed by the General Assembly in the 1988 ses- Students who disagree with the original residency decision requires the State Council of Higher Education to sion may request an immediate appeal, orally or in writ- establish procedures to ensure that tuition-paying students ing; but it must be done within 10 working days of being are accommodated in courses before senior citizens par- notified of the initial determination. A panel of three Uni- ticipating in this program are enrolled. In the case of eli- versity officials will then review the appeal. Students are gible senior citizens who have completed 75 percent of welcome to forward any supporting documentation (e.g., the requirements towards a degree, the University is au- income tax returns). The panel will respond to appeals thorized to make individual exceptions to such procedures within five working days. Students who still disagree may as may be established by the Council of Higher Education. request a final appeal. This appeal must be made in writing, addressed to the Director of Admissions within five Under this program, the categorization of senior citizen working days of the first appeal decision. Another panel applies to those whose 60th birthday falls before the reg- of University officials will then convene to consider the istration term and who have been a legal domiciliary of appeal. A written notification of the panel’s decision will Virginia for one year. No limit is placed on the number of be sent to the student by U.S. Registered Mail within five terms a senior citizen who is not enrolled for academic days of the hearing. Should the student disagree with the credit may register for courses, but the individual can take final determination, he or she then has 30 days to take this no more than three non-credit courses in any one term. matter to Circuit Court.

19 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

SHORT-TERM EMERGENCY LOANS

THE JOHN STEPHEN RASMUSSEN MEMORIAL FUND This fund was established by the community in 1972, in memory of John Stephen Rasmussen, a 21-year-old student who lost his life in a fire while in the act of saving others. He was posthumously awarded a Carnegie Medal. Students may borrow, once each semester, interest free, sums (funds permitting) for a period not to exceed 30 days. Applicants should present a valid Christopher Newport University student ID card when they apply to the Office of Student Accounts.

EMERGENCY LOAN FUND An emergency loan fund was established in 1967 by the sophomore class, in honor of former CNU President James C. Windsor. Students may borrow interest free, sums for a period not to exceed 30 days. Students may receive no more than two emergency loans per academic term and each loan is limited to $75, funds permitting. For emergency loan purposes, all summer terms equal one academic term. Applicants should present a valid Christopher New- port University student ID when they apply to the Office of Student Accounts.

20 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

OFFICE OF FINANCIAL AID Marcia Boyd, Director Administration Building, Room 201 (757) 594-7170 email: [email protected]

Christopher Newport University offers financial assistance Announcements for all other students applying by the to qualified students with demonstrated financial need and priority date are normally made in May. The Office of Fi- to students without such need who have shown academic nancial Aid notifies applicants of their financial aid awards achievement and leadership ability. The University partici- in writing. pates in a wide range of federal, state and University programs, most of which are administered through the Office APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS of Financial Aid. Types of aid include scholarships, grants, To be considered for financial aid, applicants must: loans, and student employment. Although most forms of 1) Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the financial aid are based on financial need, some use criteria University as a degree-seeking student. other than financial need for eligibility. Applications and 2) File a Free Application for Federal Student Aid additional information are available in this office. All stu- (FAFSA) with the federal processor, the results of dents are encouraged to complete the Free Application for which should be received by the University’s Office Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) annually as soon as pos- of Financial Aid by March 1st. (Allow four to six sible after January 1st. weeks for processing.) The University offers financial aid awards each year to 3) The Financial Aid Office recommends that the qualified applicants who have been admitted to the Univer- completed FAFSA be submitted by February 1st, sity as degree-seeking students. Some awards are avail- which will allow it to be processed by the priority able to Virginia residents only, while others are made with- filing date. out regard to state residency. Most financial aid offered is A student with access to the internet may file a FAFSA at based on established financial need and/or scholastic http://www.fafsa.ed.gov. A Renewal Application may be filed achievement. Financial need is defined as the difference at the same address so long as the student is eligible and between the Cost of Attendance at Christopher Newport the student’s address has not changed. Electronic FAFSA University and the Expected Family Contribution (EFC), submission is unnecessary if a paper FAFSA has been which is determined by submitting a completed Free Ap- submitted. Only one application should be submitted. plication for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to the federal processor. AVAILABLE FEDERAL AND STATE PROGRAMS To be eligible for most financial aid programs, a student Federal Programs must be: Federal Pell Grant · enrolled as a degree-seeking student; Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant · enrolled on at least a half-time basis; Federal Work-Study (employment) · in good academic standing; Federal Stafford Student Loans · making satisfactory academic progress; Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students · a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. (PLUS) ROTC Scholarships Some programs, however, require full-time enrollment. Fi- nancial aid is awarded for one academic year at a time but, State Programs upon reapplication and continued eligibility, may be re- College Scholarship Assistance Program newed for succeeding years. The priority filing date for Virginia Guaranteed Assistance Program applying for all financial aid administered by Christopher Virginia Commonwealth Award Newport University is March 1 for consideration in the Virginia War Orphans’ Education Program Scholar- following academic year. Students may apply for the Pell ship Grant and Student Loan programs on a rolling basis. New students must be admitted to the University before receiv- Private Scholarships ing a decision letter regarding financial aid. Announce- Private scholarships are awarded annually to incoming and ments of financial aid decisions for first-time freshmen currently enrolled students from programs made possible applying by the priority filing date are normally made in through contributions from alumni, faculty, staff, corpora- April. tions, and friends of the University. For more information

21 EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID on private scholarships, you may contact the Office of Fi- ing years of undergraduate study. Independent students nancial Aid at (757) 594-7170. Information is also available may borrow $6,625 in their freshman year, $7,500 in their through the Internet at: http://www.cnu.edu/admin/finaid/. second year, and $10,500 for remaining years less any amount received as a subsidized loan. Other Merit-Based Scholarships Certain private, merit-based scholarships are available for Class status is determined by the number of credits com- students with strong backgrounds in academics and lead- pleted toward a degree, NOT by the number of semesters ership. These scholarships are usually awarded by the attended. Before a loan can be processed, applicants must individual departments and not through the Financial Aid have a needs analysis accomplished by completing a Free office – unless otherwise noted. Application for Federal Student Aid and providing the results to the Financial Aid Office. Administered by the Office of Admissions, scholarships from the University Scholars program, the President’s Lead- Federal PLUS Loan Program ership Program, and certain scholarships for freshmen in Federal PLUS (Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students) the Honors Program, range from $500 to $5,000 a year. loans are made to the parents of dependent students. Par- ents, with the absence of an adverse credit rating, may Please contact Admissions for further details. borrow up to the cost of education less any financial aid received by the student. Honors Scholarships: Alumni Society of Christopher Newport Satisfactory Academic Progress Karl and Elizabeth Beamer Scholarship Students receiving financial aid must remain in good aca- Honors Scholarship demic standing and must be making satisfactory academic Wallace P. Greene Memorial Scholarship progress toward the completion of their degree. For an ex- Keith McLoughland Scholarship planation of what constitutes “good academic standing” Styron Scholarships and “satisfactory academic progress,” please refer to the Teresa VanDover Award CNU Financial Aid Guide or visit the Office of Financial Aid. For specific information concerning application procedures and eligibility procedures for federal, state, and private pro- ESTIMATED COSTS grams, please consult the CNU Financial Aid Guide, avail- Budget planning for attendance at Christopher Newport able in the Office of Financial Aid. You may request one by University should consider both direct and indirect costs. calling (757) 594-7170, by email at [email protected], or by Direct charges are tuition and fees. For such information, writing to: see the “Tuition and Fees” section of the catalog. Indirect costs are the normal expenses for living. Estimated living Christopher Newport University expenses are discussed in detail in the CNU Financial Aid Office of Financial Aid Guide. 1 University Place Newport News, VA 23606 Additional Information Students interested in receiving financial aid are strongly STUDENT LOANS encouraged to obtain a copy of the CNU Financial Aid Students who need assistance in addition to those previ- Guide and read it thoroughly. The Guide is available in the ously listed beyond the programs offered via Federal/State Office of Financial Aid. Additional questions or informa- may want to consider the Stafford student loan program or tion requests should be directed to the staff of the Office of request assistance through the PLUS Loan Program. A Financial Aid. Students may also access the CNU Financial description of each program is listed below. Also, alternate Aid home page at http://www.cnu.edu/admin/finaid. Loan Programs are available for those who do not qualify to borrow through the Stafford and PLUS Loan Programs.

Federal Stafford Student Loans Federal Stafford Student Loans may be need-based (subsidized loans) or non-need-based (unsubsidized loans). Sub- sidized loans are interest free to the borrower while the borrower is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. For unsubsidized loans, the borrower is responsible for the interest during the period of enrollment. Eligible students may borrow up to $2,625 during their freshman year, $3,500 during their sophomore year and $5,500 during the remain-

22 HOUSING

OFFICE OF UNIVERSITY HOUSING Jay Lambert, Director 412 University Place (757) 594-7756 or (757) 594-7754 email: [email protected]

LIVING ON CAMPUS YORK RIVER HALL CNU offers state-of-the-art residence halls with superb Our newest residence hall, opened in the Fall of 2002, amenities that you simply won’t find at comparable houses approximately 538 freshman students. York River public universities. Our rooms are double rooms for Hall is similar to Santoro Hall in that it has suites of four freshmen with free cable service; a computer port with students sharing two bedrooms and one bathroom. LAN and Internet access; local telephone service; individually controlled air conditioning; wall-to-wall JAMES RIVER HALL carpeting; micro fridge units in all suites; on-site com- This state-of-the-art facility houses approximately 439 puter lounges; 24- hour-a-day security at the front desk; upper-class students in a variety of housing configura- coin-and debit-card operated laundry facilities and tions: theme units, apartments and suites. All of the vending machines; and lounges with large screen living arrangements feature a common living area and the televisions. theme units and apartments are equipped with kitchens. Single rooms are also available in the theme units and Within the halls, for upper-classmen there are residence apartments. hall assistants assigned to each floor. These well-trained student leaders handle the personal, disciplinary, and CNU APARTMENTS day-to-day concerns of residential students. They set The CNU Apartments offer upper-class students the the tone for the social environment of the residence halls opportunity to experience the independence and and community of honor that CNU prides itself in. Also, convenience of apartment living along with all the Professional University staff serve as directors within the advantages of campus life. The apartments are upscale residence hall system. two-and four-bedroom units offering each student their own private bedroom and bath. Each unit offers a fully Security is always a primary concern for our resident equipped kitchen, a fully furnished living room and a assistants and professional staff in the hall and is washer and dryer. These units require a 12-month lease. considered a shared responsibility with you, the resident. All exterior points of entry are monitored, and electronic BARCLAY APARTMENTS locks are featured on interior doors and entryways. An Our Barclay Apartments offer upper-class students the information desk in the lobby of each hall is staffed 24 option of a two-bedroom unit that accommodates 3 hours a day, and University police work closely with students. Barclay Apartments also offer upper-class housing staff and residents and present regular programs students apartment living with all of the advantages of on crime prevention and personal safety. campus life. Freshman Residency Requirement Freshmen are required to live on campus unless they live WARWICK RIVER in one of the following exempted areas: Gloucester/ Warwick River is a cozy close-knit housing community Matthews, Hampton, Isle of Wight, James City County, that offers upper-class students all of the advantages of Newport News, Poquoson, Williamsburg and York campus living. Warwick River has units that accommo- County. Occupancy is assigned on a first-come, first- date singles and doubles. served basis for freshmen. DINING OPTIONS SANTORO HALL Freshmen are required to participate in either the 14- or A co-ed freshman residence hall housing approximately 19-meal plan. Upper-class students living in units 432 students, Santoro Hall is arranged primarily as suites without kitchens may choose from among the 19-, 14-, or – four students share two bedrooms and one bathroom 10-meal plans. All meal plans include dining points and (except during periods of high occupancy). Approxi- meal exchanges, which enhance dining enjoyment. mately 35 students reside in separate floor “wings,” with Dining points and meal exchanges can be used at various three wings comprising one floor. cash operations such as: Captain’s (located in the Freeman Center), Discovery Cafe(located in the Student Center), as well as at the convenience store in James

23 HOUSING

River Hall. Residential students participating in the meal- applicable, students are asked to check with the Financial plan program may choose either dining facility, Harbor Aid Office to ensure all paperwork is in order and that Lights or Regatta’s for their regular meals. Harbor Lights they are eligible to receive aid. is located near Santoro Hall and Regatta’s is located in the Student Center near York River Hall. Housing Deposit Refunds: Prior to Occupancy a. A contract may be cancelled by the student and $100 Harbor Lights is a food-court style dining hall offering of the housing deposit refunded if written notifica- breakfast, lunch, and dinner Monday through Friday and tion is received by the Office of University Housing st brunch and dinner on Saturday and Sunday. It is the on or before August 1 (preceding Fall Semester) or th perfect place to relax and unwind with classmates while January 9 (preceding Spring Semester) depending enjoying a combinatin of comfort and trendy foods. on which semester the student signed up for Regatta’s offers lunch Monday through Friday and housing. Upper-class students who have partici- dinner Monday through Thursday. Residential dining pated in the room lottery process will not receive a choices include an expansive selection of entrees refund for cancelled contracts. arranged buffet style; special entrees and self-service bars are available on a regular basis. Harbor Lights and Housing Deposit Refunds: After Occupancy Regatta’s also offer daily vegetarian entrees, a salad bar The $300 deposit is refundable at the end of the contract and cold pasta bar. The hours of operation are conve- period. (Residents may elect to roll their housing deposit niently scheduled to accommodate student schedules. over to the next academic year). All returning residents must complete and return a newly signed Contract FINANCIAL INFORMATION Acceptance Form for the next academic year or the All rates referenced below are for the last year, the housing deposit will automatically be refunded, to the 2002-2003 academic year. The Housing & Dining student, less damage fees and/or outstanding debts to Service rates are determined annually and approved by the University. For further information, please see the the Board of Visitors, which are established and University Housing Contract. announced in April for the following academic year. Contract Cancellation Room fees for double occupancy: $2050.00 per semester; a. Students who cancel their contract after occupancy single occupancy for upper-class residents is an addi- but who remain enrolled at the University will remain tional $300.00 per semester. liable for the entire room and board fees for the term of the contract. CNU Apartments: $6100.00 for a 12-month lease. b. Students who are required to leave on-campus housing for disciplinary reasons will remain liable for Board fees for 19-, 14-, & 10-meal plan: $1125.00 per the entire room and board fees for the term of the semester: 5-meal plan: $550.00 per semester (Only contract, and lose their deposit. residents with kitchenettes are eligible for this plan). c. Students who fail to meet obligations under the To apply, submit a Housing and Dining Services Contract terms of the contract may qualify for a partial refund Acceptance Form with a $300 deposit to the Cashier’s for weeks not in residence, if applicable under Office located on the second floor of the Administration University policy, and will be assessed a $300 Building; or mail to: cancellation fee.

Christopher Newport University Cashier’s Office 1 University Place Newport News, VA 23606-2998 Occupancy is on a first-come/first-served basis for incoming freshman classes. A ten-month AMS payment plan is available. For details contact AMS at (800) 635- 0120.

DEADLINES Room and Board fees must be paid in full prior to check in. These fees are due by 3:30 p.m. on the Payment Due Date (postmark does not apply) designated for each semester unless other arrangements have been made (i.e., financial aid award, deferred payment plan, etc.) If

24 ATHLETICS

DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETICS C. J. Woollum, Director Freeman Center, Room 217 (757) 594-7025 email: [email protected]

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS to student athletes on the basis of athletic ability. Financial The University’s athletics program was founded in the early aid is available to student athletes on the same basis as 1960s but has become nationally renowned over the last that offered to any other student at the University. two decades. The women’s track and field team won six consecutive NCAA Division III National Championships Participation in the late 1980s and now has a total of twelve. Since 1980, Prospective student athletes must enroll in at least 12 credit Christopher Newport University has produced more than hours and be a degree seeking student to be considered 400 Division III All Americans and more than 70 national eligible to participate in varsity sports and must meet all champions. These recipients have participated in men’s eligibility requirements of the NCAA. For further informa- and women’s basketball, men’s and women’s soccer, soft- tion about the University’s athletics program or about a ball, men’s tennis, golf, baseball, cross country and track particular sport, contact the Department of Athletics. and field. The men’s and women’s basketball teams have INTRAMURAL DEPARTMENT appeared in NCAA championship tournaments numerous The primary goal of the Intramural Department is to pro- times, as have the golf, men’s and women’s soccer, base- vide individuals of various ability levels with opportunities ball, volleyball, football and softball teams. Men’s basket- for fun and leisure through recreational competition. The ball player Lamont Strothers became the seventh Division Department organizes leagues, tournaments, and special III player ever to appear in an NBA game when he played events that allow students, faculty, and campus employees for the Portland Trail Blazers. In addition to participating in to compete in a variety of team and individual sports and NCAA championships, the University has hosted 15 NCAA recreational activities. The Intramural Department, as well Regional basketball games, four NCAA South Regional as the Freeman Center, makes recreational equipment avail- Cross Country Championship meets, as well as the 1983 able for checkout by students, faculty, and staff. and 1991 National Championship meets. The University competes in 21 varsity sports plus Sports include but are not limited to: cheerleading. Those offered for men include: baseball, flag football basketball, cross country, football, golf, indoor track and tennis field, outdoor track and field, sailing, soccer, and tennis. softball Women compete in: basketball, cross country, indoor track Turkey Trot Fun Run and field, outdoor track and field, sailing, soccer, softball, golf putting and chipping tennis, volleyball, field hockey and lacrosse. Christopher 3-on-3 basketball Newport University is a member of the USA South Ath- 5-on-5 basketball letic Conference (USAC), formerly the Dixie Intercollegiate free-throw contest Athletic Conference (DIAC) which also includes: Averett soccer kick accuracy University, Chowan College, Ferrum College, Greensboro home run derby College, Methodist College, North Carolina Wesleyan Col- power weightlifting lege, Peace College and Shenandoah University. The USA indoor soccer South Athletic Conference is generally regarded as one of volleyball the strongest Division III conferences in the nation, and its champions have automatic qualification in numerous NCAA championship events. As a measure of the overall strength of CNU’s athletics program, the University has won the USAC/Dixie Conference President’s Cup, symbolic of the top overall athletics program, for the last 6 years and 12 of the past 20 years. Philosophy Christopher Newport University is a member of the Na- tional Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), participating in Division III and adhering to the philosophy of Divi- sion III, which states that no financial aid shall be awarded

25 STUDENT LIFE OFFICE OF STUDENT LIFE Donna M. Eddleman, Associate Dean of Students Student Center, Room 189 (757) 594 -7260 email: [email protected]

The Office of Student Life supports Residence Life, Stu- OFFICE OF MULTICULTURAL AFFAIRS dent Activities, Orientation, Judicial Affairs, and The mission of the Office of Multicultural Affairs is to Multicultural Affairs. These areas work collaboratively to promote multicultural education and enhance campus life provide enrichment, excitement and the opportunity to through student outreach, cultural celebrations, and edu- share interact socially in several hundred activities annu- cational programming. ally. These co-curricular experiences promote growth and development and allow greater involvement with the com- According to its mission, Christopher Newport University munity at large. prepares students to pursue lives with meaning and pur- Student Life sponsors orientation programs for all new pose to become responsible and contributing members of students. Known as Setting Sail, these programs are de- society. A racially and ethnically diverse campus commu- signed to assist students in their transition to college life. nity positively affects the educational outcomes and ex- Participation in Setting Sail allows for assessment, faculty periences of all college students, both directly and indi- advising, and early registration. Parents of new college rectly. The Office of Multicultural Affairs strives to sup- students can become acquainted with the University by port all students as they learn more about themselves, registering for the parent program which runs concurrently. their community, and the relationship between the two. This orientation theme continues at the start of the semes- OFFICE OF RESIDENCE LIFE ter with Welcome Week. This program, required for all The experience of living on campus can contribute to the first-year students, provides further insights and guid- development of a mature, confident and well-rounded in- ance for life as a member of the CNU community. It also dividual. Through programs and activities initiated by the allows for residential students to move into the residence Office of Residence Life, students are encouraged to de- halls prior to the arrival of the upper-class students. velop life skills as they explore their social, personal, and The Office of Student Life monitors and assists student moral values. Programs and activities may include lec- clubs and organizations in their efforts to organize, plan tures, workshops, field trips, volunteer experiences, and implement events. CNU clubs include honor societ- planned social activities and informal gatherings in the ies, religious, curriculum-based, special interest, and ath- hall. Students residing on campus are encouraged to be- letic organizations. CNU supports several social, profes- come involved in the programming efforts planned by the sional and service fraternities and sororities. A complete Residence Life staff, as well as by other members of the listing of clubs and organizations can be viewed at residential community. http://www.cnu.edu/clubs. Student Life also works in cooperation with student organizations on events such as Homecoming and Family Week- end, and provides student excursions to places like Rich- mond, Virginia; Washington, D.C.; and Baltimore, Mary- land. Students are first at CNU and their participation in campus life is welcomed and encouraged. They share in university governance in part by participation in the Student Government Association (SGA), Residence Hall Associa- tion (RHA), Interfraternity Council (IFC), Panhellenic Coun- cil, and National Pan-Hellenic Council.

26 CAREER AND COUNSELING/HEALTH AND WELLNESS OFFICE OF CAREER AND UNIVERSITY HEALTH AND WELLNESS COUNSELING SERVICES SERVICES Dr. Anita R. Tieman, Director Ms. Rita Cenname, RN, Clinic Coordinator Student Center, Room 146 (757) 594-7661 (757) 594-7047 email: [email protected] email: [email protected] The Office of Career and Counseling Services (OCCS) pro- University Health and Wellness Services (UHWS) is a vide services to help students succeed in their academic, health-care partnership between CNU and Riverside career, employment, and personal development. Academic Healthcare Systems. UHWS, through a contractual arrange- support services help students identify and strengthen ment with Riverside, offers many services to support healthy their study skills; career services aid in choosing an aca- living as well as helps students learn to take responsibility demic major and developing career plans; employment for their wellness. It’s main objective supports the CNU support services help students make the change from the mission of education of mind, body and soul through teach- University to the world of work or graduate school; and ing a diverse student population how to assess their own counseling and guidance services assist with self-knowl- health status, access medical resources, to know their rights edge, academic challenges, and short-term personal issues. and responsibilities as patients, and to become informed medical consumers. Professional support services are avail- Students are referred to resources outside the University able to assist all graduate and undergraduate students when when long-term counseling or other professional support they become sick or injured. is needed. Students are ultimately responsible for their decisions and actions and must assume responsibility for FREE CLINIC SERVICES: their academic, career, employment and personal choices On-site registered nurses and actions. Using OCCS services wisely will make the Body Compositions adjustment to the university and transition to the work Blood Pressure monitoring world or graduate school smoother. First aid ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES After-hours medical assistance through Riverside Ask-A- Study Skills Assessment and Development Nurse 24-hour telephone resource line Individual appointments only for managing time and envi- Assistance in finding local physicians, dentists, psycholo ronment, preparing for and taking tests, note taking, read- gists, psychiatrists and other medical resources ing textbooks, test anxiety and setting goals are offered UHWS Website each semester. CLINIC SERVICES REQUIRING A FEE: CAREER SERVICES: All physicals and sick visits with the Nurse Practitioner— Career and Majors Counseling by appointment only Interest and Personality Type Assessment Immunizations Computer-Assisted Career Guidance Services Tuberculosis Screens and TB testing Career Resource Center (CRC) Flu shots Career Information Days Graduate School Information FREE HEALTH AND WELLNESS EDUCATION Internship Clearinghouse OPPORTUNITIES: Health and Wellness Fairs COUNSELING SUPPORT SERVICES: Educational materials and resources Personal Counseling Nutrition and fitness counseling Support Groups CNU Quit – a grant funded smoking cessation program Group Seminars and Workshops Quit Kits—for people who want to stop their tobacco use Crisis Intervention Health screenings Hospital Visitation Campus outreach programs on various health and wellness EMPLOYMENT SUPPORT SERVICES: topics Job Vacancy Information Job Seeking Skills Development Internet Job Search Resources Resume Writing Station Student Employment & Customer Service Training On-Campus Recruitment Program Video Tape Mock Interviewing Program Resume Referral Service

27 LIBRARY

CAPTAIN JOHN SMITH LIBRARY Catherine Doyle, University Librarian (757) 594-7133 email: [email protected]

The Captain John Smith Library is the intellectual center of of science, business, law, economics, the social sciences, Christopher Newport University. The library staff helps and the humanities. The library is one of the founding students develop research skills relating to their curricu- members of VIVA, the Virtual Library of Virginia. VIVA is a lum and builds a collection which supports and enhances consortium of 39 academic libraries which facilitates the the essential elements of the university curriculum and our sharing of library collections and electronic resources students’ personal development. Students find collections throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. geared to their areas of study, as well as broader collections supporting the intellectual and personal growth so Interlibrary Loan essential to a core of liberal arts studies. If materials needed for research are not located in Smith Library, they may be requested through Interlibrary Loan. Smith Library is currently planning to double its size. Open- The library uses one of the major library networks, OCLC, ing in Fall 2005, the new facility will combine the best of a to process interlibrary loans efficiently. It takes about two traditional library with a state-of-the-art technology cen- weeks for materials to be received. Christopher Newport is ter. This library will encompass the best of the traditional located in an area rich in library resources as well. The library and the best instructional technology to create an Tidewater Consortium for Higher Education allows stu- interactive learning experience for the 21st century. New dents to access library collections from Williamsburg to facilities will allow students to improve their skills in a Virginia Beach. Through these arrangements the library wide variety of disciplines, study both individually and in resources of the nation are available to Christopher New- groups and access our collections of print and electronic port University students. resources for class assignments. Media Services Smith Library maintains an open stack policy for its almost The Media Center provides support for classroom instruc- 395,000 volumes and 1,650 periodical titles. It owns ap- tion, including SmartClassroom technology. The Media proximately 197,000 microform and software items and has Center provides training and support for campus multime- special facilities for multimedia development, computer dia productions, including the use of WebCT. WebCT labs, videotaping and playback and a collection of CDs provides both online instruction and web based learning and audiobooks. The library is organized into six depart- support for classroom instruction and is a vital part of ments, with nine professionals and thirteen library assis- many classes at CNU. tants who provide students and faculty easy access to its resources and services.

Reference Smith Library offers professional reference services to provide aid with student information needs. It houses a reference collection of over 9,100 volumes, plus an extensive online collection. Special services are offered through reference, including individualized consultation on term papers and research projects.

Through its instruction programs, Smith Library seeks to provide basic orientation in the use of the library and to teach students to deal critically with information. As students increasingly use the Internet to find research information, an ability to analyze information becomes a vital skill in the development of an informed citizen.

Online Services Smith Library provides access to numerous online services, including ProQuest, Infotrac, and JSTOR. It has access to over 500 bibliographic and full-text databases in the areas

28 CNU ONLINE

CNU ONLINE Shane Leasure, Assistant Coordinator Instructional Technology Support Services Captain John Smith Library (757) 594-7786 Fax: (757) 594-7717 email: [email protected]

ONLINE INSTRUCTION pus training sessions in the use of the online program Christopher Newport University offers a variety of courses starting the week before classes begin. Although these each semester through CNU Online, its Internet -based, sessions are not mandatory, many online students find asynchronous learning program. As part of this web-based them helpful. Please call the CNU Online office at (757) instruction, students are required to send and receive class 594-7607 to make a reservation for training. CNU Online assignments, participate in class discussions, and interact also offers a telephone “Help Line” that is available to all with the instructor and other students online. Online students by calling (757) 594-7607. Students may email the courses follow CNU’s semester schedules, but do not meet CNU Online staff through the home page, or directly to in an on-campus classroom or at scheduled times of the [email protected], to receive online assistance. day. Instead, instructors post course materials, required reading, assignments, and due dates on the web each week. Students manage their own time to meet the posted dead- OTHER SUPPORT FOR ONLINE STUDENTS lines. In this way, CNU Online students have access to Christopher Newport University recognizes that CNU instruction 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Online students, especially those living outside of com- muting distance to campus, have particular needs. For this reason, online students can expect to have support from WEB-BASED LEARNING SUPPORT the campus bookstore, the Captain John Smith Library, Many on-campus courses at Christopher Newport Uni- and a number of administrative offices. CNU Online stu- versity include web-based learning support components. dents can purchase the required textbooks from the CNU Students participate in online discussions and chats with bookstore. The bookstore will ship textbooks by UPS the their instructor and classmates. In addition to meeting on day after an order is placed. Contact the CNU Bookstore at campus for regularly scheduled class times, these courses (757) 599-5170 or visit their home page http:// provide access to learning materials 24 hours a day, 7 days www.cnubooks.com, to make purchase arrangements. Ref- a week. For some courses that have separate CNU Online erence librarians from the Captain John Smith Library are and on-campus sections, the online and classroom stu- available to assist online students with literature searches dents may be required to interact with each other to com- and research for course assignments. Please call the li- plete assignments and participate in class discussions. brary at (757) 594-7132 to speak with a reference librarian. The University offers CNU Online students administrative support by mail or telephone. Students should iden- ONLINE COURSES AND DEGREES tify themselves as CNU Online students when calling, writ- Talented faculty members from a number of departments ing, or visiting the University. teach online courses each semester, including faculty from the Business, Economics, Government, and Philosophy departments. CNU students may enroll in a combination TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ONLINE of online and classroom-based courses. Online courses INSTRUCTION may be used to fulfill requirements for any University de- All online students need to have access to a computer, an gree program and may be transferred to other institutions. Internet service provider and a compatible web browser program. For a complete description of the technical requirements for online students, please consult our home ONLINE SUPPORT AND TRAINING page http://www.cnuonline.cnu.edu. Computer skills are essential to successfully participate in an online course. Therefore, you need to evaluate your computer knowledge before you register for a CNU Online course.

CNU Online provides several levels of support to online students. All CNU Online students who register early receive detailed printed instructions. These instructions are also available for downloading from our course homepage http://cnuonline.cnu.edu. CNU Online sponsors on-cam-

29 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/LIFELONG LEARNING

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY THE LIFELONG LEARNING SOCIETY SERVICES Jane B. Sulzberger, Coordinator McMurran Hall, Room 119 Building 6, 12420 Warwick Blvd (757) 594-7180 (757) 594-7568 Fax: (757) 594-8736 email: [email protected] Christopher Newport University has made a commitment to provide a strong information technology infrastructure Established in 1988, the LifeLong Learning Society is a mem- to enhance the teaching and learning environment of the bership program for retirement age adults who seek oppor- university. A gigabit Ethernet network electronically links tunities for learning in an environment of sharing and fel- all parts of the campus to the worldwide network of educa- lowship. It is a strong component of the University’s com- tional and research institutions. All students may obtain mitment to the Peninsula retirement community. Intellec- accounts on the university academic server. With these tual curiosity is the only admission requirement and the accounts, students can obtain access to the internet, elec- daytime program offers an academic curriculum covering tronic mail, web hosting services and many other services subjects such as art, art history, geography, history, writ- to support the education process. ing, poetry, computers, sociology, music, health, sciences and sculpture. There are no exams or grades in the courses. INTERNET SERVICES Field trips and lectures are important elements. The LLS The University maintains a 40 megabit connection to the shares its program with the community by participating in internet, allowing for high-speed access to the internet from joint learning efforts with other educational and research all campus facilities including residence halls. In addition, institutions, retirement groups, industries and museums. a 56K dialup service provides off-campus access to university services and the internet for all students, faculty and staff.

CENTRAL COMPUTING SYSTEMS CNU operates from two primary servers, a SUN Enterprise System 5000 and a Sunfire 6800. All students can obtain unix shell access directly on the Enterprise 5000. This system can also be accessed from all networked machines on campus as well as through the internet.

OPEN UNIX LAB A student lab located in McMurran Hall contains 25 UltraSparc workstations with 21" monitors and 256 MB RAM. Currently installed software includes Star Office, Lindo, gcc, Netscape, Perl, xspim, and xemacs.

OPEN PC LABS/CLASSROOMS Personal Computer labs are maintained at a variety of loca- tions on campus including McMurran Hall, all Residence Halls, Ratcliff Hall, Gosnold Hall and the Smith Library. These PC’s run Microsoft Windows operating systems and provide a variety of application software including web browsers and Microsoft Office products. CNU offers one computer for every 10 students, one of the best ratios in the state.

30 ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION AND DEGREES

ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY The faculty and academic departments of the University are organized into the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the School of Business. The chief academic officer of the University is the Provost. The chief administrative officer of each college and school is its Dean, who reports directly to the Provost. Each academic department within a given college or school is responsible for the content and prerequisite structure of courses offered by the department and specifies the requirements for the department’s degree and certification programs. The Chair is the chief administrative officer at the departmental level. The faculty and programs of the University are organized into the following departments:

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Modern Foreign Languages – French, German, or Spanish Biology, Chemistry and Environmental Science concentration required Communication Studies Philosophy – Critical Thinking, Pre-Seminary Studies, English Religious Studies, or Values and the Professions Fine and Performing Arts (Art, Music, Theater) concentration optional Political Science Government and Public Affairs Psychology – Early Childhood, General Psychology, or History Industrial/Organizational concentration required Honors Sociology – Criminology or Culture, Socialization & Leadership Studies Society concentration optional Library Science Social Work Mathematics Military Science Bachelor of Music Modern and Classical Languages and Literature History/Literature, Performance, or Theory/Composition Philosophy and Religious Studies concentration required Physics, Computer Science, and Engineering Bachelor of Science Psychology Biology, Environmental Sciences, or Ornamental Horticul- Social Work ture Sociology and Anthropology Computer Engineering Computer Foundations – Applied Physics or Computer Science concentration required THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Interdisciplinary Studies Accounting Mathematics – Computer Science or Physics concentra- Management and Economics tion optional Psychology – Early Childhood, General Psychology, or BACCALAUREATE DEGREES OFFERED Industrial/Organizational concentration required Christopher Newport University is approved to offer a wide variety of baccalaureate degree programs. Primary areas of Bachelor of Science in Accounting study within a degree program are known as “majors”. An area of specialization within a major is a “concentration”, Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and a subdivision of a concentration is an “emphasis”. A E-Commerce, Economics, Finance, Management, or sanctioned secondary field of study completed in addition Marketing concentration required to the major is called a minor. The following degree pro- Bachelor of Science in Information Science grams are offered at Christopher Newport University: Networking and Communications concentration, Informa- tion Systems concentration, or Minor in Business Bachelor of Arts Administration required Biology English – Communication Studies, Creative Writing, Minors Journalism, Language Arts, Literature, Technical Accounting, Anthropology, Applied Physics, Art, Biology, Writing, or Writing concentration required Business Administration, Chemistry, Childhood Fine and Performing Arts – Fine Arts, Music Performance, Studies, Communication Studies, Computer Science, or Theatre Arts concentration required Economics, Film Studies, French, Geography, History German, Gerontology, History, Information Science, Interdisciplinary Studies Leadership, Literature, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy Mathematics – Computer Science or Physics concentra- and Religious Studies, Political Science, Psychology, tion optional Sociology, Spanish, Theatre Arts, Women’s and Gender Studies, Writing

31 ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION AND DEGREES

Certificate Programs Christopher Newport University offers certificate programs designed to meet the needs of degree and non-degree seeking students who desire university certification in a specialized area through a structured program of study. The following certificate programs are offered at CNU.

Accounting, Case Management, Childhood Studies, Communications (Data), Digital Design, Film Studies, Gerontology, Jazz Studies, Object-Oriented Programming, Professional Communication, Women’s and Gender Studies

GRADUATE STUDIES The Graduate Faculty is the governing body for all graduate academic policies and procedures. The Graduate Fac- ulty is responsible for teaching graduate courses, advising graduate students, directing theses, and carrying out and encouraging scholarship and research. The Associate Pro- vost for Research and Graduate Studies reports to the Pro- vost and is responsible for promoting and directing the educational and research activities which support the graduate program. The Graduate Catalog is available in the Office of Admissions and online at www.cnu.edu/ gradstudies. The following degree programs are offered:

Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) Master of Science (M.S.) in the fields of: Applied Physics and Computer Science Applied Psychology Environmental Science

32 ADVISING

ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER Carol A. Safko, Director Deborah Q. Witt, Coordinator of Services for Students with Disabilities Administration Building, Room 125 (757) 594-8763 Fax: (757) 594-8765 email: [email protected]

The Academic Advising Center (AAC) assists students in ADVISING FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS linking career challenges with academic options. Students Transfer students are assigned an advisor in their major. plan their academic programs and outline their required Transfer students who are not ready to declare a major are classes with the guidance of experienced CNU faculty. A assigned to a faculty member who works with them until sound educational plan, based on individual interests and such time as a major is declared. abilities, ensures academic success and a smooth transition into the work place. Students are encouraged to come SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES to the Academic Advising Center to ask questions and CNU provides reasonable accommodations to make edu- take advantage of the resources available to them. cation accessible to students with disabilities. The AAC assists students with disabilities by understanding the in- All entering students are assigned to faculty advisors who dividual student’s particular strengths and needs and pro- help them select an appropriate program and monitor aca- viding support to help the student achieve academic goals. demic progress. Students meet with advisors when they The aim of Services for Students with Disabilities is to pro- arrive on campus and during scheduled advising weeks. vide students with disabilities equal access to the programs, They are encouraged to visit with advisors and with the opportunities and benefits of the University. Students with Advising Center staff throughout the term to discuss aca- disabilities may consult with the Coordinator before or dur- demic problems as well as long- and short-term goals. ing their active enrollment at CNU. New students, especially new freshmen, will want to contact the Coordinator Students are urged to consult with their academic advisor well before beginning their first semester if special services before making any changes to approved class schedules. will be required. While consultation with the Coordinator Students who find themselves in academic difficulty or on is always available, students who request accommodation probation should also consult with their academic advi- by the University must formally declare their disability by sors. completing a form obtained from the Academic Advising Center. Advisors will make every effort to give effective guidance to students in academic matters and to refer students to In order to determine needs and provide the best services those qualified to help them in other matters, but the final possible, students are asked to provide recent documenta- responsibility for meeting all academic requirements for a tion concerning their disability. Such documentation would selected program rests with the student. include their disability and suggestions for possible accommodation to enhance student access and/or success ADVISING FOR FRESHMAN in the programs and activities of the University. Documen- Entering freshmen are advised by faculty selected and tation should be provided in writing from a qualified pro- trained to help students make a successful transition from fessional source and mailed to: high school to college. Freshmen are matched with an advisor through the New Student Orientation programs. Ms. Deborah Q. Witt The student remains with the freshman advisor until the Coordinator for Students with Disabilities major is declared or until the end of the sophomore year. Christopher Newport University 1 University Place ADVISING IN THE MAJOR Newport News, VA 23606-2998 Students may declare an intended major at anytime and must do so by the time they have acquired 60 semester Evaluation information concerning a student’s disability is hours. Once a major is declared, the advising function private. Such information will be provided to instructional shifts to the major department of study. Departmental fac- or staff members only when they have a legitimate “need to ulty, specialists in their academic disciplines, work with know,” and only then with the student’s agreement. Ques- students at this stage to ensure the selection of courses tions concerning reasonable accommodation of a student’s appropriate to the student’s goals and interests as well as disability or handicap should be directed to the Coordina- the departmental requirements for graduation. Certain pro- tor by mail, by calling (757) 594-8763, TDD: (757) 594-7938, grams and departments have restricted admission which or TDD: (800) 828-1120, the Virginia Relay Center, or email: requires pre-authorization before a student may major in [email protected]. that discipline.

33 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Donna A. Varner, University Registrar Administration Building, Room 205 (757) 594-7155 Fax: (757) 594-7711 email: [email protected]

The Office of the Registrar implements and facilitates academic regulations and policies of the University.

The Office of the Registrar provides the following services: · Conducts registration for classes; · Coordinates and processes course schedule changes; drops/adds and withdrawals; · Issues grade reports to students; · Maintains permanent student academic records; · Certifies student enrollments to requesting agencies; · Certifies that graduation requirements are satisfied; · Issues academic transcripts; · Publishes the fall, spring, and summer Schedule of Classes; · Maintains students’ certificates of immunization; and · Coordinates and processes documentation required by Veterans Affairs for educational benefits.

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Matters of interpretation of these policies are decided by the Provost or the Provost’s designee. These policies and procedures are administered by the Office of the Registrar. ACADEMIC CONTINUANCE AT THE UNIVERSITY The University expects degree seeking students to make reasonable progress toward earning a degree. The University evaluates academic standing in terms of both academic progress and academic performance. Students must demonstrate the incentive and ability to meet the minimum progress and performance standards in order for the University to justify their continued enrollment.

Academic progress must be sufficient to support graduation within a maximum of six (6) years after matriculation as a full- time freshman. Such students who fail to meet this requirement will be dismissed from the University. In the event of extenuating circumstances, students may appeal to the Academic Status Committee for an extension of the graduation date. The six-year maximum does not apply to students who were admitted as part-time or who transferred into CNU.

Academic performance is measured by the grade point average (GPA). Students are expected to maintain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 each semester, both overall and in their major field of study.

ACADEMIC PROGRESS POLICIES

FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME STATUS PERMISSION TO TAKE UNDERLOAD Students who enroll in 12 or more credit hours in a given Students who matriculated as first-time full-time freshmen semester are considered full-time. The average course load are expected to carry at least the minimum course load of 12 for full-time students at the University is approximately 15 credit hours per semester. Graduating seniors, with fewer credit hours. Students may carry up to 18 credit hours in a than 12 credit hours remaining to satisfy degree require- regular semester and up to16 credit hours in the entire sum- ments, may request an underload for their last semester. mer session (no more than two courses in each summer Other full-time students who wish to take fewer than 12 term) without special permission. Students wishing to ex- credit hours must apply to the appropriate academic dean. ceed these credit hours should see the section entitled “Overload Schedule”. Students who enroll in fewer than 12 credit hours in a given semester are considered part- time.

34 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

OVERLOAD SCHEDULE The Registrar is authorized to approve overload requests the mix of courses in the overload petition. Such students for students wishing to carry up to 21 credit hours in a must complete the Petition for Overload form, which is given semester or up to 19 hours in the entire summer, if available in the Office of the Registrar. The completed pe- they have completed at least 12 hours at CNU and have an tition must be received at least one week prior to the meet- overall GPA of at least 3.50. Students with a GPA below 3.50 ing of the Academic Status Committee that proceeds the may request permission to carry up to 21 credit hours in a registration period. given semester or up to 19 credit hours in the entire summer session by petitioning the Academic Status Committee. The CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE-SEEKING Academic Status Committee may recommend granting over- FULL- AND PART-TIME STUDENTS load permission in compelling circumstances for students 1 - 29 credits ...... Freshman who seem academically able to successfully complete a 30 - 59 credits ...... Sophomore semester with overload hours. The Academic Status Com- mittee considers the student’s written request, grade point 66 - 89 credits ...... Junior average, academic performance in previous semesters, and 90+ credits ...... Senior

ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE POLICIES

MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR ACADEMIC CONTINUANCE

Credit Hours Attempted Minimum Good Standing Eligible For Probation Eligible For Suspension 12-30 ...... 1.70 ...... 1.69-1.61 ...... 1.60 Or Less 31-60 ...... 1.80 ...... 1.70-1.79 ...... 1.69 Or Less 61-75 ...... 1.90 ...... 1.80-1.89 ...... 1.79 Or Less 76-90 ...... 1.98 ...... 1.90-1.97 ...... 1.89 Or Less 91 Or More ...... 2.00 ...... 1.98-1.99 ...... 1.97 Or Less Students receiving financial aid must use the CNU Financial Aid Guide to determine Satisfactory Academic Progress. NOTE: Access www.cnu.edu for the latest update

ACADEMIC WARNING ACADEMIC SUSPENSION Any student whose semester or overall grade point aver- Second-semester freshmen and upperclassmen will be sus- age falls below 2.00 will receive an academic warning. The pended in the first semester in which they do not meet the warning will appear on the grade report but not on the minimum standards for continuance. Students who are permanent academic record. Students who receive an aca- academically suspended may not register for any class at demic warning are strongly urged to consult with an advi- the University for at least one semester. The notation “Aca- sor to develop strategies for improving performance. demic Suspension” will be placed on the suspended students permanent academic record. Credit for courses taken ACADEMIC PROBATION at other institutions while on suspension may not be trans- Any student who has attempted fewer than 12 credit hours ferred to CNU. will not be subject to probation or suspension rules. At- tempted credit hours are those for which a student has Students who wish to return to CNU, after their one semes- enrolled in and earned a permanent grade. Attempted credit ter suspension, must: hours are cumulative. 1) Make an appointment to develop a plan of study While on academic probation, students may not enroll in with the Academic Advising Center before No- more than 14 credit hours. The notation “Academic Proba- vember 1 for a return in the spring semester and tion” will appear on the student’s permanent record. Credit before April 1 for a return in the summer or fall for courses taken at other institutions while on probation semester; may not be transferred to CNU. 2) Register for the semester immediately following their suspension semester; and

35 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

3) Register for no more than 14 credit hours. terms) must apply for readmission through the Office of Admissions. These applications will be judged by the Returning students must develop a plan of study in con- admission standards current at the time of application for junction with the Academic Advising Center. This plan of readmission. study will indicate the credit hour limits the students must observe, and a schedule of courses to be taken each se- ACADEMIC DISMISSAL mester. If the student follows this contract and earns at Students who fail to meet minimum standards for continu- least a 2.00 term GPA, then the student will not be sus- ance will be academically dismissed from the University pended a second time even if the cumulative GPA is below upon receiving the second academic suspension. The no- that for minimum good standing. If the student does not tation Academic Dismissal will be placed on the dismissed follow the plan of study, or does not earn a 2.00 or higher student’s permanent academic record. Students who have term GPA, then the student will be dismissed. When a been academically dismissed from Christopher Newport student’s cumulative GPA meets minimum good standing, University may not apply for readmission to the University the contract is considered complete. A cumulative GPA of for at least five calendar years. Such applicants’ academic 2.00 is required for graduation. records at CNU will be considered as part of the relevant materials for readmission to the University. Academically suspended students who do not return for two or more consecutive semesters (excluding summer

GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES

IMMUNIZATION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW Newly admitted students are expected to attend their re- STUDENTS spective orientation programs before registering for classes. In an effort to provide a healthy environment in which to The University reserves the right to cancel registrations if live and learn, CNU has created an immunization policy bills are not paid. that incorporates the guideline for immunizations set forth in the Code of Virginia, Section 23-7.5. Students may have Students who have not registered/nor attended for two received these immunizations as a child or later in life. All consecutive regular semesters (fall and spring) will become entering full time students must provide a completed Cer- inactive. Inactive students who wish to register must seek tificate of Immunization, which must be signed or stamped readmission to the University. See Readmission to the by a licensed health care professional. Failure to do so will University in the Admissions section of the University result in the student’s inability to register for and attend Catalog. the next semester at CNU. The form is sent to students when they are admitted to the University. Additional cop- SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT (ADD/DROP) ies may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar, Room After registering for classes, students may make changes 205, Administration Building, Christopher Newport Univer- to their class schedules through the Office of the Registrar sity, Newport News, VA 23606-2998 or by calling (757) 594- on the Add/Drop form. Course changes must be made in 7155. this manner to be recognized by the University. Schedule changes are processed in the Office of the Registrar during Additional information concerning immunization require- the first five days of the fall and spring semesters. Summer ments may be found in the “University Health and Wellness” dates are specified by term in the Schedule of Classes. section of this catalog. Courses dropped during this period do not become part of the student’s permanent academic record. REGISTRATION The University has established a mandatory registration WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE procedure for students currently enrolled at the University Only five course grades of W are permitted during a for the fall and spring semesters. Dates and times for regis- student’s academic career at CNU. The sixth and subse- trations are published prior to each semester (Fall, Spring quent Ws will be computed as Fs in the grade point aver- and Summer). Students who register during mandatory age. During the withdrawal period, students may withdraw registration will receive a bill for tuition and fees through by completing a Withdrawal form obtained in the Office of the mail. The balance must be paid by the deadline de- the Registrar. Withdrawals will be recorded with a grade of noted on the billing statement and announced in the Sched- W. ule of Classes available on CNU’s website. Students are not considered officially registered until tuition and fee Students who are considering withdrawing from a course payments have been made with the Business Office. should know that graduate and professional schools, as well as future employers, may discount academic perfor-

36 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES mance if it is apparent that withdrawing from courses was For students who register as auditors and who fail to com- used as a mechanism for avoiding poor grades. For this ply with the instructor’s attendance regulations, the in- reason, a student should make this decision carefully and structor may direct that the notation W be posted to their only after consulting with the academic advisor and the permanent academic record rather than AU. instructor. The Withdrawal form must be signed by the instructor. INDEPENDENT STUDY PROCEDURES The purpose of Independent Study is to enable qualified A student who stops attending a class and who does not students with junior or senior status (see “Classification complete a Withdrawal form will be assigned the earned of Students”) to enrich their programs through directed grade in that course. A grade of W cannot be assigned reading or independent research under faculty supervision after the ninth week. (See below for medical and adminis- and for University credit. Independent Study may be of- trative withdrawals) fered in a regular semester or during a summer session. The student and the faculty member directing the Indepen- WITHDRAWAL FROM ONLINE COURSES dent Study agree upon goals, prerequisites, stages and Students enrolled in Online courses must complete a With- grading procedures in writing. The Independent Study drawal form or contact the Office of the Registrar and iden- Authorization form should be completed by the end of the tify themselves as being registered in an Online course. registration period for the semester/term in which the Inde- During the withdrawal period, the Registrar’s Office will pendent Study is to occur. forward the Withdrawal form to the instructor for the instructor’s record. Independent Study is ordinarily limited to the students’ major or minor fields of study, where they have qualified MEDICAL/ADMINISTRATIVE WITHDRAWAL themselves by previous academic training. Students may Students who wish to withdraw from the semester for medi- take a maximum of three credit hours of Independent Study cal reasons (medical withdrawal) must submit a letter to in a given semester/session and a maximum of six credit the Office of the Registrar. The letter must be written by a hours in their total academic program. physician certifying that the student is incapable of completing the academic work for the semester due to medical Students must have a cumulative grade point average of reasons. 2.50 to qualify for Independent Study. The student and the faculty member directing the Independent Study must com- In other circumstances requiring the student to withdraw plete an Independent Study form, available in the Office of from the semester, a letter and documentation requesting the Registrar. Within five days of being signed by both an administrative withdrawal must be submitted to the parties, the Independent Study Authorization form must dean of the student’s college or school. That dean must be submitted to the appropriate department chair. Students approve the request. must then present the completed and approved Indepen- dent Study form to the Office of the Registrar at the time of Upon approval of the request, all grades for the semester registration for the purpose of enrollment. Written approval in question will be noted as M on the student’s transcript. of the department chair or the majority of the department’s The M will not be counted toward the maximum course faculty is required if Independent Study is to be directed withdrawals permitted. Students may not exercise the by adjunct faculty or if the Independent Study is to be medical/administrative withdrawal option to withdraw from conducted off campus. individual courses. CLASS ATTENDANCE AUDITING A COURSE The University expects that students will regularly attend Students auditing courses are subject to attendance regu- all of their scheduled classes. An educational system based lations specified by the instructor but are not required to largely upon classroom instruction and analytical discus- take tests or final examinations in the audited courses. By sion depends upon the faithful attendance of all students. permission of the instructor, students may complete any of The University does not, however, establish specific atten- the required assignments. Rather than receive the regular dance policies. These are established at the discretion of letter grade at the completion of an audited course, audit- the individual schools, departments, and/or instructors. ing students’ academic records will indicate AU for such Students with excessive absences will receive a grade of F courses. (See “Fees and Financial Information” and its upon the instructor’s recommendation. If excessive ab- subsection concerning Senior Citizens for additional de- sences are caused by an extreme emergency and the in- tails concerning audit charges.) structor penalizes the student, the student may appeal the Changes from audit to credit status or credit to audit sta- decision through the Grade Appeal Policy (see Student tus may be made only during the schedule change period. Handbook for details).

37 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Other regulations are: GRADING SYSTEM 1) Missing a class meeting does not in any way A (Excellent) ...... 4.00 lessen the student’s responsibility for that part A- ...... 3.70 of the course that has been missed. B+ ...... 3.30 2) Instructors may differentiate between excused B (Above Avg.) .... 3.00 and unexcused absences and authorize makeup B- ...... 2.70 tests when appropriate. C+ ...... 2.30 3) Students who miss classes to represent the C (Average) ...... 2.00 university must notify the class instructors in C- ...... 1.70 advance of those absences. Given prior notice, D+ ...... 1.30 instructors will allow students to make up class D (below Avg.) ...... 1.00 work or to complete work in advance of class D- ...... 0.70 absence. In cases of disagreement about F (Failing) ...... 0.00 whether an activity represents the university, I indicates an incomplete grade and is not computed the appropriate dean will make the determina- in the cumulative GPA. tion. P indicates a passing grade in a Pass/Fail course and is not computed in the cumulative GPA. FINAL EXAMINATIONS W indicates that a student withdrew from a course. The examinations given at the end of each semester take M indicates that a student has received a medical/ place at times announced on the examination schedule in administrative withdrawal. the Schedule of Classes. Students are required to take all AU indicates that a student has audited a course (no final examinations at the times scheduled unless excused degree credit is awarded). as noted below (see “Absence from Final Examinations”). INCOMPLETE GRADE The University does not authorize re-examination nor will The grade of Incomplete, I, is a temporary grade that the changes be permitted unless the student has examinations instructor may assign when exceptional, documented cir- scheduled in four consecutive periods. If a student is forced cumstances prevent the student from completing required by conflict to request a change, the request must be made assignments or from taking the final examination. through the department chair or instructor to the appropriate school dean. If the grade of Incomplete is assigned, the student must complete the work and the professor must submit the grade ABSENCE FROM FINAL EXAMINATIONS before the Monday of the fourth full week of classes in next Students may request to be excused from taking an exami- regular semester. If a grade change form is not submitted nation at the scheduled time by presenting an acceptable by the deadline to the Office of the Registrar, the grade of I reason for the expected absence to the instructor before will automatically convert to a grade of F. the examination. An excuse on the grounds of illness will be accepted when verified by a physician and received by • If the grade of Incomplete is given in the fall, it must be the Registrar. The instructor should be notified as soon as removed by the Monday of the fourth full week of possible if illness or other emergency causes a student to classes in the following spring semester. be absent from an examination. If the instructor cannot be • If the grade of Incomplete is given in the spring, it notified, the student must notify the Office of the Registrar must be removed by the Monday of the fourth full as soon as possible. week of classes in the following fall semester. • If the grade of I is given in the summer, it must be GRADE POINT AVERAGE removed by the Monday of the fourth full week of Two grade point averages (GPAs) are maintained. The “cu- classes in the following fall semester. mulative GPA” is the total number of grade points earned Extensions of Incompletes require the approval of the fac- (for CNU courses and all transferred courses) divided by ulty member’s academic dean. the total number of credit hours attempted (CNU and all transferred hours). The “CNU GPA” is the total number of GRADES FOR REPEATED COURSES grade points earned for CNU courses divided by the total For courses that are repeated, only the grade, credit, and number of credit hours attempted at CNU. Effective Fall grade points for the most recent course enrollment will be 2002 transfer credit is no longer included in grade points counted toward graduation requirements and included in and credit hours attempted, resulting in one GPA. How- the computation of grade point averages. Any course taken ever, transfer credit is included in credit hours earned to- at CNU in which a grade is earned may be repeated no more wards a degree. than twice (total of three enrollments). Courses completed at CNU with a grade of D or F cannot be repeated at another

38 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES institution. Students who, after their third attempt, do not while on probation or suspension may not be accepted as successfully complete a course required for a specific de- credit by Christopher Newport University. gree at CNU will not be allowed to graduate with that degree. Students who fail to successfully complete a manda- CHALLENGING A COURSE tory general education course after three enrollments will Students who have become exceptionally knowledgeable be dismissed from CNU. through life experiences in the subject matter of certain courses offered at the University may challenge these Courses retaken after graduation will not replace grades courses. Students may earn credit for such courses upon previously earned; therefore grades, grade points, and cred- demonstration of proficiency through procedures estab- its for both course enrollments will be reflected in the cu- lished by each academic department at the University. Only mulative and CNU totals on the student record. those courses that do not appear on the student’s CNU permanent academic record or on any other college tran- THE SENIOR PASS/FAIL OPTION script may be challenged. Students may challenge a given Seniors (see “Classification of Students”) may take two course only once. When a course is successfully chal- elective courses on a Pass/Fail basis and may take only lenged, the non-traditional credits will be posted to the one course Pass/Fail during a semester. Courses fulfill- permanent academic record. Unsuccessful challenges will ing general education, major, minor, concentration, or not appear on the academic record. Details concerning this degree studies requirements cannot be taken on a Pass/ process, individual department procedures and courses Fail basis. To exercise this option, seniors must file a Pass/ available to challenge are listed in the booklet entitled CLEP Fail form in the Office of the Registrar by the end of the Policy and Procedures on Challenging Courses available withdrawal period. Once exercised, the Pass/Fail option in the Office of the Registrar. can be revoked only by withdrawal from the course or by withdrawal from the University. University Pass/Fail des- ACADEMIC FORGIVENESS ignated courses are exempt from this policy. CNU students who have been readmitted after not taking courses at CNU for a period of five or more years may GRADE REPORTS apply for academic forgiveness to the Registrar. The Grade reports are mailed at the end of each semester and student must be currently enrolled at CNU and have summer terms. completed at least 12 credit hours with a 2.00 grade point average. The Registrar will act on the behalf of the DEAN’S ACADEMIC HONOR LIST Academic Status Committee to have the past academic Students who, in any given semester, are enrolled in at record at CNU forgiven. The forgiveness policy applies least 12 credit hours, have earned no final grade below C, to the entire academic record prior to readmission and not have not received a grade of I in any academic subject, and to selected courses. The record of forgiven courses will whose term grade point average is at least 3.50, are placed remain on the student’s permanent record, but it will be on the Dean’s Academic Honor List. noted that these courses have been forgiven. Such PERMISSION TO TAKE COURSES ELSEWHERE forgiven courses will not fulfill any academic require- Admitted students are expected to complete all of their ments nor will they be computed in the grade point course work in residence. In those unique situations when average. a student seeks to enroll in credit courses at another institution concurrently, the student must obtain advance ap- Individuals exercising this option are cautioned that proval from the University. This rule also applies to courses forgiveness pertains only to the previous record at CNU taken through the Virginia Tidewater Consortium (VTC). and does not affect transfer credits earned at other Students must complete a Request to Take Courses Else- institutions in any way. where form, available in the Office of the Registrar. The University grants students permission to take courses for DECLARATION OF MAJOR credit at other institutions only when such action is aca- Degree-seeking students should declare a major field of demically necessary to meet scheduling requirements of study no later than the end of the sophomore year or upon their programs that cannot be met in residence at CNU. completion of 60 credit hours. To declare a major field of Transfer credits for courses taken elsewhere will be study, students must complete the Declaration of Major/ granted only if the student has prior written approval and Minor form, available in the Academic Advising Center, earns a grade of C- or better. and return it to that office. Each academic department reserves the right to approve applications to their respective Degree-seeking students who are on Academic Probation department. A major must consist of a minimum of 30 se- or Academic Suspension will not be approved to take mester hours and a maximum requirement of 42 semester courses elsewhere without written permission from the hours in the major field. Introductory (100- and 200- level) Academic Advising Center. Credit hours earned elsewhere courses need not be counted in the 42-hour maximum re-

39 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES quirement, at the discretion of the department housing the nator is required before an undergraduate student may reg- major. Students may take more than 42 hours in the major ister for a graduate course. Forms for this purpose are field, but a department may not require more than this num- available from the Graduate Program Coordinators and from ber except where the university has approved an exception the Graduate Studies Office and must be attached to the for the program, as in instances where accreditation may Registration form at the time of registration. require more hours. Undergraduates accepted to five-year programs may be DOUBLE MAJOR required to take certain graduate courses that will be ap- Degree-seeking students may designate a second, concur- plied toward an undergraduate degree. rent major field of study. All requirements of both academic departments, including general education requirements, COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES supporting, and concentration requirements must be com- Commencement exercises are held twice each year in May pleted. Students seeking a double major must complete the and December. Students who complete degree require- appropriate request form, available in the Academic Advis- ments in August and December will have degrees conferred ing Center, and return it to that office. In the case of a in December, while those students who complete require- double major, two baccalaureate degrees will not be awarded. ments in May will have degrees conferred in May. Diplo- However, a notation recognizing the completion of the re- mas will be available for pick-up following the ceremonies. quirements for the second major will be posted to the (Diplomas for August graduates will be available at the end student’s permanent academic record at the time of gradu- of the last summer term.) ation. All prospective graduates will be contacted before com- DECLARATION OF MINOR mencement exercises by the Office of the Registrar con- Degree-seeking students may declare a minor field of study cerning rehearsal and attendance. Those students plan- by completing the Declaration of Minor form, available in ning to attend Commencement must notify the Office of the the Academic Advising Center, and return it to that office. Registrar by the announced deadline so that seating ar- The minor must include from 15 to 21 credit hours of course rangements can be finalized for all who plan to participate. work above the 100-level, as determined by the department Prospective graduates will be advised when to order caps of the minor field. and gowns from the University Bookstore. Students who plan to attend commencement must keep the Office of the SECOND BACHELOR’S DEGREE Registrar informed of any address changes so that they Students who hold a bachelor’s degree from Christopher can receive important information concerning graduation. Newport University are required to present 30 additional Students will not be permitted to participate in commence- credit hours of residency towards a second CNU ment ceremonies unless all requirements, including bachelor’s degree. Students who hold a bachelor’s courses and credits, are completed prior to the ceremony. degree from a regionally accredited college or university, and who wish to become candidates for a second degree, GRADUATION WITH HONORS must earn a minimum of 45 credit hours in residence at The minimum grade point averages required in order to CNU. Once admitted into degree-seeking status, such graduate with Latin honors are: degree holders will not be required to complete the Cum Laude ...... 3.50 GPA general education requirements for bachelor’s degrees Magna Cum Laude ...... 3.70 GPA that have not already been met through transfer of credit Summa Cum Laude ...... 3.90 GPA from their previous degree program(s). The degree studies, major, and elective requirements for the CNU Students must earn at least 54 credit hours at CNU to be degree being sought must be satisfied. eligible for graduation with honors. Eligibility for each honor requires that, at the time of graduation, the respec- UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS TAKING tive minimum GPA be equaled or exceeded both in the GRADUATE COURSES graduate’s “cumulative GPA” and in the graduate’s “CNU Graduating seniors may, under certain conditions, take GPA.” (For an explanation of GPA, see the section entitled graduate courses. Seniors must have a grade point aver- “Grade Point Average.”) age of at least 3.00, and are limited to one graduate course NOTE: For the purpose of illustration, a graduate whose (with any associated laboratory) per semester and to a total cumulative and CNU GPA’s are, respectively 3.80 and 3.60, of two graduate courses (with any associated laborato- would graduate Cum Laude because the 3.60 CNU GPA ries). Credit for such courses may not be applied toward an precludes any higher honor. Similarly, a graduate whose undergraduate degree, but upon graduation, may be trans- cumulative and CNU GPA’s are respectively, 3.40 and 3.70 ferred to the student’s graduate record at the University, if would be precluded from graduation with honors by the approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Approval 3.40 cumulative GPA. by the course instructor and the Graduate Program Coordi-

40 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Students are expected to plan a curriculum, including general education, major or concentration, and elective offerings. Although the University offers assistance to students in this regard, it is ultimately the student’s responsibility to ensure that their academic programs properly fulfill all requirements for the degree sought as set forth in the appropriate University Catalog. If a student owes the University money, the University reserves the right to refuse to allow the student to participate in commencement exercises and may withhold issuance of the student’s diploma and academic transcripts, at its sole discretion, until the student has made payment.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All baccalaureate degree programs require: 1) A total of 120 academic semester hours with a grade point average of 2.00 is required for graduation. 2) Students must be officially classified as degree-seeking prior to beginning the last 30 credit hours in their academic program. 3) At least 45 credit hours must be completed in residency as a degree-seeking student at CNU. 4) At least 30 of the last 36 credit hours, including the last 12 credit hours within the major field, must be taken in residence. 5) At or before the end of the sophomore year (fourth semester), degree-seeking students must choose a major field of study. To declare a major field or to change a previously declared major field, students must file a Declaration of Major/Minor form with the Academic Advising Center. Students are then assigned an academic advisor who assists in planning their programs of study. Students should refer to the school and/or departmental listings in the appropriate University Catalog for specific requirements (see General Requirement 8). 6) Of the total credits required for graduation: a) Students matriculating in Fall 2000 and thereafter must complete two (2) 300-400 level courses that are designated at Writing Intensive (WI). See major department for details. b) No more than 50 percent of the minimum credit hours required toward a degree may come from courses in the disciplines of the School of Business. (Up to nine semester hours of economics and up to six semester hours of statistics may be counted as part of the general education curriculum.) c) Students may present a maximum of two semesters of physical education activities courses toward the degree. d) Students may present a maximum of 12 credits in any combination of “Topics” courses (195, 295, 395, and 495) in any department. Should a course taken as a “Topics” course subsequently convert to a regularly offered course within that department, then that course will not be counted toward the 12-hour maximum under this provision. e) Students may repeat APP MUSC 130 (see course description) up to eight times for credit toward graduation. f) Students may register each semester for courses in the Music Performance curriculum, but no more than eight credits can be counted toward graduation. g) Students may select as electives any academic courses provided all necessary prerequisites have been met. 7) Students must file the Intent to Graduate form and all substitutions for any requirement for graduation, with the Office of the Registrar, according to the following schedule: a) Students planning to complete degree requirements at the end of the summer must file the Intent to Graduate form no later than August 30 of the preceding year. b) Students planning to complete degree requirements at the end of the fall semester must file the Intent to Graduate form no later than December 30 of the preceding year. c) Students planning to complete degree requirements at the end of the spring semester must file the Intent to Graduate form no later than May 30 of the preceding year.

41 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

8) Effective with the fall 1997 semester, students must complete the general education requirements for graduation set forth in the University Catalog that is in effect when they become degree-seeking students. Degree-seeking students who leave the University for a period of a full academic year or more will be required to meet all general education, major/concentration requirements that are in effect when they are readmitted to the University. Students must fulfill the major and/or concentration requirements that are in effect when the choice of major or concentration is formally declared or changed. If a course necessary for the completion of the general education requirements that a student originally selected should no longer be in the University Catalog at the time the student completes his or her requirements, the student may petition the Degrees Committee to make an appropriate substitution. Such petitions must be received by the Degrees Committee prior to March 1 for students expecting to graduate in May or August and prior to November 1 for students expecting to graduate in December. 9) Minimum Grade Requirements: a) Students must earn grades of C- or better in both semesters of the six-hour sequence, ENGL 101-102 or ENGL 103H-104H. b) In courses applied toward the major field of study, students must achieve a minimum grade point average of 2.00 (4.00 maximum). For most majors, students may have no more than two grades below C- in courses applied toward the major. Some majors require all courses within the major be completed with a grade of C- or higher (see departmental section for specifics). c) Any courses in which grades of D or F are earned may be repeated no more than twice (for a total of three enrollments). Courses completed at CNU with a grade of D or F cannot be repeated at another institution. d) Academic departments may dictate more stringent requirements. Refer to the appropriate academic department for specific degree studies requirements, major requirements and suggested electives. 10) Assessment Requirements: The University engages in a number of assessment processes in order to gauge the effectiveness of its educational programs and administrative operations. These processes may require students to participate in examinations, surveys, interviews, or other information-gathering activities that are not part of any specific course. Each student will be given at least a 10-day notification for any assessment and evaluation activity that requires scheduling prior to participation. The satisfactory completion of assessment and evaluation is a general requirement for graduation from the University.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Organization of the Catalog: · Courses of instruction are found following departmental descriptions. · Departmental descriptions appear in alphabetical order within each college. · Colleges also appear in alphabetical order in this catalog. Course descriptions appear in sections beginning with “Curriculum in...” · Within the course descriptions, courses numbered 100-200 series are primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 300- series for juniors, and 400-series for seniors.

Courses of instruction and how they appear: · A continuous course sequence, indicated by a hyphen between course numbers (e.g. ENGL 101-102) covers a field of closely-related materials; and the first semester must precede the second, unless permission is granted by the appropriate academic department chair. · If a course is made up of two closely related semesters, but the second semester may be taken first, the course numbers are separated by a comma (e.g. ENGL 205, 206). · Courses identified by the suffix “G” following their course numbers (e.g. SOCL 201G) are global in nature. · Courses identified by the suffix “W” following their course numbers (e.g. BIOL 300W) are writing intensive and satisfy the University Writing Intensive requirement.

42 GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

· The three numbers enclosed in parentheses (4-2-6) following the course title have the following meanings: The first number refers to the number of credit hours awarded for successful completion of the course; the second number refers to the number of weekly lecture hours in the course; the third number refers to the number of weekly laboratory, practicum, or studio hours in the course. A course designated as (4-2-6), for example, refers to a four-credit course, which has two lecture hours and six laboratory/practicum/studio hours each week. · If applicable, prerequisites and/or corequisites are listed. The student is responsible for having completed all prerequisites and corequisites as listed for courses in which the student enrolls. · Following course prerequisites and/or corequisites is an indication of when that course is normally offered (e.g. fall, spring, etc.). Where such designations do not appear, please consult with the appropriate department chair.

43 GENERAL EDUCATION VISION AND GOALS

GENERAL EDUCATION VISION AND GOALS

The general education program at CNU is based c) To analyze and evaluate information on the conviction that every dimension of human life is logically. improved when guided by active intelligence. Putting 3) An understanding of how science operates and the “students first” requires offering an education that maxi- nature and role of science in society. mizes the ability to navigate successfully a future marked a) To understand how the scientific method is by rapid and profound change. used to comprehend the nature of the world. Our curriculum aims at developing and preparing b) To appreciate the historical aspects of students to become informed and productive members science and the impact and limitations of society, to become successful in their majors, and to of science and technology. make active learning a lifelong vocation. The marks of an educated person are, first, a respect for the relevant 4) A global perspective of the world’s history, cultures knowledge and thinking skills across the full spectrum and societies. of human experience; second, the disposition and abil- a) To understand human experience ity to think critically about the information and perspec- through an historical perspective. tives that pertain to a wide variety of issues; and third, b) To understand cultural diversity. a foundation of relevant knowledge that supplies frame- c) To understand the foundations, structures, works of understanding with which to interpret current and processes of contemporary developments, and to make informed and constructive societies. choices in personal, professional, and civic life. 5) An understanding of the human condition and the This philosophy of education requires a curriculum significance of the individual. that develops the following intellectual competencies a) To understand the interdependency in our students. between the individual and society. b) To understand and value individual 1) The ability to communicate with words and numbers. creativity, choice, and responsibility in a) To write and speak clearly and effectively in being a member of society. English. b) To convey numerical information clearly 6) An understanding and practice of health and and effectively. wellness.

2) The ability to analyze, interpret, and think clearly. 7) The ability to use information technology for a) To understand and apply effectively research and communication. mathematical concepts and methods. b) To understand and apply effectively scientific concepts and methods.

STUDENT ACADEMIC RESPONSIBILITIES

CNU is a community comprised of students who:

1) Establish the “job” of learning as their top priority; 7) Follow proper procedures and lines of authority for 2) Take initiative as active participants in their own pursuing concerns and complaints; learning; 8) Know, understand and follow the Code of Academic 3) Attend class regularly and arrive at class on time; Work, the University Honor Code, and the General 4) Adopt behaviors in class that are appropriate to the Requirements for Graduation; seriousness and importance of the learning process 9) Take responsibility to seek help from faculty, staff, taking place in the class; and fellow students as needed to succeed academi- 5) Complete all assignments outside of class on time cally. and prepare for upcoming classes; 6) Treat fellow community members with respect;

44 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: (43-44)

REQUIREMENT CREDITS REQUIREMENT CREDITS ENGLISH 6 SOCIAL SCIENCE 6 ENGL 101 or 103H - ENGL 102 or 104H Any six credits from the following: with a grade of a C- or better ANTH 203G SOCL 201G, 205G ECON 201G, 202G PSYC 210, 211 MATHEMATICS 3-4 GOVT 100, 101 One of the following: MATH 105, 109, 110, 125, 130, 135, 140 HUMANITIES 6 or a course above 140 Any six credits from the following: CLST 201, 202 MUSC 207G, 208G NATURAL SCIENCE 7 ENGL 205, 206 PHIL 201G, 202G Any one of the following sequences with an FNAR 201G, 202G RSTD 211G, 212G accompanying 1-credit laboratory; MLAN 205G, 206G THEA 210G-211G prerequisites must be meet: BIOL 107, 108, 109L FOREIGN LANGUAGE 6 CHEM 103/103L-104/104L CHEM 121/121L-122/122L This requirement may be satisfied at Christopher Newport PHYS 103/103L, 104/104L PHYS 201/201L-202/202L University through successful completion of the 101-102 sequence in any of the following foreign languages: COMMUNICATION/PHILOSOPHY 3 French, German, Latin, or Spanish. COMM 201 or PHIL 101 This requirement can be met by: a) Presenting either three years of high school credit HISTORY 6 in a single foreign language or two years of high HIST 111G, 112G school credit in two different languages, with a C average in either case. No CNU credit is awarded; official high school transcript must be on file; or b) Competency testing documented by the CNU foreign language Department. DEGREE STUDIES REQUIREMENTS (Each student selects one option as directed by the major): (6 – 10) BA (Letters) Degrees 6 Students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree in areas not mentioned in “Professional Degrees” the Bachelor of Music degree must successfully complete a foreign language through the 202-level (using current placement procedures) OR six additional credits in the Humanities at or above the 200-level, outside their major, from Communications, English, Fine Arts, History, Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures, Music, Philosophy, Religious Studies, or Theater.

BS (Science) Degrees 7 - 10 A two-course sequence, with accompanying laboratories, in a science different from that taken to satisfy the Natural Science requirement. Choose from the following sequences: BIOL 107, 108, 109L CHEM 103/103L-104/104L CHEM 121/121L-122/122L PHYS 103/103L, 104/104L PHYS 201/201L-202/202L

Professional Degrees 6 For the degree Bachelor of Arts with a major in Social Work, and for the degrees BSA, BSBA, and BSIS, two courses from the following list must be successfully completed in two different departments: COMM 201 (if not taken to meet the Communication/Philosophy requirement); PHIL 304, 374, 376, 383, 384; Any CPSC course; or FREN, GERM, LATN, or SPAN 201 or 202.

WRITING INTENSIVE COURSE REQUIREMENT - Completion of two 300 or 400 level courses that are designated as Writing Intensive (WI)

MAJOR (Minimum 2.00 GPA Required) AND ELECTIVE STUDIES: (66 – 71) Courses drawn from major and elective studies must be used to complete all remaining requirements of a baccalaureate degree program offered by Christopher Newport University. In addition to completing these requirements as specified by the appropriate department, the total number of credits applied toward a degree must be at least 120 credit hours.

45 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL A RTS AND SCIENCES Dr. Douglas Gordon, Dean Dr. Dorothy Doolittle, Associate Provost for Research and Graduate Studies, Associate Dean Lorraine K. Hall, Assistant to the Dean Gosnold Hall, Room 105 (757) 594-7052 Fax: (757) 594-7304 [email protected] [email protected]

ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS Biology, Chemistry and Environmental Science Communication Studies English Fine and Performing Arts Government and Public Affairs History Library Science Mathematics Military Science Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures Nursing Philosophy and Religious Studies Physics, Computer Science and Engineering Psychology Sociology, Social Work and Anthropology

An education in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences prepares students for a lifetime of reasoned inquiry, reflection, intellectual growth, and ethical citizenship. Students in the College are supported in their study by a talented faculty dedicated to outstanding teaching and significant research. In their first years in the College, students are introduced to a broad range of knowledge. To fulfill the goals of general education, Christopher Newport University aims for the liberally educated student to be able to understand scientific and mathematical reasoning; write effectively and convincingly; develop critical, global perspectives on human societies, cultures, behaviors, and governing and economic systems; cultivate human imagination; value the fine and performing arts; master modern and classical languages; use information technology wisely; pursue mental and physical health; and accept and promote the responsibilities of citizenship in a free, democratic society. From the beginning of their studies, students will be challenged by high academic standards in their university courses. The depth of understanding in specialized subjects can begin as early as the second year by students’ choosing from any of sixteen majors and forty-two concentrations within departments. The details of the College’s departmental curricula follow in the listings in this catalog. The University’s departmental faculty and designated advisors welcome meetings with students to explain both the ideal and practical consequences of choosing a particular major and to plan a course of study leading to a baccalaureate degree. The College also supports and promotes undergraduate research through its departments and the Undergradu- ate and Graduate Research Council and its annual Paideia--student research conference. It also provides interdisciplinary programs through the Christopher Newport University Scholars Program, examines and cultivates leadership through the President’s Leadership Program, and offers a wide variety of internships to allow students to extend their learning in professional workplaces outside the university. It also provides special study opportunities through the Honors Program. The Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences invites students to join with them in a demanding and rewarding journey of educational discovery.

46 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Dr. Harold N. Cones, Chair Science Building, Room 138 (757) 594-7126 email: [email protected]

FACULTY Master of Forestry or Master of Environmental Manage- Professors: Bankes, Cones, Mollick, Reed, Weiss ment degree from Duke. Students interested in finding out Associate Professors: Atkinson, Brunke, Cheney, Grau, more about this cooperative program should contact Dr. Gray, Savitzky, Whiting Edward Weiss, advisor for the program. Assistant Professors: Abdel-Fattah, Appel, Hollingsworth, Johnson, Smith HEALTH-RELATED PROFESSIONS Instructor: Badavi Students considering careers in medicine, optometry, den- Emeriti: Chang, Edwards, Hammer, Markusen, Olson, tistry, veterinary medicine, pharmacy, physical therapy, and Pugh, Sacks, Simmons other health-related professions are strongly encouraged to meet with a member of the pre-health professions com- The aims of the curriculum and faculty in the Department mittee. The committee serves to advise students on career of Biology, Chemistry, and Environmental Science are to choices, academic scheduling, and application procedures. acquaint students with the body of knowledge in these It provides information on opportunities, current admis- disciplines and to teach them to apply this knowledge use- sion requirements, and the diversity of professional pro- fully and responsibly. Historical and philosophical devel- grams. The committee wishes to work with the student in opments of biology, chemistry and environmental science maximizing the chances of a successful application by pro- are discussed in all courses offered by the department. viding oversight and guidance, mock interviews, and let- The biology program is organized to enable the major stu- ters of recommendation. More information is available on dent to survey the entire field of biology and also special- the Department of Biology, Chemistry, and Environmental ize in one of various areas, including botany, cell biology- Science website located at http:/www.cnu.edu/bces. biochemistry, microbiology-genetics, environmental sci- THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGY ence, ornamental horticulture, the premedical-predental- The Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology requires a minimum preveterinary area, teaching, or zoology. A student also of 40 credits in biology, including BIOL 107-108-109L- 300W. may specialize in parks, open space, recreation, and natu- In addition to the successful completion of all general edu- ral resource management. Details concerning the require- cation and degree studies requirements (see index) and ments for the various areas can be obtained from the de- completion of the Major Field Test in Biology, the Bachelor partment chair. of Arts degree in Biology requires the successful completion of the following major and elective studies require- CHEMISTRY ments: The study of chemistry provides a wide range of opportu- 1) Biology Core^ : BIOL 107*/108*/109L*, 300W, 313, nities in the physical and biological sciences as well as 491W; related areas. Chemistry is often called the central science 2) Either BIOL 307/307L or BIOL 414/414L; because an understanding of matter and the changes it 3) One of the following: BIOL 305/305L, 308/308L, 310/ undergoes underlies the other science areas. At CNU, stu- 310L, or 321/321L-322/322L; dents have the advantages of instruction in small classes, 4) One of the following: BIOL 309/309L, 312/312L, 314/ well-equipped and faculty-directed laboratories, and con- 314L, 320/320L, 403/403L, 409/409L, 418/418L, siderable individual attention. In addition to providing skills 420/420L, Mammalogy, or Ornithology; that prepare students for a wide range of job opportunities, 5) CHEM 103/103L*-104/104L*; directly or after graduate school, the curriculum and fac- 6) MATH 125* and MATH 130* or higher ulty seek to help students gain a better understanding of 7) 14 additional semester hours of biology electives the world through an increased knowledge and apprecia- with 11 of these at the 300-400 level. At least two of tion of the chemical processes that affect our everyday the courses used to satisfy this 11 credit require- lives. ment must have a laboratory component.

COOPERATIVE PROGRAM ^Biology Core courses are considered successfully Christopher Newport University has a cooperative program completed with a grade of C- or better. Students may with the Duke University School of the Environment lead- present no more than two grades of D in BIOL courses. ing to the BS from Christopher Newport University and the

47 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

* Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor. sor.

THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY THE MAJOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE The Bachelor of Science degree in Biology requires a mini- I. Required Support Courses mum of 40 credits in Biology. Biology courses are to be 1) CHEM 121/121L*-122/122L*; selected with the aid of the student’s departmental advisor. 2) CHEM 321/321L-322/322L; If the usual supporting courses required for this degree are 3) MATH 125* and MATH 130* or higher; inappropriate for the student’s goals, the student and his/ 4) PHYS 103/103L*-104/104L*. her advisor may prepare an alternate program of study for II. Required Biology Courses departmental approval at the beginning of the junior year 1) Biology Core^: BIOL 107*/108*/109L*, 300W, 313, or earlier. In addition to a B.S. degree with no specializa- 491W; tion, students can specialize with a major in Environmental 2) BIOL 307/307L or BIOL 414/414L; Science or a major in Ornamental Horticulture. Students 3) One of the following: BIOL 305/305L, pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree in Biology may BIOL 308/308L, BIOL 310/310L, elect not to include BIOL 107-108-109L-300W among the BIOL 321/321L-322/322L. credits counted in their major. If students so elect, the III. Required Environmental Science Courses Office of the Registrar must be notified prior to the comple- 1) BIOL 306/306L; tion of 90 credits. 2) BIOL 301/301L; 3) BIOL 407/407L. In addition to successful completion of all general educa- IV. Environmental Science Electives tion and degree studies requirements (see index) and At least two of the following courses: completion of the Major Field Test in Biology, the Bachelor BIOL 302/302L or BIOL 403/403L; of Science degree in Biology requires successful comple- BIOL 304/304L; tion of the following courses: BIOL 312/312L or BIOL 320/320L; BIOL 422; THE MAJOR IN BIOLOGY BIOL 430. I. Required Support Courses 1) CHEM 121/121L*-122/122L*; ^Biology Core courses are considered successfully 2) CHEM 321/321L-322/322L; completed with a grade of C- or better. Students may 3) MATH 125* and MATH 130* or higher; present no more than two grades of D in BIOL courses. 4) PHYS 103/103L*, 104/104L*, or PHYS 201/201L*- 202/202L*. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously II. Required Biology Courses to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 1) Biology Core^: BIOL 107*/108*/109L*, 300W, 313, studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 491W; sor. 2) BIOL 307/307L or BIOL 414/414L; 3) One of the following: BIOL 305/305L, THE MAJOR IN ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE BIOL 308/308L, BIOL 310/310L, I. Required Support Courses BIOL 321/321L-322/322L; 1) CHEM 121/121L*-122/122L* or CHEM 103/103L*- 4) One of the following: BIOL 309/309L, 312/312L, 104/104L*; 314/314L, 320/320L, 403/403L, 409/409L, 418/ 2) MATH 125* and MATH 130* or higher; 418L, 420/420L, Mammalogy, or Ornithology. 3) PHYS 103/103L*-104/104L*. III. Biology Electives Students with an interest in business will choose as elec- 14 additional semester hours of Biology electives with tives, or compile as a minor, business courses. Those who 11 of these at the 300-400 level. At least two of the anticipate graduate school in horticulture could complete courses used to satisfy this 11 credit requirement must organic chemistry. have a laboratory component. II. Required Biology Courses 1) Biology Core^: BIOL 107*/108*/109L*, 300W; 313, ^Biology Core courses are considered successfully 491W; completed with a grade of C- or better. Students may 2) BIOL 307/307L or BIOL 414/414L; present no more than two grades of D in BIOL courses. 3) One of the following: BIOL 305/305L, BIOL 308/308L, BIOL 310/310L, BIOL 321/321L-322/322L.

48 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

III. Required Horticulture Courses available in the department office. The department also 1) BIOL 200/200L; offers in concert with the Department of Education a five- 2) BIOL 317/317L; year MAT program. See the Graduate Catalog for further 3) Four of the following horticulture courses: details on this program. or our web site at: http:/ BIOL 303/303L, BIOL 304/304L, www.cnu.edu/bces/FiveYearProgram.html. BIOL 311/311L, BIOL 415/415L, BIOL 416/416L. THE CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGY BIOL 107. General Biology I (3-3-0) ^Biology Core courses are considered successfully Fall, Spring and Summer. completed with a grade of C- or better. Students may First semester of introductory biology sequence for majors present no more than two grades of D in BIOL courses. and nonmajors; major topics covered are ecology, genetics, evolution, and diversity. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously BIOL 108. General Biology II (3-3-0) to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree Fall, Spring and Summer. studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- Second semester of introductory biology sequence for major sor. and nonmajors; major topics covered are energy metabolism, biotechnology, plant biology, and animal biology. FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS BIOL 109L. General Biology Laboratory (1-0-3) For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 107 or 108. programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in Biology, Envi- Fall, Spring and Summer. ronmental Science, and Horticulture and the MAT (Mas- Laboratory exercises to accompany either BIOL 107 or 108 ter of Arts in Teaching). This program also includes teacher and to satisfy laboratory component of general education licensure. Application to these programs is made during Natural Science requirement. the second semester of the junior year. Because course BIOL 200. Basic Horticulture (4-3-4) sequencing is critical to success, interested students Corequisite: BIOL 200L. should talk to an advisor about their interest in the five- Spring, odd years. year program early. For information about admission to A survey of horticultural practices. Topics covered in- the five-year program and program requirements, consult clude foliage plant culture, lawn establishment and mainte- the Graduate Catalog (online at www.cnu.edu) or your de- nance, flower garden care, vegetable gardens, woody plants partment advisor. for the home landscape, and principles of good landscape design. THE MINOR IN BIOLOGY BIOL 200L. Basic Horticulture Laboratory A minor in biology requires 21 hours of biology coursework Corequisite: BIOL 200. above the 100 level, including BIOL 300W. Spring, odd years. BIOL 215. Biological Evolution (3-3-0) THE MINOR IN CHEMISTRY Prerequisite: BIOL 107/109L. A minor in chemistry requires CHEM 121/121L, 122/122L, Spring. 321/321L, 322/322L, one additional chemistry course at the Principles of biological evolution: review of genetics, de- 300- or 400-level (usually CHEM 445), and CHEM 490. tailed discussion of population genetics, natural selection, adaptation, isolating mechanisms, speciation, and phylo- FIVE-YEAR MS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE genetic inference. PROGRAM BIOL 234. Aging and Health - Biological and Physiologi- The department has a program leading to a BS and MS in cal Perspectives (3-3-0) Environmental Science after five years of study. Applica- Prerequisite: BIOL 107, 108 or consent of instructor. tion to this program is made during the second semester of Examination of the aging process and consequent changes the junior year. The application will include a current CNU in human physiology and body systems. Relationships of transcript and the results of the Graduate Record Examina- physiological changes to health and nutritional problems. tion. Interested students should talk to their advisor about Survey of major health problems and interventive possi- their interests in the BS/MS program early in their program bilities. because course sequencing is critical to success. The BS/ BIOL 251. Biological Terminology (1-1-0) MS programs may require that students take one or more Fall graduate level courses in their senior year. More informa- A course for helping biology and pre-health profes- tion about this program can be found in the Graduate Cata- sion students learn the language of their (future) log (located on-line at cnu.edu). Brochures detailing the discipline, through examination of word roots, five-year program and the suggested course of study are suffixes, prefixes, etymology and applications.

49 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

BIOL 262. Child Biology (3-3-0) BIOL 303. Landscape Horticulture (4-3-4) Spring, even years Additional Prerequisite: BIOL 317 and/or consent of in- An examination of the biology of humans from birth structor. Corequisite: BIOL 303L. through adolescence, including aspects of genetics, Spring, even years. development, anatomy, physiology, and pathology. Principles of good landscape design; use, choice, and cul- (This course is part of the core requirements for the tural practices employed with ornamental plants. program in Childhood Studies) BIOL 303L. Landscape Horticulture Laboratory BIOL 289. Nature Photography (1-1-0) Corequisite: BIOL 303. Principles and techniques of photography and their appli- Spring, even years. cation to nature photography. BIOL 304. Soils (4-3-4) BIOL 295. Elementary Topics in Biology (credits vary) Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 122/122L. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Corequisite: BIOL 304L. Fall and Spring. Spring, even years. A variety of biological or biologically related topics not Characterization of soil as a natural system with emphasis included in the regular curriculum will be offered. These on its physical, chemical, and biological properties. topics will fill a particular need not covered by regular BIOL 304L. Soils Laboratory courses. Biology majors may apply no more than nine Corequisite: BIOL 304. credits in elementary, intermediate, or advanced topics to- Spring, even years. ward graduation. BIOL 305. Plant Anatomy (4-3-4) Corequisite: BIOL 305L. Note: All 300- and 400-level BIOL courses have Fall, even years. BIOL 300W and 313 with a grade of C- or better Structure and arrangement of cells and tissues in higher as prerequisites unless otherwise indicated. plants; cytology, physiology, taxonomy, ecology, evolution, and development where related to anatomy. BIOL 300W. General Biology III for majors-WI (3-1-3) BIOL 305L. Plant Anatomy Laboratory Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; BIOL Corequisite: BIOL 305. 107-108/109L with a grade of C- or better and CHEM 103/ Fall, even years. 103L or 121/121L. BIOL 306. Environmental Conservation (3-3-0) Fall, Spring, and Summer. Prerequisite: completion of science general education re- Introduction to biological techniques for majors. Scientific quirement or consent of instructor. experimentation, data gathering and analysis, use of the Fall. scientific literature, and oral and written communication in Study of soil, forest, land, water, air, wildlife, and recre- science will be major topics. Satisfies Writing Intensive ational resources; their interrelationships and modifications requirement. by man; steps necessary to use them wisely for present BIOL 301. Microbiology (4-3-4) and future generations. Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 122/122L. BIOL 306L. Environmental Conservation Laboratory Corequisite: BIOL 301L. (1-0-4) Fall. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 306. Introduction to the morphology, physiology, and genetics Fall. of bacteria, fungi and viruses. (May be taken as research On-site visitations to resource utilization areas. intensive course.) BIOL 307. Cell Biology (4-3-4) BIOL 301L. Microbiology Laboratory Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 321/321L. Corequisite: BIOL 301. Corequisite: BIOL 307L. Fall. Fall. BIOL 302. Oceanography - An Introduction to Marine Physiology at cellular levels of organization: cell structure Science (3-3-0) and function, enzyme action, cell energy transformations, Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 122/122L or cell regulatory processes, and cell differentiation. consent of instructor. BIOL 307L. Cell Biology Laboratory Spring, odd years. Corequisite: BIOL 307. Physical and chemical properties of the hydrosphere; ap- Fall. plication of basic ecological principles to the marine envi- BIOL 308. Plant Physiology (3-3-0) ronment; history of oceanography. Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 122/122L. BIOL 302L. Oceanography – An Introduction to Corequisite: BIOL 308L Marine Science Laboratory (1-0-4) Spring, odd years. Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 302. A survey of the processes involved in plant growth: min- Spring, odd years. eral nutrition, water relations, translocation, metabolism,

50 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE and photosynthesis. Control of plant growth and develop- BIOL 314. Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4-3-4) ment by hormones, growth regulators, light, and tempera- Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or ture. CHEM 122/122L. BIOL 308L. Plant Physiology Laboratory (1-0-4) Corequisite: BIOL 314L. Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 308. Fall. Spring, odd years. A study of the structure and function of the human body BIOL 309. Embryology of Vertebrates (4-3-4) that includes concepts of relevant cellular and molecular Corequisite: BIOL 309L biology and histology before investigating the major or- Spring, odd years. gan systems. Systems included in this course are: integu- Comparative description and analysis of the principles and mentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, sensory, and endo- processes leading to the establishment of the adult verte- crine. brate body plan; gametogenesis. BIOL 314L. Human Anatomy and Physiology I BIOL 309L. Embryology of Vertebrates Laboratory Laboratory Corequisite: BIOL 309. Corequisite: BIOL 314. Spring, odd years. Fall. BIOL 310. Morphology and Phylogeny of Plants (4-3-4) BIOL 315. Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4-3-4) Corequisite: BIOL 310L. Additional Prerequisite: BIOL 314 or consent of instructor. Spring, even years. Corequisite: BIOL 315L. Morphology of representative plants studied in the labora- Spring. tory and field; emphasis on reproductive processes and A continuation of BIOL 314 that covers the cardiovascular, phylogenetic relationships. respiratory, renal/osmoregulatory, digestive, and reproduc- BIOL 310L. Morphology and Phylogeny of Plants tive systems and concepts of metabolism. Laboratory BIOL 315L. Human Anatomy and Physiology II Corequisite: BIOL 310. Laboratory Spring, even years. Corequisite: BIOL 315. BIOL 311. Ornamental Plant Propagation (4-3-4) Spring. Additional Prerequisite: BIOL 317 or consent of instructor. BIOL 317. Plant Materials for Landscape Use (4-3-4) Corequisite: BIOL 311L. Corequisite: BIOL 317L. Spring, odd years. Fall, odd years. Principles and practices of horticultural plant propagation Identification and design characteristics of ornamental and greenhouse production are considered. plants. BIOL 311L. Ornamental Plant Propagation Laboratory BIOL 317L. Plant Materials for Landscape Use Corequisite: BIOL 311. Laboratory Spring, odd years. Corequisite: BIOL 317. BIOL 312. Invertebrate Zoology (4-3-4) Fall, odd years. Corequisite: BIOL 312L. BIOL 320. Natural History of the Vertebrates (4-3-4) Spring. Corequisite: BIOL 320L. A survey of invertebrate biology emphasizing morphology Fall. and evolutionary relationships, and including taxonomy, A survey of the living and extinct taxa of vertebrates. Evo- physiology, and behavior. lutionary relationships, morphology, physiology, ecology, BIOL 312L. Invertebrate Zoology Laboratory and behavior of the major living vertebrate taxa will be em- Corequisite: BIOL 312. phasized. Spring. BIOL 320L. Natural History of the Vertebrates BIOL 313. Genetics (3-3-0) Laboratory Additional Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent, Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 320. Corequisite: BIOL 300W. BIOL 321-322. Plant Taxonomy I and II (2-1.5-2) Fall and Spring. Additional Prerequisite for BIOL 322: BIOL 321. Mechanisms of inheritance, mutation, recombination, ge- Corequisite for BIOL 321: BIOL 321L. Corequisite for BIOL netic expression, and regulation at all levels of biological 322: BIOL 322L. organization. All registered students must sign up for one Fall and Spring, odd years. of the two-hour discussion/laboratory simulation sections Part I will consider the principles of identifying, naming, during which problem solving and computer generated and classifying vascular plants. Part II will discuss repre- genetic cross simulations will be emphasized. In these sec- sentative vascular plant taxa in a phylogenetic setting. A tions, brief oral presentations will also be required. plant collection is required and BIOL 321 is a prerequisite for Part II.

51 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

BIOL 321L-322L. Plant Taxonomy I and II Laboratory BIOL 409. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates (4-3-4) Corequisite for BIOL 321L: BIOL 321. Prerequisite for Corequisite: BIOL 409L. BIOL 322L: BIOL 321L.Corequisite for BIOL 322L: BIOL Spring. 322. General chordate anatomy, emphasizing the vertebrates, Fall and Spring, odd years. considered on a comparative, evolutionary, and functional BIOL 325. Human Population Biology (2-2-0) basis. Laboratory work includes dissection and study of Prerequisite: one year of college science mudpuppy, mink, shark, and other supplemental chordates. Fall, odd years BIOL 409L. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates The state of the environment will largely be determined Laboratory by one factor: human population growth. This course Corequisite: BIOL 409. will examine both biological and social factors that in- Spring. fluence human population growth rates as well as the BIOL 412. Fundamental Molecular Biology (4-3-4) impact of large human populations on the environment. Additional Prerequisites: Either CHEM 321/321L (pre- BIOL 338. Apprenticeship in Teaching ferred) or CHEM 104/104L, and PHYS 201/201L (preferred) Biology/Chemistry (3-1-4) or PHYS 103/103L. Corequisite: BIOL 412L. Additional Prerequisite: junior standing, 15 credits in ma- Molecular biology is a discipline based upon a reduction- jor, EDUC 301/301L and 305/305L. ist logic that supports the concept that structure and func- A course in which prospective teachers are introduced to tion are intimately related. The primary goals for any mo- methods and materials of teaching biology. Emphasis will lecular biologist are to understand the molecular basis for be on laboratory exercises and demonstrations. The use of how prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells grow, divide, special- audio-visual materials will also be covered. Apprentice ize, and interact. teachers will be expected to design and participate in the BIOL 412L. Fundamental Molecular Biology Laboratory setup of several appropriate laboratory exercises and pre- Corequisite: BIOL 412. pare an oral introduction to a laboratory exercise. Appren- BIOL 414. Introductory Biochemistry (3-3-0) tice teachers will have the opportunity to observe and par- Additional Pre- or Corequisite: CHEM 322/322L. ticipate in the teaching of introductory biology laborato- Spring. ries. A survey of the principal molecular constituents of living BIOL 395. Intermediate Topics in Biology (credits vary) organisms. The structure, roles, and metabolic Fall and Spring. interconversions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and A variety of biological or biologically related topics not nucleic acids are considered. included in the regular curriculum will be offered. These BIOL 414L. Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory topics will fill a particular need not met by regular courses. (1-0-4) Biology majors may apply no more than nine credits in Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 414. elementary, intermediate, or advanced topics toward gradu- Spring. ation. BIOL 415. Pathology of Ornamental Plants (3-3-0) BIOL 403. Marine Biology (3-3-0) Additional Prerequisite: BIOL 317 or consent of instructor. Additional Prerequisite: BIOL 302 and 312, or consent of Fall, odd years. instructor. May be taken as research intensive. A course stressing the principles of plant pathology with Spring, even years. regard to prevention, diagnosis, and control of diseases of Taxonomic and ecological investigations of the major ma- ornamental plants. Some emphasis will be given both to rine groups; pollution ecology; applied marine science. beneficial insects and to insect pests of ornamental as well BIOL 403L. Marine Biology Laboratory (1-0-4) as to control techniques. Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 403. BIOL 415L. Pathology of Ornamental Plants Laboratory Spring, even years. (1-0-4) BIOL 407. General Ecology (4-3-4) Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 415. Corequisite: BIOL 407L. Fall, odd years. Fall. BIOL 416. Nursery and Garden Center Management Properties and processes of ecosystems, communities, and (4-3-4) populations, with consideration given to man’s influence Corequisite: BIOL 416L. on each level. Fall, even years. BIOL 407L. General Ecology Laboratory Principles and practices involved with wholesale produc- Corequisite: BIOL 407. tion and retailing of ornamental plants. Fall. BIOL 416L. Nursery and Garden Center Management Laboratory Corequisite: BIOL 416. Fall, even years.

52 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

BIOL 418. Animal Behavior (3-3-0) BIOL 440. Herpetology (4-3-4) Fall, even years. Corequisite: BIOL 440L. The comparative study of animal behavior, including both Spring, odd years. vertebrates and invertebrates. Ethological concepts, physi- The study of the reptiles and amphibians. Evolutionary ological mechanisms, and adaptive significance will be history, taxonomy, and ecology will be emphasized. emphasized. BIOL 440L. Herpetology Laboratory BIOL 418L. Animal Behavior Laboratory (1-0-4) Corequisite: BIOL 440. Pre- or Corequisite: BIOL 418. Spring, odd years. Fall even years. BIOL 491W. Biology Seminar-WI (1-1-0) Laboratory work includes experimentation, field trips, dis- Prerequisite: six hour freshman English sequence cussion, reports, and a term project. Additional Prerequisite: Biology majors with junior or se- BIOL 420. Animal Physiology (4-3-4) nior standing, CHEM 104/104L or 321/321L, and two ad- Additional Prerequisite: CHEM 104/104L or 122/122L, ditional BIOL courses at the 300-400 level. and one of the following: BIOL 307/307L, BIOL 312/312L, Fall and Spring. 320/320L, 409/409L, 440/440L, Mammalogy or Ornithol- A seminar format course dealing with different topics in ogy. Corequisite: BIOL 420L. each section each semester. (See Schedule of Classes or Fall, even years. BCES office for section topics.) Students will give several An introductory course in animal physiology emphasizing in-class presentations of the papers to be discussed. A fundamental principles, concepts, and mechanisms respon- synthesis paper written by the student on some aspect of sible for homeostatic regulation of animal functions. Lab the topic will also be required. Satisfies Writing Intensive exercises will complement and reinforce lecture concepts, requirement as well as provide students with the opportunity to per- BIOL 495. Advanced Topics in Biology (credits vary) form physiology experiments and data analysis. Fall and Spring. BIOL 420L. Animal Physiology Laboratory A variety of biological or biologically-related topics not Corequisite: BIOL 420. included in the regular curriculum will be offered. These Fall, even years. topics will fill a particular need or be an advanced treatment BIOL 422. Field Trip Experience (2-1-8) of a regular course. Biology majors may apply no more than Prerequisite: one botany and one zoology course and con- nine credits of elementary, intermediate, or advanced top- sent of instructor. ics toward graduation. Ten or eleven day extended field trip to one of three areas. BIOL 499. Problems in Biology (credits vary) Each trip is preceded by classroom instruction. A) North- May be taken as research intensive. ern Coastal Plain (Acadia National Park, Maine-summer); Fall and Spring. B) Southern Coastal Plain (Everglades National Park, Florida- An opportunity for independent research or literature re- January); C) Nebraska-summer view with guidance of a faculty advisor. No more than BIOL 430. Biogeography (3-3-0) three credits may be applied to the degree. Spring. The study of the patterns of distribution of organisms, THE CURRICULUM IN CHEMISTRY both past and present, and the abiotic and biotic factors that produced those distributions. Note: The following course listing includes BIOL 435. Environmental Application of GIS (4-3-4) alternate year offerings of junior- and senior- Prerequisites: consent of instructor. level courses. The symbol (N) designates an Corequisite: Biol 435L. evening course offering. This course applies Geographic Information Systems (GIS) CHEM 103-104. Introductory Chemistry (3-3-0) to environmental and ecological issues within the urban Prerequisite: 1 year of high school algebra. Corequisite: and rural landscapes. Computer information mapping, out- CHEM 103L-104L or consent of department. put design, spatial analyzes, GPS (Geographical Position- CHEM 103 Fall, Spring (N). CHEM 104 Fall (N), Spring. ing System) applications, and remote sensing techniques First semester: The fundamentals of general and inorganic are discussed, explored (hands-on), and applied to local chemistry. and regional problems. Second semester: The fundamentals of organic and bio- BIOL 435L. Environmental Application of GIS chemistry. (Not intended for science majors; however, CHEM Laboratory 103 with or without CHEM 103L may be taken for elective Corequisite: Biol 435. credit as an introductory course to CHEM 121 and CHEM The application of ARCVIEW (ESRI Co.) software along 121L.) with Trimble GPS units to geospatially address environmental questions and problems.

53 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

CHEM 103L-104L. Introductory Chemistry Laboratory CHEM 499. Independent Study and Research (1-0-3) (credits vary) Corequisite: CHEM 103-104.CHEM 103L Fall, Spring (N) Prerequisite: consent of chair. and Summer. CHEM 104L Fall (N), Spring and Summer. Fall and Spring. An introduction to the experimental techniques and meth- (See section on Independent Study Procedures). ods of chemistry. CHEM 121-122. General Chemistry (3-3-0) Prerequisite: MATH 110 or satisfactory scores on the chemistry placement examination which will be administered on the first day of class. Corequisite: CHEM 121L-122L or consent of department. CHEM 121 Fall and Spring (N). CHEM 122 Fall (N) and Spring. Fundamental principles of chemistry. CHEM 121L-122L. General Chemistry Laboratory (2-1-4) Corequisite: CHEM 121-122 or consent of department. CHEM 121L Fall and Spring (N), CHEM 122L Fall (N) and Spring. Application of experimental methods to the solution of chemical problems. CHEM 321-322. Organic Chemistry (3-3-0) Prerequisite: CHEM 122/122L. Corequisite: CHEM 321L/ 322L or consent of department. CHEM 321 Fall. CHEM 322 Spring. Chemistry of the organic compounds of carbon. Structure, reactivity, and reaction mechanisms. CHEM 321L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2-1-4) Prerequisite: CHEM 122/122L. Corequisite: CHEM 321. Fall. Chemical kinetics and equilibrium are studied using analytical procedures with emphasis on instrumental methods. CHEM 322L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2-1-4) Prerequisite: CHEM 321L. Corequisite: CHEM 322. Spring. Introduction to common techniques in synthesis and qualitative organic analysis. CHEM 395. Special Topics in Chemistry (credits vary) Selected topics. Offered as interest demands. CHEM 445. Instrumental Methods in Chemistry (3-1-5) Prerequisite: CHEM 322/322L. Fall, odd years. Theory and practice of instrumental methods in the solution of analytical problems. CHEM 490. Seminar (1-1-0) Prerequisite: consent of department. Fall and Spring. Review of current periodicals. Reports of student or faculty research. Required for senior students, who must present at least one seminar. CHEM 495. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (credits vary) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics from all phases of chemistry will be presented. Credit, lecture, and laboratory to be arranged.

54 CHILDHOOD STUDIES

CHILDHOOD STUDIES Dr. Kara Keeling, Director Associate Professor of English Ferguson, Room 110L (757) 594-7952 email: [email protected] THE MINOR/CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN 395, 495) from the departments listed above, as well as new CHILDHOOD STUDIES courses as departments develop them, may be credited to- Christopher Newport University offers a multi-disciplinary ward the minor if they have the approval of the Childhood minor in Childhood Studies for undergraduates and a cer- Studies Director. Students using these elective courses for tificate program for practitioners in the community. The the program in Childhood Studies will be expected to focus program is designed to meet the following student goals: on children and adolescents. Students must meet prerequisite requirements prescribed in the University Catalog to 1. Provide a body of knowledge about children and enroll in elective courses. Elective courses are not neces- adolescents combined with skills obtained from sarily offered on a regular basis. the student’s major discipline to prepare for careers in recreation, social work, counseling, ad- THE CURRICULUM IN CHILDHOOD ministrative positions in community programs STUDIES for children and adolescents, nursing, juvenile The designation “MW” means that at least one-third of justice programs, and others. the course reading involves works by minority and 2. Offer a certificate program to practitioners in women writers. child-related fields who wish to extend their knowledge base about children and childhood BIOL 262. Child Biology (3-3-0) while working in the community. Suggested pre- Spring, even years requisite is an Associate degree or equivalent. An examination of the biology of humans from birth Specific course pre-requisites must be met or through adolescence, including aspects of genetics, waived by consent of instructor. development, anatomy, physiology, and pathology. 3. To serve as a minor for the student who has no PSYC 210. Human Growth and Behavior I (3-3-0) career goals in the field but has an interest in the A study of data and theory concerning the development of study of childhood. Any of the courses may be the individual throughout the life span from conception to taken without commitment to the entire program. death. Social, emotional, physical, and cognitive development will be considered. Emphasis will be given to the The program in Childhood Studies requires successful nature of developmental change and the forces with bring completion of 18 credits of coursework, 12 credits of which it about. This course will cover the period from conception are core requirements. The additional six credits must come to late childhood. from at least two courses, which must be from different PSYC 211. Human Growth and Behavior II (3-3-0) departments. Students should seek advising from the Di- A continuation of PSYC 210, covering adolescence and rector of the Childhood Studies program in choosing the adulthood. courses for the minor. PSYC 307. Developmental Psychology (3-3-0) Core requirements for the program in Childhood Studies Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 are: BIOL 262; PSYC 210, 211 or 307; SOCL 304; and either Credit will not be given for PSYC 210/211 and this course. ENGL 314W or 315. A study of data and theory concerning the development of the individual through the life-span, including cognitive, Electives for the program in Childhood Studies are: physical, and emotional processes. ENGL 314W; ENGL 315; PSYC 305, PSYC 307, PSYC 309, SOCL 304. Socialization and Society (3-3-0) PSYC 310, PSYC 327, SOCL 303, SOCL 314, SOCL 324, Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or junior standing or consent of SOWK 369. Course descriptions appear in appropriate sec- department. tions throughout the catalog Fall. Emphasis will be on the generic process by which individu- The following practicum and internship courses may also als become members of society. Consideration of the im- apply if they deal directly with children are subject to the pact of family, sex, race, and socio-economic class on so- approval of the Childhood Studies Director: GOVT 491; cialization and personality. The importance of the major PSYC 491; SOCL 491, SOWK 399, SOWK 400, SOWK 490, agencies of socialization, such as family school, peer group, AND BUSN 480. Occasional special topics courses (295, and media. Socialization through the life cycle.

55 CHILDHOOD STUDIES

ENGL 314W. Children’s Literature-WI (3-3-0) (MW) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, and Summer. An exploration of a representative sampling of literature written for children. We will focus on the primary genres of children’s books: picture books, fairy tales, fantasy, realistic fiction, and poetry. This is not a course devoted to pedagogical concerns or techniques. Satisfies Writing In- tensive requirement. ENGL 315. Adolescent Literature (3-3-0) (MW) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring. An exploration of the coming of age theme in adolescent literature as it is expressed in a representative sample of fiction written in various genres for young adults: historical fiction, contemporary realistic fiction, fantasy, and poetry. This is not a course devoted to pedagogical concerns or techniques.

56 COMMUNICATION STUDIES

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION STUDIES Dr. Terilyn J. Goins, Chair Business and Technology Center, 3rd Floor (757) 594-8732 email: [email protected]

FACULTY In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- Associate Professor: Goins eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- Assistant Professors: Baughman, Borchert, Jacobs, dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in English (communica- Williams tion studies major) requires the following courses: Instructor: Best 1) COMM 201*, 211, 325, 330, 345, 450, 452W; Emeriti: Hubbard, Koch (COMM 201 & COMM 211 are prerequisites for all other COMM courses) The Bachelor of Arts degree in English 2) Fifteen additional credit hours in COMM COMMUNICATION STUDIES MAJOR courses; For almost 3000 years in Western civilization, the study of 3) Select four: ENGL 260, 350, 353W, 354W, 360W, communication has been marked by the evolution of a set 361W, 362, 363, 460 of principles that have taken on the characteristics of the * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously societies and eras in which they exist. The inherently to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree dynamic nature of communication has led to a correspond- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- ing evolution in the theoretical scope and content of the sor. Communication discipline, reflecting a rich intellectual tradition. Students choosing Communication Studies as their COMM 201 and COMM 211 must be completed with a major will acquire an understanding of the relationship grade of C+ or better. All other courses for the major re- between the study of communication and the communities quire a minimum grade of C-. In addition to this coursework, in which they live, as well as gain an appreciation for the students are encouraged to take a body of courses in a connections between theory and everyday life experiences. secondary area of interest related to professional or voca- Areas for study and analyses include a focus on commu- tional goals. Recommended areas are psychology, man- nication as represented in relationships, groups, organiza- agement and marketing, government and public affairs. tions, cultures, and mass media, as well as an examination THE MINOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES of politics, social policy, and ethics upon which the com- The minor program in communication studies requires eigh- munication tradition is built. In an era where over 50% of teen credits: COMM 201, 211 with a minimum grade of C+. the U.S. labor force is engaged in some form of transfer- Twelve additional credits in 300-400 level courses in Com- ring, reprocessing, and transmitting of information, it is munication with a minimum grade of C-. essential that we provide students an opportunity to grow and develop as skilled communicators. Thus, students of THE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN Communication Studies will achieve an understanding of PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION the role communication plays in the generation of knowl- The Professional Communication Certificate Program is edge and structuring of society, develop critical and ana- designed for those who want to sharpen their communica- lytical skills, and acquire an appreciation for the complex tion skills and seek career advancement in our information and delicate interrelationship of practice and ethics. society. It is suitable for both full-time and part-time students. Those who enroll in the program are required to Requirements for declaring a major in Communication take: COMM 201, ENGL 353W; and at least two electives Studies from the following: COMM 211, COMM 301, COMM 316, 1) A minimum of 36 credits COMM 340, ENGL 354. COMM 201 and COMM 211 re- 2) A minimum overall 2.5 grade point average quire a minimum grade of C+. All other courses require a 3) Completion of ENGL 101 & ENGL 102 with a grade C- or better. of C- or better 4) Completion of COMM 201 & COMM 211 with a grade of C+ or better Upon meeting the aforementioned requirements, students may declare a major in Communication Studies.

57 COMMUNICATION STUDIES

THE CURRICULUM IN explored so that students can become responsible COMMUNICATION STUDIES persuaders and effective evaluators of persuasion mes- COMM 201. Public Speaking (3-3-0) sages. Fall, Spring and Summer. COMM 328. Conflict Management as Organizational Effective speech preparation and delivery with emphasis Communication (3-3-0) on the extemporaneous mode of natural and direct com- Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. munication. Fall, alternate years. COMM 211. Interpersonal Communication (3-3-0) Course combines readings, discussion and experiential Fall and Spring. exercises to focus on the principles, strategies, and tactics A theoretical and practical study of face-to-face, two- for effectively managing intra- and inter-organizational way communication. Stresses methods of creating ef- conflict. fective and efficient communication in family systems, COMM 330. Gender Communication (3-3-0) friendships, love, and work relationships. Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, junior standing. COMM 301. Nonverbal Communication (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: COMM 201,211. This course includes both theory and practice. Subjects Spring. include images and self-perceptions of men and women, Study of body language, facial expressions, space, vo- self-disclosure, language uses of the sexes, interpersonal calization, time, objects, dress, and touch as forms of attraction, nonverbal codes, intimate and public contexts. nonverbal communication which in conjunction with COMM 340. Intercultural Communication (3-3-0) language convey ideas, intentions, emotional states, Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. and attitudes. Related to current perspectives in Ameri- Spring, alternate years. can society. This course is an exploration into human communication COMM 311. Family Communication (3-3-0) in cross-cultural settings. Students examine the basic hu- Prerequisite: COMM 201,211. man communication process and determine how it is Spring, alternate years. shaped by cultural values. Additionally, they learn how to Course will investigate basic theories and concepts of ef- confront and manage culture shock effectively in cross- fective communication as they apply to family communica- cultural encounters. tion. Specifically, the course will assess ways in which rela- COMM 345. Organizational Communications (3-3-0) tionships, family types, family systems, and family roles Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, junior standing. impact communication patterns within the family. Fall and Spring. COMM 316. Principles of Interviewing (3-3-0) Course focuses on analyzing communication in organiza- Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. tions and on organizational communication theory and Fall. practice. Multiple-level learning approach allows students Provides the student with the theory and skills neces- to study organizational communication both academically sary to observe, record, summarize and communicate and experimentally in both classroom and “real-world” set- information obtained in the interview process. This pro- tings. This course takes as its goal the preparation of each cess will be studied as it relates to employment, survey, student to be a skilled and effective communicator in orga- organizational, and counseling situations. Students will nizational settings. be required to conduct interviews both in role-play and COMM 350. Media Criticism (3-3-0) actual interview situations. Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. COMM 320. Mass Communication and Society (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. This course examines various critical approaches to the Fall. analysis of classic and contemporary films and television Study of the characteristics of mass media and their social programs. Attention is given to expressive techniques significance. Special attention is given to persuasive strat- (cinematography, editing, sound, theatrics and composi- egies used to shape the way we think and the decisions we tion), aesthetic judgments, types of films and program- make. ming, and the audience’s response to media content. Stu- COMM 325. Persuasion (3-3-0) dents sharpen their skills in critical thinking, effective writ- Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, junior standing. ing and articulate oral communication while analyzing a Fall and Spring. wide range of media texts. Course focuses on persuasion theory, research, and eth- COMM 395. Special Topics (3-3-0) ics. Attention is given to language use and symbols, Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. nonverbal communication, and cultural and psychologi- Fall or Spring. cal approaches to persuasion. Tools and strategies are Topics vary, determined by the special interests and needs of students and the expertise of faculty.

58 COMMUNICATION STUDIES

COMM 401. Business and Professional Communication (3-3-0) Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, senior standing. Spring, alternate years. Skill-based course accommodates individual career goals. Exercises in interviewing, nonverbal communication, formal and informal oral presentations. Course offers bridge between academe and the business and professional worlds. COMM 450. Communication Theory (3-3-0) Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, 325, 330, 345, senior standing. Fall and Spring. Survey of theories related to the study of human communication including processes of inquiry, development of theories, and evaluation. COMM 452W. Communication Research Methods-WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; COMM 201, 211, 325, 330, 345, 450, senior standing. Fall and Spring. This course provides a survey of various research methodologies available to the aspiring communication scholar. It includes a look at both quantitative and qualitative research options and requires an original research design and an oral defense. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. COMM 491. Practicum in Communication Studies (credits vary) Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, senior standing and consent of advisor. Part-time internship in association with local offices and firms. Periodic conferences, written evaluations. COMM 495. Special Topics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, senior standing. Topics vary, determined by the special interests and needs of students and the expertise of faculty. COMM 499. Independent Study (credits vary) Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211, senior standing. Independent research done in consultation with a member of the faculty.

59 ENGLISH

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Dr. Scott Pollard, Chair Ratcliffe Hall, 2nd Floor (757) 594-7024 email: [email protected]

FACULTY Recent graduates of the Department of English work in Professors: D. Gordon, Paul, Rosenberg management, newspaper, and public relations positions; Associate Professors: Filetti, Keeling, Lee, Mulligan, teach in high, middle, and elementary schools; practice Pollard, Schwarze, Sprague, law; and teach in colleges and community colleges. Sev- Wheeler eral have published poetry and fiction in nationally known Assistant Professors: Nichols, Wright magazines. Instructors: A. Anderson, JA Cornette, JL Cornette, Geary, L. Gordon, Soud, GOALS Emeriti: Chambers, Sanderlin, Wood Literature courses, which comprise the core of each concentration of the major, move toward more sophisticated Mission Statement study: Courses at the 200-level introduce important liter- The CNU English Department instills in students the ary periods and major writers, develop literary vocabulary, habits of mind required to pursue informed and purpose- and encourage critical/analytical abilities by means of short ful lives in a diverse and interconnected world. Through essays and discussion exams. Courses at the 300-level intensive programs of reading, writing, and research, the provide information in greater depth, extend literary vo- department’s faculty fosters in its students the capacity cabulary and critical/analytical abilities, and introduce criti- for independent thought and reflection, as well as an cal approaches and research techniques. Courses at the ever-opening awareness of the world and a keener 400-level encourage close analysis through intensive read- capacity to observe that world. To that end, the depart- ing and extended research projects. ment engenders respect for the English language The Creative Writing concentration intensifies the experi- throughout its history and in its various forms, expres- ence of writing—and reading—poetry and fiction. The sions and functions, while situating English within a Journalism concentration deepens skills and hands-on ex- larger, global context. Throughout the English perience in reporting, writing and editing. The Technical Department’s curriculum— from the first-year composi- Writing concentration prepares students for professional tion sequence to the literature, professional writing, and writing careers (other than journalism) such as grant writ- language arts classes and concentrations—students ing, public relations and technical writing. Across the de- work toward finding their own critical voices, as they partment, courses open up both global perspectives—in encounter literatures of the world, writings of various the study of world literatures—and local perspectives— fields and disciplines, and language varieties of the local with internships in professional settings such as The Daily community. Students receive individual attention from Press, hospitals, not-for-profit agencies, and government their professors, who are published experts in their agencies. fields, as well as from leaders in the local community who mentor students in professional settings. ADVISING Students should contact Dr. Scott Pollard upon deciding to The department’s six concentrations and two minors work major in English, in order to discuss requirements, schedul- to develop mastery of applied skills and theoretical ap- ing, and career possibilities, and to be assigned a regular proaches to the study of writing and literature. The de- advisor. partment welcomes and values both the literary and writing enthusiast, those who will major in our department and Degree progress sheets for all concentrations (descriptions those who will choose courses to satisfy their own desires appear on following pages) are available in the department and general education requirements. The concentrations office. Each student should be sure that the year to which are as follows: his or her sheet applies conforms with the year the major was declared. 1) B.A. in English, Literature 2) B.A. in English, Journalism Courses used to satisfy major and elective studies must 3) B.A. in English, Creative Writing include at least 30 and no more than 42 credit hours on the 4) B.A. in English, Technical Writing 300- and 400-levels and can include no more than 9 credits 5) B.A. in English, Writing at the 200-level. 6) B.A. in English, Language Arts

60 ENGLISH

Drs. Jean Filetti, Kara Keeling, Terry Lee, Roark Mulligan, pants in reading and writing, the department faculty re- Jay Paul, Scott Pollard, and Roberta Rosenberg are avail- quires regular attendance and commitment to course goals able to assist students in planning courses of study. Advi- and objectives. Class preparation, participation in discus- sors help in working out balanced programs to fit indi- sions, careful reading, oral presentations, conferences with vidual abilities and career objectives. Supporting courses faculty, draft workshops, final draft editing, and complet- in relevant fields may be recommended. ing work on time are essential for success in College Writ- ing I and II at Christopher Newport University. To assist Dr. Pollard advises students regarding graduate programs students in preparing for the rigors of reading and writing, in English. the English Department provides, in addition to well trained and committed teachers, tutorial support in the Alice F. Students who have an excellent background in writing and Randall Writing Center, open to all students at convenient literature may be eligible for advanced placement in En- hours during spring and fall semesters. For more informa- glish. (See the Advanced Placement section of this cata- tion, contact Dr. Tracey Schwarze, Alice Randall Writing log.) Center Director. Students with advanced preparation in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR writing may be eligible to enroll in English 103H-104H. All English majors must earn a “C-” or better in major Additional information is available from the Honors Pro- classes. gram Director, Dr. Jay Paul at (757) 594-7072. In order to receive university credit toward a degree, students taking The English Department requires graduating seniors to English 103H-104H must pass each with a grade of C- or turn in a writing portfolio (a selection of graded essays better. from 200-, 300- and 400-level classes, including 490) to the English Department the semester that they graduate. The Bachelor of Arts degree in English LITERATURE CONCENTRATION COURSE AVAILABILITY ETC. In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- ENGL 203, 308, 309, 314W, 315, 353W, 356W, 395, 430, 460, eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- 490W, and 491 are offered every semester. Either ENGL 421 dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in English, Literature Con- or 423 is offered every semester. One or two courses in centration, requires successful completion of the following American Literature (341, 342, 343, 410, 412, 413) are offered courses in major and elective studies: every semester. One or two courses in British Literature 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104* (or the equivalent as (370, 372, 374, 376, 414) are offered every semester. One or described in preceding paragraphs) and continued two courses in Journalism (260, 360W, 361W, 362, 363) are competence thereafter in written and/or oral expres- offered every semester. At least one course in Technical sion (transfer students and others desiring to pur- Writing (353W, 354W, 355) is offered every semester. At sue this degree who are weak in composition skills least one course in Creative Writing (351, 352, 450) is of- will be required to complete ENGL 309 successfully); fered every semester. 2) ENGL 203, 308W, and 490W; 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325 or 425; ENGL 314, 430 and 490 are offered every summer. Other 4) Select one: ENGL 341, 342, or 413; advanced courses are offered in the summer based on an 5) Select one: ENGL 343, 410, or 412 ; annual survey of student requests. 6) Select one: ENGL 370 or 372; 7) Select one: ENGL 374, 376, or 414; FRESHMAN COURSES IN COLLEGE WRITING 8) Select one: ENGL 421 or 423 The College Writing I and College Writing II courses are 9) Select one: ENGL 320, 339, 395 or 415; designed primarily to prepare students for writing at the 10) Three 300- or 400-level ENGL electives. University. These courses involve intensive reading and * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously writing, both inside and outside of class, beginning with to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree summaries and paraphrases of academic prose, moving to studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- basic explanatory writing, and culminating with a study of sor. argument in relationship to issues in the arts, humanities, social sciences, professional studies, business, econom- Persons interested in this program should consult Dr. Scott ics, and sciences and technology. All students are required Pollard at (757) 594-7953 for academic advising. The block to take a common written final examination and to hand in a of courses offered to satisfy major and elective studies folder of written work at the end of each course. must include at least 30 and at most 42 credit hours in English at the 300-400 levels and can include no more than In order to receive university credit toward a degree, stu- nine credit hours at the 200-level. dents must pass each one of the two courses with a grade of C- or better. Because students must be active partici-

61 ENGLISH

The Bachelor of Arts degree in English This program focuses on the craft of fiction, poetry, and/or JOURNALISM CONCENTRATION other creative forms, while providing familiarity with sig- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- nificant literary examples. Students practice various forms, eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- while developing an ability to critique and revise, and have dex), the Bachelor of Arts Degree in English, Journalism opportunity to do advanced work through independent Concentration, requires successful completion of the fol- study. Persons interested in this program should contact lowing courses in major and elective studies: Dr. Jay Paul at 594-7072 for information. The block of courses 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104*; offered to satisfy major and elective studies must include 2) ENGL 203, 308W, 490W, and 460 or 491; at least 30, and at most 42, credit hours in English at the 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325 or 425; 300-400 levels and can include no more than nine credit 4) Select one: ENGL 341, 342, 343, 410, 412, or 413; hours at the 200-level. 5) Select one: ENGL 370, 372, 374, 376, or 414; 6) Select one: ENGL 421 or 423 The Bachelor of Arts degree in English 7) Select one: ENGL 320, 339, 395 (lit topic) or 415; TECHNICAL WRITING CONCENTRATION 8) Select four (4), at least three from bolded courses: In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- ENGL 260, 309, 350, 351, 352, 353W, 354W, 355, 360W, eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- 361W, 362, 363, 395 (writing topic), 450, 461; dex), the Bachelor of Arts Degree in English, Technical 9) Either ENGL 460 or 491; Writing Concentration, requires successful completion of 10) Publish eight (8) articles in The Captain’s Log. the following courses in major and elective studies: * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104*; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 2) ENGL 203, 308W, and 490W; studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325, or 425; sor. 4) Select one: ENGL 341, 342, 343, 410, 412, or 413; 5) Select one: ENGL 370, 372, 374, 376, or 414; This program acquaints students with the methods and 6) Select one: ENGL 421 or 423; technologies current in the journalism profession. By par- 7) Select one: ENGL 320, 339, 395 (lit topic) or 415; ticipating in course work, the campus newspaper, and off- 8) Select five: ENGL 350, 353W, 354W, 355, 362, 430. campus internships, students will progress toward profes- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously sional competence. Persons interested in information about to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree this program should consult Dr. Terry Lee at (757) 594-7686. studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- The block of courses offered to satisfy major and elective sor. studies must include at least 30, and at most 42, credit hours in English at the 300-400 levels and can include no more This program is designed for students who are preparing than nine credit hours at the 200-level. themselves for professional writing careers (other than journalism) such as public relations and technical writing. Stu- The Bachelor of Arts degree in English dents interested in this program should first meet with Dr. CREATIVE WRITING CONCENTRATION Scott Pollard at (757) 594-7953. The block of courses of- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- fered to satisfy major and elective studies must include at eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- least 30, and at most 42, credit hours in English at the 300- dex), the Bachelor of Arts Degree in English, Creative Writ- 400 levels and can include no more than nine credit hours ing Concentration, requires successful completion of the at the 200 level. following courses in major and elective studies: 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104*; The Bachelor of Arts degree in English 2) ENGL 203, 308W, 490W; WRITING CONCENTRATION 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325 or 425; In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- 4) Select one: ENGL 341, 342, 343, 410, 412, or 413; eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- 5) Select one: ENGL 370, 372, 374, 376, or 414; dex), the Bachelor of Arts Degree in English, Writing Con- 6) Select one: ENGL 421 or 423; centration, requires successful completion of the following 7) Select one: ENGL 320, 339, 395 (lit topic), or 415; courses in major and elective studies: 8) ENGL 309, 351, 352, and 450; THEA 468. 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104*; *Course bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 2) ENGL 203, 308W, and 490W; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325, or 425; studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 4) Select one: ENGL 341, 342, 343, 410, 412, or 413; sor. 5) Select one: ENGL 370, 372, 374, 376, or 414; 6) Select one: ENGL 421 or 423; 7) Select one: ENGL 320, 339, 395 (lit topic) or 415;

62 ENGLISH

8) Select five (5): ENGL 260, 309, 350, 351, 352, 353W, THE MINOR IN LITERATURE 354W, 355, 356W, 360W, 361W, 362, 363, 395 (writ The minor in literature requires successful completion of ing topic), 450, 460, 461, 491; THEA 468. ENGL 203 and 308 as well as twelve additional credits in * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 300- and 400-level courses in English. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- THE MINOR IN WRITING sor. The minor in writing can prepare students in any major for professional opportunities in areas like accounting, busi- This program is designed for students who wish to select ness, finance, marketing, advertising, real estate, public re- their own variety of writing courses to comprise a concen- lations, technical writing and editing, and communications. tration. Students interested in this program should first It also offers opportunities in various types of creative meet with Dr. Scott Pollard at (757) 594-7953. The block of writing. The minor requires eighteen credits in any combi- courses offered to satisfy major and elective studies must nation of the following courses: ENGL 260, 309, 351, 352, include at least 30, and at most 42, credit hours in English at 353, 354, 360, 361, 362, 363, 395 (topic in writing only), 450, the 300-400 levels and can include no more than nine credit 460, and 491. To maximize the benefit of the minor, advising hours at the 200-level. is recommended. In journalism, see Dr. Terry Lee. In business writing and public relations, see Dr. Jean Filetti or Dr. The Bachelor of Arts degree in English Tracey Schwarze. In creative writing, see Dr. Jay Paul. LANGUAGE ARTS CONCENTRATION In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in English, Language programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in English and the Arts Concentration, requires successful completion of the MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also following major and elective courses: includes teacher licensure. Application to these programs 1) ENGL 101*-102* or 103*-104*; is made during the second semester of the junior year. 2) ENGL 203, 308W, 309W, 311, 430, 490W; Because course sequencing is critical to success, inter- 3) Select one: ENGL 321, 322, 325 or 425; ested students should talk to an advisor about their inter- 4) One of the following options: est in the five-year program early. For information about a) Secondary: ENGL 315, 412, 421; admission to the five-year program and program require- Select one: ENGL 341, 342, or 413; ments, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at Select one: ENGL 343 or 410; www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. Select one: ENGL 370 or 372; Select one: ENGL 374, 376, or 414. b) Middle School: ENGL 315; THE CURRICULUM IN ENGLISH Select one: ENGL 341, 342, or 413; Select one: ENGL 343, 410, 412; The designation “MW” means that at least Select one: ENGL 370, 372, or 421; one-third of the course reading involves Select one: ENGL 374, 376 or 414; works by minority and women writers. Select one: ENGL 320W, 339, 395 (lit topic) or 415. ENGL 101. College Writing I (3-3-0) c) Pre-K – 6: ENGL 314W; Fall, Spring and Summer. Select one: ENGL 341, 342, or 413; Prepares students for reading and writing at the University. Select one: ENGL 343, 410, or 412; Introduces students to college reading, thinking, listening, Select one: ENGL 370, 372, or 421; speaking, and writing. Focuses on written and oral analy- Select one: ENGL 374, 376, or 414; sis of prose texts drawn from academic disciplines. Pro- Select one: ENGL 320W, 339, 395 (lit topic) vides frequent guided practice, inside and outside of class, or 415. in writing summaries and paraphrases, developing thesis * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously sentences, writing critiques of academic arguments, and to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree developing explanatory writing that synthesizes material studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- from multiple sources. Requires oral presentations and com- sor. mon, written final examination. Students must earn a C- or higher to satisfy University degree requirements. Persons interested in this program should first consult Dr. ENGL 102. College Writing II (3-3-0) Scott Pollard at (757) 594-7953 for academic advising. The Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in ENGL 101 or 103 or block of courses offered to satisfy major and elective stud- the equivalent transfer credit. ies must include at least 30 and at most 42 credit hours in Fall , Spring and Summer. English at the 300-400 levels and can include no more than Prepares students for advanced reading and writing at the nine credit hours at the 200-level.

63 ENGLISH

University. Continues College Writing I emphasis on writ- ENGL 260. News Writing and Reporting (3-3-0) ing summaries and critiques. Develops skills in reading Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. and writing arguments connected to academic disciplines. Fall. Provides frequent guided practice, inside and outside of Teaches what you need to know to develop, report, and class, in writing analyses of arguments and creating ex- write news stories. We use the classroom as a newsroom, tended written arguments with various aims. Examines working together to focus story ideas, working together to claims, reasons, evidence, assumptions, and appeals. In- craft and polish our stories. Local news editors and report- cludes writing that incorporates and documents material ers visit the classroom; we visit their newsroom. from multiple sources. Encourages students to question ENGL 295. Special Topics (3-3-0) and evaluate the validity of arguments. Requires oral pre- ENGL 306W. Grammar and Style for College Writing - sentations and common, written final examination. Stu- WI (3-3-0) dents must earn a C- or higher to satisfy University degree Prerequisite: six-hour freshman sequence. requirements. Spring ENGL 103H. Persuasive Writing - Honors (3-3-0) In this course, students discover tools of grammar in Prerequisite: admission to the Honors Program or consent service of clear, effective writing. Work is driven by of department chair or director. student needs and student writing, in a dynamic, Fall. discovery-learning workshop environment. We will Students learn to read critically, perform close analyses of discover how apt grammar fosters clear, powerful writing texts, assess arguments, and draft, revise, and edit original and how inapt grammar hinders clarity and potency of essays. Individual conferences with instructor are required expression, at the level of the sentence, paragraph, and during the semester. Students must earn a C- or higher to broader essay. We will pay particular attention to how the satisfy University degree requirements. structure of words, phrases, and sentences facilitate the ENGL 104H. Argumentative and Interpretive Writing construction of effective phrases, sentences, and and Literature - Honors (3-3-0) developed paragraphs, and their assembly into coherent Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in ENGL 103H and and interesting writing. The goal in this course is to either admission to the Honors Program or consent of de- foster students’ abilities to compose clear, effective prose partment chair or director. directed to a specific audience for a particular purpose. Spring. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. Students strengthen writing proficiencies developed in ENGL 308W. Approaches to Literature-WI (3-3-0) ENGL 103H through the critical interpretation (sometimes Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and through interdisciplinary approaches) of literary works in- ENGL 203. cluding poetry, drama, short stories and a novel. Students Fall and Spring. write argumentative and interpretive essays and docu- The course introduces critical contexts useful for interpret- mented papers which explore an idea, value, or special fea- ing literature. Short papers permit practice in presenting ture of a text. Individual conferences with instructors are analysis in support of interpretations, laying essential required during the semester. Students must earn a C- or groundwork for the major. A documented paper, introduc- higher to satisfy University degree requirements. ing literary research, involves electronic databases and ENGL 203. Reading Literature (3-3-0) word processing. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. ENGL 309W. Prose Writing-WI (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. This course introduces students to “close reading” to de- Recommended Pre- or Corequisite: ENGL 430. velop critical and interpretive skills for reading and writing Fall and Spring. about literature. Students will read poetry, fiction, and drama; Practice in writing essays and articles, some autobiographi- study literary terms and effects; and write brief interpretive cal, some analytical, some persuasive. This course is in- essays. tended for people in all majors. Especially recommended to ENGL 205, 206. Survey of World Literature (3-3-0 each) liberal arts majors who have completed their 101-102 re- (ENGL 206, MW) quirements before coming to the University and to all stu- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. dents who need further training and practice in correct and Fall and Spring. effective writing. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. A global survey of literary masterpieces from classical to ENGL 311. Language and Teaching (3-3-0) modern times. Emphasis will be on literary perspectives as Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence or con- well as cultural contexts. All texts are English translations. sent of instructor. For fullest appreciation of the survey, it is recommended Fall. that students complete ENGL 205 prior to ENGL 206. This course begins with exploration of the major sub-fields of Linguistics-sound (phonetics / phonology), word-parts

64 ENGLISH

(morphology), sentence structure (syntax), meaning (se- ENGL 338. Apprenticeship in Teaching and Tutoring mantics / pragmatics), and language acquisition as seen in Writing (3-2-2) examples of everyday language on the Virginia peninsula. Prerequisite: junior standing, 15 credits in major, EDUC From this grounding, students will explore topics relevant 301/301L, and EDUC 305/305L. to school classrooms (e. g. grammatical correctness, pre- Fall. scriptive vs. descriptive grammar, dialect and power, lan- Introduces students to current theories and practices of guage change). teaching writing. Topics include language acquisition, rheto- ENGL 314W. Children’s Literature-WI (3-3-0) (MW) ric, linguistics, learning theory, and designing and evaluat- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. ing writing. Students write one major case study and a Fall, Spring and Summer. bibliographic essay on a particular topic related to writing An exploration of a representative sampling of literature theory and practice. written for children, focusing on the primary genres of ENGL 339W. Teaching in the Writing Center-WI children’s books: picture books, fairy tales, fantasy, realis- (credits vary) tic fiction, and poetry. Not a course devoted to pedagogi- Prerequisites: six-hour freshman English sequence. cal concerns or techniques. Satisfies Writing Intensive Spring. requirement. This course introduces students to the theory and phi- ENGL 315. Adolescent Literature (3-3-0) (MW) losophy of Writing Center teaching, provides practical ex- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence or con- perience in working with writers and their texts, and offers sent of instructor. a review of basic grammar and punctuation rules with an Fall and Spring. eye toward being able to explain concepts and identify An exploration of the theme of coming to age in adolescent problems common to student writers. This course is also literature as expressed in a representative sample of genres the required preparation for working as a peer consultant in for young adults: historical fiction, contemporary realistic the Alice Randall Writing Center. Satisfies Writing Inten- fiction, fantasy, and poetry. Not a course devoted to peda- sive requirement. gogical concerns or techniques. ENGL 341. American Literature I (3-3-0) (MW) ENGL 320W. Studies in Women and Literature - WI Prerequisite: ENGL 203. (3-3-0) (MW) A study of major authors from the Colonial and Romantic Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. Periods (through the early 19th century), which may include Students will analyze the influence of gender on literary Bradstreet, Franklin, Cooper, Irving, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, texts by and about women. The focus will vary from se- Hawthorne, and Melville, as well as additional selections. mester to semester and may include historical surveys, major ENGL 342. American Literature II (3-3-0) (MW) authors, genres and special topics including motherhood; Prerequisite: ENGL 203. marriage and the family; sexuality; the nature of work; reli- A study of major authors of American Realism and Natural- gion and spirituality and literary theory on women and gen- ism (primarily latter 19th century), which may include der. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane, Chopin, Dubois, ENGL 321. Literature of the Ancient World (3-3-0) and Wharton, as well as selections from the Local Color, Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Early Feminist, and African-American Movements. A study of literature from the classical, ancient, and/or pre- ENGL 343. American Literature III (3-3-0) (MW) medieval periods (until 1200) of one or more of the follow- Prerequisite: ENGL 203. ing cultures: China, Greece, India, the Middle East, and A study of major authors from the Modernist and Post- Rome. Modernist periods (20th century), which may include Frost, ENGL 322. Pre-Modern World Literature (3-3-0) Eliot, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Hemingway, the poets of the Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Harlem Renaissance, Plath, Rich, and Morrison, as well as A study of literature from the medieval and/or subsequent additional selections. periods from 1200-1900 from one or more of the following ENGL 350. Web Page Writing (3-3-0) regions: Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. ENGL 325. Contemporary World Literature Fall or Spring. (3-3-0) (MW) In this course students create and analyze web pages and Prerequisite: ENGL 203. examine the internet as a conflation of cultural technology, A study of selected world literature from 1900 to the present, aesthetics, and social and political forces. Before creating often focusing on a region such as Eastern Europe, Africa, their own published web pages, students will study recent Asia, or Latin America. trends in web design and read electronic theory and criticism to understand the body of theoretical principles that guides them through content, design, and aesthetic considerations.

65 ENGLISH

ENGL 351. Fiction Writing (3-3-0) the non-profit’s informational/promotional materials. In Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. At least addition, students will receive in-depth instruction in grant one sophomore, junior or senior literature course recom- writing—how to research sources of funding, evaluate/ mended. match foundations with non-profit organizations, and write Fall. grants. The course will cover the components of a grant Intensive exercises in the writing of fiction, with emphasis (introduction, need statement, objectives, methods, evalu- on the short story. Attention to selected examples by con- ation plan, future funding plans, budget, and project temporary authors. Manuscripts read and discussed in timeline) and require a written grant directed to a specific class. Individual conferences. foundation or agency. ENGL 352. Poetry Writing (3-3-0) ENGL 356W. Writing about Film-WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. At least Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. one sophomore, junior or senior literature course recom- Fall or Spring. mended. This course offers students the opportunity to hone their Spring. analytic writing skills by investigating the artistic and cul- Intensive exercises in the writing of poetry. Analysis of tural construction of films and how writers write about film. contemporary techniques. Manuscripts read and discussed Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. in class. ENGL 360W. Advanced News Writing and ENGL 353W. Writing for Business and the Reporting-WI (3-3-0) Professions-WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; ENGL Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. 260 recommended, but not required. Fall and Spring. Students will report news, with an emphasis on the The principles and practice of writing for readers with busi- human dimension of the story. This course serves as a ness and professional backgrounds. Includes the prepara- bridge between English 260: News Reporting & Writing tion of memoranda, letters, proposals, abstracts, reports, and English 361: Feature Writing. Students will report resumes, supporting documentation, tables, graphs, and news in depth, researching the issues behind the story. figures. Requires the adaptation of written material for oral Each student will also use immersion reporting to report presentation and the preparation, research, and writing of a and write a major narrative news/feature story. Satisfies community-based report. Valuable to majors in business, Writing Intensive requirement. governmental administration, the sciences, and to humani- ENGL 361W. Feature Writing and Public Affairs Re- ties-subject majors who may work as writers and editors. porting-WI (3-3-0) Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, ENGL 354W. Public Relations Writing-WI (3-3-0) ENGL 260 or ENGL 360, or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, junior Students will spend time developing stories that will, in standing. some significant way, strongly impact readers. Students Spring. will develop features that entertain and news writing that This course explores various facets of Public Relations, responsibly covers and/or interprets events or issues in from basic models of mass communication to the most ef- the public arena. There will be opportunities to look into fective forms of persuasive communications. Students will individual areas of interest and to build confidence as a learn how to write for specific audiences, overcome barri- critical participant in the campus and greater Peninsula com- ers to communication, and understand the importance of munities. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. public relations to the management planning process. Sat- ENGL 362. Editing and Desktop Publishing (3-3-0) isfies Writing Intensive requirement. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. ENGL 355. Writing for Non-profit Organizations Students will practice analytical and critical copyediting (3-3-0) skills. Course gives special attention to understanding Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, junior what decisions go into presenting the news in the print standing, grade of B or higher in ENGL 353. media. Students will develop and apply desktop publish- This course will integrate community-based or service learning skills in a computer lab, working to master basics in a ing and writing, and link students with a non-profit organi- program such as PageMaker. zation and require 15-20 hours of service-site volunteer ENGL 363. Photojournalism (3-3-0) work. Students will learn about the structure and institu- Prerequisite: sophomore standing. tional life of the non-profit agencies they are serving, about Basic techniques of news and human-interest photogra- how non-profits function, and about how social problems phy, with heavy emphasis on shooting assignments in the get addressed in those institutions in both productive and field. Special attention is given to developing skills in vi- unproductive ways. Classroom instruction in document sual storytelling. Students must supply their own basic, design and content will enable students to critically assess but fully adjustable 35mm camera.

66 ENGLISH

ENGL 370. Early British Literature (3-3-0) Faulkner, Ellen Glasgow, Richard Wright, Eudora Welty, Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Katherine Anne Porter, Thomas Wolfe, Zora Neale Hurston, Study of the Medieval and Renaissance periods, focusing Flannery O’Connor, Robert Penn Warren, Tennessee Will- on Beowulf and selections from such writers as the Pearl iams, Walker Percy, Truman Capote, James Dickey, Peter Poet, medieval drama, Chaucer, Spenser, Sydney, and Taylor, William Styron, and Ellen Gilchrist, or themes such Marlowe. as family and storytelling. ENGL 372. 17th and 18th Century British Literature ENGL 412. Multicultural Literature (3-3-0) (MW) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Fall. Study of poetry - and some prose - by such writers as Study of writers who have added their voices to Multi- Donne, Herbert, Marvell, Milton, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, cultural American literature. Analysis of the works by writ- Dryden, Swift; Aphra Behn, Mary Astell, Mary Wroth, ers such as Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, August Wilson, Katherine Philips. Amy Tan, Louise Erdrich, and others will illuminate the ENGL 374. 19th Century British Literature (3-3-0) influence of race, class, gender, and ethnicity upon the Prerequisite: ENGL 203. writer’s sense of self, family, and community. Study of major authors of the Romantic and Victorian peri- ENGL 413. History of the American Novel (3-3-0) ods - poets such as Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. Keats, E.B. Browning, R. Browning, Arnold, D.G. Rosetti, Study of novels that represent several significant moments C. Rosetti, Morris, Swinburne, and Hopkins; and non-fic- in the evolution of the genre in American letters. tion writers such as Wollestonecraft, Lamp, Hazlitt, ENGL 414. History of the British Novel (3-3-0) DeQuincey, Carlyle, Newman, Mill, Ruskin, Arnold, Huxley, Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. and Pater. Study of novels that represent several significant moments ENGL 376. 20th Century British Literature (3-3-0) in the evolution of the genre in British letters. Prerequisite: ENGL 203. ENGL 415. Studies in Literary Genre (3-3-0) Study of major writers such as Conrad, Shaw, Joyce, Woolf, Prerequisite: ENGL 308W or consent of instructor Lawrence, Eliot, Yeats, Auden, Thomas, Larkin, Hughes, Fall or Spring. Heaney, Hill, Walcott, Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Lessing, Study of the concept and practice of literary genre through Naipaul, and Winterson. analysis of works drawn from the American, British, or world ENGL 380. Film and Literature (3-3-0) literary traditions Course material, which will vary based on Prerequisite: English 203 the interests of the instructor, may include drama, epic, Fall, every other year lyric, novel, romance, satire, tragedy, short story, and linked/ This course investigates the myriad ways film and framed narrative. literature may be understood as conversant, symbiotic, ENGL 421. Shakespeare I (3-3-0) and even combative mediums. The relationships Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. between film and literature will be examined in terms of A survey of Shakespearean drama with emphasis on the how one is adapted into the other, how both represent major plays. Reading list available from instructor. the cultural concerns of a particular historical moment, ENGL 423. Major Authors (3-3-0) and how each depend upon and enhance certain stylistic Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. strategies of narrative and non-narrative storytelling. Intensive study of the works of a single major author from This course counts toward credit in the film studies the American, British, or World traditions, such as Melville, minor. Chaucer, or Garcia-Marquez. ENGL 395. Special Topics in Literature or Writing ENGL 425. Cultural Studies in World Literature (3-3-0) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Intensive study of literature in the context of the culture A seminar in major authors, literary concepts, historical that produced it. Topics may include the effects of religion, periods, or writing fields with subject matter and instructor race, gender, religion, ethnicity, and class. Selections from changing each time the course is offered. The seminar topic the following regions: Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin will represent both general student interest and the spe- America, and Western Europe. cialty (or research in progress) of an individual member of ENGL 430. Advanced English Grammar (3-3-0) the department. Subjects will be chosen to appeal to stu- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. dents at large as well as to English majors. English majors Fall, Spring, and Summer. may enroll only once for credit. A study of English grammar, using traditional terminology, ENGL 410. Southern American Literature to provide knowledge and vocabulary to explain sentence (3-3-0) (MW) structure, follow conventions of usage and punctuation, Prerequisite: ENGL 308W. and understand rhetorical effects of grammatical choices. Intensive study organized around such writers as William Not a remedial course. Recommended prior to or simultaneously with English 309.

67 ENGLISH

ENGL 450. Advanced Writing Workshop (3-3-0) ENGL 491A. Internship in Journalism (3-3-10) Prerequisite: ENGL 309W or 351 or 352 or 361W or con- Prerequisite: junior standing, at least one upper sent of instructor. division writing course with a minimum grade of B, and The course is designed for students who have already taken consent of instructor. Fiction Writing, Prose Writing or Poetry Writing and wish Fall and Spring. to do additional work in fiction, poetry, or non-fiction prose. Part-time internship in journalism. See Dr. Terry Lee for Each student will determine in consultation with the in- availability and eligibility requirements for writing, structor the nature and quantity of writing to be under- reporting, and photojournalism internships at a newspa- taken. Class meetings will be devoted to discussion of manu- per. For more information, see the website: http:// scripts. There will be no textbooks, although impromptu users.cnu.edu/~tlee reading assignments may be made. There will be no exams. ENGL 491B. Internship in Public Relations (3-3-10). ENGL 460. Captain’s Log Internship (3-0-10) Prerequisite: junior standing, at least one upper Prerequisite: for writing and editing: ENGL 260 or 360, division writing course with a minimum grade of B, and 361 or 362, and consent of Captain’s Log advisor; For consent of instructor. photojournalism, ENGL 363 and consent of Captain’s Log Fall and Spring. advisor. Part-time internship in public relations in association with Emphasis on achieving a professional level of expertise in local businesses, arts organizations, and governmental or writing, editing, design and layout, or photojournalism. non-profit agencies. See Dr. Tracey Schwarze for Weekly conferences with the Captain’s Log faculty advi- availability. For more information, see the website: http:/ sor are required. Interns work ten hours per week for the /pages.prodigy.net/schwarzet/page12.html student newspaper. Students will negotiate an agreement ENGL 491C. Internship in Technical Writing (3-3-10). with the advisor and editor-in-chief, setting out fairly pre- Prerequisite: junior standing, at least one upper cise expectations that answer to the intern’s particular in- division writing course with a minimum grade of B, and terest and the newspaper’s particular needs. Portfolio docu- consent of instructor. menting work required at end of semester. Fall and Spring. ENGL 461. The Working Press (1-3, 1-3, 0) Part-time internship in technical writing or grant writing in Prerequisite: ENGL 260, 360W, 361W or 362, or permission association with local businesses, arts organizations, and of the Journalism Concentration advisor. governmental or non-profit agencies. See Dr. Jean Filetti Working journalists come to the classroom to explore is- for availability. For more information, see the website: sues, methodologies, and skills of the print and web news- http://pages.prodigy.net/schwarzet/page12.html paper media in the 21st century. Topics of each 1-credit unit ENGL 495. Special Topics (3-3-0) will vary. From one to three 1-credit units may be sched- ENGL 499. Independent Study (3-3-0) uled in a given semester. Each 1-credit unit includes a Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor. student project and report, or a paper, plus a cumulative test. THE CURRICULUM IN COLLEGE STUDIES ENGL 490W. Senior Seminar-WI (3-3-0) COLL 101. The College Experience (2-2-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: ENGL 308W and senior standing. Required of This course is designed to facilitate student development all English majors. and ease the transition to college. The student will look Fall and Spring. closely at his/her role and responsibility in adapting to the Following up on practical skills in approaches to literature institution, understand and apply college-level study skills, learned in ENGL 308, students will work independently us- learn to navigate the institution, comprehend university ing literary research skills to develop a thesis-driven inter- policies and procedures, develop long- and short-term goals pretive essay that successfully incorporates the work of for college success, and explore career goals through prepa- critics. Students may expand and deepen an essay devel- ration for academic advising, major exploration and clarifi- oped in an earlier course, if approved by the instructor. cation of the decision-making process. This course is rec- Students will bring to the seminar their knowledge of par- ommended for freshmen, returning students and transfer ticular literary texts; the seminar experience will allow them students who have completed fewer than 30 semester hours to return to a particular text or texts to produce a fuller, more of credit. Students who have completed 60 hours or more complex reading. Alternately, students may use literature may not enroll. taught in the course as the subject of their paper, along with research they have accomplished independently. Sat- isfies Writing Intensive requirement.

68 FILM STUDIES

FILM STUDIES Dr. John G. Nichols, Co-Director Assistant Professor of English Ratcliffe Hall, Room 226 (757) 594-8896 email: jnichols @ cnu.edu Dr. Mark Borchert, Co-Director Assistant Professor of Communication Studies BTC, Room 351 (757) 594-7131 email: [email protected]

THE MINOR/CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN FILM 4) Students should consult the Film Studies STUDIES Directors on matters of course selection and As an artistic medium, film explores the complexity of advising. society through its many cultural uses, serving as a source of entertainment, a pinnacle of artistic experimen- THE CURRICULUM IN FILM STUDIES tation, an instrument of social persuasion, and an interdisciplinary art form. Film courses in this program The designation “MW” means that at least offer students the opportunity to participate in critical one-third of the course reading involves conversations about film, enhancing liberal arts learning works by minority and women writers. by emphasizing strategies for close analysis, historical inquiry, narrativity, and philosophical thinking. COMM 350. Media Criticism (3-3-0) Prerequisite: COMM 201 or 211 or consent of instructor. The interdisciplinary film minor/certificate program Spring, alternate years. invites students to examine critically the cultural This course examines various critical approaches to the production and reception of film. Students in the analysis of classic and contemporary films and televi- program will analyze film style, explore the intersection sion programs. Attention is given to expressive tech- of film and society, inquire into the making of film, learn niques (cinematography, editing, sound, theatrics and strategies for writing about film, and investigate film’s composition), aesthetic judgments, types of films and relations with other disciplines. (Any of the courses may programming, and the audience’s response to media be taken without commitment to the entire program.) content. Students sharpen their skills in critical thinking, effective writing and articulate oral communication while Program Objectives: analyzing a wide range of media texts. 1) Investigate historical moments of cinematic COMM 395. Special Topics (3-3-0) production and reception as well as film’s Prerequisite: COMM 201, 211. interdisciplinary relations. Fall or Spring. 2) Serve as a minor for students who wish to Topics vary, determined by the special interests and needs extend their work in a major to include film. of students and the expertise of faculty. 3) Offer a certificate program for students to ENGL 320W. Studies in Women and Literature-WI emphasize their concentrated study of film (for (3-3-0) (MW) a career in film or graduate studies in film). Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. Students will analyze the influence of gender on Program Requirements: literary texts by and about women. The focus will 1) ENGL 356W is required of all students in the vary from semester to semester and may include program. historical surveys, major authors, genres and special 2) A minimum of 15 approved program credits is topics including motherhood, marriage and the family; required to complete the minor and to obtain sexuality; the nature of work; religion and spirituality certification. and literary theory on women and gender. In alternate 3) In addition to the courses listed below, certain years, the course will focus on studies of women in internships, independent studies, and special film; this version of the course will count toward the topics courses focusing on film may also count film minor. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. toward the minor/certificate as determined by the Film Studies Directors.

69 FILM STUDIES

ENGL 356W. Writing about Film-WI (3-3-0) HIST 395/495 Topics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 112G or 201 or 202 Fall or Spring. junior standing or consent of instructor. This course offers students the opportunity to hone their Fall, Spring, or Summer. analytic writing skills by investigating the artistic and A thorough analysis of a particular phase, movement, cultural construction of films and how writers write about or subject area of history with emphasis on its impact film. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement and the Film upon the larger historical scene. This course’s Studies Requirement. topics vary each semester; consequently, only those ENGL 380. Film and Literature (3-3-0) topics that involve film will be credited toward the Prerequisite: Engl 203 or consent of the instructor. film studies minor. Fall, alternate years. PHIL 326W. Philosophy in the Movies-WI (3-3-0) This course investigates the myriad ways film and Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and literature may be understood as conversant, junior standing. symbiadapted into the other (such as novels made into Offered at least once every other year. films), how both represent the cultural concerns of a A philosophical and experiential exploration of philo- particular historical moment (such as films and literature sophical concepts within popular film. Course will focus of the Great Depression), and how each depend upon on different themes each time it is taught. Themes will and enhance certain stylistic strategies of narrative and include images of good and evil, images of the future, non-narrative storytelling (such as narration and science, technology, and humanities’ relationship to the metaphor). environment; images of women, love and sex; images of ENGL 395. Special Topics in Film (3-3-0) justice, the law, and the cosmos. Satisfies Writing Prerequisite: ENGL 203. Intensive Requirement. The topics in film studies will represent general student RSTD 326W. Religion in the Movies-WI (3-3-0) interest or the special research interest of a faculty Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. member, for example, women and film. Offered at least once every other year. ENGL 415. Studies in Literary Genre: Satire (3-3-0) A theoretical and experiential exploration of religious Prerequisite: ENGL 308 or consent of instructor. concepts within popular films. Concepts considered Fall or Spring. will include: Rudolph Otto’s Mysterterium This course investigates the dimensions of satire through Tremendum et Fascinans, film as postmodern bard, close analysis of film and literature. Students will study sacred time and space, spiritual journey, spiritual such historical objects of satirical venom as: Hollywood, mediation, icons, hierophanic phenomena, transcen- middle-class life, youth culture, war, and gender roles. dence, and Paul Schrader’s understanding of Tran- While this course is also taught with attention to genres scendental Style in Film. Theories of religious other than satire, only the course with the focus on satire experience from the following authors will be inte- is credited toward the film studies minor. grated into the examination of film as a medium of HIST 327/427. History on Film (3-3-0) religious communication: Rudolph Otto, Mircea Prerequisite: History 111G or junior standing or consent Eliade, Peter Berger, Clifford Geertz, Walter Ong, of instructor. Marshall McLuhan, Evelyn Underhill and Paul Spring and Summer. Schrader. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. In analysis in depth of the relationship between film and THEA 361W. Broadway to Hollywood and Back-WI historical record. In conjunction with lectures and class (3-3-0) discussions, students will view and analyze classic popu- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. lar fictional films as well as political, documentary and pro- Since the advent of the talkies, plays of all types have paganda films. The course will focus on understanding been regularly adapted for presentation as film. As the sometimes blurred lines between history and fiction or storytelling mediums, film and theater share many “docu-drama” written for political or social purposes. Films similarities but are, at heart, vastly different art forms in examined in the course will vary from term to term. A typi- terms of their texts, modes of presentation, and audience cal course may include Ingmar’s Bergman’s The Seventh sensibilities. This writing-intensive course examines Seal; Leni Riefenstahl’s Triumph of the Will; Inherit the famous plays of all genres – classics, such as A Mid- Wind; Spartacus; The Crucible; Gandhi; Nixon; JFK; The summer Night’s Dream; musicals, such as Cabaret; Paths of Glory; The Life of Emile Zola; and Schindler’s dramas, such as A Streetcar Named Desire; and List. comedies, such as The Importance of Being Earnest – and uses their transformations from stage to screen as a basis to appreciate dramatic literature and to compare both art forms. The more recent trend of transforming films into plays is also examined. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement.

70 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

DEPARTMENT OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

The Department of Fine and Performing Arts houses the be prepared to pursue an arts-related career or graduate disciplines of art, music, and theatre. It views the arts study. In addition to requiring successful completion of critically and historically, as they provide a living record of all general education and degree studies requirements (see human experiences and perceptions. The arts today repre- index), the Bachelor of Arts degree in fine and performing sent a continuation of the past, and students working to- arts (fine arts concentration) follows the following pat- ward their chosen goals and artistic creation acquire both tern: technical expertise and historical understanding. 1) FNAR 201G*, 202G*; 2) Select one from each department MUSC 207G*, The Department offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in Fine 208G*; THEA 210G; and Performing Arts with concentrations in fine arts, mu- 3) FNAR 218, 219, 241 or 251, and 321or 322; sic performance, or theatre arts, and the Bachelor of Music 4) Nine credit hours in upper-level Art History (at degree with concentrations in performance, music history/ the 300-400 level); literature, theory/composition, choral music education, and 5) Twenty-one credit hours in upper-level Art instrumental music education. The Department also offers History or Art Studio courses; minor programs of study in art, music, and theatre. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FINE AND studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- PERFORMING ARTS sor. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Fine and Performing Arts requires that students fulfill University general education GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS: and degree studies requirements and successfully com- In order to graduate with a concentration in Art, the stu- plete the minimum number of credits in their concentration dent must have successfully completed all requirements of fine arts, music performance, or theatre arts as estab- listed for the art concentration with a grade a C- or better, lished by those disciplines. In addition, these degree stu- and all general education requirements. In addition, dur- dents must complete three hours of study in each of the ing the senior year, students concentrating in studio art other disciplines of this degree. Specifics for all programs must submit a portfolio of work and exhibit in the Senior follow. In planning their programs of study, students should Art Exhibition. Participation in the interactive gallery cri- select an advisor from the Department of Fine and Perform- tique is also required. Students specializing in Art History ing Arts during their freshman year. A minimum grade of C- must submit a research paper demonstrating original work is required in all courses from the Department of Fine and and participate in an oral defense. All graduating seniors Performing Arts counted toward the completion of major are required to take the departmental exit exam and partici- and elective studies for this degree. pate in an exit interview.

FINE ARTS PROGRAM THE MINOR IN ART The minor program in art requires successful completion of Professor Betty Anglin, Director FNAR 218, 219, 241 or 251, and 321 or 322, plus nine addi- Ferguson Hall, Room 137 tional credits including at least three credits of art history (757) 594-7089 at the 300-400 level. While FNAR 201G, 202G are prerequi- email: [email protected] sites for upper-level art history courses, they cannot be counted in the minor. A minimum grade of C- is required in FACULTY all courses. Associate Professors: Alexick, Henry, Pendleton Instructor: Anglin THE CURRICULUM IN ART FNAR 201G, 202G. Survey of World Art I & II The Bachelor of Arts degree in Fine and Performing (3-3-0 each) Arts The development of world art and architecture from prehis- FINE ARTS CONCENTRATION toric times to the present. The first semester includes the The fine arts concentration provides the student with a prehistoric, ancient and medieval arts of Europe and Asia. thorough liberal arts background while offering the funda- The second semester begins with the rise of modern cul- mentals required in drawing, painting, design, printmaking, tures beginning in the Renaissance period and includes a ceramics, culture and art history. Each of these academic survey of European, Asian, African, and Pre-Colombian art disciplines allows advanced work so that the student will and architecture to the present day.

71 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

FNAR 218. Basic Design (3-0-6) FNAR 252. Printmaking I (3-0-6) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: FNAR 219 or consent of instructor; required First half of a two semester course; a requirement or prereq- for art education majors. uisite for other studio art classes. This course will intro- Fall and Spring. duce a visual vocabulary needed in ordering the elements An introduction to the techniques, traditions and innova- of design for the creation of imaginative two and three tions of modern artistic printing. This course specifically dimensional art works in ensuing course work. Composi- focuses on monotype, woodcut and intaglio printing pro- tion, color theory, techniques, materials. Processes will be cesses. It will examine the principals of two- dimensional taught as students develop imaginative thinking and a sen- design, and will explore the creative interaction of tech- sitivity to their environment. The student must purchase nique and printing. Emphasis is on technical mastery and all personal and expendable art material. development of personal imagery. The student must pur- FNAR 219. Basic Two and Three Dimensional Design chase all personal and expendable art material. (3-0-6) FNAR 321. Basic Drawing (3-0-6) Prerequisite: FNAR 218. Prerequisite: FNAR 219 or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring. Fall. Course continues to build on the basic design fundamen- First half of a two semester course with emphasis on devel- tals established FNAR 218 course. Students will experi- oping drawing skills. The student will be instructed in the ence increasingly complex two dimensional design projects use of the visual vocabulary and in ordering design ele- and will begin a series of three dimensional projects as they ments to create strong visual work. A wide range of mate- prepare for effective creativity in drawing, painting, rials will be previewed: charcoal, (vine, compressed) conté printmaking, ceramics and sculpture. The student must crayon, inks, oil-pastel, mixed media, paper surfaces. Draw- purchase all personal and expendable art material. ing techniques – gesture, contour, mass, value – will be FNAR 231. Beginning Painting (3-0-6) used to heighten observation skills. Assigned projects Prerequisite: FNAR 219 or consent of instructor. will progress from academic still-life to landscape, to the Fall and Spring. introduction of the figure. The student must purchase all The student will be exposed to the techniques and pro- personal and expendable art material. cesses used in multi and mixed media; acrylic, oil, water- FNAR 322. Drawing the Human Figure (3-0-6) color. From academic still life setups in the studio to begin- Prerequisite: FNAR 219 or consent of instructor. ning figure study from the model, the student will learn Spring. about accurately translating form, value and color. Through The second half of the drawing class with emphasis on lecture and group critique, the proper use of design ele- becoming able to depict the figure with accurate attention ments contributing to successful picture making will be to proportion. The student will learn through drawing tech- stressed. The student must purchase all personal and ex- niques – gesture, contour, mass – how to see and portray pendable art material. figure position. The entire semester will be spent drawing FNAR 241. Ceramics I (3-0-6) from a live model, progressing from short timed sketches to Prerequisite: FNAR 219 or consent of instructor. lengthy timed poses. In the final weeks of class, the stu- Fall and Spring. dent will use material for incorporation of the figure into an An introduction to the craft, art, and language for fabricat- environment. The student must purchase all personal and ing clay by using hand building and glazing techniques; expendable art material. students will explore the various properties of clay and the FNAR 323. Painting II (3-0-6) formation of a three dimensional design within a meaning- Prerequisite: FNAR 231 or consent of instructor. ful sequence; students will experience clay’s responsive- Fall and Spring. ness to their thoughts and ideas under the careful, artistic The student will continue to develop skill in the use of guidance of the instructor. The student must purchase all media and the application of the design vocabulary to pic- personal and expendable art material. ture making. There will be assigned problems in the studio FNAR 251. Sculpture I (3-0-6) from still life to figure study. The student will be encour- Prerequisite: FNAR 219, or consent of instructor. aged to begin developing individual expression through Fall and Spring. assigned problems that not only require observational skill An introduction to the materials, methods and language of but added creative thought. Growth in visual design aes- sculpture; students will investigate clay, wood, plaster and thetic will be stressed through individual and group cri- found objects; will explore the dynamics of three-dimen- tique. The student must purchase all personal and expend- sional design with emphasis on figurative, non-figurative, able art material. and environmental forms; will create specific sculpture FNAR 325. Painting III (3-0-6) forms and arrange interior and exterior spaces; and will Prerequisite: FNAR 323 or consent of instructor.. move through a meaningful sequence of sculptural ideas. Fall and Spring. The student must purchase all personal and expendable art The student should have a good knowledge of the use of material.

72 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS media as well as a strong foundation in design for this door field sketching trips. It includes a survey of materials class. As an upper-level painting class, there will be as- as well as the use of watercolor in conjunction with other signments requiring creative thought as well as expertise in media. Design and composition in picture making are the use of media techniques and processes. At the end of stressed. The student must purchase all personal and ex- the semester, the student will be required to develop a body pendable art material. of work that is unified into a portfolio that could be submit- FNAR 370. Computer Art (3-3-0) ted for job consideration or graduate study. This work will Course introduces students to the field of computer graphics be developed in conjunction with the student’s written mis- to build technical and creative skills related to computer-gen- sion statement. The student must purchase all personal erated imagery. and expendable art material. FNAR 371. Modern Art (3-3-0) FNAR 341 Ceramics II (3-0-6) Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or permission of the in- Prerequisite: FNAR 219, 241 or consent of instructor. structor. Fall and Spring. Fall, alternate years. An intermediate course in ceramics that extends the explo- A study of Modern painting, sculpture and architecture ration of the craft, by hand building and glazing; students, from the late eighteenth century through the early twenti- while demonstrating craftsmanship, creativity, and concep- eth century. The course traces the progression of succes- tual skills, will create a cohesive body of work that demon- sive movements in Modern Art from its origins in late eigh- strates growth in technique, design and content; students teenth-century Neoclassicism and Romanticism through will develop their analytic and aesthetic capacities to dis- early twentieth-century styles, including Cubism, Futur- cuss critically the processes and products of clay fabrica- ism, and Surrealism. Particular attention will be given to the tion. The student must purchase all personal and expend- unfolding concept of Modernism in painting, sculpture and able art material. architecture, as well as critical reaction to “the shock of the FNAR 343. Pottery I (3-0-6) new,” as witnessed by the emergence of avant-garde move- Prerequisite: None. ments such as Realism, Impressionism, Cubism, Surreal- Fall and Spring. ism, and Dada. An introductory course devoted to the throwing of func- FNAR 372. Arts in the United States (3-3-0) tional domestic ware on the electric potter’s wheel; stu- Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. dents will master the ability to “center clay” and to make a Fall, alternate years. series of cylinders; from this, students will develop the art A chronological study of American painting, sculpture, to center, open, pull-up walls, shape, trim, and create select architecture and furniture from the early seventeenth cen- domestic ware for glazing and firing. The student must pur- tury to 1920. This course presents an interpretation of chase all personal and expendable art material. American art within a social, religious and political context, FNAR 351. Sculpture II (3-0-6) and will explore issues such as art in response to European Prerequisite: FNAR 251 or consent of instructor. influences and American nationalism. Fall and Spring. FNAR 373. Renaissance Art (3-3-0) An intermediate course in sculpture, that builds on FNAR Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G, or consent of instructor. 251; students will work toward a personal style within three- Fall, alternate years. dimensional design; students’ visions will be focused in A study in the development of art from the early Renais- figurative, non-figurative, and/or environmental composi- sance through the 16th century. Special attention is given tions that will move toward a body of cohesive work that to the changing role of the artist, the effects of Roman and demonstrates a pattern of thoughts; students will work Greek archaeology, increasing nationalism, as well as es- under the disciplined guidance of the instructor. The stu- tablishing our conceptual vision of the world. dent must purchase all personal and expendable art mate- FNAR 374. Asian Art. (3-3-0) rial. Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. FNAR 352. Printmaking II (3-0-6) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: FNAR 218, 219, 252 or consent of instructor. A chronological study of painting, sculpture and architec- Continuing skills of printmaking, including drypoint, hard- ture in India, China and Japan. This course presents a and soft-ground, and aquatint techniques. The develop- study of Asian art in context, and particular attention will ment of technical and conceptual skills with regard to the be given to art as a response to Asian religion, patronage creative process of printmaking. The student must pur- and social change. chase all personal and expendable art material. FNAR 375. Art of the Non-Western World, II: FNAR 360. Watercolor (3-0-6) Pre-Colombian America. (3-3-0) Prerequisite: FNAR 218 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. Spring. Spring, every third year. Course introduces students to watercolor techniques A study of the arts of the complex of cultures indigenous to through teacher demonstrations, studio setups and out- Native Americans, Central Africa, and the South Pacific

73 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS islands. The course emphasizes the historical development FNAR 434. Theory and Practice of Art Education (3-3-0) of the arts of these areas and the role of art in this wide Prerequisite: junior standing and six hours of education or variety of social contexts. psychology courses or field experience in teaching art. FNAR 376. Medieval Art. (3-3-0) A study of the theories of art education related to child Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. development, perceptual theory, and general educational Spring, alternate years. philosophy. Course focuses on the disciplines of art, art Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture of the middle history, art production, art criticism and aesthetics. ages from the Carolingian through the Gothic periods. This FNAR 491: Practicum in Studio Art/Art History course emphasizes the relationship of medieval art to reli- (credits vary) gious, philosophical and social developments in Western Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of advisor. Europe. Part-time internship in association with a local office, gal- FNAR 377. Contemporary Art. (3-3-0) lery or museum. Periodic conferences, written evaluations. Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. Spring, alternate years. This course explores major movements in European and MUSIC PROGRAM American art from the 1920’s to the present, as well as the Dr. Mark Reimer, Director critical reaction to that art. Particular emphasis will be given Smith Hall, Room 128 to artistic rebellion and innovation, giving rise to a prolif- (757) 594-7074 eration of styles such as Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, email: [email protected] Minimalism, Performance and Process Art. FNAR 378. Baroque Art. (3-3-0) FACULTY Prerequisite: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. Professors: Hines Spring, alternate years. Associate Professor: Brown, Reimer A survey of seventeenth-century European painting, sculp- Assistant Professors: Fowler ture and architecture. This course presents an interpreta- Emeritus: Brockett tion of Baroque art in context, and will explore issues to include art in response to the Protestant and Catholic refor- The music program at Christopher Newport University is mations, as well as the rise of middle class patronage in accredited by the National Association of Schools of Mu- Northern Europe. sic and offers courses in music education, history, theory, FNAR 389. Crafts (3-0-6) composition, literature, pedagogy, performance, and con- Prerequisite: FNAR 218, 219. ducting. Professional instruction is available on all wood- A course that explores the fundamentals of several basic wind, brass, percussion, string, and keyboard instruments craft processes and materials. This is a course suitable for as well as voice, composition, jazz improvisation and con- teachers or others interested in learning about basic craft ducting. Music majors graduating with either the Bachelor techniques. Possible projects include weaving, copper of Music degree or the Bachelor of Arts degree in fine and enameling, woodcarving, and simple jewelry making. The performing arts with a concentration in music are encour- student must purchase all personal and expendable art aged to pursue graduate study, although some students material. prefer to enter their profession immediately after gradua- FNAR 395. Special Topics. (Credits vary) tion. Prerequisite studio art topics: consent of instructor. Pre- requisite art history topics: FNAR 201G, 202G or consent of MISSION STATEMENT instructor. The music program is committed to transforming the lives Fall and Spring. of its students. The music faculty strive to uphold the Specialized course offerings in studio art that fall outside highest standards of scholarship and performance while the department’s standard curriculum. The student must placing as their top priority the education of each student. purchase all personal and expendable art material. The music program offers a rigorous and comprehensive FNAR 401. Individual Problems in Studio (3-0-6) curriculum immersed in an academic environment rich in Prerequisite: basic studio courses and consent of instruc- liberal learning. Music students learn to form critical opin- tor. ions, think, speak, and write clearly, and understand the Fall and Spring. structure, development, and performance of music from Special individualized problems in studio areas. The stu- around the globe. And most important, music students dent must purchase all personal and expendable art mate- learn to embrace the truth that musicianship and scholar- rial. ship are lifetime pursuits.

74 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

GOALS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC MUSIC DEGREES 1. To provide a rigorous and comprehensive The Bachelor of Music degree is the initial professional curriculum accredited and assessed by the degree in music. Its primary emphasis is on the develop- National Association of Schools of Music, the ment of the skills and knowledge necessary to function as Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, a teacher, performer, composer, and/or scholar. The areas of and Christopher Newport University. concentration include choral music education, history/literature, instrumental music education, performance, and 2. To provide music faculty and guest artists who theory/composition. are recognized experts in their field and who have a passion for learning and teaching. The Bachelor of Arts degree in fine and performing arts with a concentration in music provides a strong education 3. To accept music students who have the in the liberal arts, irrespective of specific career aspirations. demonstrated skills, knowledge, and potential The concentration in music provides a fundamental knowl- necessary to complete successfully a degree in edge of written and aural skills, the history and develop- music. ment of music, and performance. This degree serves individuals who seek a broad program of general education 4. To provide music students with the knowledge, rather than intense specialization in the undergraduate skills, and experiences necessary to become years. successful teachers, scholars, performers, and composers. MINOR IN MUSIC The minor in music requires successful completion of a 5. To provide serious, high achieving music minimum of eighteen credits in music above the 100 level. students with scholarships to support perfor- The minor program in music requires four semesters of mance, education, creativity, and research. MUSC 012; MUSC 209-210; MUSC 211-212; MUSC 207G, 6. To provide the instruments, equipment, materi- 208G; APP MUSC 131-132 and 231-232; and four semesters als, classrooms, rehearsal rooms, and perfor- of ensemble. mance halls necessary for the study and PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE IN JAZZ STUDIES performance of music. The music program offers the Professional Certificate in 7. To provide a wide variety of concerts, recitals, Jazz Studies for students who possess a strong interest lectures, films, masterclasses, and festivals that and talent in jazz performance. The following curriculum is educate students and enrich the cultural life of designed to offer students the basic courses and perfor- the University and the community. mance experience required for entry into jazz performance and jazz education. The required courses include: four 8. To offer select music courses and performance semesters of MUSC 103 and MUSC 108, APP IMPROV 131- opportunities to all students of the University 132 and 231-232, MUSC 280, MUSC 290 or 315, MUSC 408, and the community. and MUSC 416. A student must present a sixty-minute recital at the completion of APP IMPROV 232 or at the 9. To provide students with additional opportuni- highest level beyond APP IMPROV 232 that he/she suc- ties for leadership, fellowship, and learning cessfully completes. A minimum grade of C- must be earned through student music organizations such as in each course. Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, Sigma Alpha Iota, and MENC. ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES The rigor of the academic curriculum of the music program 10. To produce graduates who, upon their gradua- at Christopher Newport University is ensured through a tion, will enter their profession, pursue graduate demanding curriculum, highly experienced and qualified studies, or maintain their involvement in music. professors, numerous assessment procedures, and accreditation by the National Association of Schools of Music 11. To serve as a significant resource of knowledge, and the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. information, strategies, methods, and materials for music students and teachers in the Univer- Entrance Requirements sity, the community, and beyond. Music students are assessed in numerous ways throughout their tenure at CNU. A student intending to matriculate in the music program at CNU must first satisfy all entrance requirements, including an entrance audition and/or interview, two professional recommendations by music educa- tors, and entrance examinations in music theory, ear training, keyboard, and music history.

75 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

Degree Program Admission Requirements Bachelor of Music Once admitted to the music program, the student must suc- PERFORMANCE CONCENTRATION cessfully complete all prerequisites for upper-level music (Brass, Woodwinds, Percussion, Keyboard, Strings, courses with a grade of C- or better. To be admitted into Voice) either the Bachelor of Music degree or the Bachelor of Arts 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, degree programs, referred to as “Sophomore Check Point,” FNAR 201G*, 202G*; the following prerequisites must be satisfied: four semes- 2) MUSC 401W and MUSC 407W; ters of music theory and ear training (MUSC 211-212, 209- 3) MUSC 207G*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- 210, 311-312, 309-310), two semesters of The Worlds Music 305, 309-310, 311-312, 314 or 316, 315 and 413; (MUSC 207G, 208G), four semesters of keyboard skills 4) Either MUSC 391, 392, 394, 396, 397, or 398, (MUSC 115-116, 215-216), four semesters of applied music depending on area of concentration. Vocalists in the student’s major area of concentration, jury approval, must take also MUSC 302, 450 and 495; four semesters of ensemble, four semesters of concert/re- 5) APP MUSC 133-134, 233-234, 333-334 (junior cital attendance (MUSC 012), two semesters of English recital), and 432-434 (senior recital); (ENGL 101-102), two semesters of World History (HIST 6) Eight credits in MUSC 101 or MUSC 102 (MUSC 111G, 112G), two additional courses in general distribution, 106 for guitarists) and four credits of chamber and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. ensembles for instrumentalists; eight credits in MUSC 100 or MUSC 105 and one credit in Graduation Requirements MUSC 107 for vocalists; In order to graduate, the music student must have success- 7) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion fully completed all requirements listed for individual con- of the piano proficiency examination; centrations (including all upper-level music courses, juries, 8) Eight semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ and recitals) with a grade of C- or better, all general educa- Lecture Attendance); tion requirements, the piano proficiency examination, and 9) Completion of the entrance and exit examina- have taken the exit examinations in music theory, ear train- tions in music theory, ear training, keyboard and ing, and music history. The senior recital or thesis serves music history; as the final assessment of a student’s study in applied 10 ) Successful completion of the language profi- music. The goal of graduating competent and competitive ciency examination in either German, French, or students is assessed through the student’s success in Italian for vocalists. graduate school and/or chosen profession. The Music * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously Alumni Survey is given to each graduate of the music pro- to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree gram. The information requested on this form includes the studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- student’s opinions regarding the value of the courses and sor. the quality of instruction at CNU, current information on the student, and suggestions for improvement. Bachelor of Music HISTORY/LITERATURE CONCENTRATION APPLIED MUSIC JURIES 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, Juries are held each semester to adjudicate the areas of FNAR 201G*, 202G*; voice, keyboard, and instrumental performance. They serve 2) MUSC 401W AND MUSC 407W; as the semester examination and give students an opportu- 3) MUSC 207G*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- nity to demonstrate their progress in performance skills to 305, 309-310, 311-312, 314 or 316, 315 and 413; the applied music faculty. The applied music jury consists 4) Three credits in MUSC at the 300-400 level; of the applied music faculty who teach in the area of the 5) FREN or GERM 201*-202*; student’s concentration. The level 130 jury usually lasts 6) APP MUSC 131-132 and 231-232; five minutes; the level 131 juries and above usually last ten 7) MUSC 490 (Falk Seminar in Music Historical minutes depending on whether or not the jury is also serv- Research); ing as a hearing. 8) MUSC 499 (3 credits in research and 3 credits in THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE thesis); In addition to successful completion of all general educa- 9) Eight credits in either MUSC 100, 101, 102, 105 tion and degree studies requirements (see index), the de- or 106; gree requires successful completion of one of the follow- 10) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion ing concentrations: of the piano proficiency examination; 11) Eight semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ Lecture Attendance);

76 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

12) Completion of the entrance and exit examina- Bachelor of Music tions in music theory, ear training, keyboard, INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC EDUCATION CONCENTRA- and music history. TION * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree FNAR 201G*, 202G*; studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 2) MUSC 401W AND MUSC 407W; sor. 3) MUSC 207G*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- 305, 309-310, 311-312, 315, 316, and 413; Bachelor of Music 4) MUSC 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, and 337; THEORY/COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION 5) Either MUSC 430 (band) or 440 (orchestra), 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, depending on area of concentration; FNAR 201G*, 202G*; 6) APP MUSC 131-132, 231-232, 331-332, and 2) MUSC 401W AND MUSC 407W; 431(recital); 3) MUSC 207G*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- 7) Seven credits in either MUSC 101 or 102, 305, 309-310, 311-312, 314 or 316, 315 and 413; depending on area of concentration; 4) MUSC 415; 8) EDUC 301, 301L, 435, 443, and 450L; 5) MUSC 220, 230, 240, 250, and 260; 9) MATH 125*, HLTH 200* or LSPE activity*, 6) APP MUSC 131-132 and 231-232; PSYC 210*, 211*, COMM 201*; 7) APP MUSC 331-332 (theory) and MUSC 499 10) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion (research and thesis); or APP MUSC 331-332 of the piano proficiency examination; (composition) and 431-432 (composition and 11) Seven semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ recital); Lecture Attendance); 8) PHYS 103*, 104* and one laboratory*; 12) Completion of the entrance and exit examina- 9) Seven credits in MUSC 100, 101, 102 or 105; tions in music theory, ear training, keyboard, 10) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion and music history. of the piano proficiency examination; * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 11) Eight semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree Lecture Attendance); studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 12) Completion of the entrance and exit examina- sor. tions in music theory, ear training, keyboard, and music history. Bachelor of Music * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously CHORAL MUSIC EDUCATION CONCENTRATION to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- FNAR 201G*, 202G*; sor. 2) MUSC 401W and MUSC 407W; 3) MUSC 207G*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- Completion of the Bachelor of Music degree 305, 309-310, 311-312, 314, 315, and 413; with a concentration in instrumental music 4) MUSC 220, 230, 240, 250, and 337; education or choral music education does not 5) MUSC 302 and 392; result in teacher certification. Teacher certifica- 6) APP MUSC 131-132, 231-232, 331-332, 431 tion may be earned through the CNU Graduate (recital); Studies program by completing the Bachelor of 7) Eight credits in MUSC 100 or 105; Music degree with a concentration in instrumen- 8) MATH 125*, HLTH 200* or LSPE activity*, tal music education or choral music education PSYC 210*, 211*, COMM 201*; and the required courses for teacher certification 9) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion or by completing the Master of Arts in Teaching of the piano proficiency examination. degree with a concentration in music. Please 10) Seven semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ see the CNU Graduate Catalog for degree Lecture Attendance); information and admission requirements. 11) Completion of the entrance and exit examinations in music theory, ear training, keyboard, and music history. 12) Successful completion of the language proficiency examination in German, Italian, or French. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree studies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor.

77 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Fine and Performing Arts MUSC 101. Wind Ensemble (1-0-4) MUSIC CONCENTRATION Fall and Spring. In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- An auditioned wind band that performs both on and off eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- campus throughout the academic year. The repertoire index), the Bachelor of Arts degree in fine and performing cludes a variety of musical styles, but the primary empha- arts with a concentration in music requires successful sis is on the masterpieces of the wind band repertoire. Stu- completion of the following courses: dent may register each semester, but no more than eight 1) Select one from each department: THEA 210G*, credits can be counted toward graduation. FNAR 201G*, 202G*; MUSC 102. University Orchestra (1-0-4) 2) MUSC 401W and MUSC 407W; Fall and Spring. 3) MUSC 207*, 208G*, 209-210, 211-212, 303-304- An auditioned orchestra that performs both on and off 305, 309-310, 311-312, 314 or 316, 315 and 413; campus throughout the academic year. The repertoire in- 4) APP MUSC 131-132 and 231-232; cludes a variety of musical styles, but the primary empha- 5) Eight credits in MUSC 100, 101, 102, or 105, sis is on the masterpieces of the orchestral repertoire. Stu- depending on area of concentration; dents may register each semester, but no more than eight 6) MUSC 115-116, 215-216; successful completion credits can be counted toward graduation. of the piano proficiency examination; MUSC 103. Jazz Ensemble (1-0-4) 7) Eight semesters in MUSC 012 (Performance/ Fall and Spring. Lecture Attendance); An auditioned jazz ensemble that performs both on and off 8) COMM 201* and PHIL 304; campus throughout the academic year. The repertoire in- 9) Fifteen additional credits in courses outside of cludes a variety of musical styles, but the primary empha- music; sis is on the masterpieces of the jazz ensemble repertoires. 10) Completion of the entrance and exit examinations Students may register each semester, but no more than in music theory, ear training, keyboard, and music eight credits can be counted toward graduation. history. MUSC 104. Chamber Ensemble (1-0-1) * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously Fall and Spring. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree This course can be used for both vocal and instrumental studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- chamber ensembles. Special focus is on the literature and sor. performance practice of the small or specialty ensemble. Performance opportunities vary according to the size and THE CURRICULUM IN MUSIC nature of each ensemble. Students may register each se- MUSC 012. Performance/Lecture Attendance mester, but no more than eight credits can be counted to- Fall, Spring and Summer. ward graduation. All students who are enrolled in MUSC 012 must attend the MUSC 105. Chamber Choir (1-0-4) weekly convocation and a minimum of twelve music events Fall and Spring. for the semester. Students are encouraged to attend all con- An auditioned mixed choral ensemble which performs both certs, lectures and recitals presented on the campus of on and off campus throughout the academic year. The Christopher Newport University. A student does not re- repertoire includes a variety of musical styles, but the pri- ceive MUSC 012 credit for a performance or lecture in which mary emphasis is on the masterworks of the choral reper- he or she participates. A minimum of six credits must be toire. Students may register each semester, but no more from University concerts and/or recitals; a minimum of two than eight credits can be counted toward graduation. credits must be from professional concerts and/or recitals; MUSC 106. Guitar Orchestra (1-0-3) a minimum of two credits must be from multicultural or com- Fall and Spring. munity concerts and/or recitals; and a minimum of two cred- This is a year long, auditioned ensemble open to any stu- its must be obtained from the Lunch and Learn, The Vianne dent at CNU. Guitar Orchestra is divided into the following: Webb Memorial Lectures in Musicology, and/or The Con- 1) Guitar Orchestra, 2) quartets and trios, and 3) jazz/pop versations With a Composer series. Required for all music tunes arranged for either. The rehearsal usually begins with majors. Guitar Orchestra then splits into smaller groups according MUSC 100. University Chorale (1-0-3) to proficiency level. The Guitar Orchestra instruments in- Fall and Spring. clude the smaller, higher pitched requintos and the larger, A non-auditioned mixed choral ensemble which performs lower pitched bajas along with the regular guitars. The rep- both on and off campus throughout the academic year. The ertoire for all ensembles includes classical, pop, and jazz. Chorale usually prepares large choral masterworks. Stu- Students may register each semester, but no more than dents may register each semester, but no more than eight eight credits can be counted toward graduation. credits can be counted toward graduation.

78 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

MUSC 107. Opera CNU (1-0-3) MUSC 195. Special Topics in Music (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisite: as announced. A course requiring participation in either an opera scenes As needed. recital program or a fully-staged opera production. All roles Ensembles and productions chosen to fulfill the needs of are assigned to accommodate the specific abilities of each music majors and non-music majors. student. In addition, basic stage movement, audition tech- MUSC 207G, 208G. The World’s Music (3-3-0 each) niques, and performance preparation are addressed. Re- Fall and Spring. quired for music majors pursuing a Bachelor of Music de- A sequence that surveys music and musical styles from gree with a concentration in vocal performance. throughout the world including folk and popular musics as MUSC 108. Jazz Combo (1-0-3) well as traditional Western art music. Emphasis is placed Fall and Spring. on the social and historical settings of music and musical This course surveys performance, improvisation, and performance as well as on musical style. Outside listening sight reading objectives for a small group in the following assignments are an integral part of the courses, but no areas: Latin, fusion, be-bop, modal, swing, ballad, rock, previous musical experience is required. The first semester straight ahead jazz, and vocal jazz. The group performs includes the development of folk music and Western art several times during the course of the semester. A music through the eighteenth century. The second semes- thorough knowledge of jazz theory, chord and scale ter includes the development of popular music and West- relationships, and melodic soloing is recommended. ern art music in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Auditions are held the first day of classes each semester. These courses are included in the humanities general edu- Students may register each semester, but no more than cation requirement and are required for all music majors. eight credits can be counted toward graduation. MUSC 209-210. Elementary Ear Training (1-0-3) MUSC 109. Collegium Musicum (1-0-3) Prerequisite for 209: music major or consent of instructor. As needed. Prerequisite for 210: MUSC 209. Corequisite for 209: An ensemble that affords a rare opportunity to learn about MUSC 211 or consent of instructor; Corequisite for 210: early music and acquire skills by performing it. The variety MUSC 212 or consent of instructor. of sacred and secular music read gives the student an un- Fall, 209; Spring, 210. derstanding of music’s scope throughout the Middle Ages MUSC 209 includes the study of melodic and harmonic to 1500 intervals, pitch patterns, chord inversion, seventh chords, MUSC 110. Vocal Jazz Ensemble (1-0-3) bass line dictation, rhythmic dictation, two-part dictation, Corequisite: MUSC 100 or MUSC 105. outer voices dictation, and error detection. Sight singing/ Fall and Spring. keyboard exams include scales, pitch patterns, melodies A year long, auditioned, small ensemble open to any CNU and rhythms, keyboard progressions, and sight singing. student. Strong vocal, musical, and theoretical background MUSC 210 includes progressively advancing dictation, sight is desirable. The Vocal Jazz Ensemble performs a variety of singing, keyboard skills, diatonic and chromatic melodies, jazz literature, unaccompanied and with rhythm section. functional harmonic progressions, and two-voice counter- Styles include Swing, Blues, Funk, Latin, Doo Wop, and point. Required for all music majors. Pop. Extraordinary vocal technique, theoretical knowledge MUSC 211-212. Elementary Theory of Music (3-3-0 each) and solo styling ability are required. Rehearsals focus on Prerequisite for 211: music major or consent of instructor; ensemble blend, style integration, stage presence, tuning, Prerequisite for 212: MUSC 211 or consent of instructor; improvisation, listening and history of jazz. Outside re- Corequisite for 211: MUSC 209; Corequisite for 212: MUSC hearsal preparation is required. Students can register each 210 or consent of instructor. semester, but no more than eight credits can be counted Fall, 211; Spring, 212. toward graduation. A beginning course in the study of tonal harmony. Triads, MUSC 115-116. Elementary Keyboard Skills (1-0-3 each) seventh chords, non-harmonic tones, and simple modula- Prerequisite: music major or consent of instructor. tion are studied through composition and analysis. Re- Corequisite: for MUSC 115: MUSC 209 and 211 or consent quired for all music majors. of instructor; for MUSC 116: MUSC 210 and 212 or con- MUSC 215-216. Advanced Keyboard Skills (1-0-3 each) sent of instructor. Prerequisite: music major or consent of instructor. Fall, 115; Spring, 116. Corequisit for MUSC 215: MUSC 309 and 311 or consent These courses develop basic keyboard skills. The areas of of instructor; for MUSC 216: MUSC 310 and 312 or con- study include scales, arpeggios, block and broken chords, sent of instructor. chord progressions, and elementary works composed for Fall, 215; Spring, 216. the piano. Required for all music majors. These courses develop basic keyboard skills. The areas of study include scales, arpeggios, block and broken chords, chord progressions, and advanced works composed for the piano. Required for all music majors.

79 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

MUSC 220. Brass Instrument Techniques (1-3-0) suing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in Fall, as needed. choral music education with an emphasis in teaching choir Instruction, literature, and teaching methods for trumpet, at the middle or secondary level. horn, trombone, euphonium, and tuba. Students teach in MUSC 295. Special Topics in Music (credits vary) one-on-one and class settings. Required for music majors Prerequisite: as announced. pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentra- As needed. tion in either music education or theory/composition. Lower-level courses in music chosen to fulfill the needs of MUSC 230. Woodwind Instrument Techniques (1-3-0) music majors and non-music majors. Spring, as needed. MUSC 302. Diction in Foreign Languages (3-3-0) Instruction, literature, and teaching methods for flute, oboe, [same as MLAN 302] bassoon, clarinet, and saxophone. Students teach in one- Prerequisite: one year of a foreign language or consent on-one and class settings. Required for music majors pur- of instructor. suing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in Spring, as needed. either music education or theory/composition. A course designed to introduce the correct pronunciation MUSC 240. Percussion Techniques (1-2-0) of French, German, Italian, Russian, and Latin. The class Fall, as needed. does not concentrate on the grammatical structures of the Instruction, literature, and teaching methods for timpani, languages but, instead, upon the correct and proper use of snare drum, xylophone, bass drum, cymbals, Latin and jazz the sounds of the languages based upon the International drums, and auxiliary instruments. Students teach in one- Phonetic Alphabet. Required for music majors pursuing on-one and class settings. Required for music majors pur- the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in either suing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in choral music education or vocal performance. either music education or theory/composition. MUSC 303-304-305. History of Western Music (3-3-0) MUSC 250. String Instrument Techniques (1-3-0) Prerequisite: MUSC 207G, 208G. HIST 111G, 112G; Pre- Spring, as needed. requisite for 304: MUSC 303; Prerequisite for 305: MUSC Instruction, literature, and teaching methods for violin, viola, 304. violoncello, double bass, and guitar. Students teach in one- Fall, 303; Spring, 304; Fall, 305. on-one and class settings. Required for music majors pur- A three-semester sequence that surveys musical styles, suing the Bachelor of Music with a concentration in either literature, and thought in Western music from the ancient music education or theory/composition. world to the present day. The courses include extensive MUSC 260. Voice Techniques (1-2-0) reading, library work, and listening. Required for all music Fall. majors. Principles of voice production and pedagogy. Topics in- MUSC 309-310. Advanced Ear Training (1-0-3 each) clude breathing, posture, registration, voice classification Prerequisite for 309: MUSC 210; Prerequisite for 310: (adolescent through adult), principles of resonance, the MUSC 309. Corequisite for 309: MUSC 311 or consent of physiology of singing, selecting vocalizes and warm-up instructor; Corequisite for 310: MUSC 312 or consent of techniques, vowel purity, and articulation. Students teach instructor. in one-on-one and class settings. Required for music ma- Fall, 309; Spring, 310. jors pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree in either instru- MUSC 309 includes advanced dictation, sight singing, key- mental music education or theory/composition. board skills, diatonic and chromatic melodies, secondary MUSC 280. Jazz Band Techniques (1-2-0) dominants, functional harmonic progressions, two-voice Summer. counterpoint, and modulation. MUSC 310 includes pro- Techniques and methods for organizing, programming, re- gressively advancing dictation, sight singing, keyboard hearsing, and teaching improvisation in a school jazz band skills, diatonic and chromatic melodies, modes, secondary setting. Required for instrumental music majors pursuing dominants, extended tertians, mode mixture, chromatic the Professional Certificate in Jazz Studies. Recommended mediant modulation, functional harmonic progressions, and for music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree two-voice counterpoint. Required for all music majors. with a concentration in instrumental music education with MUSC 311-312. Advanced Theory of Music (3-3-0 each) an emphasis in teaching band at the middle or secondary Prerequisite for 311: MUSC 212; Prerequisite for 312: level. MUSC 311; Corequisite for 311: MUSC 309 or consent of MUSC 290. Jazz Choir Techniques (1-2-0) instructor; Corequisite for 312: MUSC 310 or consent of Summer. instructor. Techniques and methods employed for the organization Fall 311; Spring 312. and development of a swing/jazz choir. Literature, choreog- These courses are a continuation of MUSC 211-212. Stu- raphy, and performance practice are addressed. Required dents study advanced harmonic techniques, including al- for vocal music majors pursuing the Professional Certifi- tered chords, chromatic harmony, modulation, and compo- cate in Jazz Studies. Recommended for music majors pur- sition. Formal and harmonic analysis are emphasized in the second semester. Required for all music majors.

80 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

MUSC 314. Principles of Choral Conducting (3-3-0) MUSC 391. String Literature and Pedagogy (3-3-0) Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312, or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: junior standing and APP STRINGS 232. Fall. Spring, as needed. This course includes study of baton technique, beat pat- A survey of solo and chamber music literature and the his- terns and gestures, cuing, transpositions, terminology, torical development of the violin, viola, violoncello, and score analysis, score preparation, rehearsal techniques, double bass. Teaching materials, including exercises, programming, seating arrangements, performer/conductor etudes, and methods for private and class instruction, are rapport, and more. Students conduct live choral ensembles discussed in addition to learning the standard orchestral both in the classroom and in the rehearsal hall. Required for excerpts of each instrument. Students teach in one-on-one music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree in and class settings. Required for music majors pursuing the either choral music education or vocal performance. Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in string MUSC 315. Music Technology (3-0-3) performance. Fall and Spring. MUSC 392. Vocal Pedagogy (3-3-0) Music technology pertains to all levels of music recording, Prerequisite: junior standing and APP VOICE 232. sound reinforcement, writing, and instruction using com- Spring, as needed. puters. The computer component of this course includes Techniques and methods used in voice building and coach- music printing, transposition, arranging, ear training, theory, ing of song literature. Topics include voice classification, sequencing, and powerpoint presentation. Required for all quality, diction, registration, breath management, psychol- music majors and for students pursuing the Professional ogy, and physiology. Students teach in one-on-one and Certificate in Jazz Studies. class settings. Required for music majors pursuing the Bach- MUSC 316. Principles of Instrumental Conducting elor of Music degree with a concentration in either choral (3-3-0) music education or vocal performance. Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312, or consent of instructor. MUSC 394. Keyboard Literature and Pedagogy (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisite: junior standing and APP KEYBOARD 232. This course includes study of baton technique, beat pat- Spring, as needed. terns and gestures, cuing, transpositions, terminology, Discussed are the literature and history of keyboard instru- score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, pro- ments in addition to teaching materials for both private and gramming, seating arrangements, performer/conductor rap- class instruction. Memorization and sight reading are also port, and more. Students conduct live instrumental en- addressed. Students teach in one-on-one and class set- sembles both in the classroom and in the rehearsal hall. tings. Required for music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Required for music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Music Music degree with a concentration in keyboard perfor- degree with a concentration in either instrumental music mance. education or instrumental performance. MUSC 395. Special Topics in Music (3-3-0) MUSC 337. Music in the Elementary Schools (3-3-0) Prerequisite: as announced. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. As needed. Fall, as needed. Upper-level courses in music chosen to fulfill the needs of Fundamental procedures of and experiences in teaching students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree. Among elementary school music, stressing music materials suit- the composer and genre studies that have been offered are able for the first six grades. Methods discussed and prac- Haydn, Beethoven, Schumann, and Opera Literature. ticed include those of Orff, Kodaly, Suzuki, Manhattanville, MUSC 396. Woodwind Literature and Pedagogy (3-3-0) and Dalcroze. An introduction to fretted instruments and Prerequisite: junior standing and APP WOODWINDS 232. recorders is included also. The course requires field obser- Fall, as needed. vation and teaching experience in the public elementary A survey of solo and chamber music literature and the schools. Required for music majors pursuing the Bachelor historical development of the flute, oboe, bassoon, clari- of Music degree with a concentration in music education. net, and saxophone families. Teaching materials, including MUSC 340. Musical Theater Workshop (3-3-0) exercises, etudes, and methods for private and class in- Prerequisite: THEA 230 or consent of instructor. struction, are discussed in addition to learning the stan- Fall, rotational. dard orchestral excerpts of each instrument. Students teach Working with selected high spots from the musical in one-on-one and class settings. Required for music ma- theater repertory, student singers learn to balance the jors pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concen- technical requirements of a song with the emotional life tration in woodwind performance of the character and the action of the play. Culminates in MUSC 397. Brass Literature and Pedagogy (3-3-0) the preparation of a professional audition piece. Prerequisite: junior standing and APP BRASS 232. Spring, as needed. A survey of solo and chamber music literature and the historical development of the trumpet, horn, trombone, eu-

81 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS phonium, and tuba. Teaching materials, including exercises, MUSC 409/509. Paleography (3-2-2) etudes, and methods for private and class instruction, are Prerequisite: MUSC 303 or consent of instructor. discussed in addition to learning the standard orchestral As needed. excerpts of each instrument. Students teach in one-on-one This is a course in the interpretation of musical notation and class settings. Required for music majors pursuing the and texts that date from the early Medieval period. The Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in brass class transcribes monophonic and polyphonic examples performance. and interprets texts from manuscript facsimiles. Students MUSC 398. Percussion Literature and Pedagogy (3-3-0) learn about style and performance practices and acquire Prerequisite: junior standing and APP PERC 232. performance skills from their required participation in the Spring, as needed. Collegium Musicum. This course may be counted as one A survey of solo and chamber music literature. Also credit toward the ensemble requirement for music majors. studies the origin, development, and influences of MUSC 413. Counterpoint (3-3-0) indigenous instruments and their uses in contemporary Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312. music. Teaching materials, including exercises, etudes, Fall. and methods for private and class instruction, are A study through analysis and compositional assignments discussed in addition to learning the standard orchestral of modal and eighteenth-century counterpoint. After com- excerpts of each instrument. Students teach in one-on- pleting exercises in the techniques of species counterpoint, one and class settings. Required for music majors students study the larger forms of inventions, canons, pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentra- fugues, and chorale-based compositions. Required for all tion in percussion performance. music majors. MUSC 401W. Seminar in Music Bibliography-WI (1-1-0) MUSC 415. Orchestration (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312. junior standing. Spring, as needed. Fall and Spring. A course in which the basic concepts of arranging music A writing-intensive course intended to serve as a basic for various groups of instruments are studied. After a gen- course in identifying and employing materials available for eral survey of the instruments of the orchestra covering music research and writing. It prepares students for using ranges, clefs, timbre, special effects, and terminology, tech- those materials as professional practicing musicians and niques of actual orchestration are studied through written for the investigative study required and expected of music projects and analysis of scores. Required for music majors students in graduate programs. Required for all music ma- pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentra- jors. Satisfies writing intensive course requirement. tion in theory/composition. MUSC 407W/507. Music in America-WI (3-3-0) MUSC 416. Jazz Theory and Arranging (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312, 315 or consent of instruc- Junior standing. tor. Spring, as needed. Spring, as needed. A writing-intensive course in which music is studied as a A comprehensive study of techniques used in arranging part of America’s cultural history. Beginning with the mu- and composing for the small jazz or jazz-rock ensemble as sic transported to the New World by the Pilgrims and Puri- well as full jazz ensemble. Special emphasis is placed on tans, musical activity is traced chronologically into the twen- melody writing and preparing a lead sheet. Works arranged tieth century. Among major topics discussed are the sing- and composed vary from two-part voicing to six-part voicing school movement, nineteenth-century popular music, ing. Required for students pursuing the Professional Cer- the development of music education, American band mu- tificate in Jazz Studies. sic, the beginnings of jazz, the establishment of an indig- MUSC 420. Choral Literature and Conducting (3-3-0) enously American expression, and the coming of world Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312 and 314. prominence in music of the twentieth century. Required for Spring. all music majors. Satisfies writing intensive course require- A survey course which requires historical and structural ment. analysis and conducting of major choral literature from the MUSC 408. Jazz History and Literature (3-3-0) Renaissance to the present. Students conduct live en- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. sembles both in the classroom and in the rehearsal hall. Spring, as needed. Recommended for music majors pursuing the Bachelor of This course studies the evolution of jazz through various Music degree with a concentration in choral music educa- stylistic periods of the twentieth century, recognizes great tion. jazz artists and their contributions to the idiom, and ex- MUSC 430. Wind Literature and Conducting (3-3-0) pands one’s knowledge of jazz in recorded form. Required Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312 and 316. for students pursuing the Professional Certificate in Jazz Spring. Studies. A comprehensive study of wind groups focusing on in-

82 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS strumentation and literature from the earliest beginnings to MUSC 495/595. Special Topics in Music (credits vary) the present. Special emphasis on major works, composers, Prerequisite: as announced. stylistic changes, programming, and conducting. Students As needed. conduct live ensembles both in the classroom and in the Upper-level courses in music chosen to fulfill the needs of rehearsal hall. Required for music majors pursuing the Bach- students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree. The genre elor of Music degree with a concentration in instrumental and period courses that have been offered include: Orato- music education with an emphasis in band. rio, Baroque, and Classic. The course may also be used to MUSC 440. Orchestral Literature and Conducting (3-3-0) obtain credit for participation in National Workshop and Prerequisite: MUSC 310, 312 and 316. converences. Spring, as needed. MUSC 499/599. Independent Study or Thesis A comprehensive study of orchestral groups focusing on (Credits vary) instrumentation and literature from the earliest beginnings Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. to the present. Special emphasis on major works, compos- As needed. ers, stylistic changes, programming, and conducting. Stu- Independent study provides special opportunities for students conduct live ensembles both in the classroom and in dents to explore specific areas of music and research out- the rehearsal hall. Required for music majors pursuing the side the limitations of regular music offerings. Students Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in instru- desiring to pursue independent study should first receive mental music education with an emphasis in orchestra. the approval of a faculty member whose expertise is rel- MUSC 450. Vocal Literature (3-3-0). evant to the project and then submit a project proposal to Spring, rotational. the Director of Music. Required for music majors pursuing A survey of the development of western art music song the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in either with special emphasis placed on composers, poets, and music theory or music history and literature. compositions since the seventeenth century. Required for music majors pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree THE CURRICULUM IN APPLIED MUSIC with a concentration in vocal performance. APP MUSC 130. Applied Music: Piano, organ, strings, MUSC 490/590. The Falk Seminar in Music Historical harpsichord, woodwinds, brass, percussion, voice, theory, Research (3-3-0) composition, jazz improvisation, and conducting (1-0-0.5) Prerequisite: MUSC 303-304-305. Corequisite (music or (2-0-1) history majors only): FREN 201-202 or GERM 201-202. Prerequisite: consent of instructor and Director of Music. Corequisite: FREN 101-102 or GERM 101-102 if not taken Fall, Spring and Summer. as prerequisite. For one credit hour, students receive a twenty-five minute Spring. lesson per week for thirteen weeks. For two credit hours, A proseminar that facilitates the scholarly preparation, writ- students receive one fifty-minute lesson per week for thir- ing, and annotation of research findings through accurate teen weeks. APP MUSC 130 is intended for music majors and disciplined use of conventional style sheets. Students pursuing a minor area of performance. The repertoire for all are not required to conduct original research; instead, they lessons is determined by the instructor according to the examine and report on materials in the library and under- level and ability of the student. Students may repeat APP take a selected writing project. Students question each MUSC 130 up to eight times for credit toward graduation. other’s findings, methods, and procedures orally. Required An applied music fee is charged each semester (see fees for music majors pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree and financial information). with a concentration in music history and literature. APP MUSC 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332, and 431. Applied MUSC 491. Practicum in Music (3-0-3) Music: Piano, organ, strings, woodwinds, brass, percus- Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor; sion, theory, composition, jazz improvisation, and voice cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher; endorsement of two CNU (2-0-1) music faculty and the Director of Music. Prerequisite: music major or minor; consent of instructor As needed. and Director of Music. This course is a closely monitored, one-semester intern- Fall, Spring, and Summer. ship with a major arts organization, including The Virginia Students receive one fifty-minute lesson per week for thir- Symphony, The Virginia Opera, Virginia Musical Stage, teen weeks. Auditions are required for new students. The Cultural Alliance of Greater Hampton Roads, WHRO, and repertoire is determined by the instructor according to the Busch Gardens Williamsburg. Students must successfully level and ability of the student. A fifteen-minute hearing is complete a minimum of forty-two hours of on-site training required at the completion of APP MUSC 232 to determine for which they receive an evaluation by their training su- whether or not the student may advance to APP MUSC pervisor in the arts organization. The student must also 331. None of the credits can be repeated for credit toward present a Project Book to the training supervisor and the graduation. An applied music fee is charged each semester faculty supervisor.

83 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

(see fees and financial information). THEATER ARTS PROGRAM APP MUSC 133, 134, 233, 234, 333, 433. APPLIED Professor Steven Breese, Director MUSIC: PIANO, ORGAN, STRINGS, WOODWINDS, [email protected] BRASS, PERCUSSION, AND VOICE (2-0-1) (757) 594-8825 Prerequisite: Music performance major; consent of instructor and Director of Music. FACULTY Fall, Spring, and Summer. Assistant Professors: Breese, Gillman, Hillow, Sweet Students receive one fifty-minute lesson per week for thir- Instructors: Lloyd, Dickson teen weeks. Completion of APP MUSC 234 and acceptance Emerita: Wood into the Bachelor of Music degree with a concentration in performance are required to proceed to APP MUSC 333. For more than twenty-five centuries the art of theater has The instructor, according to the level and ability of the illuminated human feeling and behavior. A self-rewarding student, determines the repertoire. None of the applied humanist discipline, the study of theater stimulates self- music credits can be repeated for credit toward graduation. knowledge, intensifies social awareness, encourages inter- An applied music fee is charged each semester (see fees disciplinary collaboration and holds a vital place in liberal and financial arts education. APP MUSC 334. Applied Music: Junior BM Recital (2-0-1) Prerequisite: music performance major; consent of in- The Concentration in Theater Arts combines hands-on ex- structor and Director of Music; junior standing. perience in all aspects of stagecraft—acting, directing, Fall, Spring, and Summer. playwriting, design, stage management and technical the- A thirty-minute junior recital is required during the semes- ater—with a critical appreciation of dramatic literature. A ter of APP MUSC 334. The recital should include one work vigorous flexible curriculum balances classroom study with for chamber ensemble. None of the credits can be repeated practical production application. Our production season for credit toward graduation. An applied music fee is charged includes 3-4 ambitious offerings on the mainstage (Gaines each semester (see fees and financial information). Theatre) and 5-8 experimental “black box” productions (Stu- APP MUSC 432. Applied Music: Senior Recital (2-0-1) dio Theater). Prerequisite: music major; consent of instructor and Direc- tor of Music; senior standing. The Theater Arts Program practices professionalism. Fall, Spring, and Summer. Through small classes, attentive advising and active col- A sixty-minute senior recital is required during the semes- laboration, the faculty of professional theater artists, schol- ter of APP MUSC 432. The recital must include one work ars and practitioners mentor the artistic development and for chamber ensemble. None of the credits can be repeated academic progress of each student. CNU’s Theater Pro- for credit toward graduation. An applied music fee is charged gram prepares its graduates for a variety of professional each semester (see fees and financial information). opportunities, graduate study and/or careers in theater APP MUSC 434. Applied Music: Senior Bachelor of Music education. Recital (2-0-1) In academic year 2003-4, the Theater Arts Program will move Prerequisite: music performance major; consent of instruc- into CNU’s new Center for the Performing Arts, a state-of- tor and Director of Music; Senior standing. the-art facility housing two theaters of 440 and 125 seats, Fall, Spring, and Summer. along with scenic and costume shops, design labs, dance A sixty-minute senior recital is required during the semes- and rehearsal studios, classrooms and media center. ter of APP MUSC 434. The recital must include one work for chamber ensemble. None of the credits can be repeated for credit toward graduation. An applied music fee is charged OUR MISSION AT THEATER CNU each semester (see fees and financial information). • To OFFER our students opportunities to discover what it is to be a person of the theater. • To PROVIDE an intellectually and artistically stimulat- ing environment in which to study the art of theater. • To BROADEN our students’ understanding of society and culture by exploring personal expression through a variety of theatrical disciplines. • To PRACTICE theater by actively engaging in a search for vital connections between theater’s role in the past and present, and its future purpose in the world. • To SERVE as a major artistic and cultural resource for Christopher Newport University and the greater Hamp- ton Roads community.

84 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

The Theater Arts Concentration at CNU holds students to 2) Theater Arts Core Curriculum Requirements high artistic standards, collaborative conduct and scholasc • THEA 100, 210G*, 211G*, 232, 250, 252, 498 achievement. The program requires incentive and commit- • Four Semesters of THEA 250L ment—in the classroom, the rehearsal hall, backstage and • Select one course from: THEA 346, 366W, 367, in performance. The program expects all students to em- 461W or ENGL 421 brace appropriate discipline and professional conduct. 3) Successfully complete all course work in one These expectations, policies and practices are clearly ar- Theater Arts Track ticulated in the Theater CNU Handbook (available in Fine * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously and Performing Arts office). The Handbook is updated to satisfy, in part, certain general education requirements. each year and is to be used in conjunction with this catalog For details, see your academic advisor. when framing a student’s course of study in theater. The Theater Program offers various levels of artistic skill- Degree-seeking students in theater arts must choose an based classes. Students frequently find it valuable and area of emphasis, or track, before the fall semester of the desirable to take some of these upper-level classes multiple junior year. The theater arts program offers five tracks, each times in order to enhance skill in a particular area (i.e.: de- with additional course requirements, in the following disci- sign, acting, dance, etc.). The Theater Program offers stu- plines: dents the opportunity to re-take many of these upper-level • ACTING skill classes for additional credit. The expectations, as- • MUSIC-THEATER/DANCE sessment procedures, and grading of these classes is done • DESIGN/TECHNICAL THEATER on a case-by-case basis and is designed to best accommo- • DIRECTING/DRAMATIC LITERATURE date and serve the student repeating a class. The classes • ARTS ADMINISTRATION currently designated as “repeatable for credit” are: ACTING TRACK Students entering the acting track undergo the challenging THEA 330 Acting; The Pursuit of Realism rigors of actor training and rehearsal to expand and extend THEA 344 Dance Styles for the Musical Theater their own expressive capabilities through performance. THEA 351 Technical Theater II Opportunities to perform include mainstage plays and mu- THEA 354 Scene Design sicals, one-act festivals in the Studio Theater, student-di- THEA 356 Lighting Design rected scenes/one acts, and occasional roles at regional THEA 436 Play Directing II commercial venues. Grading policy in studio courses em- THEA 444 Advanced Dance Styles/Musical Theater phasizes focused participation and meaningful progress in THEA 452 Costume Design conjunction with inherent talent and acquired skill. Pro- THEA 454 Scene Design II duction and class critiques provide an open forum to pro- THEA 456 Light Design II vide feedback and acknowledge strengths and discoveries. Students wishing to re-take any of these classes need only alert their advisor prior to registration. (Courses that are In addition to satisfying all General Education, Interdisci- repeatable for credit will be given a letter designation by plinary and Theater Core requirements, the acting track the registrar’s office: “I” for introductory, “A” for advanced requires: or “P” for professional. These letters as well as the appro- 1) THEA 330^, 332, 334, 432, 430 priate title will appear on the student’s transcript). 2) Select one: THEA 338, 358, 431, 432, 434 or 444^ 3) Fifteen additional hours of approved upper-level Degree-seeking students pursuing the Concentration in Theater electives Theater Arts must achieve a minimum grade point average 4) Performance participation in at least three of 2.50, with no grades below C- in all Theater courses. productions Please be advised that these standards exceed university ^ Repeatable for credit minimums.

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Fine and Performing Arts MUSIC-THEATER/DANCE TRACK THEATER ARTS CONCENTRATION The music-theater/dance track demands the energy, disci- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- pline and dedication to pursue simultaneous studies in act- eral education and degree studies requirements, the Bach- ing, vocal performance and dance. Acceptance into this elor of Arts degree in Fine & Performing Arts: Theater Arts program also requires a singing audition with the Music Concentration recommends or requires the following faculty arranged during the freshman or sophomore year. courses: In addition to satisfying all General Education, Interdisci- 1) Interdisciplinary Requirements plinary and Theater Core requirements, the musical the- • Select one FNAR and one MUSC course: ater/dance track recommends MUSC 209-210 (Ear Train- FNAR 201G*, 202G*, MUSC 207G*, 208G* ing) and requires:

85 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

1) THEA 330^, 340, 344, 346, 444^ ARTS ADMINISTRATION TRACK 2) Select one: THEA 332, 334, 338, 430, 431 The arts administration track is an interdisciplinary course 3) At least six credit hours chosen from: APP MUSC of study that provides students with learning experiences 130, 131, 132, 231, 232 in multiple fields within a liberal arts context. This diverse 4) Twelve additional hours of approved upper-level course of study seeks to instill the student-artist with the Theater electives business savvy necessary to succeed in our highly com- 5) Performance participation in at least three petitive marketplace, and to free the business student to productions think and work more creatively. The arts administration track ^ Repeatable for credit prepares students for graduate study or a career in arts leadership. DESIGN/TECHNICAL THEATER TRACK The theatrical design arts – scenography, costume design, In addition to satisfying all General Education, Interdisci- lighting, sound and make-up – define setting, mood and plinary and Theater Core requirements*, the arts adminis- style, giving sensory life to the spectacle of drama. The tration track recommends: COMM 201, 211, PSYC 210, 211, design/tech track equips students to approach plays with ENGL 354W, BUSN 361. The Arts Administration Track both imagination and technical expertise – from research requires: and conceptualization to drafting and execution. The tech- 1) THEA 200, ACCT 201, ENGL 353W, 355, PHIL nical theater component offers hands-on training and ex- 374, THEA 492 perience in the backstage operations of theater production 2) Three semesters of THEA 200L* and in the craft of stage management. 3) Select one: COMM 328, 345, PSYC 313, 4) Select one: GOVT 385, 401 In addition to satisfying all General Education, Interdisci- *Three semesters of THEA 200L replace THEA 250L plinary and Theater Core requirements, the design/techni- in the Theater Core. cal theater track requires: 1) FNAR 218 FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS 2) THEA 350, 351, 354, 356, 358 For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has 2) Select one: THEA 452^, 454^, 456^ programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in Fine and Per- 3) Twelve additional hours of approved upper-level forming Arts with a concentration in Theater and the MAT Theater electives (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also includes ^ Repeatable for credit teacher licensure. Application to these programs is made during the second semester of the junior year. Because DIRECTING/DRAMATIC LITERATURE TRACK course sequencing is critical to success, interested stu- Emphasizing critical inquiry, scholarship script analysis and dents should talk to an advisor about their interest in the practical studio application students work to develop mas- five-year program early. For information about admission tery in the close reading and imaginative realization of plays. to the five-year program and program requirements, con- Augmented with courses in English, the directing/dramatic sult the Graduate Catalog (online at www.cnu.edu) or your literature track approaches texts and trends in a variety of department advisor. contexts, with persuasive relationships to the world outside the theater. This track prepares students to undertake READING LIST AND EXIT EXAM graduate study/professional training in directing, literature Successful completion of the theater arts program requires & criticism, playwriting or dramaturgy. each student to pass a written exit examination prior to graduation. The theater arts reading list includes important In addition to satisfying all General Education, Interdisci- dramatic literature with additional titles designated for each plinary and Theater Core requirements, the directing/dra- Track. This list serves as the basic curriculum for the pass/ matic literature track requires: fail exit exam. See Theater Handbook for more details. 1) ENGL 308 2) THEA 336, 350, 468 • Core Curriculum Reading List 3) Select two: THEA 346, 366W, 367, 436^, 461W, Aeschylus, Agamemnon ENGL 421 or SPAN 363 Sophokles, Antigone 4) Fifteen additional hours of approved upper-level Euripides, Medea Theater electives Shakespeare, Richard III, Hamlet, The Tempest, A ^ Repeatable for credit Midsummer Night’s Dream Calderón, Life Is A Dream Corneille, The Cid Moliere, The Misanthrope Henrik Ibsen, Hedda Gabler

86 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

Bertolt Brecht, Galileo rected learners, contributing through: team work and oral Anton Chekov, The Cherry Orchard presentations; in-class discussions; self-reflection through Pirandello, Six Characters in Search of an Author journalizing and peer-review. This is a course designed for Eugene Ionesco, The Bald Soprano students who have a strong desire to actively participate in Tennessee Williams, A Streetcar Named Desire the learning process. Arthur Miller, Death of a Salesman THEA 200L. Arts Administration Internship-Lab Samuel Beckett, Waiting for Godot (1-0-1) David Mamet, Glengarry Glen Ross Spring, Fall Tony Kushner, Angels in America (Parts I & II) This Arts Administration Laboratory is a course designed primarily for Theater Majors declared on the Arts Adminis- • Acting Reading List tration track. Its purpose is to provide students with prac- Konstantin Stanislavski, An Actor Prepares tical understanding, appreciation and experience with a wide Uta Hagan, Respect for Acting variety of artistic forms/expressions. Further, it is intended to give the student a clear perspective on what it means to • Music-Theater / Dance Reading List be a patron of the arts and to enhance their ability to criti- Konstantin Stanislavski, An Actor Prepares cally evaluate the artistic work. Students will attend vari- Foster Hirsch, Harold Prince and the American ous professional performances (both at CNU and through- Musical Theater out the greater Hampton Roads region), and critique the • Design / Technical Theater Reading List work presented. Arnold Aronson, American Set Design THEA 210G - 211G. Introduction to World Drama (3-3-0) • Directing / Dramatic Literature Reading List Prerequisite for THEA 211: THEA 210 Benedetti, The Director at Work Fall, Spring. William Ball, Sense of Direction What distinguishes the drama from all other genres of imaginative writing? What prompts a culture to animate stories THE MINOR IN THEATER ARTS through actors, dialogue and spectacle? In its long evolu- In addition to assuming successful completion of all gen- tion the drama has provided a stage for religious celebra- eral education and major degree requirements, the minor tion, civic debate, social propaganda, moral persuasion program in theater arts requires the following courses: and artistic storytelling in a rich range of styles. It is through 1) THEA 100, 210G, 211G, 232, 250L the performance of these texts that the art of theater is 2) Select one: THEA 250 (or) 252 experienced in all its many glories. THEA 210 concentrates 3) Select one: THEA 346, 366W, 367, 461W, on the influence of western drama in the 20th century, and ENGL 421 examines the popular emergence of non-western theatrical 4) At least three additional hours of approved voices. Through close reading of representative plays in- upper-level Theater electives cluding Ibsen, Chekov, O’Neil, Williams, Miller, Beckett, Ionesco and Mamet, students will develop and practice THE CURRICULUM IN THEATER ARTS skills in critical reading, thinking and writing. This class is THEA 100. What Is Theater? (1-1-0) strongly recommended for the non-major—required for [formerly THEA 300] Theater majors. THEA 211 concentrates on the evolution Fall. of the dramatic form from its classical origins including An orientation to the foundational elements of drama and encounters with ancient Asian drama. Some of the play- theater—both theoretical and practical. What are the ori- wrights explored include, Sophocles, Aristophanes, gins and nature of dramatic illusion? What social, political Marlowe, Shakespeare and Moliere. Both the THEA 210 & and religious forces have shaped and re-shaped the the- 211 classes focus on the study of dramatic texts in the ater? This introductory course will investigate the basic context of their intended venue: performance. genres, concepts and tools of dramaturgy: tragedy, com- THEA 230. Beginning Acting: Non-Majors (3-3-0) edy and tragicomedy; action, plot, character, theme and Fall. spectacle; the evolution of the stage director and scenog- Through ensemble exercises, explorations and theater raphy. Required of all majors. games in an atmosphere of mutual trust and support, this THEA 200. Principles of Arts Administration (3-3-0) class stimulates creative imagination and self-realization Alternate years while nurturing the actor’s tools of mind, body and voice. This course provides an overview of topics encountered in Combining fundamental approaches and essential terms the administration of not-for-profit arts organizations, in- drawn from Stanislavski, Grotowski and Viola Spolin, this cluding: leadership and team management; organizational actor’s “laboratory” emphasizes process over product, development and management; and financial management. evaluates participation over perfomrance, and requires con- Students are expected to participate in course as self-di-

87 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS sistent attendance and committed participation. Open to THEA 332. The Actor’s Voice (3-2-0) all students. With the consent of the Director of Theater, Prerequisite: THEA 232. exceptional students may substitute THEA 230 for THEA Fall. 232 to satisfy the core requirement of the Theater Arts ma- An essential element of the actor’s education, this studio jor. course provides concentrated training in vocal production THEA 232. Beginning Acting: Playing an Action (3-3-0) for the stage. Combining exercises in relaxation, breathing Fall. and projection with flexible approaches to speech and text, For Theater majors. The art of acting tunes the body and students develop techniques to break down acquired hab- opens the voice, sharpens awareness and inspires gener- its, neutralize regional inflections, and liberate the natural osity. Through safe play and rigorous exercise, this intro- voice as an expressive instrument of range, power and emo- duction to acting explores ensemble viewpoints and tional truth. soundwork, being present, developing a personal warm- THEA 334. The Actor’s Body (3-2-0) up, making and accepting offers through improvisation, Prerequisite: THEA 232. and various approaches to handling text. For majors only, Fall, alternate years. this course emphasizes participation and progress in con- This studio course will introduce actors in training to the junction with performance expectations. physical language of expressive stage movement. Through THEA 250. Introduction to Technical Theater (3-3-0) structured exercises and non-verbal improvisation, students Co-requisite: THEA 250L will develop heightened awareness of their bodies as flex- Fall, Spring. ible instruments of theatrical focus, gesture and character- Fundamentals of scenery construction, stage lighting and ization. production techniques in the contemporary theater. Stu- THEA 336. Fundamentals of Play Directing (3-1-4) dents will apply acquired skills to active backstage partici- Prerequisite: THEA 232, or consent of instructor. pation in a mainstage CNU production. Spring, alternate years. THEA 250L. Backstage Practicum (1-0-3) In this practical introduction to the craft and complexity of Pre- or co-requisite: THEA 250 (or) THEA 252 stage directing, students will investigate the empty stage Fall, Spring. space, learn to manipulate elements of composition and Laboratory experience to accompany THEA 250 and to blocking, and explore the basic vocabulary of storytelling provide students with practical understanding, appre- in the theater – focusing on the clarity and impact of stage ciation and hands on training in all areas of theatrical pictures. Students keep a journal of their directorial notes production. This hands-on experience also gives stu- and progress. dents the opportunity to assume a variety of essential THEA 338. Stage Combat & Swordplay (3-1-2) artistic and administrative responsibilities directly tied Prerequisite:THEA 330 and THEA 334 or 344. to practical theatrical production. Assignment and as- Spring, alternate years. sessment is managed by the CNU Technical director in A practical course offered for theater majors and minors, consultation with the Director of Theater. this course will teach foundations and technical skills in THEA 252. Introduction to Costume (3-2-2) the illusion of stage violence. Some of the areas approached [formerly THEA 352] in Stage Combat include rapier & dagger, unarmed/hand to Prerequisite: THEA 250 or consent of instructor. hand and broadsword/shield. In addition, students will re- Spring. ceive introductory technique training in such techniques This course introduces the student to basic costume de- as quarterstaff and film fighting as well as a variety of other sign and construction. Students learn principles of design, possible weapons. A final public presentation/performance collaboration and the importance of fashion as it reflects will be required of all participants. It is assumed that stu- various cultures and societies through history. Required dents enrolled have substantive background in stage move- lab hours provide hands-on experience with construction ment and/or dance and must have completed THEA 330/ techniques and many other aspects of the working cos- Playing an Action. tume design/construction studio. THEA 340. Musical Theater Workshop (3-3-0) THEA 330. Pursuit of Realism (3-2-1) [ same as MUSC 340] Prerequisite: THEA 232 and consent of instructor Fall, alternate years. Spring. Working with selected highspots from the musical theater The next step in the first year acting sequence, emerging repertory, student singers learn to balance the technical actors explore the basic operations of the actor’s craft in requirements of a song with the emotional life of the char- relation to realistic texts: playing an action with clarity, con- acter and the action of the play. Culminates in the prepara- viction and responding truthfully under imaginary circum- tion of a professional audition piece. stances. THEA 344. Dance Styles for the Musical Theater (3-0-3) Varies In this course students explore the basic dance vocabularies traditionally found in musical theater. A practical and

88 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS rigorous physical course, students will be introduced to a porary lighting design for the theater. Students will learn to variety of dance styles including (but not limited to), Jazz, articulate a theatrical vision of lighting based on script analy- Tap and Ballet. Student will be in the studio and dancing sis and collaboration, and how to manipulate lighting me- each class. Previous dance class helpful but not necessary. chanics to realize that vision on stage. Lab hours require THEA 346. History of Musical Theater (3-3-0) participation in a CNU production. Fall, alternate years.. THEA 358. Makeup for the Theater (3-1-3) The evolution and variety of the musical theater genre from Prerequisite: THEA 250 or consent of instructor. its melting-pot origins in minstrelsy, operetta, vaude-ville Fall, alternate years. and immigrant street song to the distinctly American post- This practical workshop introduces students to the basic war Broadway musical. Largely shaped by the genius of principles of theatrical makeup design and application. Stu- Gershwin, Kern, Rodgers and Hammerstein, Bernstein, dents will investigate the makeup design process through Sondheim and Lloyd Webber, the contemporary musical research, character analysis, production concept, render- continues to explore new forms of expression on the world ing and actualization. Required lab hours provide students stage. This course will consider the books and scores of the opportunity to hone skills as makeup staff for mainstage selected musical theater highspots, including Showboat, and studio productions. Oklahoma, West Side Story, Candide, Jesus Christ Super- THEA 361W. Broadway to Hollywood and Back-WI star and Sweeney Todd. (3-3-0) THEA 350. Stage Management (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence Prerequisite: THEA 250 Alternate Years Fall, alternate years. Since the advent of the talkies, plays of all types have This highly practical course examines the pivotal role and been regularly adapted for presentation as film. As complex craft of the stage manager in the theater. Students storytelling mediums, film and theater share many simi- will learn the vocabulary, techniques and professional pro- larities but are, at heart, vastly different art forms in tocols necessary to organize and manage every aspect of terms of their texts, modes of presentation, and audi- theatrical production – from posting the first audition no- ence sensibilities. This writing intensive (WI) course tice to calling the final light cue on closing night. Acquired examines famous plays of all genres – classics, such as skills include: organizing production meetings, developing A Midsummer Night’s Dream, musicals, such as Caba- a rehearsal schedule, maintaining a blocking script, run- ret, dramas, such as A Streetcar Named Desire, and ning tech rehearsals, and collaborating with the director, comedies, such as The Importance of Being Earnest – designers, actors, crews and house staff. and uses their transformations from stage to screen as a THEA 351. Tech Theater II (3-1-6) basis to appreciate dramatic literature and to compare Prerequisite: THEA 250 both art forms. The more recent trend of transforming Spring. films into plays is also examined. Satisfies Writing Inten- Tech Theater II is an intensive class offered for the dedi- sive Requirement. cated student of Theater. The course format combines THEA 366W. The Rise of Realism in the Theater-WI studio/practicum with integrated lecture. The necessary (3-3-0) construction and scenic studio time will be scheduled indi- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, THEA vidually in order to fabricate the required assignments. This 210 & 211. course requires students to further develop the skills and Fall, alternate years. techniques addressed in THEA 250. This includes (but is The closing decades of the nineteenth century engendered not limited to), welding, drafting and fundamentals of Tech- a period of intense intellectual probing that summoned nical Direction (planning, estimating, time management, etc). humankind to answer the fundamental question: what is Students will be given greater latitude and greater respon- real? Dramatists took up this responsibility in their the- sibility as they improve technical competency and learn aters, revolutionizing dramatic style and substance. Ibsen, the use of more exotic tools and practices. Hauptmann, Chekhov, Shaw and Wedekind created a body THEA 354. Scene Design (3-2-2) of plays that followed this question into the extreme forms Prerequisite: THEA 250 or consent of instructor. of social and individual behavior. Representative texts may Fall, alternate years. include study six of their plays: Hedda Gabler, The Wild A theoretical and practical introduction to the art and craft Duck, The Weavers, The Three Sisters, Heartbreak House of scenic design in the theater. Students will explore the and The Marquis of Keith. Satisfies Writing Intensive Re- collaborative design process as it evolves from script to quirement. sketch to model, and will learn to communicate through THEA 367. Modernism and the Avant-Garde (3-3-0) drawing, drafting, rendering and model-making. Prerequisite: THEA 210 & 211 or consent of instructor. THEA 356. Lighting Design (3-2-2) Spring, alternate years Prerequisite: THEA 250 or consent of instructor. Experiment as the means to uncover the situation of hu- Fall, Spring, alternate years. mankind defines twentieth century life, and especially its An introduction to the art, craft and technology of contem-

89 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS theater. A collection of dramatists working as experimentors, the concepts of Effort-Shape developed by Rudolf Laban playwrights of the avant-garde, created works that seem and Motif Description developed by Ann Hutchinson strangely separated from humanity’s past and more Guest, students will intensify and refine awareness of their strangely attached to something shocking or profound. bodies as flexible instruments of theatrical focus, gesture Strindberg, Pirandello, Lorca, Brecht, Ionesco and Beckett and characterization. wrote plays that help us experience the vitality of theater as THEA 436. Play Directing II: Text to Stage (3-1-4) experiment, forming what we have called “modernism.” Prerequisite: THEA 336 Representative texts may include: The Ghost Sonata, Six Spring, alternate years. Characters in Search of an Author, Yerma, The Life of Building on the foundations of picturization and story-tell- Galileo, The Bald Soprano and Endgame. ing, students will apply basic directorial skills to the hands- THEA 380. Production (1-0-3) or (2-0-6) on preparation, rehearsal and production of a short one-act Fall and Spring. play. Students will learn to research and defend a theatrical All CNU students may perform in mainstage productions concept, construct a director’s workscript, analyze a text (see Theater Handbook for audition details). Full-time stu- into actions and beats, design a dynamic ground plan, and dents may seek elective credit for their participation – one collaborate with actors through various coaching tech- or two credits per show to be determined by the director — niques. Students also keep a journal of their directorial notes but no more than three credits total may be used toward and progress. graduation. Students must be enrolled in a minimum of 12 THEA 437. Managing a Performance Career (3-3-0) credits before enrolling in this course. Prerequisite: THEA 330 THEA 395. Special Topics (3-3-0) Fall, alternate years. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Why does an acting audition succeed or fail within the Studies determined by instructor according to special needs first five seconds? What do directors look for and and interests of students and expertise of faculty. respond to? This intensive workshop course coaches THEA 430. Scene Study (3-2-2) advancing students to select, prepare and perform Prerequisite: THEA 330 and consent of instructor. effective monologues. Relevant issues include audition Spring, alternate years.. etiquette, anxiety and relaxation, handling verse and Concentrated practice in the analysis, preparation, rehearsal, heightened physicality, casting types and playing performance and critique of exemplary scenes from selected against the text. plays. THEA 444. Advanced Dance Styles/Musical Theater THEA 431. Styles of Acting (3-2-0) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: THEA 330 Prerequisite: THEA 344 or consent of instructor. Spring, alternate years. Varies. In this advanced actor’s workshop, students will confront For students advancing on the musical theater/dance the necessary challenges and problems of playing particu- track, this rigorous dance class will focus on the variety lar periods and styles on the contemporary stage, from the of jazz dance styles typical of the American musical heightened formality of classical and neo-classical tragedy theater. Through choreographed exercises and projects, and comedy to the expressionistic freedoms of avant-garde students experience how theatrical dances enhance story, theater. character, mood and period. THEA 432. The Actor’s Voice II—Verse and Text (3-3-0) THEA 452. Costume Design (3-2-2) Prerequisite: THEA 332. Prerequisite: THEA 352 Spring. Fall, alternate years. For advancing students in the Performance and Music This course considers advanced principles and practices Theater tracks, this course expands the principles and in- of costume design for the theater – from concept to con- tensifies the discipline of THEA 332 including explorations struction to realization. Required lab hours encourage stu- into heightened language verse and poetry. This course dents to participate in all aspects of costume support for places emphasis on vocal power and articulation as well as mainstage and studio productions. understanding scanning and performing Shakespeare’s THEA 454. Scene Design II (3-1-4) verse and other classical texts. Prerequisite: THEA 354 THEA 434. The Actor’s Body II (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: THEA 334. Building on the skills acquired in THEA 354, advancing Spring, alternate years. students will investigate specific principles and problems This advanced workshop incorporates movement, mime, of scenic design. Student designers will create a design dance and Laban techniques into improvisational exercises portfolio complete with floor plans, elevations and models. and creative movement projects designed to challenge and Directed projects also may include design assignments for enhance the expressive capabilities of the actor. Applying mainstage, studio or off-campus productions.

90 FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

THEA 456. Lighting Design II (3-1-4) THEA 498. Thesis Project (3-0-9) Prerequisite: THEA 356 Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall, alternate years. The Thesis Project is a capstone class created/ This advanced design class emphasizes computer-assisted arranged by the student in consultation with a faculty drawing and lighting technology. Students will work to cre- thesis advisor. The student and faculty thesis ate a lighting design portfolio that includes project analy- advisor determine the calendar of meeting times and ses, light plots, instrument schedules and related docu- due dates. ments. Directed projects also may include design assign- THEA 499. Independent Study (credits vary) ments for mainstage, studio or off-campus productions. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, consent of THEA 461W. The One-Act Play-WI (3-3-0) instructor. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, THEA An opportunity for independent study under the 210 & 211. guidance of a faculty advisor. Fall, alternate years. From the Greeks and Moliere to Chekhov and Mamet, the ADDITIONAL DRAMATIC LITERATURE COURSES one-act play, like the short story to the novelist, has of- Majors in the directing/dramatic literature track are en- fered dramatists a powerful venue for diverse experiment couraged to consider the following courses: and concentrated theatrical effect. Students will encounter ENGL 356W. Writing About Film-WI (3-3-0) seminal examples of short plays by Moliere, Anton Chekov, Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. August Strindberg, Eugene O’Neill, Thornton Wilder, Ten- Fall. nessee Williams, Edward Abee, Samuel Beckett, Leroi This course offers students the opportunity to hone Jones, Tom Stoppard, Sam Shepard and Peter Handke. Sat- their analytic writing skills by investigating the artistic isfies Writing Intensive Requirement. and cultural construction of films and how writers write THEA 468. Playwriting Seminar (3-3-0) about film. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. Prerequisite: THEA 210 & 211 or consent of instructor. ENGL 421. Shakespeare (3-3-0) Fall, alternate years. Prerequisite: ENGL 308W or consent of instructor. What makes a story a script? What makes a script stage- Fall and Spring. worthy? Building from simple scenarios, scores and situa- A survey of Shakespearian drama with emphasis on tions, students will work to develop a playwright’s vocabu- the major plays. lary of dramatic form and theatrical expression, including MLAN 206G. The Drama in English Translation principles of structure, action, dialogue, character and spec- (3-3-0) tacle. The seminar culminates in the authorship and revi- Spring. sion of original ten-minute one-act plays – with opportuni- This team-taught course introduces students to ties to mount new works in CNU’s Studio Theater. Open to master pieces of foreign drama in English translation. motivated writers of all backgrounds. Viewed in both thematic and historical terms, selected THEA 491. Theater Practicum (credits vary) works reflect the cross-cultural differences between Prerequisite: major with junior or senior standing. western Europe and evolving nations. Dramatists Student-proposed practical or theoretical projects carried include Euripides, Goethe, Brecht, Sartre, Lorca and out in collaboration with CNU or off-campus organiza-tions. Genet. Requires faculty approval and supervision. THEA 492. Arts Administration Internship (3-0-10) Part-time internship (100-120 hours) in arts administration in association with local arts organizations. The internship provides the student the opportunity to assist in areas such as special events planning, publicity, press relations, grant writing and research, education and program development, finance and volunteer management or other arts administration tasks appropriate to the needs of the supervising agency. THEA 495. Special Topics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor. Availability and topic to be announced.

91 GERONTOLOGY

GERONTOLOGY Prof. Cheryl Mathews, Director Assistant Professor of Social Work Administration Building, Room 318 (757) 594-7111 or 7110 email: [email protected]

THE MINOR/CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN THE CURRICULUM IN GERONTOLOGY GERONOLOGY BIOL 234. Aging and Health: Biological and Physi- Christopher Newport University offers a multi-disciplinary ological Perspectives (3-3-0) minor in gerontology for undergraduates and a certificate Prerequisites: BIOL 107-108 or consent of instructor. program for practitioners in the community. The program is Examination of the aging process and consequent changes designed to meet the following student goals: in human physiology and body systems. Relationship of 1) Provide a body of knowledge about older persons physiological changes to health and nutritional problems. combined with skills obtained from the student’s Survey of major health problems and interventive possi- major discipline to prepare for careers in nursing bilities. home administration, administrative positions in PSYC 340. Psychology of Adulthood and Aging (3-3-0) community aging programs, research and plan- Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211 or consent ning, recreation, social work, counseling, adult of instructor. education, and others. A study of the psychological processes involved in the 2) Offer a certificate program to practitioners in middle and later years of human development from young gerontology-related-fields who wish to extend adulthood to the end of the life cycle. their knowledge base in gerontology while SOCL 305. Sociology of Aging (3-3-0) working in the community. Suggested prerequi- Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing. site is an associate degree or equivalent. Specific Study of the process and effects of aging or ageism. Demo- pre-requisites must be met or waived by consent graphic trends and their implications. Impact of sociocul- of instructor. tural factors on physical and psychological functioning. 3) Serve as a minor for the student who has no career The social environment of older people, including living goals in the field but has an interest in gerontol- environments, finances, family, and friends. Effect of retire- ogy. Any of the courses may be taken without ment. Programs servicing the elderly. commitment to the entire program. SOCL 491. Practicum in Sociology (3-0-8) Prerequisites: SOCL 391, 392, and senior standing. The program in gerontology requires successful comple- The practicum in sociology consists of 150 hours in an tion of 18 credits of course work, 12 credits of which are approved community setting. Its purpose is to give the core requirements. The additional six credits may be cho- student the opportunity to correlate theory with practice. sen according to the student’s interests. Core requirements Written work will include a log and a final paper synthesiz- for the program in gerontology are: BIOL 234, PSYC 340, ing the student’s experience. Practicum must be approved SOCL 305, and either SOCL 491, SOWK 401, or approved by the department before the student registers. substitute. It is anticipated that courses in the core requirements will be offered in alternate years. The following courses, with course descriptions appearing in appropriate sections throughout the catalog, are electives for the program in gerontology: PHIL 384; SOCL 315; SOWK 260; SOWK 368; and SOCL 492 or SOWK 492. Students using these elective courses for the program in gerontology will be expected to focus on the elderly. Elective courses are not necessarily offered on a regular basis.

92 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

DEPARTMENT OF GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS Professor Harry Greenlee, Chair 200 Ratcliffe Hall (757) 594-7469 email: [email protected]

FACULTY Internship Opportunities Professors: Doane, Miller The Department participates with public, non-profit and Associate Professors: Carlson, Green, H. Greenlee, Kidd for-profit organizations in the creation of internship experi- Assistant Professors: Barnello, Camobreco, Colvin, ences. The Department believes that a planned and super- Cowell-Meyers, vised on-the-job internship serves to further the educa- Instructors: Crippen, Wyatt tional interests of the student and the University and to Emeriti: Killam, Williams, Winter strengthen the interdependence between the University and the community. An intern secures valuable, first hand The study of political science is an integral part of the knowledge of an actual work situation and contributes his liberal arts education at Christopher Newport University. or her abilities to the operation of the sponsoring organiza- Political science empowers students by teaching them to tion. The participating organization has the opportunity to identify and define important issues in the world around assist in the educational process by providing a vibrant them, to think critically about these issues, and to engage learning environment and communicating the interest and others in making a positive difference. Political science concerns of the community to the University. also helps students improve their analytical and problem- Law School Preparation solving skills by teaching them to develop and evaluate The Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and the Bachelor arguments using different methods of analysis. In expos- of Science in Governmental Administration are excellent ing students to cultures, values, ideas and perspectives preparation for admission to and success in law school. that differ from their own, from ancient Greek political theory Courses involving rigorous analytical skills are strongly to modern techniques of policy evaluation, the study of recommended by law school admissions committees. Re- political science provides opportunities for students to cent departmental graduates have been admitted to law investigate human society and to understand their role as schools at the University of Richmond, The College of responsible citizens in today’s diverse world. William and Mary, George Mason University, the Univer- Political science is often understood as the study of cur- sity of Delaware, the University of Nebraska, Penn State rent events or contemporary political history. The disci- University, the University of Pittsburgh, and the Univer- pline of political science also applies theories, concepts, sity of Wisconsin, among others. Students interested in and methods to the study of political phenomena. Stu- attending law school should contact their academic advi- dents of political science consider, for example, the nature sors to plan an appropriate course of study. of equality, crime and justice, the reasons for and alterna- Graduate Studies Preparation tives to war, the challenges of balancing social controls The Bachelor of Arts in Political Science is excellent prepa- with personal freedoms, the politics of punishment, the ration for admission to and success in graduate studies. conditions that are necessary for democracy to flourish, Political science students can pursue graduate studies in the role of gender in public life, the policy options for numerous areas related to political science, public admin- dealing with AIDS in Africa, the future of the United Na- istration, criminal justice, and international relations. Re- tions, and the causes of revolution and criminality in gov- cent departmental graduates have been admitted to gradu- ernment. ate programs at Old Dominion University, The College of Because our students are trained to question traditional William and Mary, George Mason University, American interpretations of the political world, to wrestle with fun- University, Virginia Tech University, the University of Illi- damental problems, and to develop their own ideas about nois, the University of Florida, the University of Missis- the forces that guide politics, they are prepared for careers sippi, California State University at Long Beach, and the in a wide-variety of fields. Recent CNU political science University of Michigan, among others. Students interested graduates have gone on to careers in local, state, and fed- in pursuing graduate studies should consult their academic eral governments, public and semi-public agencies, non- advisors to plan an appropriate course of study. profit organizations, international organizations, business, politics, as well as to advanced studies in graduate and law schools.

93 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL 101* or 202. Students seeking a minor must choose their SCIENCE courses in consultation with an assigned departmental The Bachelor of Arts in Political Science is a rigorous aca- advisor. demic program that provides a general liberal arts back- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously ground for the study of government and politics. The to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree department offers courses in American politics, pre-law, studies requirements For details, see your academic advi- justice studies, international relations and comparative sor. politics, leadership, public administration, and political theory. FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has In addition to the General Education Requirements (see programs leading to a bachelor’s degree Political Science index), the Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science the MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also requires 42 hours including core courses and upper level includes teacher licensure. Application to these programs and lower level Government elective courses. Elective is made during the second semester of the junior year. courses will be selected in consultation with your aca- Because course sequencing is critical to success, inter- demic advisor. The Bachelor of Arts degree in political ested students should talk to an advisor about their inter- science requires successful completion of the following est in the five-year program early. For information about courses: admission to the five-year program and program require- 1) Core Courses: GOVT 100*, 101*, 215, 352, 490. ments, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at 2) Select 27 hours in GOVT courses in consultation www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. with your academic advisor. At least 24 hours must be numbered at the 300-400 levels. Advising tracks THE CURRICULUM IN POLITICAL are designed to help students focus on areas of par- SCIENCE ticular interest. Students may opt to select courses GOVT 100. Introduction to Politics (3-3-0) from different advising tracks or decide not to fol- Fall, Spring and Summer. low an advising track. An introduction to theoretical and empirical approaches to the study of politics and government in the world today. Advising Tracks for students interested in: The course focuses on political issues in relation to the principal concepts, ideas, theories, and methods of the • Justice Studies: GOVT 243, 332, 347, 363, 368W. study of the political world, including the ideas of the state, GOVT 491 is recommended. the citizen, government, power, ideology, conflict, and different political systems. Opportunities for continued study • Leadership Studies: GOVT 384, 385, 386, 400, in governmental and political careers are examined. 401. GOVT 491 is recommended. GOVT 101. Introduction to American Politics (3-3-0) Fall, Spring and Summer. • American Politics: GOVT 202, 333, 344, 354, 461. An introduction to the dynamics of the American political GOVT 491 is recommended. system. The course focuses on political institutions such as the presidency, Congress, the judiciary, bureaucracy, • International Relations/Comparative Politics: elections, political parties, and interest groups. GOVT 125L, 311W, 323, 325, 327, 402. GOVT 491 GOVT 125L - Model United Nations Laboratory is recommended. (Conferences) (Credits vary) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. • Pre-Law: GOVT 316, GOVT 363, GOVT 365, Spring. GOVT 367, GOVT 375. GOVT 494 is recom- A study of the structure, history and functions of the United mended. Nations, and of the major economic, social and political issues currently before the United Nations. The course • Public Administration: GOVT 371W, 450, 460, combines both substantive knowledge and debates of ma- 470, 480W. GOVT 491 is recommended. jor issues with preparation for Model United Nations con- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously ferences. In simulated committee settings, students repre- to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree sent an assigned state, and work with other students in studies requirements For details, see your academic advi- preparation of proposed resolutions, and then present their sor. proposals. This course includes instruction in the rules of procedure and protocol, resolution writing and preparation THE MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE of state and issue briefs. This is a variable credit hour The minor in Political Science requires 18 credits in Politi- laboratory; one to three per semester. The maximum al- cal Science, including six credits chosen from GOVT 100*,

94 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS lowed credit hours for this laboratory is six. Students reg- GOVT 311W. Comparative Politics-WI (3-3-0) ister for the number of hours in accordance with expected Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, GOVT conferences to be attended. The course will run concur- 100 or 101, or consent of instructor. rently for the first three weeks with GOVT 325 or 323. Fall. GOVT 202. State and Local Government (3-3-0) A comparative study of the governmental processes of Fall, Spring and Summer. selected nations in terms of their ideologies, institutions, A survey of the structure, functions, and issues of state political organizations, and policies such as social welfare, and local governments in the U.S. Includes such topics as crime control, urbanization, economic management, and federalism, the new role of the states, local government foreign affairs. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. structures and elections, reform movements, and issues GOVT 316. Constitutional Law (3-3-0) and problems of modern local governments. Prerequisite Courses: Minimum junior standing or consent GOVT 215. Comparative and International Politics of instructor. (3-3-0) Spring. Prerequisite Courses: none This course will explore the fundamentals of constitutional Fall and Spring. law. Civil rights and civil liberties through the study of This course will introduce students to the political world many landmark U.S. Supreme Court cases will be studied. beyond our borders. It combines the study of the interna- The restrictions on government and resolution of political tional state system with the study of politics within states. questions through the courts will be covered. The course will involve critical thinking about world issues GOVT 323. American Foreign Policy (3-3-0) and the organization of society and require students to Prerequisite: GOVT 100, 101 or consent of instructor. debate contemporary political issues such as what respon- Spring, alternate years. sibility rich countries have towards poor countries, what A seminar examining the foundations of American foreign tactics are legitimate for pursuing political gains, when war policy including issues of world leadership, military strat- is just and what challenges exist to organizing internation- egy, economic relations, and the institutional processes in ally. the formulation of foreign policy. GOVT 243. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3-3-0) GOVT 325. International Organizations (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisite: GOVT 100, 101 or consent of instructor. A survey of the criminal justice system and overview of the Spring, alternate years. major system components: law enforcement, judiciary and A seminar examining the influence of state and non-state corrections; theories of crime causation and use of crime international organizations on the world system. Particular statistics. The focus is on identifying the relationships attention is given to international organizations as an inte- among the components of the criminal justice system and grated system operating in a post-Cold War environment. other components of government, critical thinking and is- GOVT 327. International Law (3-3-0) sues confronting the system and the various components. Fall, alternate years. GOVT 291. Community Service Internship An examination of the nature, sources, and applications of (credits vary) international law; international agreements, territorial au- Fall and Spring. thority; nationality and statelessness. State responsibility The community service internship provides opportunities and international claims; and force and the law of wars. for students (1) to serve the community, (2) to explore a GOVT 332. White Collar Crime and the Government possible career field, and (3) to gain experience in under- (3-3-0) standing the effectiveness of organizations and their pro- Prerequisite Courses: Minimum junior standing or consent grams. Interns serve in a governmental or non-profit or- of instructor ganization. For-profit organizations may be utilized if there The first portion of this class addresses criminal behavior is a clear connection between the program’s purpose and by persons in their capacity as government officials (gov- the public’s well-being. The course may be enrolled for ernment as offender). The second portion-the larger of the one, two or three credit hours, requiring 25, 50 or 75 hours two—addresses the response by the government to white- of community service respectively with an organization collar crime, especially through regulatory agencies (gov- approved by the instructor of record. The discussion of ernment as enforcer). The focus on government as of- assigned readings and a weekly journal are required of all fender and government as enforcer is analyzed in terms of participants on such topics as the role of volunteers in the American political structure formal organizations, liability, services delivery effective- GOVT 333. Legislative Politics (3-3-0) ness, political pressure, and career opportunities. The Prerequisite: GOVT 100, 101 or consent of instructor. course may be taken for a letter grade or pass/fail. A final Fall, alternate years. paper analyzing the experience is required of those stu- A seminar focusing on the concepts and theoretical tools dents seeking a letter grade. 1-3 hours lecture and online. commonly used in the analysis of legislative bodies and

95 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS legislation. Particular attention is given to understanding GOVT 359. Ideologies and Politics (3-3-0) how an individual wins a congressional election, how mem- As needed bers of Congress act and why they act the way they do, An analysis of such contemporary ideologies as liberalism, and what impact Congress has on public policymaking. democratic socialism, Marxism, fascism, conservatism, po- GOVT 344. The Presidency (3-3-0) litical Islam, and nationalism in relation to their significance Prerequisite: GOVT 100, 101 or consent of instructor. for contemporary political movements and international Fall, alternate years. affairs. A seminar examining the American presidency, with a par- GOVT 363. The Judicial Process (3-3-0) ticular focus on its constitutional foundation, the process Prerequisite: GOVT 101 or consent of instructor. of selection, presidential leadership, and presidential rela- Fall. tions with other political institutions and the public. An examination of institutional analysis of the judiciary in GOVT 347. Punishment, Politics, and Policy (3-3-0) the context of socio-political conceptions of adjudication Prerequisite Courses: Minimum junior standing or consent with emphasis on the role of courts in American society. of instructor GOVT 365. Crime and Defendants’ Rights (3-3-0) Criminal behavior is sanctioned by American courts with Spring. various punishments that range from community supervi- First Amendment rights and the rights of criminal defen- sion to confinement in jails and prisons. This course exam- dants, public law principles defining criminal acts, and the ines how public opinion and our representative form of rules of evidence used in criminal trials and in administra- government affect the creation, implementation, and func- tive proceedings. tion of public policy in the U.S. judicial system. GOVT 367. Administrative Law (3-3-0) GOVT 352. Research Methods and Quantitative Prerequisite: GOVT 200 or consent of instructor. Analysis (3-3-0) Spring. Prerequisite: MATH 125 or consent of instructor. An examination of judicial and non-judicial control of the Fall and Spring. administrative process, procedural due process and the An examination of the common methodological issues of right to an administrative hearing, rules and rule making, social science research along with an introduction to the and procedures for obtaining judicial review. quantitative method. Topics include the conceptual foun- GOVT 368W. Comparative Criminal Justice dations of research and the basic elements of research, Systems-WI (3-3-0) research design and structure, data collection, and data- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. analysis techniques. Spring. GOVT 354. Political Campaigns and Elections (3-3-0) The course presents an overview of the criminal justice Prerequisite: GOVT 100, 101 or consent of instructor. systems in the United States and other countries. The law Fall, alternate years. enforcement, judiciary and corrections components are ex- A seminar examining the theoretical, historical and political amined within various national systems to identify the func- principles of political campaigns and elections in the United tions which best serve host political systems. Issues relat- States. Particular attention is given to understanding the ing to the administration of justice within the context of various factors that influence individual election outcomes, urban and rural settings are also examined. Satisfies Writ- how elections impact the operation of government and ing Intensive requirement. public policy, and influences on elections such as the me- GOVT 371W. Introduction to Public dia, political action committees, and political parties. Administration-WI (3-3-0) GOVT 357. Theories of Democracy (3-3-0) Prerequisite: GOVT 101, 202 or GOVT 100, 101 or consent As needed. of instructor, six-hour freshman English sequence. A survey of various contemporary positions concerning Fall and Spring. the nature of democratic government. Particular emphasis An introduction to management in public, non-profit, and will be placed on revisions of the democratic ideal and chal- international career fields. The course concentrates upon lenges to those revisions. Concepts to be considered in- examining resources for creating successful, high perfor- clude elite competition, oligarchy, polyarchal democracy, mance organizations. Primary topics of study include the pluralism, apathy, participation, party systems, political sta- role of politics in public administration, structural and hu- bility, and the effect of technological change on represen- man resources available for creating efficient and effective tative institutions. programs, communication styles and strategies, and bud- GOVT 358. Political Theory (3-3-0) geting and evaluation techniques and strategies. Satisfies Prerequisite: junior standing. Writing Intensive requirement. Fall and Spring. GOVT 375. Employment Law (3-3-0) An analysis of the central issues raised by major political Fall. thinkers from Plato to Marx. Concepts to be examined in- This course will examine court decisions, as well as state, clude natural law, the state, freedom, obligation, equality, federal, and constitutional laws that impact the employ- and political change.

96 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS ment environment. Particular emphasis will be given to reform is discussed. Leadership based on moral authority federal laws such as Title VII, Americans with Disabilities to govern is considered, as is the nature of power, influ- Act, Equal Pay Act, Age Discrimination Act, and specific ence, persuasion, and coercion. The perceived lack of trust Civil Rights Acts. Students will gain an understanding as in public officials, campaign financing, and the political to why these laws came into existence and how prospec- influence of lobbyists are explored in terms of impact on tive/current employees and supervisors are affected. effective leadership. Case studies of selected leaders are GOVT 384. Leading Change (3-3-0) used to identify effective leadership practices in political Fall. and civic settings. This course examines models of change with particular GOVT 401. Leadership in Public Organizations (3-3-0) emphasis on group processes and the role of leadership. Spring. Change is explored as a process that presents opportuni- An examination of leadership in public, non-profit, for-profit, ties and challenges for internal and external change. The private and international career fields. The course concen- course analyzes resistance to change and how leadership trates upon developing leadership knowledge and skills processes can be developed and employed to facilitate and essential for successful management performance. Students motivate change. Techniques for effective communication, interview professionals, critique leader performance, ana- intervention, and conflict resolution are reviewed. Analyti- lyze case studies, and prepare technical reports/presenta- cal methods to identify the need for change and individu- tions. Subjects of investigation include trust, risk taking, als’ readiness for change are discussed. values, reinventing government, diversity, employee moti- GOVT 385. Leadership Theory and Research (3-3-0) vation, leadership theories and strategies, coalition build- [Same as LDSP 385] ing, strategies to gain power and influence, decision bases, Fall. mediation, leadership styles and strategic planning sys- This course examines salient theories, approaches, and the tems. accumulated research-based understanding of the theo- GOVT 402. International Relations Theory and World retical construct of leadership. Emphasis is placed on the Issues (3-3-0) evolution of leadership theory and contribution of research Prerequisite: GOVT 100 or 101 or consent of instructor. to the synthesis of historical leadership perspectives in Fall, alternate years. contemporary leadership models. Enduring elements, on- A seminar examining the central international relations theo- going controversies, emerging trends, and contemporary ries including realism, neo-realism, liberalism, neo-liberal- research are examined. The role of leadership is distin- ism, within the context of contemporary world issues. guished from that of management. GOVT 450. Ethics in Government and Politics (3-3-0) GOVT 386. Values Leadership (3-3-0) [formerly GOVT 355] Spring. Fall and Spring. This course examines the paradigm of “values leadership” An examination of the process of generating criteria de- (Fairholm, 1991) as a theory and a philosophy. “Values lead- rived from democratic theory for making ethical judgments. ership” is based on selecting, defining, modeling, and pro- The application of criteria to political situations as depicted moting values to unify individuals in striving toward a in selected case studies. A review of ethical principles and shared vision. Values leaders create a culture of trust and their application, misleading assumptions, and false dis- leverage core values that inspire individuals to a higher tinctions that may obstruct effective ethical decision-mak- level of motivation, morality, and achievement. Terminal, ing about political actions. instrumental, and organizational values are explored. The GOVT 460. Public Policy Analysis (3-3-0) techniques of visioning, culture shaping, developing self- [formerly GOVT 361] led followers, fostering trust, and ethical decision making Prerequisite: GOVT 352 or equivalent. are explored. The course considers the moral responsibili- Falll. ties associated with leading followers. This course provides students with basic analytic meth- GOVT 395. Topics in Government and Public Affairs ods used at different stages in the public policy process, (3-3-0) from verifying and defining problems to program evalua- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. tion. Systematic examinations of public policy issues will As needed. be performed using quantitative and qualitative techniques. An examination of problems, issues, practices, or recent Students will develop basic competency in the application developments in government and public affairs. A maxi- of economic models and techniques – such as benefit-cost mum of nine credits may be counted toward a degree. analysis, forecasting, and net present value – in the analy- GOVT 400. Leadership in the Political Process (3-3-0) sis of public policy issues. Computer spreadsheets and Spring. software will be used to analyze data, perform calculations, This course examines the nature of leadership within the and generate interpretive results. political process, including elected institutions and civic leadership in communities. Local-level leadership of social

97 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

GOVT 461. Seminar in Local, State and Regional and practice are required. Recommended for advising tracks Politics (3-3-0) in American Politics, Justice Studies, Leadership Studies, Prerequisite: GOVT 101, 202 or consent of instructor. Public Administration and International Relations. A maxi- Spring, altermate y ears. mum of six credits maybe counted toward a degree. A seminar on topics related to local, state and regional GOVT 492. Senior Research (3-3-0) political issues. Specific topics vary from year to year. Prerequisite: GOVT 101, 202, or GOVT 100, 101, and se- GOVT 470. Public Budgeting (3-3-0 ) nior standing; or consent of instructor. Recommended for [formerly GOVT 391] Government and Public Affairs majors and minors only. Prerequisite: GOVT 371 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring and Summer. Spring. This course is designed as a capstone academic experience An introduction to budgeting in public, non-profit, and through the conduct of independent research and the writ- international career fields. The course concentrates upon ing of a concise, well-developed paper intended for a pro- developing budgeting knowledge and skills essential for fessional audience. The research should contribute sig- successful management performance. Students interview nificantly to the student’s knowledge of a content area and professionals to gather budgetary information and develop familiarity with a research methodology in political science proposals for actual programs. Areas of broad coverage or governmental administration. The product of the course include the role of politics, budget strategies, line person- should be a significant example of the student’s academic nel and first line supervisors, vision, goals, objectives, and credentials in terms of knowledge, skills and abilities. The strategic planning, and the relationship between revenue research process is designed to achieve the degree goals systems, revenues and services. of the Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and the Bachelor GOVT 480W. Public Human Resources of Science in Governmental Administration. Management-WI (3-3-0) [formerly GOVT 381W] GOVT 494. Practicum in Legal Studies (3-3-8) Prerequisite: GOVT 371W or consent of instructor, six-hour Prerequisite: senior standing or consent of instructor. Le- freshman English sequence. gal Studies/Prelaw only. Fall. Spring. An analysis of modern methods and theories in human Part-time internship with a legal services institution. Peri- resources management/personnel administration including odic conferences, written evaluations, and research project. hiring, promotion, performance evaluation, dismissal, and A maximum of six credits may be counted toward a degree. training. Critical issues such as merit, affirmative action, GOVT 495. Advanced Topics in Government and Public reverse discrimination, unionization, and employee strikes Affairs (3-3-0) are studied to assess their impact upon individuals, se- Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of instructor. lected population groups, and organizations. Satisfies As needed. Writing Intensive requirement. An examination at an advanced level of problems, issues, GOVT 490. Senior Seminar in Political Science practices, or recent development in political science. A (3-3-0) maximum of nine credits may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisite: senior standing, departmental major, and GOVT 499. Independent Studies in Government and completion of all other core courses in political science. Public Affairs (credits vary) Required of all majors. Offered Spring and Fall. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and consent of This seminar course is designed as a capstone academic instructor. experience in which each student is expected to demon- As needed. strate independent research skills, prepare and present a The purpose of this course is to enable a qualified student formal paper, and participate in the discussion and analysis to enrich his/her program through independent work. The of presentations by other members of the seminar. The for- topic and evaluation are agreed upon in writing by the mal paper should be a significant example of the student’s student and faculty member supervising the effort. This academic credentials in terms of knowledge, skills, and abili- should be completed by the end of pre-registration for the ties. In addition, each student will complete a standardized session in which the study will take place. A student should assessment relevant to the political science field. have a minimum overall GPA of 2.5. Copies of the study GOVT 491. Senior Practicum (3-3-8) plan, attached to an independent study authorization form, Prerequisite: GOVT 101, 202, or GOVT 100, 101 and senior must be filed with appropriate college offices. A student standing, or consent of instructor. may take a maximum of three hours of independent study in Fall, Spring and Summer. a semester and a maximum of six hours in his/her total aca- Part-time and full-time internships with government, mili- demic program. tary, for-profit, or non-profit organizations. Periodic conferences, written evaluations, and final paper relating theory

98 GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

THE CURRICULUM IN GEOGRAPHY environment in the areas of resource usage and environ- GEOG 201. Introduction to Geography I (3-3-0) mental degradation are covered. Fall and Spring. GEOG 361. Introduction to GIS (3-3-0) This course begins with a broad overview of certain physi- Prerequisite: GOVT 352, MATH 125 or equivalent, or con- cal aspects of geography (world landforms, climates, and sent of instructor. ecosystems) and of map and globe skills. The course then Fall. moves to an examination of the developed regions of the Geographic Information Systems (GIS) are becoming an world (Europe, North America, Russia, the newly indepen- increasingly common tool in the public and private sectors. dent states of the former Soviet Union, and Japan) as well The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the as of Latin America. Attention will be given to customs of use of GIS for the analysis of contemporary geographic- the people, urban and rural patterns of settlement, regional based issues/problems. The course will provide students economic activities, and political units. Throughout the with an introduction to, and an understanding of, basic course relationships between people and their environment concepts, procedures, and applications of GIS for planning will be stressed. A variety of visual aids will be used. Rec- and evaluation of geographic-based issues/problems. The ommended for teacher education students. course combines general readings that introduce students GEOG 202. Introduction to Geography II (3-3-0) to the basic concepts and uses of GIS, as well as specific Spring. case studies where students will evaluate the use of GIS in Continuation of Geography 201, with emphasis on certain analyzing contemporary geographic-based issues. Finally, underdeveloped regions of the world (Africa, the Middle the course incorporates hands-on use of a PC-based GIS. East, and Asia). Special exercises in summarizing and pre- Students will develop sufficient skills in the use of the PC- senting geographic information. Recommended for teacher based GIS to enable them to complete a GIS-based analysis education students. for a contemporary issue/problem. GEOG 311. Physical Geography (3-3-0) GEOG 395. Topics in Geography (3-3-0) Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or consent of instructor. As needed. Fall. Selected topics in geographic subjects. This is a survey course stressing the areal distribution and functional interrelationships of the physical elements over the surface of the earth. The course aims to increase student awareness of similarities and differences in the physical environment from place to place. In order to understand these place to place variations, students study the physical processes involved. Topics to be covered include the study of landforms and the processes that create them (weathering, erosion, deposition, diastrophism and volca- nism), aspects of the atmosphere and weather (including global climate change), and the soils and minerals of the world. How human activities are influenced by the environment and how humans alter their environment will be analyzed. The development of map reading and interpretation skills is another important aspect of the course. Recom- mended for teacher education students. GEOG 352. Economic Geography (3-3-0) Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or consent of instructor. As needed. The course analyzes the spatial differentiation of economic activity and development throughout the world. The interdependence of economic development at all spatial scales international, national, regional and local is examined. The course seeks to provide an understanding of the regulari- ties and diversities present in the economic landscape. Special attention will be given to the international spatial patterns of production, consumption, investment and trade. The course also examines the spatial distribution of the benefits from economic development. Finally, the relationship between human economic activity and the physical

99 HISTORY

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY Dr. Shumet Sishagne, Chair McMurran Hall, Room 206 (757) 594-7567 email: [email protected]

FACULTY 1) HIST 111G*, 112G*, 201, 202, 490; Distinguished Professor: Santoro 2) 21 additional credit hours in 300-400 level history Professors: Bostick, Mazzarella courses from which a student selects a minimum of Associate Professors: Hamilton, Morgan, Sishagne 6 credits of American history, 6 credits of European Assistant Professors: Duskin, Gushue, Liu, Sellars history, 6 credits of the history of the Other Re- Emeriti: Morris, Saunders gions of the World and special subjects history (African, Asian, Latin American, Caribbean, Middle The Department of History offers the Bachelor of Arts Eastern, Central Asian, and History on Film), and 3 degree in history, a minor program, and general and spe- credits of the student’s choice, excluding History cific courses for all students interested in studying his- 491 and SOSC 338. At least three of these courses (9 tory for personal enrichment or for meeting their voca- hours) must be taken at the 400 level. A course taken tional needs. Survey courses are offered by which stu- at one level (e.g., 300) may not be repeated at an- dents may fulfill their general education requirements (His- other level; no credit will be awarded for such rep- tory 111G, 112G), major or minor prerequisites (History etition of a course. Further, a course enrolled in at 111G, 112G, History 201, 202), and education certification one level (e.g., 400) may not be changed to another requirements. In addition to detailed study in the Euro- level at any time after the drop/add period. pean and American areas, Latin American, African, Middle 3) A maximum of six hours in HIST 395/495 courses Eastern, Central Asian, Far Eastern, and contemporary his- may be applied toward the Bachelor of Arts degree tory courses are offered. in history. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously The study of history provides an excellent foundation for to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree careers in areas such as teaching, business, law, politics studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- and international development, public administration, jour- sor. nalism, communications, archaeology, museum work, the ministry, the military, and graduate study. Students are The difference between 300-level and 400-level courses is taught valuable skills such as: as follows: · analysis of texts, documents, and artifacts; 300-level courses require 8-12 pages of written work, · the tools and methods of research; including one or more of the following types of · collection and organization of information; assignments: · critical evaluation of conflicting interpretations; Primary source analyses of 2-5 pages; · the preparation and presentation of oral and Book reviews of 5-8 pages; written reports or reviews. Directed research projects of 5-8 pages. 400-level courses require 12-20 pages of written work, Beyond these, the student who majors or minors in his- including one or more of the following types of tory is able to bring the breadth and depth of the human assignments: experience to illuminate and give perspective to his or her Primary source analyses of 2-5 pages; workday and personal world. In short, because history Directed research projects of 5-8 pages; brings together all the scattered areas of study, there is One 10-15 page term paper, including, if at all not a field that cannot be enriched by studying history. possible, some primary sources. Last, but not least, the study of history is endlessly fasci- nating, enriching, enjoyable, and can remain so for a life- Minimum Grade Requirement for Graduation time. History majors must achieve a minimum grade point average of 2.00 (4.00 maximum) in all history courses and THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY no more than two grades below C- in all of the upper- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- level history courses. eral education and degree studies requirements (see index), the Bachelor of Arts degree in history requires successful completion of the following courses:

100 HISTORY

THE PRE-LAW PROGRAM To complete specific departmental degree require- The Bachelor of Arts degree in history, combined with a ments, please note the following designations: minor program in government, represents an excellent American History Courses (all taught as 300/400 schedule of rigorous analytical courses recommended for level): HIST 330, 336, 348, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, both admission to and success in law school. Specific course 356, 357, 358, 359, 371, 372, 377, 378. requirements and recommendations for both the history major and the 18-hour government minor are available from Contemporary History Courses: 363/463. the departmental pre-law advisor. European History Courses (all taught as 300/400 THE HISTORY-BUSINESS PROGRAM level): 301, 302, 309, 310, 311, 315, 316, 318, 319, 326, The Bachelor of Arts degree in history may be taken with a 333, 334, 337, 338, 347, 352. minor program in business administration to attain a liberal arts education plus preparation for a career in business. Other Regions of the World (all taught as 300/400 The total program of study must satisfy all requirements level): 312, 327, 360, 361, 362, 365, 367, 368, 369, 370, for the Bachelor of Arts degree in history and the minor 375. program in business administration. For details, see the minor in Business Administration under the School of Busi- Survey Courses: 111, 112, 201, 202 ness.

THE MINOR IN HISTORY HIST 111G. History of World Civilizations to the mid- The minor program in history requires successful comple- 16th Century (3-3-0) tion of the following 21 credits in history courses: HIST Fall, Spring and Summer. 111G, 112G, 201, 202; plus nine credits in history courses of A survey of world history centering on institutions, values, the student’s choosing at the 300-400 level. and cultural forms from prehistoric time through the mid- 16th century. ADVANCED PLACEMENT HIST 112G. History of World Civilizations since the mid- Students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree in history 16th Century (3-3-0) or the minor program in history may complete the 200-level Fall Spring and Summer. requirements in the Department of History through A survey of world history centering on institutions, val- coursework or alternatively through the successful comple- ues, and cultural forms from the mid-16th century to the tion of “Advanced Placement History” in high school and present. the earning of an acceptable score on the Advanced Place- HIST 201. History of American Civilization to 1865 (3-3-0) ment (History) Examination of the College Entrance Exami- Fall, Spring and Summer. nation Board. A survey of the historical development of the United States from early colonial times through the Civil War including FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS social, cultural, economic, intellectual and political move- For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has ments through these years of earlier growth. programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in History and the HIST 202. History of American Civilization since 1865 MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also (3-3-0) includes teacher licensure. Application to these programs Fall, Spring and Summer. is made during the second semester of the junior year. A survey of the historical development of the United States Because course sequencing is critical to success, inter- from the Civil War through the present time. The course ested students should talk to an advisor about their inter- emphasizes social, cultural, economic, intellectual, and po- est in the five-year program early. For information about litical developments during the later years of America’s admission to the five-year program and program require- growth. ments, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at HIST 301/401. Ancient Near East and Greece (3-3-0) www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. Prerequisite: HIST 111G or junior standing or consent of instructor. THE CURRICULUM IN HISTORY Fall. Many courses listed below have dual numbers, one at the A history of the civilizations of the ancient Near East and of 300-level and one at the 400-level. A course taken at one ancient Greece to the death of Alexander the Great. level (e.g., 300) may not be repeated at another level. No HIST 302/402. Roman History (3-3-0) additional credit will be awarded for the repetition of a course. Prerequisite: HIST 111G or junior standing or consent of Further, a course enrolled in at one level (e.g., 400) may not instructor. be changed to another level at any time after the drop/add Spring. period has ended. A history of Rome from the early history of Italy to the fall of the Roman Empire.

101 HISTORY

HIST 309W/409W. The Renaissance-WI (3-3-0) the instructor. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and HIST Fall or Spring. 111G or junior standing. Examines the political, social, and cultural history of Eu- Fall. rope in the era when the forces of nationalism, industrial- A study of the history and civilization of the Renaissance ization, and the new ideologies of Liberalism, Conserva- in Italy and northern Europe. The course will consider the tism, and Socialism transformed European society and poli- many facets of Renaissance life and activity. Satisfies Writ- tics. The challenge of Napoleon was mastered by conser- ing Intensive Requirement. vative forces, which were themselves challenged in the HIST 310/410. The Reformation Era (3-3-0) revolutions of 1848. The governments survived that at- Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 112G or junior standing or tack, but some of them were themselves transformed and, consent of instructor. adopting some of the new forces, redrew the European map Spring. where a new German Empire began to dominate the conti- A study of the history of Europe in the 16th- and early 17th- nent. Meanwhile new ideas called for the restructuring of centuries, with particular emphasis on the background, society and created social tensions, which ended in vio- ideas, and development of the Protestant and Catholic Ref- lence. ormations, and their impact in the first half of the 17th- cen- HIST 319/419: Twentieth Century Europe (3-3-0) tury. Prerequisite: HIST 112G, junior standing or permission of HIST 311/411. Modern Russian History (3-3-0) the instructor. Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of Fall or Spring. instructor. Examines the political, social, and cultural history of Eu- Fall or Spring. rope in the twentieth century, the Great War of 1914-1918, A survey of Russian history beginning with the emergence the Versailles settlement, the rise of the Soviet Union, Fas- of modern Russia during the reign of Peter the Great and cist Italy, and Nazi Germany, Fascist aggression, the failure continuing to the present. Emphasis is placed on the rise of “appeasement,” and the Second World War, Cold War, of 19th- century radicalism, the Revolutions of 1905 and the cracking of the blocs, European unification, the col- 1917, the nature of Russian Marxism, Russia under the So- lapse of the Soviet Empire, and the problems and prospects viet system, and post-Soviet Russia. of Europe today. HIST 312/412. Ancient Egypt (3-3-0) HIST 326/426. The Nazi State and the Holocaust (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 111G or junior standing or consent of Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of instructor. instructor. Fall. Fall and Summer. A cultural, political, and social history of ancient Egypt An in-depth examination of the history and structure of the from the early dynastic period of the first pharaohs to the Nazi Party, including the SA, SS, RAD, youth, labor and disintegration of an independent Egyptian state. The course party theory groups; a study of the Holocaust and the also covers the history of modern Egyptology from apparatus of the death camps; and the trial of the major war Napoleon’s expedition to contemporary discoveries. criminals at Nuremberg, the verdicts, and the precedents HIST 315/415. The Byzantine Empire (3-3-0) established by the trials. The course includes a mandatory Prerequisite: HIST 111G or junior standing or consent of Saturday field trip escorted by the instructor to Washing- instructor. ton, D.C. to view the permanent exhibition at the United Spring. States Holocaust Memorial Museum and to do term paper A topical history of the later Roman Empire from the trans- research in the Museum’s Library. There is a $20.00 stu- fer of the imperial capital to Constantinople in the fourth dent fee for the chartered bus used to transport the class to century A.D. to the fall of the city in 1453. Subject matter Washington. will include the imperial constitution and the administra- HIST 327/427. History on Film (3-3-0) tion of the state; the cult of the emperor; religion and the Prerequisite: History 111G or junior standing or consent of church; the army; city and country life; education and learn- instructor. ing; literature and art; and Byzantium’s neighbors. Spring and Summer. HIST 316/416. Early Modern Europe, 1600-1789 (3-3-0) An analysis in depth of the relationship between film and Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 112G or junior standing or historical record. In conjunction with lectures and class consent of instructor. discussions, students will view and analyze classic popu- Fall. lar fictional films as well as political, documentary and pro- A study of the history of Europe in the 17th and 18th centu- paganda films. The course will focus on understanding the ries with emphasis on political developments. sometimes blurred lines between history and fiction or HIST 318/418: Nineteenth Century Europe (3-3-0) “docu-drama” written for political or social purposes. Films Prerequisite: HIST 112G, junior standing or permission of examined in the course will vary from term to term, and there are sometimes specific themes in a particular term. A typical course may include Ingmar’s Bergman’s The Sev-

102 HISTORY enth Seal; Leni Riefenstahl’s Triumph of the Will; Inherit sion from the 15th century to 1715. Consequences of the the Wind; Spartacus; The Crucible; Gandhi; Nixon; JFK; “Columbian Exchange” will provide focus for the course. The Paths of Glory; The Life of Emile Zola; and Schindler’s HIST 348/448. Introduction to Historical List. Archaeology (3-3-0) HIST 330/430. The American Presidency (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 201 or junior standing or consent of Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- instructor. sent of instructor. Fall or Spring. Fall. An introduction to the principles and practices of histori- An historical overview of the role of the American presi- cal archaeology using sites dating from 17th- and 18th- dency through an analysis of selected major presidents century Virginia. This course is a combination of history such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Andrew and archaeology. Jackson, Abraham Lincoln, Woodrow Wilson, and Franklin HIST 350/450. A History of Native Americans (3-3-0) Delano Roosevelt. Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- HIST 333/433. Tudor England (3-3-0) sent of instructor. Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of Fall or Spring. instructor. An examination of Native Americans and their contacts Fall. with colonial European and post-revolutionary U.S. gov- A history of England from the beginning of the modern ernments from the 16th century to the present. Included will English state under the Yorkists and early Tudors through be accounts of the origins and cultural developments of the Elizabethan Age. Native Americans. HIST 334/434. Stuart England (3-3-0) HIST 351/451. American Military History (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- instructor. sent of instructor. Spring. Fall. A history of England in the 17th century from the advent of Survey of American military history from the colonial era to the Stuarts through the Glorious Revolution. the present. Major military developments, institutional HIST 336/436. Modern American Diplomatic History changes, and modes of warfare will be studied including (3-3-0) strategy, tactics, weaponry, conscription and volunteerism, Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- command decision-making, and the interrelationships be- sent of instructor. tween the military and civilian spheres of American life. Fall or Spring. HIST 352/452. Europe’s Settlement of North America, An examination of American diplomatic relations with the 1500-1715 (3-3-0) rest of the world. Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 201 or junior standing or con- HIST 337/437. Modern Germany, 1784 to 1919 (3-3-0) sent of instructor. Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of Spring. instructor. An examination of European intrusion into North America Fall. during the 16th and 17th centuries. Interactions among After a brief consideration of the ancient, medieval and Africans, Europeans, and Native-Americans in Dutch, En- early modern period, the course examines the political, social glish, French, and Spanish outposts will be highlighted and cultural events of the German struggle with French HIST 353/453. Colonial North America and the Revolutionary and Napoleonic forces, the restoration pe- Creation of the United States, 1715-1790 (3-3-0) riod, the Revolutions of 1848,Bismarck’s unification of the Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of country and her descent into World War I. instructor. HIST 338/438. Modern Germany since 1919 (3-3-0) Fall or Spring. Prerequisite: HIST 112G or 337 or 437 or junior standing An examination of the interactions among Africans, Euro- or consent of instructor. peans, and Native Americans in English, French, and Span- Spring. ish North American settlements and provinces in the 18th A study of the political, cultural and social history of Ger- century, concluding with the creation of the United States many during the Weimar Republic, the Nazi period, World in the 1770s and 1780s. War II, the two post-war states of the Cold War, and the HIST 354/454. The Founding of the Republic, problems and prospects of reunified Germany. 1790-1848 (3-3-0) HIST 347/447. Columbus and the Age of European Prerequisite: HIST 201 or junior standing or consent of Expansion (3-3-0) instructor. Prerequisite: HIST 112G or 201 or junior standing or con- Fall or Spring. sent of instructor. Survey of the foundation of the United States from the Fall. American Constitution through 1848. An analysis of the nature and process of European expan-

103 HISTORY

HIST 355/455. Civil War and Reconstruction (3-3-0) HIST 362/462. History of Modern Latin America (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- Prerequisite: HIST 112G or 201 or 202 or junior standing sent of instructor. or consent of instructor. Fall or Spring. Fall or Spring. An intensive study of slavery and its expansion, the seces- The course examines the Latin American independence sion crisis, Civil War military operations, and Reconstruc- movements, the political and economic developments of tion. the 19th century, and the revolutions and changes of the HIST 356/456. The United States in the Gilded Age and 20th century. the Progressive Era, 1877-1919 (3-3-0) HIST 363/463. The Contemporary World (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 201 or 202 or junior standing or con- Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of sent of instructor. instructor. Fall or Spring. Fall or Spring. An analysis of the major political, economic, social, and An historical analysis of world developments since World cultural developments from 1877 to 1919 and the role of the War II, with particular emphasis on the development of United States in world affairs. ideological and regional tensions. The goal of the course HIST 357/457. Twentieth Century America, 1920-1960 is to place the major concerns of the present in their proper (3-3-0) historical perspective. Prerequisite: HIST 202 or junior standing or consent of HIST 365/465. History of Islam (3-3-0) instructor. Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G or junior standing or Fall or Spring. consent of instructor. An analysis of the major political, economic, social, and Summer or Fall. cultural developments from 1920 to 1960 and the role of the Lecture and discussion course designed to provide stu- United States in world affairs. dents with a deeper understanding of Islam and its place in HIST 358/458. Twentieth Century America, history. It explores the fundamental tenets of Islam and 1961-Present (3-3-0) Islamic institutions and examines the history of the relation Prerequisite: HIST 202 or junior standing or consent of between the Muslim World and Western Christendom. It instructor. also raises such contemporary issues as the challenges of Fall or Spring. imperialism, the dilemma of modernization, Arab national- An analysis of the major political, economic, social, and ism, the wider repercussions of the Arab-Israeli conflict, cultural developments from 1961 to the present and the role and the question of Islamic fundamentalism. of the United States in world affairs. HIST 367/467. Modern Chinese History (3-3-0) HIST 359/459. The New South (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G or junior standing or Prerequisite: HIST 202 or junior standing or consent of consent of instructor. instructor. Fall. Spring. This course surveys the transformation of China from a An economic, social, cultural, and political overview of the traditional Confucian empire to a Communist state since South from the Gilded Age to the present. about 1600, with an emphasis on the 20th century. It exam- HIST 360/460. History of Classical Asian Civilizations ines the major events, processes and persons in imperial (3-3-0) dynasties, the Nationalist Republic and the Communist re- Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 112G or junior standing or gime, helping students to get a full sense of China’s current consent of instructor. triumphs and frustrations and of the resources that the Spring. Chinese call upon to solve their problems. An analysis of traditional Asian societies focusing on the HIST 368/468. Modern Japanese History (3-3-0) centrality of the Chinese Empire, its client states, and the Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G or junior standing or birth of traditional Japanese imperial society. The course consent of instructor. will conclude about 1800. Fall or Spring. HIST 361/461. History of Modern Asia (3-3-0) The course traces the evolution from a feudal state to an Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G or junior standing or economic superpower. It begins with the Tokugawa consent of instructor. Shogunate; discusses warfare and isolationism; the Meiji Spring. Restoration; the Dutch learning and Perry mission; World A history of Asia in the modern world, beginning with the War II and the American occupation; and postwar growth opening of Asia to Western influences in the 19th century and social changes. It examines how Japan resembles the and concluding with the modernization of Asia and the cultures of mainland Asia, yet refuses to follow many Asian development of Asian Communism. stereotypes, and how several of its governmental systems have followed those of Europe and the US but otherwise remain worlds apart.

104 HISTORY

HIST 369/469. The United States and East Asia (3-3-0) HIST 395/495. Topics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G or junior standing or Prerequisite: HIST 111G or 112G or 201 or 202 junior consent of instructor. standing or consent of instructor. Spring. Fall, Spring or Summer. This course is designed to offer a critical review of Ameri- A thorough analysis of a particular phase, movement, or can-East Asian relations since the pioneering voyage of subject area of history with emphasis on its impact upon the American vessel, Empress of China, to Asia, but inten- the larger historical scene. Topics and instructors vary sive classroom discussion is on the 20th century. It exam- each semester according to departmental assignment. A ines the major phases and incidents of cooperation and maximum of six hours in HIST 395/495 may be offered to- confrontation between the United States and different East ward completion of major requirements. Asian countries (e.g., China, Japan, and Korea). HIST 490. Senior Seminar (3-3-0) HIST 370/470. Twentieth Century Africa (3-3-0) Prerequisite: twelve credit hours in history above the Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of 200-level, of which at least three credit hours must be at instructor. the 400- level. Fall or Spring. Fall and Spring. A survey of the major developments in African history Required of all history majors. A seminar dealing with se- over the last 100 years examining both the character of lected problems in history and an examination of historiog- colonial rule and its impact on African societies. It covers raphy, methodology, and philosophy of history. The fo- the decolonization process and analyzes some of the major cus, form, and content of each seminar will be determined issues in contemporary Africa. by the instructor. The nature of the seminar will be an- HIST 371/471. Social History of Early Virginia (3-3-0) nounced well in advance after consideration of student Prerequisite: HIST 201 or junior standing or consent of interest and staff availability. instructor. HIST 491. Practicum (3-3-0) Fall or Spring. Prerequisite: twelve credit hours in history above the An examination of early Virginia’s social history to 1790. 200- level, of which at least three credit hours must be at The formation of Virginia’s society, slavery, conflict and the 400- level. cooperation between whites and Native-Americans, Fall,Spring or Summer. women’s roles, and the influences of geography and intel- An internship with a regional, federal, state, local, or pri- lect on the shaping of Virginia’s society through the Revo- vate historical agency in which the student achieves ap- lution. plied experience in the field of history. The student agrees HIST 372/472. History of Virginia (3-3-0) to work 120 hours/semester under the direction of an agency Prerequisite: HIST 202 or junior standing or consent of supervisor, the student’s duties assigned by agreement instructor. between the student, the agency supervisor, and the His- Fall or Spring. tory Department. Credit hours gained in this course may An economic, social, cultural, and political overview of Vir- not be applied toward departmental requirements for gradu- ginia from the Colonial Era to the present. ation. HIST 373W/473W. Major Themes in Contemporary HIST 499. Independent Study (credits vary) African History-WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 111G and 112G; HIST 201 and 202, Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and HIST and at least six hours of 300- or 400-level history courses. 112G or junior standing. Fall, Spring or Summer. Spring or Fall. An opportunity for independent research done in consul- A reading and writing intensive course designed to provide tation with a member of the faculty from the History De- students with a deeper insight into the major issues and events partment. that affect contemporary African societies. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. HIST 375/475. History of the Modern Middle East (3-3-0) Prerequisite: HIST 112G or junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring or fall. Designed to introduce students to the last two centuries of Middle Eastern history, the course focuses on developments in the post-World War I period, including the growth of Arab nationalism and the emergence of the Israeli state. It examines social and political forces, such as Islamic Fun- damentalism, which are currently shaping developments in the region.

105 HONORS

HONORS PROGRAM Dr. Jay S. Paul, Director Ratcliffe Hall, 228 (757) 594-7072 email: [email protected]

MISSION THE ANNUAL CELEBRATION The Honors Program provides an enriched educational ex- At the end of each spring semester, the Honors Council perience for academically talented students motivated to hosts a Celebration for graduating seniors and their fami- participate in challenging interdisciplinary courses and cul- lies, awarding medallions and plaques to recognize the suc- tural and intellectual activities. The Honors education en- cess of Honors Program graduates. Honors graduates wear courages far-reaching curiosity, independent thinking, rig- the emblem of the Program at Commencement. For photos orous study, and open-minded consideration of the ideas visit www.cnu.edu/academics/honors. of others. It bridges disciplines, transcends majors, and crosses cultural boundaries. Through annual seminars on ENTERING THE PROGRAM selected topics in the global history of ideas, the Honors Admission to the Honors Program is selective, competi- curriculum invites students to explore a rich diversity of tive, and based on the availability of space. The Honors cultural ideas and perspectives. Council exercises discretion in admitting the best-qualified applicants. All first-time, full-time, degree-seeking fresh- The Honors Program is governed by the University Hon- man applicants with a high school grade-point-average of ors Council, a committee of four students, the Provost, the at least 3.50 (on a 4.00 scale), and a total score of 1200 on Director of Admissions, and six faculty members represent- the SATs (at least 580 on the SAT Verbal Test) will be in- ing various disciplines on campus. The Program serves vited to become Honors Students. two categories of participants: 1) Honors Students, who are full-time students Other students interested in the Honors Program may ap- drawn from the freshman, sophomore, junior, and ply during spring semester of their first year at CNU. They senior classes, and should contact the Director of the Honors Program in Feb- 2) Christopher Newport University Scholars, who ruary for the appropriate form, which must be accompanied are mature full- or part-time students entering their by a written plan for their future courses (including major last three semesters. and Honors courses). A minimum grade point average of 3.50 is required for consideration. Deadline: March 1. The Honors Council, acting as an academic department, CONTINUING IN THE PROGRAM administers the Honors Program and those courses which In order to continue in the program beyond the first year, are a part of the Honors curriculum. Freshmen Honors Students must earn a 3.25 grade point WHY BE AN HONORS STUDENT? average by the end of their first two semesters. They must In the sophomore, junior, and senior years, Honors Stu- submit a written plan of academic study (available on the dents work together in interdisciplinary courses, complet- web site) to the Honors Program Director by March 1. ing two of three 300-level courses (HONR 300, 310, 320) ACADEMIC STANDARDS and the capstone course (HONR 490). Led by carefully 1) By the end of the second semester of the fresh- chosen faculty, Honors classes, which thrive on the cama- man year (at least 24 credit hours), Honors raderie among outstanding students, are kept small to en- Students must achieve a grade point average of sure dynamic interaction. The classes, emphasizing ab- 3.25 or higher. stract critical thinking and effective writing and speaking, 2) To complete the Program, Honors Students must provide opportunities to initiate original research and earn a CNU degree, satisfy all Program require- present results. Honors Students also involve themselves ments, and achieve a grade point average of 3.50 in cultural and intellectual activities, choosing from events or higher. on the annual Honors Calendar as well as others of interest. Three non-credit courses (HONR 020, 030, 040) verify WALLACE B. GREENE SCHOLARS this participation. All Honors Students are eligible to travel, Greene Scholarships of about $2000 each are awarded an- at University expense, to state and regional Honors confer- nually by the Honors Council to the Honors Students with ences in cities like Tampa, New Orleans, and Nashville. the highest grade point average in the sophomore, junior, Honors Students are also encouraged to seek post-gradu- and senior classes, regardless of major. ate scholarship opportunities. Acknowledgement of successful completion of the Honors Program appears on all transcripts. For more information visit our web page at: www.cnu.edu/academics/honors 106 HONORS

KEITH MCLOUGHLAND SCHOLAR COURSE REQUIREMENTS In memory of the long-time Dean of Admissions and a Freshman Year/Sophomore Year: founder of the CNU Honors Program, an annual award will Honors Students must complete six (6) Honors be presented to an outstanding Honors Student major in sections of the General Requirements of the liberal arts. University, including: a) ENGL 103H and 104H KARL E. AND ELIZABETH H. BEAMER SCHOLARS b) Choose one sequence: HIST 111G-112G or Each year, one or more full-tuition-and-fees scholarships ECON 201-202 will be awarded to Honors Scholars who have demonstrated c) Choose two additional courses: BIOL 107, excellence in and commitment to the study of science and BIOL 108, COMM 201, ECON 201, ECON mathematics. 202, HIST 111G, HIST 112G, PHIL 101, PSYC 210, PSYC 211. If credit has been ALUMNI HONORS SCHOLAR granted for any of the required sequences Thanks to the generosity of the CNU Alumni Society, an (ENGL, HIST, ECON) prior to admission to CNU, annual award of $1000 will be presented to an outstanding select any six Honors sections. Honors Senior. Sophomore Year: ANNUAL HONORS SCHOLARSHIPS HONR 020 and one 300-level Honor course, three The university has provided for $1000 awards to be pre- credits sented annually to a senior, two juniors, and two sopho- Junior Year: mores in the Honors Program. HONR 030 and one 300-level Honor course, three credits TERESA VANDOVER AWARD Senior Year: This scholarship is available to a Christopher Newport HONR 040, 490, three credits Scholar who exemplifies the academic and personal quali- The Pass/Fail Option may not be applied to HONR 300, ties of the late Teresa VanDover, one of the inaugural classes 310, 320, or 490 of Styron Scholars. THE HONORS CURRICULUM CHRISTOPHER NEWPORT SCHOLARS BIOL 107. General Biology I (3-3-0) Christopher Newport Scholars are mature full- or part-time Fall, Spring and Summer. students of exceptional ability who are engaged in an inter- Select the Honors designated section in the Class disciplinary study beyond the scope of existing degree Schedule. programs. Students who hold a 3.5 grade point average First semester of introductory biology sequence for majors and who are either midway through the junior year or have and nonmajors; major topics covered are ecology, genet- completed 75 hours may apply to the Honors Council for ics, evolution, and diversity. admission to the program. Applications must consist of the BIOL 108. General Biology II (3-3-0) following: Fall, Spring and Summer. 1) A letter detailing the candidate’s background and Select the Honors designated section in the Class goals, particularly as they justify the establishing Schedule. of an individualized curriculum, and giving Second semester of introductory biology sequence for major evidence of the student’s intellectual maturity; and nonmajors; major topics covered are energy metabo- 2) A letter of nomination from a member of the lism, biotechnology, plant biology, and animal biology. Christopher Newport University faculty who has COMM 201. Public Speaking (3-3-0) taught the candidate; and Fall, Spring and Summer. 3) An academic transcript and, if applicable, an Select the Honors designated section in the Class evaluation of transfer credits. Schedule. Christopher Newport Scholars are released from all formal Effective speech preparation and delivery with emphasis curricular requirements for the last three semesters, other on the extemporaneous mode of natural and direct com- than the completion of the requisite number of hours for munication. graduation. Each Christopher Newport Scholar will plan ECON 201G, 202G. Principles of Economics (3-3-0 each) his or her academic program with the help of a three-person Fall and Spring. committee consisting of a faculty member, a member of the Select the Honors designated section in the Class Honors Council, and the Provost (or his designee). Like the Schedule. other students in the Honors Program, Christopher New- An introduction to the analytical tools commonly employed port Scholars are expected to approach their subjects in by economists in determining the aggregate level of eco- unusual depth, demonstrating a high level of performance nomic activity and the composition of output, prices, and in their work.

107 HONORS the distribution of income. Problems related to these sub- HONR 295. Field Trip Experience: Northern Coastal jects are considered, and alternative courses of public policy Plain (2-2-0) are evaluated. First semester macroeconomics; second Summer. semester microeconomics. An 11-day extended field trip to Acadia National Park, ENGL 103H. Persuasive Writing-Honors (3-3-0) Maine, with stops at various sites along the way to inves- Fall. tigate habitats, flora, and fauna. Additional emphasis on Students learn to read critically, perform close analyses of creative and descriptive writing and log-book illustration. texts, assess arguments, and draft, revise, and edit original Camping. Classroom instruction precedes the trip. [May essays. Individual conferences with instructor are required substitute for any 300-level Honors course.] during the semester. Students must earn a C- or higher to HONR 300. Issues in Science (3-3-0) satisfy University degree requirements. Prerequisites: Six Honors Sections of General Education ENGL 104H. Interpretive Writing-Honors (3-3-0) Courses. Spring. An exploration of an issue or issues of contemporary sig- Students strengthen writing proficiencies developed in nificance in science selected by the instructor, the course ENGL 103H through the critical interpretation - sometimes features guest speakers and student interaction—oral and through interdisciplinary approaches - of literary works in- written. Selected readings provide context and perspec- cluding poetry, drama, short stories, and a novel. Students tive. The Pass/Fail Option may not be used in this course. write argumentative and interpretive essays and docu- HONR 310. Issues in Social Science (3-3-0) mented papers, which explore an idea, value, or special Prerequisites: Six Honors Sections of General Education feature of a text. Individual conferences with instructor are Courses. required during the semester. Students must earn a C- or An exploration of an issue or issues of contemporary sig- higher to satisfy University degree requirements. nificance in social science selected by the instructor, the HIST 111G. History of World Civilization to the mid- course features guest speakers and student interaction— 16th Century (3-3-0) oral and written. Selected readings provide context and Fall. perspective. The Pass/Fail Option may not be used in this Select the Honors designated section in the Class course. Schedule. HONR 320. Issues in Humanities (3-3-0) A survey of world history centering on institutions, val- Prerequisites: Six Honors Sections of General Enducation ues, and cultural forms from prehistoric times through the Courses. mid-16th century. An exploration of an issue or issues of contemporary sig- HIST 112G. History of World Civilization since the mid- nificance in humanities selected by the instructor, the 16th Century (3-3-0) course features guest speakers and student interaction— Spring. oral and written. Selected readings provide context and Select the Honors designated section in the Class perspective. The Pass/Fail Option may not be used in this Schedule. course. A survey of world history centering on institutions, val- HONR 490W. Problems in the Modern World-WI (3-3-0) ues, and cultural forms from the mid-16th century to the Prerequisites: six-hour freshman English sequence; Two of present. HONR 300, 310, 320. HONR 020. Sophomore Activities (0-0-1) Fall and Spring. Fall and Spring. This team-taught, interdisciplinary course is designed to Involvement in cultural and intellectual activities in either encourage students to examine the special concerns of the semester of the sophomore year. Students attend at least world they are about to enter. The course will have its own five events on the Honors Activity Calendar (see web site: unique focus, which may change each year. Each student “Activities”) and submit brief reflective reports. Pass/fail. will prepare a research project on an issue of current con- HONR 030. Junior Activities (0-0-1) cern viewed from the perspective of the student’s major Fall and Spring. discipline. The Pass/Fail Option may not be used in this Involvement in cultural and intellectual activities in either course. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. semester of the junior year. Students attend at least five PHIL 101. Critical Thinking I (3-3-0) events on the Honors Activity Calendar (see web site: “Ac- Fall, Spring and Summer. tivities”) and submit brief reflective reports. Pass/fail. Select the Honors designated section in the Class HONR 040. Senior Activities (0-0-1) Schedule. Fall and Spring. Designed to impart the basic skills of logical reasoning in Involvement in cultural and intellectual activities in either natural languages: analyzing statements for consistency, semester of the senior year. Students attend at least five implications, contradictions; distinguishing fact from opin- events on the Honors Activity Calendar (see web site: “Ac- ion and evaluating testimony; distinguishing inference and tivities”) and submit brief reflective reports. Pass/fail. argument from other discourse; analyzing and evaluating

108 HONORS arguments using arrow diagrams; addressing vagueness and ambiguity by a more precise rendering of language. PSYC 210. Human Growth and Behavior I (3-3-0) Select the Honors designated section in the Class Schedule. A study of data and theory concerning the development of the individual throughout the life span from conception to death. Social, emotional, physical, and cognitive development will be considered. Emphasis will be given to the nature of developmental change and the forces that bring it about. This course will cover the period from conception to late childhood. PSYC 211. Human Growth and Behavior II (3-3-0) Select the Honors designated section in the Class Schedule. A continuation of PSYC 210, covering adolescence and adulthood.

109 INTERDISIPLINARY STUDIES

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES Dr. Anne W. Perkins, Associate Provost Administration Building, Room 404-E (757) 594-7050 email: [email protected]

The interdisciplinary major is a degree program at Christo- semester or March 15 during the spring semester. It is ad- pher Newport University which permits a student, under visable for a student to discuss his/her plan of study with the guidance of a faculty committee, to design and carry the Provost before submitting an application. out an individual plan of study involving two or more academic disciplines. The student may earn either the Bach- The Provost or his designate reviews the student’s appli- elor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree in interdisci- cation. If he judges the student’s proposal to be viable, he plinary studies. An important objective of the Interdisci- appoints a faculty committee that represents the primary plinary Individualized Program is to involve the student in disciplines involved and identifies one of the members of formulating a rationale for the design of a coherent indi- the committee as the student’s major advisor. The ap- vidual program of study. This is a difficult task and re- pointed faculty committee then meets with the student to quires a certain amount of knowledge and direction. The discuss the proposed plan of study and continues to as- student will have to give considerable thought to his or sist the student in the implementation of the details. This her long-range learning objectives and to the best way to includes specifying the individual courses that the stu- meet those objectives. For this reason, the following guide- dent must take to meet all requirements for the Bachelor of lines must be met: Arts or Bachelor of Science degree. The committee must approve the student’s program and any subsequent 1) The student must have completed at least 30 changes in an already approved program. The committee semester hours of course work and have Chair oversees the total work of the student and confirms, achieved at least a 3.00 GPA at the time the prior to graduation, that he/she has completed all neces- petition is submitted. sary requirements. If the Provost is unable to approve the student’s proposed plan of study, he notifies the student. 2) The total program of study must include at least 60 semester hours of course work beyond those completed at the time of approval; a minimum of 30 semester hours at the 300-400 level; and a senior capstone project designed by the student and her/his faculty committee to analyze and synthesize the topic of study.

3) The student’s educational goals must be such that they cannot be achieved by a regular departmental major supported by a minor and/or careful selection of electives.

4) The student’s total program of study must conform to and meet all requirements of the curricular structure for baccalaureate degrees, including all general education and degree studies requirements, and must give evidence of disciplined academic inquiry.

To enter this program the student must first complete an application form which calls for a brief description of his/ her proposed plan of study, a rationale for the plan, and an identification of those disciplines that will be involved in the student’s plan of study. Application forms are available in the office of the Provost. Applications must be submitted to the Provost by November 1 during the fall

110 LEADERSHIP

LEADERSHIP PROGRAMS Dr. Anne W. Perkins, Associate Provost Administration Building, Room 404-E (757) 594-7050 email: [email protected]

PRESIDENT’S LEADERSHIP PROGRAM cess, and practice through the President’s Leadership Pro- Administration Building, Room 406A gram curriculum, each student will enhance their leader- (757)594-7207 ship competencies through supervised internships in business, government, and not-for-profit organizations. By de- The President’s Leadership Program is designed for stu- veloping and improving these qualities in a sustained pro- dents who have demonstrated the potential for leadership. gram of courses, mentoring, public service, and internships, Individuals accepted into the program experience a focused the President’s Leadership Program provides students with curriculum of courses, workshops, service learning, in- the academic and experiential foundation needed to suc- ternships, as well as the opportunity for international study ceed in academic studies, professional careers, and in their and travel – all designed to supplement the major of each personal lives. student’s choice. Completion of this program will be noted on the official CNU transcript. ELIGIBILITY Students apply to the leadership program their Senior year PROGRAM OBJECTIVES in high school through an application process separate Understanding leadership relationships, processes, and from the CNU Admissions process. At the end of the fresh- competencies is essential to success, not only in Univer- man year, students are reviewed for program continuation sity life, but also in private, public, and community sectors. in accordance with the standards outlined in the PLP stu- The President’s Leadership Program offers opportunities dent contract, signed at the time of acceptance to the pro- for students to: gram. Students accepted into the program are required to live on campus. Applications are available in the Admis- · Study and apply leadership theory and principles sions Office, the President’s Leadership Program Office, or · Understand the responsibilities and commitments on the web at www.cnu.edu/preslead/. This program is for ethical leadership and purposeful change separate from the Honors Program and the Leadership Mi- · Develop self understanding and self leadership nor. · Broaden and deepen world perspectives · Strengthen oral and written communication SCHOLARSHIPS · Strengthen interpersonal competencies Students selected for the President’s Leadership Program · Develop the ability to enlist others in a common receive a $500 scholarship each semester that will be ap- purpose plied to tuition and fees over four years at CNU. This · Strengthen personal and organizational scholarship is renewed each semester, based on the responsibility student’s ability to meet course and program requirements. · Develop an orientation toward positive risk-taking VISITING LEADERS · Develop ability to manage and resolve conflict Christopher Newport University students have opportuni- · Develop strong work ethic and high standards of ties to meet with international, national, and state leaders. excellence These leaders will share insights and responses to today’s leadership problems. PUBLIC SERVICE Students in the President’s Leadership Program must com- PRESIDENT’S LEADERSHIP PROGRAM plete a minimum of 100 hours of service , under the supervi- REQUIREMENTS sion or approval of the President’s Leadership Program Minor in Leadership staff. Service develops students’ self-leadership, enables (See seperate listing below) them to engage in leadership through service, exposes stu- General Education: dents to social problems and enables them to become part PHIL 101 of the solution. Students may volunteer in a vast array of Freshman Year: service organizations in the Newport News area or in pro- Fall: LDSP 210 (Prerequisite: Admission to gram-sponsored group service projects. President’s Leadership Program) Spring: LDSP 220 and LDSP 220L (Prerequisite: INTERNSHIPS LDSP 210) Having become acquainted with leadership theory, pro-

111 LEADERSHIP

Sophomore and Junior Years: vice, students will enhance their leadership competencies Fall: Two leadership workshops, seminars, or through supervised internships in business, government laboratories; coursework in the minor and not-for-profit organizations. By developing and im- Spring: Two leadership workshops, seminars, or proving these qualities in a sustained program of courses, laboratories; coursework in the minor public service, and internships, the Leadership Minor pro- Fall and/or Spring: Public Service vides students with the academic and experiential founda- Senior Year: tion needed to succeed in further academic studies, profes- Fall or Spring: LDSP 491 and the supervised sional careers, and in their personal lives. internship in the major or an appropriate alternate upon approval Requirements General Education: Optional: International Study - Study abroad through a PHIL 101 (Must be taken in the freshman or CNU-sponsored summer course or spend a semester abroad sophomore year) through a University approved exchange program. Prerequisite: LDSP 200 or 220 MINOR IN LEADERSHIP Core : 9 credits Christopher Newport University offers a multidisciplinary LDSP 300, LDSP 385, and LDSP 490 minor in leadership for students who are interested in pre- Ethical Dimension: 3 credits paring for leadership roles through academic study and CPEN 371W; LDSP 386; GOVT 450; PHIL 304; experiential learning opportunities. PHIL 374; PHIL 376; PHIL 383; PHIL 384; Approved Special Topics Courses Program objectives Cross Cultural Dimension: 3 credits The leadership minor is based on the premise that leader- ANTH 203G; BUSN 341W; COMM 330; COMM 340; ship is a relational endeavor that integrates cognitive ECON 385; ENGL 206; ENGL 325; ENGL 425; FNAR (knowledge), affective (beliefs/attitudes), and behavioral 202G; GOVT 311W; HIST 363; HONR 490; MCLL (competencies) attributes. To prepare students to partici- 308; RSTD 335; SOCL 201G; SOCL 377; Approved pate effectively in this complex process, the objectives of Special Topics Courses the minor are to: Elective Course in the Minor: 3 credits One additional course selected from the Ethical · Study and apply leadership theory and principles Dimension, Cross-Cultural Dimension, or options · Investigate the historical trends in leadership listed below: thinking and practice · Investigate and debate solutions for current Biology, Chemistry, and Environmental Science: leadership issues BIOL 306; BIOL 491 (Leadership Section); Approved · Understand the responsibilities and commitments Special Topics Courses for ethical leadership in service to society · Broaden and deepen cross-cultural perspectives Communication Studies: COMM 201; 345; 325; 328; as they relate to leadership issues 340; Approved Special Topics Courses · Develop leadership competencies through study and practice English: 353W; 354W; 355; Approved Special The minor in leadership requires 21 credits, including Topics Courses either LDSP 200 or 220. Fine and Performing Arts: MUSC 314; MUSC 316; THEA 336; THEA 350; Approved Special Topics Public Service Courses In addition to specified coursework, students pursuing the Leadership Minor must complete at least 50 hours of ser- Government and Public Affairs: 354; 384; 401; vice. Service develops students’ self-leadership, enables Approved Special Topics Courses them to engage in leadership through service, exposes stu- Physics, Computer Science and Engineering: CPSC dents to social problems and enables them to become part 225; CPSC 335; CPSC 355; ENGR 121; Approved of the solution. Students may volunteer in a vast array of Special Topics Courses service organizations in the Newport News area or in group service projects. Psychology: PSYC 303; 313; 423; Approved Special Topics Courses Internships Having become acquainted with leadership theory, pro- Social Work: SOWK 471; Approved Special Topics cess, and practice through the curriculum and public ser- Courses

112 LEADERSHIP

Management and Economics: BUSN 400; BUSN nary approach, students will study leaders from multiple 498; ECON 385; ECON 465; ECMM 430; FINC 423; contexts to understand how the contemporary and immedi- FINC 425; MGMT 312; MGMT 470; MKTG 351; ate contexts of the leader influence leadership behavior. MKTG 470; Approved Special Topics Courses LDSP 385. Leadership Theory and Research (3-3-0) [Same as GOVT 385] THE CURRICULUM IN LEADERSHIP Fall. LDSP 200. Student Leadership Institute (3-3-0) This course examines salient theories, approaches, and the Spring. accumulated research-based understanding of the theo- This course is designed to enhance leadership and under- retical construct of leadership. Emphasis is placed on the standing skills. Applications for the Spring course are wel- evolution of leadership theory and contribution of research come from all CNU students. Students are selected in the to the synthesis of historical leadership perspectives in fall and participate in a weekend retreat in January. contemporary leadership models. Enduring elements, on- LDSP 210. Study in Self Leadership (3-3-0) going controversies, emerging trends, and contemporary Prerequisite: Admission to President’s Leadership research are examined. The role of leadership is distin- Program. guished from that of management. Fall. LSDP 386. Values Leadership (3-3-0) [same as GOVT Required for the President’s Leadership Program, this 386] interactive course introduces students to the role of self in Spring. the leadership process. Through academic study, outdoor This course examines the paradigm of “values leadership” adventure, personal assessment, in-class activities, and (Fairholm, 1991) as a theory and a philosophy. “Values lead- assignments, students will gain an understanding of how ership” is based on selecting, defining, modeling, and pro- personal development impacts leadership development and moting values to unify individuals in striving toward a the importance of self-understanding to effective shared vision. Values leaders create a culture of trust and leadership. leverage core values that inspire individuals to a higher LDSP 220. Foundations of Leadership Study (3-3-0) level of motivation, morality, and achievement. Terminal, Prerequisite: LDSP 210; Co-requisite: LDSP 220L. instrumental, and organizational values are explored. The Spring. techniques of visioning, culture shaping, developing self- Required for the President’s Leadership Program, this led followers, fostering trust, and ethical decision making course is an introduction to leadership history and modern are explored. The course considers the moral responsibili- leadership theory. Through the study of leadership schol- ties associated with leading followers. arship and historical and modern leaders, students will gain LDSP 491. Leadership Internship Seminar (3-1-6) an understanding of the leadership process, including the Prerequisites: LDSP 300, LDSP/GOVT 385, and junior stand- role/function/interaction of the process’s three elements ing.; Co-requisite: Internship Placement. (leaders, followers, and context) and an introduction to the Fall, Spring basic competencies required. The internship seminar is designed to help students inte- LDSP 220L. Laboratory in Group Leadership (0-0-1) grate and apply the knowledge and experiences obtained Prerequisite: LDSP 210; Co-requisite: LDSP 220. in leadership courses to the internship setting. Further, the Spring. seminar provides students an opportunity to reflect upon A companion laboratory to HONR 220, this interactive labo- their own actions and those of others (i.e., becoming a ratory develops student understanding and competency reflective practitioner). During class sessions, students will in leading groups. Through personal assessment, in-class discuss critical incidents and issues that arise during their activities, and assignments, students will understand and internships and examine relationships between leadership experience the stages of group process, the consequences courses and leadership practice. Written assignments in- of group-think, and the impact of communication styles on clude a leadership task synopsis, leadership consulting group process. document, and reflective exit essay. LDSP 300. Leadership Through the Ages (3-3-0) Prerequisite: LDSP 200 or 220. Fall. In attempting to understand leadership in the 21st Century, one cannot ignore the insights and practices of significant figures from the past. This course is designed to introduce students to some of the most influential historical leaders and thinkers from throughout the world and to examine how their lessons in leadership may or may not be applicable to current leadership issues. Using an interdiscipli-

113 LIBRARY SCIENCE

DEPARTMENT OF LIBRARY SCIENCE Catherine Doyle, Chair University Librarian’s Office Captain John Smith Library (757) 594-7130 email: [email protected]

FACULTY THE CURRICULUM IN LIBRARY Associate Professors: Archer, Doyle SCIENCE Assistant Professors: Boykin, Willson-Metzger LBSC 200. Research Skills (1-1-0) Instructor: Klesch Develops students’ abilities to perform effective research Emerita: Daniel for term papers, class assignments, and other projects. The course studies the process and resources involved and the The Department of Library Science provides the profes- ways in which libraries store, retrieve, and disseminate in- sional services necessary for the acquisition and organi- formation. zation of recorded knowledge and for making it available LBSC 220. Finding Information on the Internet (1-1-0) for students and faculty in the teaching and research pro- This course is a practical hands-on introduction to finding grams of the university. The members of the Department information on the Internet. Students will learn how to find of Library Science participate in individual and group in- and evaluate materials of academic interest using common struction for the effective use of the library’s resources. Internet tools. Additional information about Smith Library may be found LBSC 295. Special Topics (credits vary) in “The University” section of this book.

114 MATHEMATICS

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Dr. Bobbye Hoffman Bartels, Chair Gosnold Hall, Room 201 (757) 594-7194 email: [email protected]

FACULTY Historical and philosophical highlights related to the de- Distinguished Professor: Summerville velopment of Mathematics are discussed in various Math- Professors: Avioli, Bartelt, Khalili, Kostaki-Gailey, ematics major courses. Also the ability to write computer Weber programs is a prerequisite for MATH 335, 380, 390, 400, and Associate Professors: Bartels, Bradie, Chen, Martin 480. Because of the complexity of planning a long-term Assistant Professor: Persky program for students intending to major or minor in Math- Instructors: Gallo, Rich ematics, and in particular, for those intending to teach mathematics in Virginia secondary schools, students are strongly The Department of Mathematics offers a variety of courses urged to consult with the Department of Mathematics be- for those who wish to develop general or specific skills in fore registering for any courses. This applies to both de- mathematics, to satisfy the mathematics general educa- gree and non-degree seeking students. tion requirement, to study mathematics for aesthetic reasons, or to pursue the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of All students planning to pursue either the Bachelor of Arts Science degrees in mathematics or the minor in mathemat- or Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics must satisfy ics. the appropriate general education and degree studies requirements as well as general requirements for graduation. The department offers several courses of varying diffi- All Mathematics majors must take an exit test, which is culty which may be used to fulfill the general education administered by the Mathematics Department. Students math requirement: MATH 105, 109, 110, 125, 130, 135, 140 may have no more than two grades below C- in courses or a course above 140. Since some majors require specific applied toward the major. math courses, students should consult the major requirements listed in the catalog. Students who plan to take The Department of Mathematics offers three options for calculus who are not ready to enroll in MATH 140 may students pursuing either the BA or BS degree in Math- choose between MATH 110 and 130 to develop appropri- ematics: the Mathematics major; the Mathematics major ate skills. Students who have had more advanced math- with a concentration in Computer Science; and the Math- ematics in high school or at another college should con- ematics major with a concentration in Physics. Applied sult an advisor in the Department of Mathematics to deter- Mathematics majors (primarily students who intend to seek mine the appropriate math level. employment immediately following graduation) take Blocks B or C. Pure Mathematics majors (primarily students who If the major does not require a specific math course, the plan to attend graduate school following graduation) take Department of Mathematics recommends that students Block A. Students are expected to learn the content of read the course descriptions to determine the appropriate MATH 140 and 240 prior to beginning major courses. Stu- course. Generally MATH 105 or 125 are recommended; dents who choose the computer science concentration or however, MATH 109 or 110 may be more appropriate. who are not able to start their program with MATH 140 may need more than four years to complete their program. THE BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES IN MATHEMATICS In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- Students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree in Math- eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- ematics are strongly urged to satisfy the natural science dex), both the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science general education requirement by successfully completing degrees in Mathematics require successful completion of PHYS 201/201L-202. one of the following blocks of courses:

Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree in Math- Block A: The Major in Mathematics - Bachelor of Arts ematics must successfully complete PHYS 201/201L-202/ 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 360, 370; 202L plus one additional natural science sequence to sat- 2) One 400-level MATH course (not including isfy the natural science general education requirement. It MATH 499); is advisable for students to take PHYS 201/201L-202/202L 3) Nine additional credit hours in MATH at the 300- after first completing MATH 140. 400 level, excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, or 338;

115 MATHEMATICS

4) Either (a) six additional credits in MATH at the Block B: The Major in Mathematics with a Concentration 300-400 level, excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, or in Computer Science -Bachelor of Science 338, or (b) successful completion of two 300-400 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 360, and 380; level courses in another discipline chosen in 2) One 400-level MATH course, not including 499 consultation with an advisor (accepted disciplines (MATH 480 is recommended); include BIOL, CHEM, CPSC, and PHYS; all other 3) Nine additional credit hours of 300-400 level disciplines must have advance approval from the MATH courses (MATH 335, 345 and 390 recom- Department of Mathematics); mended), excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, 338; 5) PHYS 201/201L*-202* is strongly recommended 4) CPSC 230/230L, 231/231L, 310, and 320; for Bachelor of Arts; 5) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L* 6) CPSC 230/230L and CPSC 225 or 231/231L. 6) CPEN 214; 7) Completion of Exit Test 7) Select three courses: CPSC 410, 420, 440, 460, 470, * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 480, Artificial Intelligence, or Graphics. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 8) Completion of Exit Test studies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor. Block C: The Major in Mathematics with a Concentration in Physics - Bachelor of Arts Block A: The Major in Mathematics - Bachelor of Sci- 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 320, 360, 420; ence 2) Six credit hours in MATH at the 300-400 level, 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 360, 370; with choices from MATH 335, 350, 380, 440, and 2) One 400-level MATH course (not including 480 recommended, excluding 301W, 302W, 308, MATH 499); 309, or 338; 3) Nine additional credit hours in MATH at the 300- 3) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L*; 400 level, excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, or 338; 4) Either PHYS 301 or ENGR 301; 4) Either (a) six additional credits in MATH at the 5) Select twelve semester hours in PHYS and/or 300-400 level or (b) successful completion of two ENGR at the 300-400 level, chosen in consultation 300-400 level courses in another discipline chosen with one’s advisor. Three of these credits can be in consultation with an advisor (accepted PHYS 203; disciplines include BIOL, CHEM, CPSC, and 6) CPSC 230/230L, and CPSC 225 or 231/231L. PHYS and/or ENGR; all other disciplines must 7) Completion of Exit Test have advance approval from the Department of * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously Mathematics); to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 5) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L* (required for Bachelor studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- of Science); sor. 6) CPSC 230/230L and CPSC 225 or 231/231L. 7) Completion of Exit Test Block C: The Major in Mathematics with a Concentration * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously in Physics - Bachelor of Science to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 320, 360, 420; studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 2) Six credit hours in MATH at the 300-400 level, sor. with choices from MATH 335, 380, 440, and 480 recommended, excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, or Block B: The Major in Mathematics with a Concentration 338; in Computer Science - Bachelor of Arts 3) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L*; 1) MATH 250, 260, 310, 360, and 380; 4) Either PHYS 301 or ENGR 301; 2) One 400-level MATH course, not including 499 5) Select twelve semester hours in PHYS and/or (480 is recommended); ENGR at the 300-400 level, chosen in consultation 3) Nine additional credit hours of 300-400 level with one’s advisor. Three of these credits can be MATH courses (MATH 335, 345, and 390 PHYS 203; recommended), excluding 301W, 302W, 308, 309, 6) CPSC 230/230L, and CPSC 225 or 231/231L. or 338; 7) Completion of Exit Test 4) CPSC 230/230L, 231/231L, 310, 320; * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 5) CPEN 214; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 6) Select three courses: CPSC 410, 420, 440, 460, 470, studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 480, Artificial Intelligence, or Graphics. sor. 7) Completion of Exit Test

116 MATHEMATICS

FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS majors. It is a general survey of descriptive and inferential For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has statistics. Topics include descriptive analysis of univariate programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in Mathematics and bivariate data, probability, standard distributions, sam- and the MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program pling, estimation, hypothesis testing and linear regression. also includes teacher licensure. Application to these pro- MATH 130. Elementary Functions and Analytic grams is made during the second semester of the junior Geometry (3-3-0) year. Because course sequencing is critical to success, Prerequisite: through Algebra II in high school or MATH interested students should talk to an advisor about their 110. interest in the five-year program early. For information Fall and Spring. about admission to the five-year program and program Designed for the student planning to take calculus, MATH requirements, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at 140, but who has insufficient knowledge of analytic geom- www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. etry, trigonometry, and functions. Topics include real numbers, inequalities, analytic geometry, linear and quadratic THE MINOR IN MATHEMATICS functions, polynomials and rational functions, trigonom- The minor in mathematics requires successful completion etry, and exponential and logarithmic functions. of MATH 250, 260, and 320, plus six additional credits in MATH 135. Calculus for Business and Social Sciences mathematics at the 300 or 400 level. (3-3-0) Prerequisite: Algebra II in high school or MATH 110. THE CURRICULUM IN MATHEMATICS Fall and Spring. MATH 105. Contemporary Mathematics (3-3-0) An introduction to the calculus of functions arising in busi- Prerequisite: through Algebra II in high school or permis- ness and the social sciences. Exponential and logarithmic sion of instructor. functions, differentiation, and integration. Modeling and Fall and Spring. applications will be stressed. This course (or MATH 125) is recommended to satisfy the MATH 140. Calculus and Analytic Geometry (4-4-0) mathematics general education requirement for non-science Prerequisite: three-and-a-half years of high school math- majors. It is designed to introduce the student to applica- ematics or MATH 130. tions of mathematics, including finance, linear program- Fall and Spring. ming (optimization problems), systems of equations, and An introduction to the calculus of elementary functions, other topics. continuity, derivatives, methods of differentiation, the Mean MATH 109. Theoretical Foundations of Fundamental Value Theorem, curve sketching, applications of the de- Mathematics (3-3-0) rivative, the definite integral, the Fundamental Theorems Prerequisites: through Algebra II in high school or permis- of Calculus, indefinite integrals, and log and exponential sion of instructor. functions. The software package MAPLE will be used. Fall and Spring. MATH 145. Discrete Mathematics (3-3-0) Strongly recommended for prospective elementary and Prerequisite: three-and-a-half years of high school math- middle school teachers, this course covers concepts and ematics or MATH 130. theories underlying fundamental mathematics. Topics in- The development of theoretical tools suitable for describ- clude sets, logic, number sentences, introduction to num- ing algorithmic applications. Topics such as sets, number ber theory, number systems, intuitive geometry, and mea- systems, nature of proofs, formal logic, recursion, combi- surement. natorics, graph theory, network algorithms, vectors, linear MATH 110. College Algebra (3-3-0) transformations, and linear programming will be covered. Prerequisite: through Algebra II in high school or permis- MATH 205. College Geometry (3-3-0) sion of instructor. Prerequisite: through Algebra II in high school or Fall and Spring. MATH 110. This course is designed for those students who intend to Spring. take MATH 130 or MATH 135 and who have inadequate An axiomatic development of Euclidean geometry with algebra skills for either of the courses. Topics include real emphasis on formal proofs. Introduction to non-Euclidean number properties, exponents, polynomial and rational ex- geometries including projective geometry. pressions, equations and inequalities, functions, quadratic MATH 235. Applied Matrix Techniques (3-3-0) functions, and logarithms. Prerequisites: MATH 135 or MATH 140, CPSC 220 or MATH 125. Elementary Statistics (3-3-0) 230/230L. Prerequisite: through Algebra II in high school or permis- Fall and every other Spring. sion of instructor. Topics in applied linear algebra such as systems of linear Fall and Spring. equations, Gaussian elimination, matrix algebra, determi- This course (or MATH 105) is recommended to satisfy the nants, Cramer’s rule, eigenvalues and vectors. Also appli- mathematics general education requirement for non-science

117 MATHEMATICS cations in some of these areas: linear programming, game porting on selected articles from the MAA Mathematics theory, Markov chains, input/output models, graph theory, Magazine and the JRME; practice the type of writing asso- and genetics. A computer project may be required. ciated with mathematics. Satisfies Writing Intensive Re- MATH 240. Intermediate Calculus (4-4-0) quirement. Prerequisite: MATH 140 or consent of instructor or Chair. MATH 308. Processes and Procedures for Teaching Fall and Spring. Mathematics Concepts in the Elementary School (3-3-0) Techniques of integration, L’Hospital’s Rule, application Prerequisites: six semester hours of mathematics, accep- of integration, approximations, Taylor’s Theorem, se- tance into the Teacher Education Program, EDUC 305, quences and limits, series of numbers and functions, power or consent of the instructor. (Does not apply toward the series, and Taylor series. The software package MAPLE 300-level requirements of the mathematics major.) will be used. Fall and Spring. MATH 250. Multivariable Calculus (3-3-0) Emphasizes key mathematical concepts which underlie el- Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor or Chair. ementary school mathematics strategies for teaching these Fall and Spring. key concepts, and the use and development of instruc- An introduction to the calculus of real-valued functions of tional materials for teaching mathematics. The process of more than one variable. The geometry of three-space, vec- problem-solving will be presented and used as an integral tor-valued functions, line integrals, partial and directional part of the course. derivatives, multiple and iterated integrals, and applications. MATH 309. Processes and Procedures for Teaching The software package MAPLE will be used. Mathematics Concepts in the Middle School (3-3-0) MATH 260. Linear Algebra (3-3-0) Prerequisites: six semester hours of mathematics; accep- Prerequisite: MATH 240. tance into the Teacher Education Program, EDUC 305, Fall and Spring. or consent of the instructor. (Does not apply toward the Systems of linear equations, matrix operations, vectors and 300-level requirements of the mathematics major.) vector spaces, independence, bases and dimension, coor- Spring. dinates, linear transformations and matrices, determinants, Emphasizes key mathematical concepts which underlie eigenvalues and vectors, and inner products. middle school mathematics strategies for teaching these MATH 295. Elementary Topics (credits vary) key concepts, and the use and development of instruc- Prerequisite: announced at the appropriate time. tional materials for teaching mathematics. The process of Offered as needed. problem-solving will be presented and used as an integral This course is a mechanism for constructing non-perma- part of the course. nent courses for specific purposes. Courses can range from MATH 310. Proofs and Discrete Mathematics (3-3-0) one-credit laboratories to three-credit courses on topics of Prerequisite: MATH 240 and 260 or permission of in- immediate importance. structor. MATH 301W. Writing in Mathematics I-WI (1-1-0) Spring. Prerequisites: six-hour freshman English sequence, Topics are presented so as to develop facility with meth- MATH 240 and junior or senior standing. ods of proof and mathematical argument. Topics will in- Fall. clude logic, sets, binary relations, functions, binary opera- Course will consist of several individual writing assign- tions, elementary number theory, number bases, mathemati- ments and a possible group project designed to help stu- cal induction, recursive definitions and algorithms, and dents: investigate selected mathematics concepts/topics other topics at the discretion of the instructor. by using what they already know and expanding on it; gain MATH 320. Ordinary Differential Equations (3-3-0) experience in interpreting data and/or research such as re- Prerequisites: MATH 240. porting on selected articles from the MAA Mathematics Fall and Spring. Magazine and the JRME; practice the type of writing asso- A treatment of ordinary differential equations and their ap- ciated with mathematics. Satisfies Writing Intensive Re- plications. Topics will include techniques for the qualita- quirement. tive analysis of autonomous equations and methods for MATH 302W. Writing in Mathematics II-WI (1-1-0) determining analytical solutions for certain classes of equa- Prerequisites: six-hour freshman English sequence, tions. MATH 240 and junior or senior standing. MATH 335. Applied Probability (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisites: MATH 240, CPSC 230/230L. Course will consist of several individual writing assign- Elementary probability theory including combinatorics, dis- ments and a possible group project designed to help stu- tributions of random variables, conditional probability, and dents: investigate selected mathematics concepts/topics moment generating functions. An introduction to stochas- by using what they already know and expanding on it; gain tic processes including such topics as Markov chains, ran- experience in interpreting data and/or research such as re- dom walks, and queuing theory. Case studies. Computer projects may be required.

118 MATHEMATICS

MATH 338. Apprenticeship in Teaching Mathematics MATH 390. Mathematical Methods of Operations (3-2-1) Research I (3-3-0) Prerequisites: junior standing, 15 credits in major, accep- Prerequisites: MATH 240, 260, CPSC 230/230L or consent tance into Teacher Preparation, EDUC 305, or consent of of the instructor. the instructor. Does not apply toward the 300-level math- Fall. ematics major requirements. A study of the nature, scope, applications, and theoretical Fall. basis of operations research. The simplex algorithm, theo- Course emphasizes key mathematical ideas which underlie retical and computational aspects, duality theory and its secondary school mathematics, strategies for teaching relationship to game theory, dynamic programming, case these concepts, and the development and use of instruc- studies. Computer projects may be required. tional materials for teaching mathematics. MATH 395. Elementary Topics (credits vary) MATH 345. Number Theory (3-3-0) Prerequisite: consent of instructor or Chair, unless other- Prerequisite: MATH 260 or consent of instructor. wise listed. Topics include prime numbers, linear Diophantine equa- Taught when appropriate. The exact course(s) to be of- tions, congruencies, theorems of Fermat, Wilson, and Euler, fered in any one semester and a description of the course(s) and numbers in other bases. will be found in the pre-registration schedule for that se- MATH 350. Vector Calculus (3-3-0) mester. Prerequisite: MATH 250. MATH 400. Mathematical Methods of Operations Spring. Research II (3-3-0) An introductory course in differential and integral vector Prerequisites: MATH 390. May be taken as research inten- calculus. Topics include vector operations, gradients, di- sive. vergence, curl, line integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes’ Spring. Theorem, Divergence Theorem, and applications. Mathematical theory and techniques of network algorithms, MATH 355. Complex Variables (3-3-0) integer programming, inventory control, sequencing and Prerequisite: MATH 250. scheduling, and computational complexity of algorithms. Spring, once every two years. Case studies. Computer projects may be required. Introduction to the Calculus of Complex Variables and its MATH 410. Advanced Ordinary Differential Equations application to applied mathematics, physics and engineer- (3-3-0) ing. Topics include analytic functions, Cauchy Reimann Prerequisites: MATH 320 and CPSC 230/230L. equations, residues and poles, and conformal mapping. Spring. MATH 360. Advanced Calculus (3-3-0) A second course in ordinary differential equations. Topics Prerequisites: MATH 250, 260, 310. will be selected from: series solutions near singular points, Fall. systems of first-order linear equations, non-linear differen- A one semester course covering various topics in advanced tial equations, autonomous systems, phase plane and sta- calculus and elementary analysis. Topics include sequences bility, Sturm-Lionville theory, numerical methods, and ex- of functions, series of functions, Taylor, uniform continu- istence theory. ity and uniform convergence. MATH 420. Partial Differential Equations (3-3-0) MATH 370. Abstract Algebra (3-3-0) Prerequisites: MATH 320, 360 or consent of instructor. Prerequisites: MATH 250, 260, 310. Fall. Spring. Discussion of methods used in solving problems arising An introduction to algebraic structures, elementary num- from continuous mathematical models. An introduction to ber theory, groups, rings, homomorphism theorems, quo- Partial Differential Equations. Additional Topics may in- tient structures, polynomial rings, and fields. clude: Sturm-Lionville Theory and qualitative theory of or- MATH 380. Numerical Analysis I (3-3-0) dinary differential equations, transform methods, Green’s Prerequisites: MATH 240, 260; CPSC 231/231L or equiva- functions, delay differential equations, special functions, lent. numerical methods. A survey of numerical methods for scientific and engineer- MATH 435. Mathematical Statistics (3-3-0) ing problems. Topics will include: rootfinding techniques, Prerequisites: MATH 335. polynomial and spline interpolation, numerical differentia- A study of the nature, scope, and theoretical basis of meth- tion and integration and the numerical solution of initial ods of estimation, hypothesis testing, and statistical deci- value problems for ordinary differential equations. Consid- sion making. Descriptive statistics, quality of estimators eration will be given to theoretical concepts and to efficient and best tests, techniques of estimation and hypothesis computation procedure. Computer projects will be required. testing, and regression analysis. Additional topics such as analysis of variance, non-parametric procedures, sampling techniques, and MINITAB. Computer projects may be required.

119 MATHEMATICS

MATH 440. Mathematical Modeling (3-3-0) Prerequisites: MATH 320, 360 or consent of instructor. Modeling and solution of some problems that arise in the sciences. Emphasis on development of appropriate models and an awareness of their domain or applicability. MATH 480. Numerical Analysis II (3-3-0) Prerequisites: MATH 360, 380 or consent of instructor. A continuation of MATH 380. Topics will be chosen from partial differential equations, eigenvalue problems, approximation techniques, and other topics. Computer projects may be required. MATH 490: Internship in Mathematics (credits vary) Prerequisite: CPSC 230, MATH 360 and at least nine semester hours of additional coursework in mathematics at the 300-400 level: classified status as a mathematics major; minimum 3.00 GPA in all 300-400 level mathematics courses completed; approval of the departmental director of internships. Credit varies from one to three semester hours, with 40 clock hours (60 minute hours) of scheduled, on-site time required for each semester hour of credit earned. This course may be taken repeatedly for credit until a maximum of three semester hours of credit has been earned. A project-based experience in a private, governmental, or military organization which permits the intern to apply his or her formal education to a project of mathematical substance and to gain appropriate experience as an apprentice in a math- ematically-related employment environment. This course must be taken on a “pass/fail” basis. Credit earned in this course will not apply toward meeting the requirement for “one 400-level MATH course” that is attendant to certain of the options under which one may complete the BA or BS degree in mathematics; however, such credit may, where otherwise applicable, be applied toward meeting any other requirement for unspecified 300-400 level mathematics courses for the BA or BS degree in mathematics. MATH 495. Advanced Topics (credits vary) Prerequisite: consent of instructor or Chair, unless otherwise listed. Taught when appropriate. This course will usually consist of one or more of these topics: advanced differential equations, advanced numerical methods, modeling, complex variables, geometry, optimization, real analysis, or topology. The exact course(s) to be offered in any one semester and a description of the course will be found in the pre-registration schedule for that semester. MATH 499. Independent Research (credits vary) Prerequisites: junior or standing and approval of Chair. Taught when appropriate. May be taken as research intensive. Individual research on an approved subject may be taken for one to three credits. See the Catalog description of In- dependent Study (see General Requirements for Gradua- tion 5e.)

120 MILITARY SCIENCE

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY) Lieutenant Colonel Philip D. DeCamp, Chair 410 University Place (757) 221-3600 or (757) 594-7169

The mission of the Reserve Officer Training Corps detach- GRADUATE STUDIES ment is to qualify students for positions of leadership and Newly commissioned officers may apply for delayed entry management in the United States Army and the civilian into active duty to pursue graduate degrees in recognized sector. By participating in the ROTC program, a student fields. can earn a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the Regular REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMISSIONING Army, Army Reserve, or National Guard while pursuing a Four-Year Program: degree. A general military science curriculum is offered, 1) Completion of MLSC 101/101L, 102/102L, 201/ which enables a cadet to qualify for assignment into any 201L, 202/202L offered during the freshman and one of the 15 branches of the Army. MLSC 101, 102, 201 sophomore years. and 202 are taught at Christopher Newport University. 2) Completion of MLSC 301/301L and MLSC 302/ MLSC 301, 302, 401 and 402 courses are taught at the Col- 302L during the junior year. lege of William and Mary. 3) Attendance at a six-week ROTC National Advance Leadership Camp during the summer WHAT ROTC OFFERS: between the junior and senior years or following 1) A maximum of $4,000 in subsistence allowance the senior year. money to each cadet during his/her junior and 4) Completion of MLSC 401/401L and 402/402L senior years. during the senior year. 2) A commission as a Second Lieutenant in the 5) Completion of one military history course and United States Army. one computer science course offered through 3) A job opportunity with a starting salary and the University’s history and computer science allowances of $30,000 per year or an opportunity departments prior to graduation. to serve in the Army Reserve or National Guard. 4) Extensive leadership and management courses, Two-Year Program: which are applicable both to civilian industry 1) Either prior military service, three years of Junior and military service. ROTC or attendance to a six-week ROTC Leader 5) An opportunity to participate in such confi- Training Course during the summer (between dence-building activities as land navigation, the sophomore and junior years) will provide adventure training, marksmanship, field training placement credit for coursework missed during exercises, and physical training. the freshman and sophomore years. 2) Completion of MLSC 301/301L and MLSC 302/ SCHOLARSHIPS 302L during the junior year. Two-year, three-year and four-year Army ROTC scholar- 3) Attendance at a six-week ROTC National ships are available on a competitive basis. College fresh- Advance Leadership Camp during the summer men and sophomores may apply for three- and two-year between the junior and senior years or following scholarships. Four-year scholarships are available only to the senior year. high school seniors. ROTC scholarships pay for: 4) Completion of MLSC 401/401L and 402/402L during the senior year. · Tuition - Up to $17,000 per year 5) Completion of one military history course and · Books - $300 per semester one computer science course offered through · Tax-free subsistence allowance - $250-$400 per the University’s history and computer science month departments prior to graduation.

BOOKS AND UNIFORMS REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT The Department of Military Science provides required uni- Any full-time freshman or sophomore student who is physi- forms and course materials, except possibly one text per cally qualified and not already holding a commission in any semester, to students free of charge. armed forces may enroll in Basic Military Science. Those meeting the above qualifications, but who have had prior

121 MILITARY SCIENCE military experience in the armed forces, ROTC in another MLSC 102. Basic Leadership and Management Theory college, or in junior ROTC in high school, should consult (2-2-0) the Department of Military Science. Entrance into the Ad- Corequisite: MLSC 102L. vanced Course (300- and 400-level) is based upon the fol- Spring. lowing: Presents the rudiments of leadership and management. In- · Satisfactory completion of the Basic Course, cluded in the course of study are several case studies relat- Leader Training Course, advanced placement due ing to areas of management and leadership. Also, the re- to prior military service, or JROTC; sponsibilities of an officer’s commission will be studied · Successful completion of an Army physical along with ethics, customs, courtesies, traditions, and mili- examination; tary service. · Execution of appropriate loyalty statements and c MLSC 102L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) ontractual agreements; Corequisite: MLSC 102. · Satisfactory completion of the appropriate MLSC 201. Advanced Leadership and Management (2-2-0) screening tests; and Prerequisite: MLSC 101/101L, 102/102L or equivalent. · Selection by the Chair of Military Science. Corequisite: MLSC 201L. Fall. OBLIGATIONS Presents the classical analysis of the decision-making pro- A student incurs no obligation to the military by participat- cess, situational estimates, and leadership situational stud- ing in freshman or sophomore military science courses. ies. The courses offer a student the opportunity to evaluate MLSC 201L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) the prospect of military service and to qualify for the Ad- Corequisite: MLSC 201. vanced Program beginning in the junior year. When a cadet MLSC 202. Military Professional Ethics (2-2-0) enters the Advanced Program, he or she contracts for eight Prerequisite: MLSC 201/201L. Corequisite: MLSC 202L. years in the Army Reserve and is obligated to accept a Spring. commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States An in-depth study of the professional ethics demanded of Army Reserve (USAR) upon graduation. officers of the U.S. Army in the progress of their duties under all circumstances of service. This course seeks to ACTIVE DUTY/RESERVE FORCES DUTY prepare the student to assume the proper profile befitting All commissioned officers incur an initial eight-year obliga- the high ethical standards of a U.S. Army officer by intro- tion. ROTC cadets have a choice of requesting Active ducing the student to several case studies and thoroughly Duty or Reserve Forces Duty. The difference between the analyzing each. two options is listed below: MLSC 202L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) 1. Active Duty. The first four years are served on Corequisite: MLSC 202. active duty, with the remaining four years served MLSC 301. Advanced Leadership and Management in the Reserves. (2-2-0) 2. Reserve Forces Duty (National Guard or U.S. Prerequisite: MLSC 202/202L. Corequisite: 301L. Army Reserve). Newly commissioned officers Advanced leadership and management. The classroom may enter active duty for approximately 90 days analysis of the decision making process, situational esti- to attend a branch-specific Officer Basic Course mates, and leadership situational studies. and serve out the remainder of their eight year MLSC 301L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) obligation in the Reserves while pursuing a Prerequisite: MLSC 202/202L; or equivalent. Corequisite: civilian career. Cadets may choose to guarantee MLSC 301. this option prior to entrance into the junior year. MLSC 302. Military Skills (2-2-0) Prerequisite: MLSC 301/301L. Corequisite: MLSC 302L. THE CURRICULUM IN MILITARY Spring. SCIENCE Concentrates on general military subjects directed toward MLSC 101. American National Security Policy (2-2-0) the reinforcement of military skills and the development of Corequisite: MLSC 101L. new skills required for Advanced Camp. Subjects presented Fall. are rifle marksmanship, military skills instruction, physical Presents the U.S. National Security Structure and the role fitness proficiency testing, map reading, and squad and of the U.S. Army in National Security. Also, the basic orga- platoon tactics. nizational structure of the U.S. Army and its branches is MLSC 302L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) studied. Prerequisite: MLSC 301/301L. Corequisite: MLSC 302. MLSC 101L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) Corequisite: MLSC 101.

122 MILITARY SCIENCE

MLSC 401. Civil Military Relations (2-2-0) Prerequisite: MLSC 302/302L. Corequisite: MLSC 401L. Fall. Presents theories of civil-military relations. Emphasis is placed on the study of international laws of war and military laws as they relate to the military community. Also, military training philosophy and training management are discussed in depth. MLSC 401L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) Prerequisite: MLSC 302/302L. Corequisite: MLSC 401. MLSC 402. Organizational Management (3-3-0) Prerequisite: MLSC 401/401L. Corequisite: MLSC 402L. Spring. Presents an overview of resources, systems, and procedures used to effectively manage and support military personnel and organizations. This is the capstone ROTC course that provides essential information to smoothly transition to the officer corps. MLSC 402L. Leadership Lab (0-0-1) Prerequisite: MLSC 401/401L. Corequisite: MLSC 402.

123 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES Dr. Danielle L. Cahill 12420 Warwick Blvd., Bldg 6 (757) 594-7020 email: [email protected] FACULTY PLACEMENT Professor: St. Onge All entering students must demonstrate that they have Associate Professor: Cahill successfully completed two years each of two foreign lan- Assistant Professors: Adamitis, Deiulio, Georgescu, guages or three years of one foreign language with a C Scheiderer average or better on the secondary level. Students not Instructor: Guerrero meeting these requirements must successfully complete Emeriti: Guthrie, Jones, King, Reppen one of the following sequences: French 101-102, German 101-102, Latin 101-102, or Spanish 101-102. MISSION STATEMENT College credit may be awarded for previous foreign lan- For centuries, the classical and modern languages guage experience by: constituted the very foundation of a liberal arts 1) Obtaining an appropriate score on a College education. The centrality of language study to the liberal Board Advanced Placement (AP) Examination at arts is just as true today in our era of globalization. the high school level; MCLL seeks to develop the communicative competence 2) Successfully completing the waiver examination of our students by integrating the speaking, reading, for languages not offered at CNU and the less writing, and listening skills into every course at every commonly-taught languages (e.g. Korean, level. But the study of foreign languages is not just skills Vietnamese, Greek, Swahili, etc.) available through development. Students are also encouraged to develop Georgetown University; their capacity for critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis 3) Obtaining an appropriate score on the departmen- of abstract concepts. They are introduced to the tal placement test available through the Modern richness of the civilizations of the past, as well as to the Language Department. Credit through the mosaic of contemporary culture in the areas of the arts, Modern Language Placement Test is governed by societal trends, politics, and behaviors. Perhaps most the following rules: importantly, students in MCLL learn to view themselves a) Effective August 26, 1996, students may as citizens of the world. They are encouraged to receive 6 or 12 college credits based on the appreciate cultural diversity, both around the world and results of the examination. here at home. b) Students may not take any course for credit for which they receive credits through the THE PROGRAM placement test. For students already enrolled The Department of Modern and Classical Languages and in a foreign language class at the 101-202 Literatures offers courses and programs that are designed level, placement test results will not be to teach students to understand and to speak a foreign certified until proof is presented that the language with facility; to develop skills in reading and student has withdrawn from any class for writing; and to promote understanding and appreciation which they will receive credits by placement. of foreign cultures and literatures. The department also c) Students may take the departmental place- helps students to prepare for the teaching professions, ment test only once. The test is offered the domestic and international business world, govern- during the summer sessions of Freshman ment work, social work, careers in science and medicine, Orientation, during Start Up Week of the fall work in and relating to the fine and performing arts, and semester, during the first week of the fall and research leading to advanced degrees. Thus, modern and spring semesters, and during the week prior classical languages and literatures are both an integral to Fall and Spring Registration. part of the liberal arts program and of many different career-oriented programs at the University. The department **Native speakers of French, German, or Spanish may offers the Bachelor of Arts with concentrations in French, not receive credit for the 101-102 level courses in that German, and Spanish. Also available are minor programs language, either by taking those classes or by examina- and teacher education programs in the three core language tion. Native speakers may, however, receive college credit areas. Students can also minor in French, German and Span- for courses at the 200-level through any of the means out- ish. lined above.

124 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MODERN istration, chemistry, economics, elementary education, En- LANGUAGES glish, history, philosophy and religious studies, political The Bachelor of Arts degree in Modern Languages can be science, psychology, sociology, and theatre arts. The mi- taken with a concentration in French, a concentration in nor program in French requires 18 credits in French above German, or a concentration in Spanish. In addition to the the 100 level and MLAN 308. No specific French courses required twenty-seven hours of course work in their area of are required. concentration, all modern language majors must take MLAN 308 and four semesters of a language different from the one THE CURRICULUM IN FRENCH of their concentration OR MLAN 308, two semesters of a FREN 101-102. Elementary French (3-3-0) language other than the one of their concentration, CLST Prerequisite for FREN 102: FREN 101, its equivalent or 210, and either MLAN 205G or MLAN 206G. A minimum consent of instructor. grade of C- is required in all courses that are to be counted Establishment of a basic foundation in the French language. toward the completion of a major or minor program in mod- Emphasis on the acquisition of practical vocabulary and ern languages. Selected modern language majors may be structure through oral usage in the classroom. One hour asked to take a state-mandated assessment test during the per week in the language laboratory is required. Reading year in which they complete their major program. Native and writing skills based on the same material are developed speakers of French, German, and Spanish who choose to simultaneously. major in their native language may not register for 300 or FREN 201. Intermediate French (3-3-0) 400 level conversation courses but may substitute any other Prerequisite: FREN 102, its equivalent or consent of in- 300 or 400 level elective course to complete the required structor. number of hours for the modern language major. No stu- A course designed to review the major grammatical struc- dent may present more than twelve hours of topics credit tures of the language and to develop further the student’s or six hours of independent study credit toward the major ability to understand, speak, read, and write French. One program. hour per week in the language laboratory is required. FREN 202. Intermediate French (3-3-0) The Bachelor of Arts degree in Modern Languages Prerequisite: FREN 201, its equivalent or consent of in- FRENCH CONCENTRATION structor. In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- More advanced work in all skill areas of the language. Ma- eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- terial equally divided between practical conversation and dex), the concentration in French requires successful selected readings. Conducted chiefly in French. One hour completion of the following courses in major and elective per week in the language laboratory is required. studies: FREN 301. Grammar and Composition (3-3-0) 1) FREN 101*- 102* and 201*- 202*; Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- 2) Either FREN 301 or 303; structor. 3) Select one: FREN 302, 304, 306, or 308; (Except Review of the main principles of syntax, composition, and native speakers — choose a French elective.) translation. Conducted chiefly in French. 4) FREN 310; FREN 302. Practical Conversation (3-3-0) 5) Either FREN 311 or 312; Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- 6) FREN 351 and 352; structor. Not open to native speakers of French. 7) Three 300- or 400- level FREN electives. Develop fluency in speaking French. Intensive oral-aural 8) MLAN 308 and competency through the 202 level training. Conducted chiefly in French. in a language different from the one of concentra- FREN 303W. Writing and Translation-WI (3-3-0) tion, OR MLAN 308, competency through the 102 Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; FREN level in a language other than the one of concen- 202, its equivalent or consent of instructor. tration, CLST 210*, and either MLAN 205G* or This course is designed to focus on writing as a process. 206G*. Students will analyze models of specific styles of writing * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously and use a variety of methods, including peer-editing, self- to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree correction, and stylistic exercises, to improve the accuracy studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- and the effectiveness of their writing in French. Study of sor. Courses in the elementary sequence (i.e. 101-102) and grammatical points will be individualized and will arise as a upper-level conversation courses are not open to native by-product of the process of learning to write more effec- speakers of French. tively. Assignments will encompass a variety of styles, including descriptions, narrations, resumes, literary analy- THE MINOR IN FRENCH sis, and business and technical writing. Techniques of The minor program in French is a valuable complement to translation will be used as means to improve the students’ many concentrations, particularly biology, business admin-

125 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES basic vocabulary and appreciation for levels of style and period. Readings will be supplemented by other materials, usage in French. Satisfies the Writing Intensive require- including film, slides, and video, in order to situate literary ment. works in their cultural context. A variety of activities con- FREN 304. Conversational Approach to Society and In- ducted primarily in French, including group work, class stitutions (3-3-0) presentations, opinion and research papers, will make criti- Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- cal thinking and the development of language skills an instructor. Not open to native speakers of French. herent focus of the course. This course may include a Conversations based on video and radio programs empha- practicum and/or interdisciplinary component, especially sizing social phenomena and institutions serve as the for- for students intending to enter the teaching profession. mat for improving general fluency and developing a more FREN 352. Studies in the Modern Era (3-3-0) abstract vocabulary than in FREN 302. Stress will be placed Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- on vocabulary related to French society and social situa- structor. tions. Selected readings from the 19th and 20th centuries and be- FREN 306. Facets of a Changing France (3-3-0) yond will acquaint students with the major authors, works, Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- themes, and genres of the Modern period. Literary texts structor. Not open to native speakers of French. will be supplemented by readings from other print materi- The focus of the classroom work will be conversational. als, such as journals, periodicals, advertisements, and other Newspapers, magazines, and films will be used to present authentic documents, as well as by film, video, and web the various facets of change in contemporary France and sources, in order to situate literary works in their cultural will serve as the basis for discussions. The primary goal context. A variety of activities conducted primarily in will be to improve the student’s oral expression in a loosely- French, including group work, class presentations, opin- structured context on topics of current import. Techniques ion and research papers, will make critical thinking and the will include reports, group discussions, and interview situ- development of language skills an inherent focus of the ations. course. This course may include a practicum and/or inter- FREN 308. Conversation via Cinema (3-3-0) disciplinary component, especially for students intending Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- to enter the teaching profession. structor. Not open to native speakers of French. FREN 395. Elementary Topics (3-3-0) Use of videotapes of recent French films to improve listen- Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- ing comprehension, writing and conversation skills. A re- structor. quired lab will consist of a second viewing of each film at A seminar in major literary periods, linguistic phenomena, the student’s convenience. or topics related to historical and cultural developments. FREN 310. Practical French Phonetics (3-3-0) Emphasis on research methods. No student may present Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- more than twelve hours of topics credit toward the major structor. program. An intensive study of pronunciation, rhythm, intonation, FREN 403. Advanced Writing and Stylistics (3-3-0) and the International Phonetic Alphabet designed to in- Prerequisite: FREN 301 or 303W or consent of instructor. crease oral proficiency. Extensive use of laboratory materi- Directed toward the student who is already familiar with als. the basic principles of French grammar and composition. FREN 311. French Civilization (3-3-0) The emphasis at this level is on increasing the student’s Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- facility in writing French and on helping develop appropri- structor. ate levels of style. These goals will be implemented through A study of French society, history and culture from their a variety of written work, including free and guided compo- origins to the Third Republic, encompassing social and sitions, translation, and business correspondence. political trends, art, architecture, and social customs. FREN 490. Practicum (3-3-0) FREN 312. Contemporary France (3-3-0) Prerequisite: FREN 202 or its equivalent, Modern Lan- Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- guage major, consent of the instructor, and departmental structor. approval. A study of French culture and society from the Third Re- This course is designed to allow Modern Language majors public to the present, encompassing social and political to participate in an internship or other practicum experi- trends, art, architecture, and historical events. ence that is not a part of regular department course offer- FREN 351. Studies in the Early Modern Era (3-3-0) ings. Such experiences might include teaching foreign lan- Prerequisite: FREN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- guage in elementary schools, serving as an aid to primary structor. or secondary teachers, doing field work within one of the Selected readings from the Middle Ages, Renaissance, 17th foreign communities in the area, working with an area com- and 18th centuries will acquaint students with the major pany with foreign connections, translating official docu- authors, works, themes and genres of the Early Modern ments for organizations and residents in the community, or

126 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES serving as an assistant in MCLL courses on campus, etc. German requires 18 credits in German above the 100 level The nature of the practicum, specific assignments, and evalu- and MLAN 308. No specific German courses are required. ation procedures are to be established with the supervising instructor, who must be a full-time faculty member in THE CURRICULUM IN GERMAN MCLL. The parameters for each individual practicum must GERM 101-102. Elementary German (3-3-0 each) be approved by the Department. Prerequisite for GERM 102: GERM 101, its equivalent or FREN 495. Advanced Topics in French (3-3-0) consent of instructor. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent of in- An introduction to understanding, speaking, reading, and structor. writing German. The student uses the language in practical A seminar in major authors or topics related to historical situations while also acquiring a basis for reading and writ- and cultural periods or linguistic phenomena, with subject ing. One hour per week in the language laboratory is re- matter and instructor changing each semester. The seminar quired. topic will represent both student interest and the specialty GERM 201. Intermediate German (3-3-0) (or research in progress) of an individual member of the Prerequisite: GERM 102, its equivalent or consent of in- department. No student present more than twelve hours of structor. topics credit toward the major program. A continuation of the major grammatical structures of the FREN 499. Independent Study (credits vary) language and further development of the student’s ability Prerequisite: Modern Language major or minor, junior or to understand, speak, read, and write German. Emphasis is senior standing and consent of instructor required. Taught placed on use of the language. One hour per week in the upon request and at the instructor’s discretion. language laboratory is required. No student may present more than six credits of 499 toward GERM 202. Intermediate German (3-3-0) the major program. Prerequisite: GERM 201, its equivalent or consent of instructor. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Modern Languages Readings and discussions of German literature, culture and GERMAN CONCENTRATION civilization. Emphasis is placed upon the expansion of ac- In addition to requiring successful completion of all under- tive and passive vocabularies toward the goal of perfect- graduate general education and degree studies requirements ing the knowledge of German. One hour per week in the (see index), the concentration in German requires success- language laboratory is required. ful completion of the following courses in major and elec- GERM 301. Grammar and Composition (3-3-0) tive studies: Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- 1) GERM 101* - 102* and 201* - 202*; structor. 2) GERM 301 and 303 A course dealing with the chief difficulties of grammar and 3) Select one: GERM 302 or 308; (Except native the main principles of syntax, focusing on the development speakers — choose a German elective.) of skill in writing and translating. 4) GERM 311 and 312; GERM 302. Conversation and Comprehension (3-3-0) 5) GERM 351 and 352; Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- 6) Two 300- or 400- level GERM electives. structor. Not open to native speakers of German. 7) MLAN 308 and competency through the 202 level A course to develop greater fluency in speaking idiomatic in a language different from the one of concentra- German and greater ability to comprehend the language in tion, OR MLAN 308, competency through the 102 a variety of practical situations. Intensive training in speak- level in a language other than the one of concen- ing, listening, and discussion is emphasized. tration, CLST 210*, and either MLAN 205G* or GERM 303. Intensive Writing in German (3-3-0) 206G*. Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously instructor. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree This course is designed to focus on writing as a process. studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- Students will analyze models of specific styles of writing sor. Courses in the elementary sequence (i.e. 101-102) and and use a variety of methods, including peer-editing, self- upper-level conversation courses are not open to native correction, and stylistic exercises, to improve the accuracy speakers of German. and the effectiveness of their writing in German. Study of grammatical points will be individualized and will arise as a THE MINOR IN GERMAN by-product of the process of learning to write more effec- The minor program in German is a valuable complement to tively. Assignments will encompass a variety of styles, many concentrations, particularly biology, business admin- including descriptions, narrations, resumes, literary analy- istration, chemistry, economics, education, English, history, sis, and business and technical writing. Techniques of philosophy and religious studies, political science, psy- translation will be used as means to improve the students’ chology, sociology, and theater arts. The minor program in basic vocabulary and appreciation for levels of style and usage in German.

127 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

GERM 308. Conversation via Cinema (3-3-0) and research papers, will make critical thinking and the de- Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- velopment of language skills an inherent focus of the structor. Not open to native speakers of German. course. This course may include a practicum and/or inter- This course will use videotapes of German films to improve disciplinary component, especially for students intending listening comprehension, writing and conversational skills. to enter the teacher profession. The main emphasis will be placed upon vocabulary im- GERM 395. Topics (3-3-0) provement. Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- GERM 311. German Civilization (3-3-0) structor. Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- Courses in major literary periods and genres, in practical structor. aspects of the language, in German civilization, and in Ger- A study of German-speaking Europe, encompassing art, man literature. No student may present more than twelve music, philosophy, history, geography, and social customs hours of topics credit toward the major program. to 1800. GERM 490. Practicum (3-3-0) GERM 312. German Civilization (3-3-0) Prerequisite: GERM 202 or its equivalent, modern lan- Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- guage major, consent of the instructor, and departmental structor. approval. A study of German-speaking Europe, encompassing art, This course is designed to allow Modern Language majors music, philosophy, history, geography, and social customs to participate in an internship or other practicum experi- from 1800 to the present. ence that is not a part of regular department course offer- GERM 321. Techniques of Translation: German to En- ings. Such experiences might include teaching foreign lan- glish (3-3-0) guage in elementary schools, serving as an aid to primary Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- or secondary teachers, doing field work within one of the structor. foreign communities in the area, working with an area com- A course designed to acquaint the student with the skills pany with foreign connections, translating official docu- of translation based upon practical translations such as ments for organizations and residents in the community, or business and legal correspondence, magazine articles, and serving as an assistant in MCLL courses on campus, etc. essays on different subjects. Based on the length and The nature of the practicum, specific assignments, and evalu- complexity of several of the assignments, classes may meet ation procedures are to be established with the supervis- from 1-3 times weekly. ing instructor, who must be a full-time faculty member in GERM 351: Studies in the Early Modern Era (3-3-0) MCLL The parameters for each individual practicum must Prerequisite: GERM 202, its equivalent or consent of in- be approved by the Department. structor. GERM 499. Independent Study (credits vary) Selected readings from the Middle Ages, the Reformation, Prerequisite: Modern Language major or minor, junior or Barock, and the Age of Goethe will acquaint students with senior standing and consent of instructor required. Taught the major authors, works, themes, and genres of the Early upon request and at the instructor’s discretion. Modern Period. Readings will be supplemented by other No student may present more than six credits of 499 to- materials, including film, slides, and video, in order to situ- ward the major program. ate literary works in their cultural context. A variety of activities conducted primarily in German, including group THE CURRICULUM IN LATIN work, class presentations, opinion and research papers, LATN 101-102. Elementary Latin (3-3-0 each) will make critical thinking and the development of language Prerequisite for LATN 102: LATN 101, its equivalent or skills an inherent focus of the course. This course may consent of instructor. include a practicum and/or interdisciplinary component, An introduction to the Latin language. Emphasis upon the especially for students intending to enter the teaching pro- acquisition of basic vocabulary and forms and the devel- fession. opment of reading skills. GERM 352: Studies in the Modern Era (3-3-0) LATN 201. Intermediate Latin (3-3-0) Prerequisite: GERM 202, i’s equivalent or consent of in- Prerequisite: LATN 102, or its equivalent and consent of structor. instructor. Selected readings from the 19th and 20th centuries and be- A review and completion of major grammatical structures yond will acquaint students with the major authors, works, of the language, as well as the development of basic skills themes, and genres of the Modern period. Literary texts through readings based on works by Latin writers. will be supplemented by readings from other print materi- LATN 202. Intermediate Latin (3-3-0) als, such as journals, periodicals, advertisements, and other Prerequisite: LATN 201, or its equivalent and consent of authentic documents, as well as by film, video, and web instructor. sources, in order to situate literary works in their cultural A further development of the basic skills in comprehension context. A variety of activities conducted primarily in Ger- and translation of passages of increasing difficulty from man, including group work, class presentations, opinion Latin authors.

128 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Modern Languages on reading, writing, speaking, and listening comprehen- SPANISH CONCENTRATION sion. One hour per week in the language laboratory is rec- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- ommended. eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- SPAN 201. Intermediate Spanish (3-3-0) dex), the concentration in Spanish requires successful Prerequisite: SPAN 102, its equivalent or consent of in- completion of the following courses in major and elective structor. studies: A review of grammatical structure, with further develop- 1) 101*-102* and 201* -202*; ment of reading, writing, speaking, and listening compre- 2) Either SPAN 301 or 303; hension skills. One hour per week in the language labora- 3) Select one: SPAN 302, 304, or 308; (Except native tory is recommended. speakers — choose a Spanish elective) SPAN 202. Intermediate Spanish (3-3-0) 4) SPAN 311; Prerequisite: SPAN 201, its equivalent or consent of in- 5) Select three: SPAN 351, 352, 353, or 354; structor. 6) Three 300- or 400- level SPAN electives. Further development of knowledge of grammatical struc- 7) MLAN 308 and competency through the 202 level ture, with the goal of further enhancing reading, writing, in a language different from the one of concentra- communication skills, and listening comprehension skills. tion, OR MLAN 308, competency through the 102 Conducted chiefly in Spanish. One hour per week in the level in a language other than the one of concen- language laboratory is recommended. tration, CLST 210*, and either MLAN 205G* or SPAN 301. Grammar and Composition (3-3-0) 206G*. Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously structor. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree This course stresses practical communication on a studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- variety of topics with a review of the main points of sor. Courses in the elementary sequence (i.e. 101-102) and grammatical structure, syntax, and composition. Con- upper-level conversation courses are not open to native ducted chiefly in Spanish. speakers of Spanish. SPAN 302. Effective Communication in Spanish (3-3-0) Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- THE MINOR IN SPANISH structor. Not open to native speakers of Spanish. The minor program in Spanish is a valuable complement to Guide to pronunciation and communication in Spanish with most concentrations, particularly biology, business admin- an emphasis on vocabulary, pronunciation, intonation, and istration, chemistry, economics, elementary education, En- comprehension. Written work to increase accuracy with glish, history, philosophy and religious studies, political language laboratory activities. Conducted chiefly in Span- science, psychology, sociology, and theatre arts. The mi- ish. nor program in Spanish requires 18 credits in Spanish above SPAN 303. Advanced Grammar and Composition (3-3-0) the 100 level and MLAN 308. No specific Spanish courses Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- are required. structor. This course focuses on a review of Spanish grammar with FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS emphasis on the most difficult and advanced grammatical For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has structures. The course continues to stress functional com- programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in Modern Lan- munication on a variety of topics. Reading and writing guages with a concentration in Spanish and the MAT (Mas- skills also are enhanced through the use of short composi- ter of Arts in Teaching). This program also includes teacher tions and discussions based on reading selections. Con- licensure. Application to these programs is made during ducted chiefly in Spanish. the second semester of the junior year. Because course SPAN 304. Advanced Communication in Spanish (3-3-0) sequencing is critical to success, interested students Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- should talk to an advisor about their interest in the five- structor. Not open to native speakers of Spanish. year program early. For information about admission to Emphasis will be placed upon fluency and sophistication the five-year program and program requirements, consult in oral and written expression. Conducted chiefly in Span- the Graduate Catalog (online at www.cnu.edu) or your de- ish. partment advisor. SPAN 308. Conversation via Cinema (3-3-0) THE CURRICULUM IN SPANISH Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (3-3-0 each) structor. Not open to native speakers of Spanish. Prerequisite for SPAN 102: SPAN 101, its equivalent or Videotapes of recent Spanish-language movies will be used consent of instructor. to improve listening comprehension, writing, and conver- An introduction to the Spanish language, with emphasis sation skills. Cultural content will also be emphasized. This course is conducted mainly in Spanish.

129 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

SPAN 311. Global Hispanic Civilization and Culture (3-3-0) ments. No student may present more than twelve hours of Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- topics credit toward the major program. structor. SPAN 463/563. Studies in Cervantes (3-3-0) Global approach to the evolution of society and culture of Prerequisite: SPAN 353, its equivalent or consent of in- Hispanics around the world, particularly in Spain, pre/post- structor. Columbian Latin America, and U.S.. Includes history, social Seminar devoted to a detailed reading and understanding customs, arts and music. Conducted chiefly in Spanish. of a selection of Cervantes’ works in the context of the SPAN 321. Techniques of Translation: Spanish to En- European transformation from medieval culture to moder- glish (3-3-0) nity. In addition, this course will include a historical orien- Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of instruc- tation in order to provide a solid background for better tor. understanding the development of Spanish literature A course designed to acquaint the student with the skills of during the Golden Age. Conducted in Spanish. translation. The course will be based upon practical transla- SPAN 490. Practicum (3-3-0) tions such as business letters, newspaper articles, essays Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or its equivalent, modern lan- on different subjects. A variety of techniques emphasizing guage major, consent of the instructor, and departmental accurate and exact translations from Spanish to English will approval. be used. This course is designed to allow Modern Language majors SPAN 351, 352. Introduction to Latin-American Lit- to participate in an internship or other practicum experi- erature (3-3-0 each) ence that is not a part of regular department course offer- Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- ings. Such experiences might include teaching foreign lan- structor. guage in elementary schools, serving as an aid to primary A survey of Spanish-American literature, emphasizing the or secondary teachers, doing field work within one of the major writers and the dominant literary trends. First semes- foreign communities in the area, working with an area com- ter (351) from the colonial period to Modernism. Second pany with foreign connections, translating official docu- semester ( 352) from Modernism to the present. Conducted ments for organizations and residents in the community, or in Spanish. serving as an assistant in MCLL courses on campus, etc. SPAN 353, 354. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3- The nature of the practicum, specific assignments, and evalu- 3-0) ation procedures are to be established with the supervis- Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- ing instructor, who must be a full-time faculty member in structor. MCLL. The parameters for each individual practicum must A survey of Spanish literature emphasizing the major writ- be approved by the Department. ers and literary trends. First semester (353) from El Cid SPAN 495. Advanced Topics in Spanish (3-3-0) through the Golden Age; second semester (354) from 1700 Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent of in- to the present. Conducted in Spanish. structor. SPAN 391. The Generation of ’98 (3-3-0) An advanced research seminar with extensive readings on Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- specific topics. No student may present more than twelve structor. hours of topics credit toward the major program. Representative figures include Unamuno, Azorin, and Baroja. SPAN 499. Independent Study (credits vary) Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Modern Language major or minor, junior SPAN 392. Twentieth-Century Spanish Literature (3-3-0) or senior standing and consent of instructor required. Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- Taught upon request and at the instructor’s discretion. structor. No student may present more than six credits of 499 to- Critical and historical study of representative works of the ward the major program. 20th century. Conducted in Spanish. SPAN 394. Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Lit- THE CURRICULUM IN MODERN erature (3-3-0) LANGUAGES Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent or consent of in- The department of Modern and Classical Languages and structor. Literatures offers the following courses conducted entirely Critical and historical study of representative works of the in English. 20th century. Conducted in Spanish. SPAN 395. Elementary Topics (3-3-0) MLAN 205G. The Novel in English Translation (3-3-0) Prerequisite: SPAN 202, its equivalent, or consent of in- A course team-taught by members of the Department of structor. Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures designed A seminar in major literary periods, genres, and authors; to acquaint the student with masterpieces of foreign prose cross-cultural, interdisciplinary issues; linguistic phenom- narrative through English translation. Works are selected ena; or topics related to historical and cultural develop- to reflect the cross-cultural differences between western

130 MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Europe and evolving nations. Lectures emphasize not only ing, listening comprehension, reading, writing and an historical and critical perspective, but also a contrastive culture. Testing strategies are studied. Class time is analysis of the literary and cultural traits of the individual devoted to lecture, active discussion and peer teaching; areas of the world as reflected in their masterpieces. The in addition, observation in secondary school foreign approach is frequently based on the examination of a theme language classrooms is required. common to all works. MLAN 395. Elementary Topics in English Translation MLAN 206G. The Drama in English Translation (3-3-0) (3-3-0) A course team-taught by members of the Department of Prerequisite: completion of humanities general educa- Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures designed tion requirements or consent of instructor. to acquaint the student with masterpieces of foreign drama Courses for majors and non-majors in cross cultural topics, through English translation. Works are selected to reflect comparative literature, and French, German, Italian, Span- the cross-cultural differences between western Europe and ish, and Latin-American literature in translation. No stu- evolving nations. Lectures emphasize not only an histori- dent may enroll more than twice for credit. cal and critical perspective, but also a contrastive analysis of the literary and cultural traits of the individual areas or THE PROGRAM IN CLASSICAL STUDIES the world, as reflected in their masterpieces. Approach fre- The principal objectives of the classical studies program quently based on the examination of a theme common to all are as follows: works. 1) To contribute broadly to the humanistic education MLAN 302. Diction in Foreign Languages (3-3-0) of the undergraduate student through course [Same as MUSC 302] conducted in English in the area of classical Prerequisite: One year of a foreign language or consent of civilization; instructor. 2) To offer to students in related fields specialized A course designed to introduce the correct pronunciation training in areas of classical civilization and in the of French, German, Italian, Russian, and Latin. The class Latin language for vocational or professional will not concentrate on the grammatical structures of the purposes; and languages, but, instead, upon the correct and proper use of 3) To provide the general student and the surround- the sounds of the languages, based upon the International ing community with opportunities for personal Phonetic Alphabet. enrichment and development through significant MLAN 308W. Cross-Cultural Awareness WI (3-3-0) engagement with some major texts and ideas of Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence our cultural heritage. This team-taught course in English is designed to build THE CURRICULUM IN CLASSICAL cross-cultural awareness by examining cultural patterns and cues that determine behavior in different parts of the world. STUDIES A theoretical base for cultural study will be established by The following courses do not require knowledge of Latin first examining American culture as it is viewed by and or Greek and are conducted entirely in English. taught to foreigners. Basic cultural principles, such as con- CLST 201, 202. Mythology and Its Influence (3-3-0 cepts of time, space, formality and informality, intimacy, each) etc. will then be explored from a cross-cultural perspective, A thorough study of the principal classical myths, their as different members of the Department of Modern Lan- Eastern origins and connections with Greco-Roman civili- guages treat the application of these general concepts in zation, and their subsequent literary, anthropological, ar- the French-, Spanish-, and German-speaking environment. tistic, and psychological influence on western culture. Emphasis will be given to the seemingly small points of CLST 210. Word Power (3-3-0) cultural interaction that can often cause large misunder- A systematic program designed to aid in the comprehen- standings. MLAN 308 is a particularly relevant course for sion of words encountered in college level reading. Analy- majors in any field that normally entails dealing with peoples sis of Latin and Greek components in English words, de- of other cultures. rivatives, Latin phrases and abbreviations, and word histo- MLAN 338. Apprenticeship in Teaching Languages ries. Useful for the general student and for students in (3-2-1) natural and social science, business, humanities, educa- Prerequisite: junior standing, 15 credits in major, tion, and communications. EDUC 301/301L, and 305/305L. CLST 499. Independent Study (credits vary) Focuses on the study and use of innovative and Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and consent of in- effective methods and techniques in teaching towards structor required. Taught upon request and at the instructor’s proficiency, as well as meeting national standards, in discretion. foreign language classes at the elementary, middle and No student may present more than six credits of 499 toward high school levels. Emphasis on the teaching of speak- the major program.

131 NURSING

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING Dr. Angela S. Wilson, Chair 12420 Warwick Blvd., Bldg 6 (757) 594-7252 email: [email protected]

FACULTY Associate Professor: Broscious Assistant Professor: Wilson Instructors: Allen, Athayde, Burns, Maxwell

THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING DEGREE The Department of Nursing is no longer accepting applications due to program closure. Currently accepted nursing majors will complete courses and requirements listed in the appropriate undergraduate catalog. In order to register for nursing courses, a permission card must be obtained from a nursing advisor. For course information beyond that listed in the Schedule of Classes, please call the department at (757) 594-7252.

132 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES Dr. George Teschner, Chair Administration Building, Room 368 (757) 594-7171 email: [email protected]

FACULTY cal Ethics. The values track provides students an opportu- Professors: Beauchamp, Hoaglund, Powell, Teschner nity to consider the origin and impact of dominant moral Associate Professors: Mullen, Rose structure upon our lives today, as well as the chance to Assistant Professors: Carr, Redick, Schweig, Strehle, challenge these values. This track would be of interest to Underwood students preparing for graduate work in philosophy, as well as to any student who would like to arrange his/her The Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies of- course work in philosophy to focus primarily upon ques- fers the Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy, the Bachelor of tions of values and morality. Courses in this track include Arts in Philosophy with concentrations in religious stud- Ethics, Philosophy of Technology, Philosophy of Feminism, ies, values and the professions, critical thinking, and pre- and Philosophy of Love and Sexuality. seminary studies, and a minor in philosophy. The philosophy program at the University emphasizes the develop- The concentration in critical thinking affords students ment of critical thinking skills through courses in informal the opportunity to refine their skills in reasoning, problem and formal logic and theory of knowledge. It encourages a solving, devising and evaluating arguments, and making global understanding of diverse philosophical traditions inferences and judgements. Among areas emphasized in through courses in Western, Middle-Eastern, and Asian the concentration are legal reasoning, scientific reasoning, philosophy. It promotes an appreciation of value theory and theories of knowledge and truth. The concentration is through courses in aesthetics and ethics. appropriate for philosophy majors entering graduate programs, particularly those preparing to teach critical think- The department offers four concentrations, each of which ing, as a double major concentration for pre-law students, allow students to explore their primary area of interest while for any majors preparing for graduate or professional pro- pursing the Philosophy degree. The concentration in reli- grams, and for majors whose careers require sustained rea- gious studies involves the empathetic and critical analysis soning and well-developed communication skills. of religious traditions in order to understand their development and their present character. As an academic disci- The concentration in pre-seminary studies provides the pline, religious studies do not seek to promote or to cen- student with a broad view of religions while at the same sure any particular creed, institution, or way of life. Rather, time looking at the application of religious concepts to the goal is the exploration and clarification of diverse reli- issues of value and practice. The concentration seeks to gious traditions and consideration of their similarities and prepare the student for further studies in religion beyond differences. As a part of a liberal education, this study those encountered in their undergraduate education. Stu- fosters an awareness of one’s own religious and cultural dents who concentrate in pre-seminary studies are expected heritage through knowledge of the religious traditions in- to do a practicum in the religion of their choice. The area fluencing one’s own personal life, and culture and through provides opportunity to do field work at churches, mosques, knowledge of other traditions having comparable influ- synagogues, Buddhist and Hindu temples. ence in the lives of other persons and in other cultures. The offerings of the department fully prepare students for Such awareness should aid in understanding and articu- graduate work in philosophy as well as for the continua- lating personal convictions in relation to matters of reli- tion of their education in other academic disciplines. Stu- gious concern. A central focus of the religious studies dents who minor in philosophy are enriched in their under- concentration is the Vision Course Series. These courses standing of their major field of study by gaining broader explore the diverse visions of life opened up by religious insight into its intellectual history and theoretical presup- traditions. They also provide insight into how cultures positions. Students who take only a few courses in phi- shape and are shaped by religions. losophy are benefited by an enhancement of their persua- The concentration in values and the professions offers sive, expressive, and analytic skills, which are uniquely students the opportunity to engage in ethical/moral dis- cultivated by the study of philosophy. course on two primary tracks. The applied ethics track is In addition to preparing people for a profession in philoso- especially useful for students planning to enter into pro- phy and for an enriched life generally, philosophy is also fessional careers upon graduating. Courses in this track an entry into a variety of other professions. Many phi- include Environmental Ethics, Business Ethics, and Medi-

133 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES losophy majors enter careers in publishing, journalism, RELIGIOUS STUDIES PROGRAM broadcasting, business, marketing, and governmental ad- Dr. Kenneth Rose, Director ministration. A number of philosophy majors enter gradu- Administration Building, Room 361 ate school for advanced degrees in humanities and then (757) 594-7965 go on to college-level teaching. Others enter graduate email: [email protected] programs in business administration or law, for which training in logical analysis and value-awareness provides an The Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy excellent background. RELIGIOUS STUDIES CONCENTRATION The concentration in religious studies can benefit those ADVISING responsible for instructing others in religious matters Students should contact Dr. Lori J. Underwood upon de- (whether as paid professionals or as volunteers). Gener- ciding on the Bachelor of Arts in philosophy, in order to ally, in fact, any person responsible for dealing with other discuss requirements, scheduling, and career possibilities. persons in counseling and healing roles should have some Dr. Underwood can be reached at [email protected] or knowledge of the function of religion in the lives of indi- through the department secretary at (757) 594-8827. viduals and cultures. Sensitive understanding of these matters can only enhance one’s effectiveness. Courses in THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN religious studies count as humanities electives and as cred- PHILOSOPHY its within a philosophy major or minor. In addition to requiring successful completion of all general education and degree studies requirements (see in- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy requires eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- successful completion of the following courses in major dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy with a con- and elective studies: centration in religious studies requires successful comple- 1) PHIL 101* (or any of the supplementary courses tion of the following courses in major and elective studies: PHIL 101B, 101S, 101ME, or 101L), 102, 490W; 1) PHIL 101* (any supplementary section): 102, 2) Select three (historical studies): PHIL 201G*, 490W; 202G*, 307, 348, 349, 350, 355, 357, 440, 451, and 2) RSTD 211G*, 212G*; 452; 3) Select three (historical studies): PHIL 201G*, 3) Select two (value analysis): PHIL 304, 306, 308, 202G*, 307, 348, 349, 350, 355, 357, 440, 451, and 315, 317, 374, 376, 382, 384, 386, and 388; 452; 4) Select one (advanced critical thinking): PHIL 320, 4) Select one (value analysis): chosen from PHIL 321, 323, 430, 460, and 465; 304, 306, 308, 317, 374, 376, 382, 384, 386, and 388; 5) Three additional credit hours in PHIL and/or 5) Select one: RSTD 232, 325, 330, 335, 361, 362, 365, RSTD courses; 395, and 495; 6) Six additional credit hours chosen from 300/400 6) Six additional credit hours chosen from 300/400 level courses in PHIL and/or RSTD. level courses in PHIL and/or RSTD. * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously Those who complete the religious studies concentration to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree are encouraged to take elective courses that support the studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- concentration. The following courses are strongly recom- sor. mended: CLST 201*, 202*; ENGL 300; HIST 314; SOCL 201G*, 205G*, 313. During their senior year, all philosophy majors must also: * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 1) Write a longer research paper and give an oral to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree presentation of it (PHIL 490W); studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 2) Submit a portfolio of all written work completed in sor. all philosophy and religious studies courses take at CNU; During their senior year, all philosophy majors with a con- 3) Take the CNU Philosophy and Religious Studies centration in religious studies must: departmental comprehensive examination. 1) Write a longer research paper and give an oral presentation of it (PHIL 490W); 2) Submit a portfolio of all written work completed in all philosophy and religious studies courses taken at CNU; 3) Take the CNU Philosophy and Religious Studies departmental comprehensive examination.

134 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

ADVISING 4) Six additional credit hours chosen from 300/400 Students should contact Dr. Kip H. Redick upon deciding level courses in PHIL and/or RSTD. on the Religious Studies Concentration, in order to * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously discuss requirements, scheduling, and career possibilities. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree Dr. Redick can be reached at [email protected] or through studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- the department secretary at (757) 594-8827. sor.

VALUES AND THE PROFESSIONS During their senior year, all philosophy majors with a PROGRAM concentration in values and the professions must: Dr. Deborah Mullen, Director 1) Write a longer research paper and give an oral Administration Building, Room 356 presentation of it (PHIL 490W). (757) 594-7770 2) Submit a portfolio of all written work completed in email: [email protected] all written philosophy and religious studies courses taken at CNU; The Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy 3) Take the CNU Philosophy and Religious Studies VALUES AND THE PROFESSIONS departmental comprehensive exam. CONCENTRATION Our society is increasingly becoming aware of how thoroughly questions of value underlie much of our profes- CRITICAL THINKING PROGRAM sional lives. Every day, we are immersed in debates over Dr. John Hoaglund, Director issues such as autonomy, dignity, and justice, which shape Administration Building, Room 360 our professional and social existence. Now that the world is (757) 594-7085 literally at our fingertips (via the capabilities of the World email: [email protected] Wide Web), we are realizing that our decisions and actions may have a profound affect on many other people’s lives. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy The concentration in values and the professions provides CRITICAL THINKING CONCENTRATION students an opportunity to explicitly consider the ques- The ability to understand and critically evaluate language- tions of value, which will inevitably arise, in their profes- conveyed information in its many forms is essential to the sional lives. Courses focus upon the ontological and epis- success of people in all facets of life. On a daily basis, we temological foundations of value systems, the study of clas- are met with a barrage of information that we are expected sical moral theories, the practice of ethical decision-making to sort through, process, and utilize. This is especially true in today’s professions (such as business, medicine, and in today’s global community to which we connect through politics), and the prospects for a sense of moral community the Internet. Since we are provided access to virtually in a culture, which has become increasingly fragmented by unlimited information, it is important that we develop the disenchantment and cynicism. Thus the concentration in reasoning skills that will enable us to organize that informa- values and the professions explores our society’s ethical tion and to sort out the reliable information from the unreli- and moral standards, as well as the values, which underlie able. and inform these standards. The concentration in values and the professions is also recommended as a double major The concentration in critical thinking provides students for students who are pursing careers in professions such as with access to criteria and strategies that are useful in un- business, medicine, science, politics, and the law. derstanding and making the most of language-conveyed information. Courses focus on the development of skills In addition to requiring successful completion of all general and dispositions that will aid students in comprehending education and degree studies requirements (see index), the oral and written forms of discourse. Courses will also fo- Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy with a concentration cus on enhancing reasoning and communication skills so in values and the professions requires successful comple- that students are able to communicate their own ideas more tion of the following courses in major and elective studies: accurately and efficiently. Students will have the opportu- 1) PHIL 101* (any supplementary section), 102, nity to develop their speaking and writing skills, and will be 490W; introduced to some common mistakes in reasoning. The 2) Select three (historical studies): PHIL 201G*, concentration in critical thinking offers students the op- 202G*, 307, 348, 349, 350, 355, 357, portunity to further develop some of the most basic practi- 440, 451, and 452; cal and academic disposition, namely, those that enable us 3) Select four: PHIL 304, 306, 315, 317, 319, 374, 380, to make the best use of our primary method of communica- 382, 383, 386, 388, and tion – language. The concentration in critical thinking is Special Topics courses (395) which are currently also recommended as a double major for students in busi- being developed for this concentration; ness, law, politics and the sciences as these fields rely on effective language comprehension and reasoning skills.

135 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- 348, 349, 350, 355, 357, 440, 451, 452, or RSTD 232, eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- 320, 335, 340, 360; dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy with a con- 4) Select one (value analysis): PHIL 304, 306, 308, centration in critical thinking requires successful comple- 317, 374, 376, 382, 384, 386, 388, or RSTD 326W, tion of the following courses in major and elective studies: 330, 337; 1) PHIL 101* (any supplementary section), 102, 465, 5) Select two: RSTD 325, 336, 350, 361, 362, 395, or 490W; 495; 2) Select three: (historical studies) PHIL 201G*, 6) PHIL 491. 202G*, 307, 348, 349, 350, 355, 357, 440, 451, and * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 452; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 3) Select two: PHIL 320, 321, 430, 460, and Special studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- Topics courses (395) which are currently being sor developed for this concentration; 4) Three additional credit hours in PHIL and/or Those who complete the pre-seminary studies concentra- RSTD courses; tion are encouraged to take elective courses that support 5) Six additional credit hours chosen from 300/400 the concentration. The minor in German and the following level courses in PHIL and/or RSTD. courses are strongly recommended: ANTH 203G*, 377; * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously CLST 201, 202; HIST 314; SOCL 201G, 205G, 313. During to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree their senior year, all philosophy majors with a concentra- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- tion in pre-seminary studies must: sor. 1) Write a longer research paper and give a presenta- During their senior year, all philosophy majors with a con- tion of it (PHIL 490W); centration in critical thinking must: 2) Submit a portfolio of all written work completed in 1) Write a longer research paper and give an oral all philosophy and religious studies courses taken presentation of it (PHIL 490W); at CNU; 2) Submit a portfolio of all written work completed in 3) Take the CNU Philosophy and Religious Studies all written philosophy and religious studies departmental comprehensive examination; courses taken at CNU; 4) Fulfill the requirements of an internship with a 3) Take the CNU Philosophy and Religious Studies local religious organization and submit a paper departmental comprehensive exam. describing the experience. THE MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS PRE-SEMINARY STUDIES PROGRAM STUDIES Dr. Kip Redick, Director The minor requires a minimum of 15 credits above the 100- Administration Building, Room 359 level. The upper-level courses must be chosen from at (757) 594-7801 least two of the following areas of the curriculum: histori- email: [email protected] cal studies, value analysis, advanced critical thinking, and religious studies. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy PRE-SEMINARY STUDIES CONCENTRATION Philosophy supports other programs at the University The pre-seminary studies concentration will prepare the wherever critical thinking and a sharpened sense of values undergraduate student for further education in a graduate are important. The general areas of ethics, aesthetics, po- seminary in whatever religion the student desires to fulfill litical philosophy, and theology will be of special interest service. This concentration will give students a broad view to students concentrating in the humanities and the social of religion. Courses taken to fulfill the requirements of the sciences. The areas of logic, theory of knowledge, philoso- pre-seminary studies concentration will challenge the phy of science, philosophy of language and philosophy of student’s personal beliefs by presenting opportunities to mind, with their stress on reasoning and logic, will be of understand the world’s diversity of religious expression. interest to students concentrating in the natural sciences, mathematics, and computer science. Courses in Indian, Japa- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- nese, Chinese, and comparative philosophy provide a fa- eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- miliarity with non-Western cultures that is of value to those dex), the Bachelor of Arts degree in Philosophy with a con- who are enrolled in international studies programs. centration in pre-seminary studies requires successful completion of the following courses in major and elective INTERNSHIP PROGRAM IN PHILOSOPHY studies: The internship program provides opportunities for students 1) PHIL 101* - 102, 490W; interested in applying critical thinking, value analysis, and 2) RSTD 211G* and 212G*; philosophical concepts generally, to fields and professions 3) Select three (historical studies): PHIL 201, 202, 307,

136 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES outside the academic setting. Students are placed in na- PHIL 102. Critical Thinking II (3-3-0) tional and regional environmental programs, hospices, na- Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or consent of instructor. tional intelligence agencies, in hospital administrations, and Fall or Spring. in local church and religious organizations. Familiarizes students with longer and more complex argumentative writing, as well as with methods of analyzing, ONLINE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY evaluating, and generating such arguments. All arguments The Department offers courses for the Bachelor of Arts treated are in natural language, and attention goes to con- degree in philosophy and the Bachelor of Arts degree in text. Fallacies of equivocation and relevance are treated, philosophy with a concentration in religious studies, criti- and a logic of conditional statements, including necessary cal thinking, or values and the professions, in a computer and sufficient conditions, is emphasized. Techniques in- mediated environment entirely online, outside the class- clude argument diagramming, writing analyses and evalua- room, accessible by telephone line and over the Internet. tions of longer arguments, and writing the argumentative Many online courses are integrated with classroom courses essay. giving the online student the opportunity of interacting PHIL 201G. Ancient Philosophy (3-3-0) with classroom students and participating in classroom Fall, Spring and Summer. projects. The online environment offers opportunities to A study of the philosophical thought of the European, the online major to participate in online internships and Middle Eastern, and Far Eastern cultures from ancient times teaching assistantships, independent studies, research to 1500 A.D. Readings from original sources will include projects, and online discussion forums. Information about topics such as early Greek explanations of the physical online courses can be obtained from the CNU ONLINE home world, Plato’s theory of abstract forms and his account of page. political obligation, Aristotle’s theory of the soul, Epicu- rean and Stoic accounts of the highest moral good, Medi- SUPPLEMENTARY SECTIONS IN CRITICAL eval arguments for God’s existence, Confucian and Taoist THINKING concepts of the individual and society, Buddhist and Hindu The Department offers a number of supplementary sections views of self and world and the significance of meditative in critical thinking. These sections are designed to foster techniques and practices. the development of general logical reasoning skills. To aid PHIL 202G. Modern Philosophy (3-3-0) in this process, examples are taken from a specified disci- Fall, Spring and Summer. pline and used to demonstrate how critical thinking strate- A study of the philosophical thought of the European, gies may be observed within that discipline. Supplemen- Middle Eastern, and Far Eastern cultures from 1500 A.D. tary sections include: PHIL 101B – Critical Thinking with a Readings from original sources will include topics such as supplement in Business; PHIL 101S – Critical Thinking with Descartes’ theory of mind and body, Hobbes’ social con- a supplement in Science; PHIL 101M – Critical Thinking tract theory, Berkeley’s denial of the material world, Hume’s with a supplement in Medical Ethics; and PHIL 101L – Criti- attack on miracles, Kant’s theory of the phenomenal and cal Thinking with a supplement in Law. These supplemen- noumenal worlds, logical positivists’ criticism of ethics and tary sections fulfill the General Education Requirement for metaphysics, Sartre’s theory of human existence, Neo-Con- Communication/Philosophy. Students develop their rea- fucian conceptions of the Tao, and Zen Buddhism’s view soning skills by examining how they are applied in a field in of knowledge and enlightenment. which they are interested. All supplementary sections are PHIL 304. Ethics and Current Value Questions (3-3-0) open to all students. There are no prerequisites for these Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. sections and the student needs no advanced knowledge of Offered at least once, Fall, Spring or Summer. the supplementary material. Two supplementary courses A systematic study of central problems of right action, will be offered each semester. stressing value and decision in the individual; the distinc- THE CURRICULUM IN PHILOSOPHY tion of facts from values; rules versus ends; generalization PHIL 101. Critical Thinking I (3-3-0) and moral rules; the ground and nature of moral obligation; Fall, Spring and Summer. freedom; moral responsibility; the justification of punish- Designed to impart the basic skills of logical reasoning in ment; the viability of egoism; the relativity of moral values. natural languages: analyzing statements for consistency, At every stage the student is provided opportunities to implications, contradictions; distinguishing fact from opin- bring his new theoretical and conceptual material to bear ion and evaluating testimony; distinguishing inference and on the analysis of moral problems in real-life situations. argument from other discourse; analyzing and evaluating PHIL 305. Theory of Knowledge (3-3-0) arguments using arrow diagrams; addressing vagueness [formerly PHIL 430] and ambiguity by a more precise rendering of language. Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or consent of instructor. See Supplementary Sections of Critical Thinking above Alternate years. for additional information. Explores some of the main questions of human knowledge raised in the field of epistemology. What is the origin and

137 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES extent of knowledge? What are the kinds of knowledge? ics, history, morality, philosophical anthropology, and so- What are the degrees of certainty? How reliable is the tes- cial institutions will be examined and discussed. Course timony of others? What is the relationship between lan- will deal with such topics as ideals of masculinity and femi- guage and the world? What distinguishes deductive from ninity, feminine and masculine paradigms, the social con- inductive reasoning? How reliable is memory? Can we trust struction of reality, human nature, reason, sex and gender, our knowledge of the past? How does knowledge differ ego and self, autonomy, caring and maternal thinking, the from belief? implications of feminist thought for concepts of language, PHIL 306. Search for Beauty (3-3-0) authorship, literature, and the feminist claims concerning Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. the epistemological role of theory, practice and experience. Alternate years. The philosophy of non-Western cultures will be consid- Confronts the student with the artwork and its elementary ered in the light of the feminist critique. descriptive terminology. It considers the general signifi- PHIL 317. Existentialism (3-3-0) cance of the fine arts and aesthetic value in the life of man Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. by a systematic treatment of these problems: expression; Alternate years. creativity; the objectivity of the aesthetic judgment; the A study of existentialism from its 19th-century beginnings nature of the aesthetic experience; aesthetic qualities and with Kierkegaard and Nietzsche to the work of Jaspers, the aesthetic object; the analysis of aesthetic value; art Heidegger, and Sartre. Topics that will be treated include and morality. the existentialist view of human existence, the concepts of PHIL 307. Current Trends in Modern Thought (3-3-0) anxiety, dread, and the absurd, the will to power, and the Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. significance of human mortality. Both the methodological Alternate years. foundations of existentialism in the phenomenology of An examination of the most important topics and theories Husser and its literary roots in such writers as Dostoyevsky, of the leading philosophers of the 20th century. Selections Tolstoy, and Camus will be treated. from original works of major British, American and Conti- PHIL 319. Philosophy of Love and Sexuality (3-3-0) nental philosophers will be studied. Topics include the na- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. ture and role of science, theories of language and truth, the Alternate Years. validity of epistemology and ontology, the nature and struc- This course will trace the development of the concept of ture of human existence, and the foundations of moral ac- Eros (sexual love, desire) through selected readings from tion. the Western philosophical tradition. Topics to be covered PHIL 308. Philosophy of Religion (3-3-0) include the attainability of “true love,” the ethical impera- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. tives of faithfulness and monogamy, the roles of masculin- Offered at least once every three years. ity and femininity, and the categorization of “normal” and Topics will include an analysis of the nature and attributes “abnormal” sexual behavior. This course will focus upon of God with special reference to the problem of evil, argu- several issues: 1) why the question of Eros is fundamen- ments for the existence of God, the nature of religious lan- tally a question of human existence; 2) why certain sexual guage, the relation of faith and revelation to reason and values have become privileged in our culture; and 3) if sense-experience, the epistemological status of miracles, these values are conducive to living a good life. Authors to the role of the concept of God in metaphysics, and the be studied include Plato, Augustine, Freud, Jung, Kristeva, relationship of religion to science. Sartre, de Beauvoir, and Merleau-Ponty. PHIL 312. American Philosophy (3-3-0) PHIL 320. Scientific Reasoning (3-3-0) [formerly PHIL 440] Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: PHIL 201G, 202G or consent of instructor. Offered at least once every two years. Offered at least once every two years. An analysis of scientific reasoning in the natural and social A study of American philosophy focusing on issues in sciences. Topics to be discussed will include the role of such movements as Transcendentalism, Pragmatism, Natu- observation and its relation to theory, the nature of ab- ralism, and the Philosophy of Language. Major American straction, generalization, experimentation, induction, proba- philosophers such as R. W. Emerson, D. Thoreau, C. S. bilistic and statistical reasoning, the role of mathematics, Peirce, John Dewey, and William James may be treated as and the use of deductive models of explanation, theory as well as important contemporary figures in the fields of phi- interpretation, the role of language, the epistemological sig- losophy of mind, moral philosophy and the philosophy of nificance of the history of science, the distinction between language. the humanities and the sciences, and the relation between PHIL 315. Feminist Philosophy (3-3-0) technological thinking and scientific thinking. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. PHIL 321. Legal Reasoning (3-3-0) Alternate years. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent of in- Course will focus upon recent literature in the philosophy structor. of Feminism. Feminist critiques of knowledge, metaphys- Offered once every two years. The course teaches legal reasoning through a case study

138 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES method. Students will learn how to synthesize rules by ary tradition founded in interpretations of the Koran. Such reasoning from the general to the specific and from the spe- thinkers as Al-Kindi, Al-Farabi, Al-Ghazali, Al-Arabi, and cific to the general. The use of deduction and analogy will Rumi will be read and discussed with an emphasis on the be examined in the context of the jury system. Students development of the philosophical and religious themes in learn about the functions of the trial and the court of ap- the tradition of Islam. peals, jurisdiction, choice of law theory, rule/policy analy- PHIL 350. Chinese Philosophy (3-3-0) sis, and the role and impact of statutes and precedence. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. The kind of reasoning that is involved in applying law to Offered at least once every three years. individual cases will be studied. The course will examine A study of the history of Chinese philosophy using origi- theories of legal decision making and legal interpretation nal source material. An emphasis will be placed upon the from its enlightenment origins through post-realist legal development of Confucian, Taoist, and Buddhist thought thought. Students will interpret constitutional law deci- and the variety of reactions, which these world views en- sions from the point of view of Legal Formalism, Legal Real- gendered within the Chinese tradition. Major classics such ism and Post-Realist Legal Thought. as the Analects, the Great Learning, Doctrine of the Mean, PHIL 323. Philosophy of Mind and Machine Intelligence the Mencius, the Tao Te Ching, the Chuang Tzu the writ- (3-3-0) ings of Wang Yang Ming and Chu Hsi, and Mahayana Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. sutras in the Buddhist tradition will be read and discussed. Offered at least once every three years. PHIL 355. Japanese Philosophy (3-3-0) An examination of the most recent literature in philosophy Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. on topics pertaining to the nature of mind and the design of Offered at least once every three years. intelligent mechanical systems. The perennial questions of The course will examine the developments of the traditions philosophy concerning the nature of consciousness, knowl- of Shintoism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Zen Buddhism and edge, mind, reason, and freedom of the will shall be consid- the evolution of Japanese aesthetics in the intellectual tra- ered in the light of technological developments in the field dition of Japan. Selections from sources such as The of artificial intelligence. Vimalakirti Sutra, the Lotus Sutra, the Prajnaparamita Sutra, PHIL 326W. Philosophy in the Movies-WI (3-3-0) the Lankavatara Sutra, the writings of Kukai, Honen, Eisai, Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and Bankei, Dogen and others representative of the major intel- junior standing. lectual trends will be read and discussed. The course is Offered at least once every other year. intended to give an overview of Japanese culture with an A philosophical and experiential exploration of philosophi- emphasis upon its roots in its philosophical tradition. cal concepts within popular film. Course will focus on dif- PHIL 357. Comparative Philosophy ferent themes each time it is taught. Themes will include [formerly PHIL 421] images of good and evil, images of the future, science, Prerequisite: PHIL 201,202G, 348, 350, or 355. technology, and humanities’ relationship to the environ- Offered at least once every three years. ment; images of women, love and sex; images of justice, the Major texts and authors of the Western and Asian tradi- law, and the cosmos. Satisfies Writing Intensive Require- tions will be compared and contrasted. Emphasis will be ment. placed upon modern intellectual developments in the cul- PHIL 348. Indian Philosophy (3-3-0) tures of China, India, Japan, Europe, and the United States. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. Selections from the major writings of Neo-Confucianism Offered at least once every three years. and Neo-Taoism in China, of the schools of the Vedanta A study of the history of Indian philosophy using original and Yoga in India, of contemporary sects of Buddhism in source material. Emphasis will be placed upon the develop- Japan, and of European existentialism and the tradition of ment of Hindu and Buddhist thought through a study of Analytic Philosophy in England and the United States will the major classics of Indian philosophy such as the be read and discussed. Such thinkers as Wang Yang Ming, Bhagavad Gita, the Samkhya Karika, Shankara’s Commen- Chu Hsi, Shankara, Krishnamurti, Dogen, Nishida, tary on the Vedanta Sutras, the Pali Canons, the Heidegger, and Wittgenstein will be covered. Prajnaparamita Sutra, and the Surangama Sutra. Topics will PHIL 374. Business Ethics (3-3-0) include varieties of knowledge, liberation and enlighten- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. ment, the nature of the self and substance, techniques of Fall and Spring. meditation and concentration, and theories of action. Examines the role of ethics in the business context. The PHIL 349. Islamic Philosophy (3-3-0) utilitarian and Kantian theories are dealt with to suggest Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. solutions to ethical problems in these and similar areas: Offered at least once every three years. fairness in hiring and promotion policies; the employee’s A study of the history of Islamic philosophy using original right to privacy and legitimate employer interest; the poly- source material. The origins of Islamic thought will be exam- graph; management philosophies; conflicts of interest and ined in Greek and Neo-Platonic philosophy and in the liter- bribery; responsibility to the consumer for information and

139 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES safety; fair treatment of women and minorities; youth, age, education, psychology, or nursing) of the ethical, social, and seniority; care for nature and the environment. and political issues, which will arise in their professional PHIL 376. Environmental Ethics (3-3-0) decision-making. Specific emphasis will be place upon the Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. study of fundamental ethical theories (Kantian, Utilitarian, Alternate years. Feminist, etc.) and the application of these theories to pro- The course will analyze the major philosophical issues in fessional situations where moral dilemmas may arise. Pro- the field of environmental ethics. Some of the topics will fessional issues to be considered include: informed con- include the historical roots of the environmental crisis, a sent, confidentiality, professional-client relationships, and land ethic, intrinsic natural value, biocentrism, and the allocation of scarce resources. Specific codes of eth- biodiveristy, the role of science and the scientific method, ics, such as those of social work and nursing, will be ad- the aesthetic value of nature, animal rights, strong and weak dressed. This course also will give special attention to anthropocentrism, Ecotheology, Deep Ecology, Ecofemi- vulnerable populations, groups which have been excluded nism, environmental economics, Buddhist and Taoist atti- from society’s dominant power bases. Topics to be dis- tudes toward nature. In addition to Western metaphysical cussed in this area include: definitions of social justice and and ethical systems, nonWestern cultures and primal soci- injustice, racism, sexism, classism, homophobia, disability, eties will be considered. The course will read and discuss work and welfare issues, family and reproductive issues, major articles and essays in the literature of the environ- affirmative action, education, identity politics, and cultural mental movement. pluralism. Case studies will mediate the discussion of these PHIL 380. Philosophy of Tragedy (3-3-0) issues. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. PHIL 384. Medical Ethics (3-3-0) Offered at least once every three years. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. The purpose of this course is to discern the history of Fall, Spring and Summer. philosophy the tension between a rational world view and The focus is on value issues in medicine. The aspects of what may be called a “tragic consciousness” which chal- moral theory relevant to problems in medicine are treated, lenges any absolute claims for philosophy, science, or eth- and recent biomedical technology is examined briefly to ics, and thus may be considered as a precursor to twenti- discover where value issues arise. The moral problems at- eth-century postmodern deliberations upon the validity of tending birth and death are treated, abortion and the begin- any absolute moral claims. Specifically, this course will ning of human life, severe congenital defects, rights of the explore the tensions and affinities among art, metaphysics, dying, the definition and the determination of death. Moral and ethics, particularly through the discourse of philoso- issues in the relation between the health care provider and phers upon the art form of tragedy. Through this study, the patient are treated: confidentiality, informed consent, students will gain an understanding that the questions how much the patient should be told, screening for genetic raised in both philosophy and in art seek meaning and disease, etc., experimenting with human subjects. Also value for human existence. Works to be studied include covered are the moral problems of behavior modification Sophocles’ Antigone, Plato’s Republic, Aristotle’s Poet- and control; genetic engineering, psychosurgery, the in- ics, Kant’s Critique of Judgement, Heidegger’s Introduc- sanity plea, and involuntary commitment. Finally, attention tion to Metaphysics and The Origin of the Work of Art, and is also devoted to problems of social justice and health Merleau-Ponty’s Eye and Mind. care delivery: medicine in the market place, the health main- PHIL 382. Philosophy of Technology (3-3-0) tenance organization, the putative right to health care, and Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. the allocation of scarce resources. Offered at least once every three years. PHIL 386. Values and Postmodernity (3-3-0) Course will examine the nature of technology in terms of Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. how it relates to traditional philosophical issues in the theory Offered at least once every two years. of knowledge, metaphysics, religion, philosophical anthro- The rapid changes of the twentieth century, often called a pology, the distinction between human and machine, and postmodern era, have significantly challenged modern en- in theories of culture and social values. Current develop- lightenment ideals of individuality, free will, justice, and the ments in information technology, telecommunications, arti- good life. This course will consider, from the perspective of ficial intelligence, natural language processing, and com- postmodernity, the dynamic relationship between the per- puter technology will be considered in particular. The course sonal and the political. Although primary emphasis will be will combine traditional philosophical concerns with the given to nineteenth- and twentieth-century texts, historical latest developments in technology. readings will also be included. Suggested readings include PHIL 383. Applied Social Ethics (3-3-0) selections from Marx, Nietzsche, Arendt, Derrida, Foucault, Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. Lyotard, Deleuze and Guattari, as well as readings from the Offered at least once every two years. areas of American pragmatism, feminism, and The purpose of this course is to enlighten students who multiculturalism. plan to work in service-oriented fields (such as social work,

140 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

PHIL 388. Crisis and Culture (3-3-0) PHIL 452. Great Modern and Contemporary Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. Philosophers (3-3-0) Offered at least once every two years. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. Many of the cultural institutions of the West have become Offered at least once every three years. fragmented and weakened by the rapid scientific and tech- A comprehensive examination of the writings of one of the nological advances of the last century, which often have major thinkers of the period from the 1500 A.D. to the present, challenged traditional conceptions of who we are as human such as Descartes, Locke, Hume, Kant, Nietzsche, Heidegger, beings and how we find meaning in our existence. Friedrich Shankara, Wang Yang Ming, and Ghandi. Nietzsche argued that this crisis of culture resulted from a PHIL 460. Formal Logic (3-3-0) fundamental “devaluation” of our values. This course will Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or its equivalent. explore what factors may have led to this devaluation of Offered at least once every three years. values or “nihilistic” attitude, as well as how we can again This course is an examination of formal languages. The aim instill our culture and our lives with meaning, even if not in will be to introduce students to some of the basic compo- any absolutist sense (the “revaluation” of values). Besides nents of some commonly used formal languages. Some of Nietzsche, authors to be studied include Freud and the languages to be investigated include mathematics, tra- Heidegger; readings from critical theory and feminism may ditional symbolic logic, computer languages and other lan- also be included. guages where symbols and formal syntactic rules predomi- PHIL 395. Special Topics in Philosophy (3-3-0) nate. The course will focus on the interface between natural Prerequisite: three hours of philosophy or consent of in- language and formal languages and consider how formal structor. languages serve as useful tools and whether or not formal Spring and Fall. languages provide insight into natural languages and into The following topics or similar ones will be offered on the traditional epistemological issues. basis of student interest: eras such as British empiricism; PHIL 465. Advanced Critical Thinking (3-3-0) elementary logical theory; and methods of inductive rea- Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or its equivalent. soning, philosophy of law, philosophy of mind. Offered at least once every three years. PHIL 399. Philosophy of the Holocaust (3-3-0) Both theoretical and operational problems of advanced criti- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of the instructor. cal thinking are considered, e.g. that of generalizability or Offered at least once every three years. the role of skills and dispositions in recent work by Robert This course will examine the events of the Holocaust and H. Ennis. Advanced problems of argument analysis e.g. the the philosophical reflections that the Holocaust has pro- distinction of linked and convergent, the merits of different voked. A concrete and existential understanding of the analytical schemes, criteria for premise relevance, the rela- perspectives, beliefs and experiences of the victims, perpe- tion of argument to explanation and inference, as well as trators, accomplices, and bystanders is sought through read- arguments by analogy and conditional arguments, are ing first hand accounts and video footage. The ideological among topics to be considered in such writers as Trudy foundations of National Socialism as a political, social, eco- Govier, Alec Fisher, and James K. Freeman. Different theo- nomic, and philosophical movement will be studied by look- ries of informal logical fallacies will be examined in the work ing at its racial and political theories, its eugenics policies, of John Woods, Douglas N, Walton, Ralph H. Johnson, and its theories of history, technology, culture and the land. J. Anthony Blair. The course will consider the theories of evil, theories of PHIL 490W. Senior Seminar-WI (3-3-0) human nature, the concept of technology, the concept of Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence and Phi- God, the concept of culture and civilization, the use and losophy majors with senior standing. abuse of language, the meaning of the Holocaust, the rela- Fall or spring. tion between power and politics, the dilemma of choice, the The course has a seminar format in which students are difficulty of “representing” the Holocaust, the incompre- guided in the writing of a major research paper. In addition hensibility of the Holocaust, the uniqueness and universal- to instructor supervision, students provide feedback, com- ity of the Holocaust, and Holocaust denial. mentary, and analysis of each other’s work. Required for all PHIL 451. Great Ancient Philosophers (3-3-0) philosophy majors. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. PHIL 491. Practicum/Internship (credits vary) Offered at least once every three years. This course provides opportunities for students interested A comprehensive examination of the writings of one of the in applying critical thinking, value analysis, and philosophi- major thinkers of the ancient or medieval period, such as cal concepts generally, to field and professions outside the Parmenides, Plato, or Aristotle, Confucius, Chuang Tzu, Mo academic setting. Students are placed in national and re- Tzu, and Nagariuna. gional environmental programs, hospices, national intelligence agencies, and in hospital administrations.

141 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

PHIL 495. Advanced Topics in Philosophy (3-3-0) though religious teachers call it by many names” (Rig- Prerequisite: six hours of philosophy or consent of instruc- Veda). In other words, truth is universal and not the pos- tor. session of any one religion. Yet, due to the different con- Offered at least once every three years. texts within which human beings experience the sacred, The following topics or similar ones will be offered on the there are many different ways of envisioning the universal basis of student interest: areas such as presocratic phi- truths of religion. Hinduism is rich with such visionary losophy; modal logic; philosophy of language; philoso- encounters with truth, as expressed, for instance, in the phy of mind; action theory; decision theory; theories of Vedas, the Upanishads, Vedanta, and Yoga. Depending on justice. the focus of the course when it is offered, these topics may PHIL 499. Independent Research (3-3-0) be addressed along with others, such as the guru-disciple Prerequisite: Philosophy major and senior standing. relationship, worship of the gods, temple architecture and Offered on request. rituals, caste, paths to enlightenment, mythology, devo- A research project involving substantial reading on a spe- tional poetry, and religious philosophy. cific problem, theme, or the work of an individual philoso- RSTD 326W. Religion in the Movies-WI (3-3-0) pher. The research is supervised by a staff member who Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence. must approve the project before registration. A research Offered at least once every other year. paper is required. A theoretical and experiential exploration of religious concepts within popular films. Concepts considered will in- THE CURRICULUM IN RELIGIOUS clude: Rudolph Otto’s Mysterterium Tremendum et STUDIES Fascinans, film as postmodern bard, sacred time and space, RSTD 211G. Introduction to World Religions I (3-3-0) spiritual journey, spiritual mediation, icons, hierophanic Fall, Spring and Summer. phenomena, transcendence, and Paul Schrader’s under- An introduction to major ancient and modern religious tra- standing of Transcendental Style in Film. Theories of reli- ditions of the world, such as Goddess religions, indigenous gious experience from the following authors will be inte- American, African, and Australian religions, the religions grated into the examination of film as a medium of religious of ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, and Rome, Hindu- communication: Rudolph Otto, Mircea Eliade, Peter Berger, ism, Buddhism, and modern Asian and Middle Eastern reli- Clifford Geertz, Walter Ong, Marshall McLuhan, Evelyn gions (i.e., Sikhism, Baha’i, and Japanese new religions). In Underhill and Paul Schrader. Satisfies Writing Intensive the course of exploring the historical and conceptual as- Requirement pects of these religions, thematic issues, such as myth, RSTD 330. The Mystic Quest (3-3-0) ritual, the problem of evil, and the epistemological status of Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent of in- religion will be addressed. structor. RSTD 212G. Introduction to World Religions II (3-3-0) Alternate years. A continuation of RSTD 211G (each course is self-contained Humans beings have sought spiritual experiences since and may be taken out of order). before recorded history, with the result that mystical tradi- Fall, Spring and Summer. tions have arisen all over the globe. In this course we will Using the same approach described in the preceding entry, study accounts of mystical experience in Christianity, Hin- this course will explore a number of ancient and modern duism, and Buddhism. We will develop a comparative re- religious traditions, such as Taoism, Confucianism, Shinto, ligious philosophy of religious experience. The course Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam, modern West- will focus on discussion of the theoretical and practical ern religions (Protestantism, Mormonism, Christian Science, assumptions grounding these three traditions, as ex- and contemporary New Age movements). pressed in classical mystical texts and in the writings of RSTD 232. The Vision of Christianity (3-3-0) representative spiritual masters in each of these traditions. Offered at least once every two years. RSTD 335. Primal Religions: Myth, Ritual, and Oral An introduction to major events, persons, issues, and ideas Expression (3-3-0) within the development of the Christian tradition. Special Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent of in- attention is given to the early years of formation within the structor. worlds of Palestinian Judaism and of the Roman Empire Alternate years. and to modern tensions with science and secularism. Top- Course will focus on religions, which occur in non-literate ics include: theological debates regarding the nature of cultures such as Native American and Australian Aborigi- Jesus, the Trinity, the nature of salvation, faith and reason; nal societies. We will compare and contrast these oral tra- the development of the church as an institution; the auditions with literate traditions. These traditions will be thority of the Bible; the role of rituals and sacraments. drawn from ancient and contemporary examples. Topics to RSTD 320. The Vision of Hinduism (3-3-0) be considered include: the use of dance, vision quest, Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. song, the bard, magic, shamanism, myth, paintings and Offered at least once every two years. other arts in the traditions of primal regions. An ancient Hindu visionary proclaimed that “Truth is one,

142 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES

RSTD 336. Sacred Communication (3-3-0) no signs of disappearing from human experience. Individual Offered at least once every other year. religions die; yet new ones replace them. Religion itself is This course is a study of the religious significance of vari- thus an inexhaustible source of ever new and exotic ways of ous media of sacred communication. Religion is conveyed life. Reading contemporary and classical theorists of reli- through multiple means of communication. This course gion, this course will attempt to uncover the theological, explores the effects of such media upon the actions and philosophical, and bio-historical conditions that energize beliefs of people belonging to various religious traditions. the continuous appearance of new religions. Media that convey sacred communication to be explored RSTD 350. The Death and Rebirth of God (3-3-0) include; sacred scriptures and holy books such as the He- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. brew TNK, the Christian Bible, The Muslin Quran, etc.; Offered at least once every three years. sacred oral communication as found in non-literate tradi- From a position of unquestioned absolute rule over tions; sacred artifacts that convey information such as Western intellectual life as late as the thirteenth century, burial sites; the possibility of sacred electronic communi- God in recent centuries has been eclipsed by humanity cation; and sacred visual communication such as iconog- and its concerns. God is now marginal to the learned raphy and possibly photography and film. Theories of discourse of the academy, government, and the media religious communication from the following authors are in- and the concern with secular and human interests is now tegrated into the examination of the sacred as mediated by central. But God has not gone away, for God is now as writing and artifact; Rudolph Otto, Mircea Eliade, Peter popular as ever in America and also in the Muslim world. Berger, Clifford Geertz, Walter Ong, Marshall McLuhan, This rebirth of passionate concern with God is one of Evelyn Underhill, Frederick M. Denny, and Rodney L. Tay- the most significant religious events of recent times. In lor. Primary texts for this study are Orality and Literacy; this course, we will trace the theological and philosophi- The Technologizing of the Word, by Walter Ong; The Holy cal revolutions that brought about these startling rever- Book in Comparative Perspective, edited by Frederick M. sals in the fortunes of God. Denny and Rodney L. Taylor; and Anthology of World RSTD 360. The Vision of Buddhism (3-3-0) Scriptures, edited by Robert E. Van Voorst. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. RSTD 337. Religion and Ecology (3-3-0) Offered at least once every three years. Offered at least once every other year. Buddha taught a way to overcome suffering. His teach- Environmental concerns have become global and extremely ing proved so attractive that it rapidly spread across important in the present age. Our popular news sources Asia, becoming the dominant religion in Asian coun- continually make reference to “global warming”, “ozone tries. Buddhism is a tradition of meditation, philosophi- depletion”, polluted waters”, acid rain”, etc. On the sur- cal analysis, and religious worship that continues to face, ecology seems to be a scientific study grounded in shape much of Asian religious thought and has recently biology. Underlying the contemporary discussion of envi- become influential as well in the West. This course will ronmental responsibility are some basic religious questions. approach Buddhism through an analysis of scripture, The questions raised in ecology are also raised in religious philosophical texts, and important teachers, both ancient studies: What is the place of human beings in the natural and modern. world? Are there limits to the responsibility that humans RSTD 361. Hebrew Bible (3-3-0) have toward other species? Are human beings of nature or Offered at least once every two years. above nature? Does the evolution of the natural environ- Concerns the writings of the Old Testament and their role in ment shape human destiny? Should human beings attempt the development of Hebrew religion. Archaeological, liter- to conform to the natural world, shape the world in their ary, and cultural backgrounds are used to illumine the his- own image, or find a middle path? How do human beings torical, legal, prophetic, and poetic sections of the writings. choose a model in determining how they are to live in the RSTD 362. New Testament (3-3-0) natural world? Answers to these questions are informed Offered at least once every two years. by answers to more obvious religious questions: What is This course explores the place of Jesus in the writings of the meaning of life? Who are we as individuals and as a early Christianity to include the canonical writings of the species? What is our purpose, if any, in the cosmos? Is four gospels and the writings of Paul, and the non-canoni- earth a home or are we sojourners on the earth? What is cal writings of the Gospel of Thomas and the Gospel of the cosmic story? This course will explore these questions Mary. by looking at religious traditions of both ancient and con- RSTD 365. The Vision of Judaism (3-3-0) temporary, east and west, oral and literate, and primal and Offered at least once every three years. technologically elaborate societies. Finally, the course will This course offers an introduction to the diverse religious explore a rising concept, ecological spirituality. life of the Jewish people, including the varieties of Israelite RSTD 340. The Origin of Religion (3-3-0) religion, Jewish life after the Babylonian Captivity and after Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. the destruction of the Second Temple, the rise of rabbinical Offered at least once every three years. Judaism, medieval mystical and pietist movements, and Obituaries for religion are not uncommon, yet religion shows

143 PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES trends in recent centuries. Special attention will be given to such topics as the Israelite conception of God and God’s relationships to the gods and goddesses of Canaan and surrounding regions, law, prophecy, the land of Israel, the Talmud, Kabbala, Hasidism, and modern Jewish reform and renewal movements. RSTD 395. Topics in Religious Studies (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. The following topics or similar ones will be offered on the basis of student interest: individual religious thinkers such as Hegel, Kant, Thomas Aquinas, Augustine and others; periods and schools of thought such as Medieval Scholas- ticism; modern critics of religion; mysticism; religion in America. RSTD 491. Practicum/Internship (credits vary) This course provides opportunities for students interested in applying critical thinking, value analysis, and philosophical concepts generally, to field and professions outside the academic setting. Students are placed in local church and religious organizations. RSTD 495. Advanced Topics in Religious Studies (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six hours of religious studies or consent of instructor. Offered at least once every three years. The following topics or similar ones will be offered on the basis of student interest: the nature of religious experience; religious language; contemporary religious issues and writers; problems in the study of religion. RSTD 499. Independent Research (3-3-0) Prerequisite: Philosophy major and senior standing. Offered on request. A research project involving substantial reading on a specific problem, theme, or the work of an individual philoso- pher. The research is supervised by a staff member who must approve the project before registration. A research paper is required.

144 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING Dr. Martin Buoncristiani, Chair Gosnold Hall, Room 220 (757) 594-7065 email: [email protected]

FACULTY degree. Interested students should talk to their advisor Professors: Buoncristiani, Caton, Doughty, Hibler, early in their program since course sequencing is critical G. Webb to success. To formally enroll in the program requires a Associate Professors: Anyiwo, Game, Hardie, Knipp, GPA of 3.0 or better. Application to these programs should Lambert, Pougatchev, Selim, be made during the second semester of the Junior year. Siochi, Zhang We have detailed brochures with five year plans for each Assistant Professors: Gerousis, Riedl, Wang concentration available in our departmental office and Instructors: Mandour online at www.pcs.cnu.edu. Emeritus: Moore, J. Webb Minors in applied physics, computer science, or informa- The Department of Physics, Computer Science and Engi- tion science may be arranged to support most majors; but neering offers majors in fields of science and high technol- it is particularly appropriate for science, mathematics, or ogy. The applied physics major allows students to special- business majors as preparation for advanced study or em- ize in the design and application of instrumentation to the ployment. Furthermore, because of the importance of com- measurement process; to experiment with microprocessor- puter science to many fields, the department recognizes a based controls; to design and implement computer mod- major responsibility to provide instruction for students els and simulations of physical processes; and to study earning degrees in other fields. electronic and optical materials and their applications to modern devices. The computer engineering major is a A departmental brochure with detailed descriptions of these specialized degree with emphasis on hardware and soft- programs, including typical texts for courses and topics ware design and integration in computer systems and has for undergraduate research projects, and with degree- extensive job opportunities. The computer science major progress sheets for each specialty, can be requested by allows students to specialize in computer architecture, data mail or by telephone: (757) 594-7065. Requests may also structures and operating systems, computational comput- be made by electronic mail: [email protected]. More in- ing, artificial intelligence applications and software engi- formation can also be viewed at http://www.pcs.cnu.edu neering. The information science major prepares students on the World Wide Web. to apply computer science principles, hardware, and soft- EQUIPMENT ware in the solution of problems for the business world. The department has six teaching-research labs at CNU: the This major will prepare graduates to participate in the imple- Hunter Creech Computer Lab, the Multimedia Lab, the En- mentation and management of information systems. gineering Electronics Lab, the Engineering Projects Lab, The department has programs leading to a BS and MS in and the Information Systems Lab. In addition, it has two Applied Physics and Computer Science after five years of general-purpose laboratories and a large commons area for study. By putting in an extra year to obtain the MS, life- student-faculty collaborations and study. Furthermore, the time earnings and the potential for diverse opportunities department makes extensive use of two special classrooms and job satisfaction can increase significantly. Our pro- in its space in Gosnold Hall. The James I. Moore Computer grams are very flexible and students will still receive the Classroom features a network of 30 computers, and BS in their degree program once they complete the re- Gosnold’s lecture room has a host computer, and a projec- quirements, even if they decide not to finish the MS pro- tion video system. Finally, the department has three re- gram. Our MS in Applied Physics and Computer Science search labs in the Applied Research Center at Jefferson has concentrations in Computer Science, Computer Sys- National Laboratory: the Laser and Photonics Lab, the tems Engineering and Instrumentation, and Applied Phys- Solid-State Sensors and Materials Lab, and the Advanced ics that correspond to our undergraduate majors of Com- Circuits Lab. The research labs include instrumentation for puter Science, Computer Engineering, and Applied Phys- cryogenics, study of electronic and optical properties of ics. By taking a total of two to three graduate courses matter, lasers and laser-based metrology, digital design, during the Junior and Senior year and one graduate course high-speed data acquisition, and advanced multimedia sys- during the summer, the MS requirements can be completed tems. in the following year. The graduate courses taken in the Major equipment in these departmental labs includes 160+ five year program do not count toward the undergraduate GB of disk space, an Ultra 2 Sun Server (dual 350MHz cpu,

145 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

1 GB memory), Sun Enterprise 250 server (2x400MHz cpu, Record Examination. Interested students should talk to 254 GB memory), and over 30 Sun workstations. The de- their advisor about their interests in the BS/MS programs partment has, in addition, a Beowolf parallel computing early in their program because course sequencing is cluster, two schematic capture workstations, two Tektronix critical to success. The BS/MS programs may require logic analyzers, three digital storage scopes, an Altera that students take one or more graduate level courses in foundry for erasable programmable logic devices, and sev- their senior year. More information about these programs eral VME68000 boards and over 100 PC/Macintosh com- can be found in the Graduate Catalog (located on-line at puters. All of this equipment is available for use by stu- cnu.edu). Brochures detailing the five-year programs and dents. the suggested courses of study are available in the department office and at www.pcs.cnu.edu. Major software includes the mathematical computation tools MAPLE, MATLAB, Mathcad; printed circuit design FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS with schematic capture and circuit simulation systems, For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has PSpice/Multisim, Verilogger, Xilinx Foundation Software, programs leading to a bachelor’s degree Applied Physics IC11 Integrated Development Environment, PIC Develop- the MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also ment Environment, JAVA Development Kit; LabVIEW; includes teacher licensure. Application to these programs Oracle; optical design software Genii-Plus; system simula- is made during the second semester of the junior year. tion and analysis software SLAM and EXCELERATOR; Because course sequencing is critical to success, inter- Java-Studio; Java-Workshop; standard GNU software; ested students should talk to an advisor about their inter- Adobe Photoshop, FinalCut Pro, QuickTime Pro; Office est in the five-year program early. For information about 2000; languages such as FORTRAN, PASCAL, LISP, C, admission to the five-year program and program require- and C++; and the JAVA Powered Groupware WEB4M. In ments, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at addition, there are a number of IBM and Macintosh com- www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. puters with standard software for automated data taking and analysis in the labs and for word processing. PRE-ENGINEERING AND OTHER OPTIONS Three other options are available in physics, computer sci- Research Projects ence and engineering. The core of courses offered by the The Department of Physics, Computer Science and Engi- department makes it possible for students to develop any neering emphasizes research for both its undergraduate one of the following: and graduate students. As a consequence, there are al- 1) A two-year basic pre-engineering program; ways on-going projects involving faculty members and stu- 2) A degree in mathematics with a concentration in dents in a variety of research areas. At the present time physics that emphasizes practical research; there are projects sponsored by the National Aeronautics 3) A program for physics and computer science and Space Administration (NASA), the National Science teachers. Foundation (NSF), the Office of Naval Research (ONR), and the Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility SPECIAL COURSES FOR STUDENTS IN THE (TJNAF). Faculty are involved with local companies in Re- LIBERAL ARTS, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND search and Development efforts as well. Students who BUSINESS would like to assist with the research projects will find de- In addition to its commitment to serve the science student, partmental members able to provide challenging opportu- the department has two special goals: to increase the un- nities for independent study. All students desiring a de- derstanding of the uses of science and technology for solv- gree in applied physics or computer engineering must coming contemporary problems and to increase public aware- plete a senior research project, and students majoring in ness of relations between science and technology and the information science must complete a significant case study realm of human values. Because of these special goals, the of a business problem under the guidance of a professional. department offers several courses designed to complement the programs of students in the liberal arts, social sciences, FIVE YEAR BS/MS PROGRAM and in business. CPSC 210, 215, 216, 225, PHYS 103/103L, The department has programs leading to a BS and MS in 104/104L and ENGR 121 are examples of such courses. Applied Physics and Computer Science after five years of study. The MS in Applied Physics and Computer THE PRE-ENGINEERING PROGRAM Science has concentrations in Computer Science, The Department of Physics, Computer Science and Engi- Computer Systems Engineering and Instrumentation, and neering, with the cooperation of Old Dominion University, Applied Physics that match the BS majors of Computer has designed a pre-engineering program in which Penin- Science, Computer Engineering, and Applied Physics. sula students can complete their first two years of engi- Application to these programs is made during the second neering study at CNU. Persons who finish the program at semester of the junior year. The application will include a CNU will begin their studies at ODU as juniors, contingent current CNU transcript and the results of the Graduate upon admission to ODU. The program is also suitable for

146 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING transfer to other engineering schools in the country. The puter engineering requires successful completion (a grade program at Christopher Newport University is ideal for those of C- or better) of the following courses in major and elec- students who want to try their skills in a personal program tive studies: that can be individually tailored to their needs. An impor- 1) COMM 201*; tant feature of the program is its flexibility. Students who 2) ECON 201G*, 202G*, ENGL 205*, 206*; would like more freedom in the courses that they take or 3) CHEM 121/121L*-122*; who would like a more leisurely pace in order to develop 4) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L*, 340; their maturity in the engineering sciences can take three 5) MATH 140*, 240, 320, 335; years to complete the program. With a careful choice of 6) ENGR 121, ENGR 222 or 301, 211/211L-212/212L, electives, the student is prepared for further study as a 213; mechanical, electrical, or civil engineer, or for study and 7) CPEN 214, 315/315L, 371W,414, 431, 499W; research in engineering science. 8) CPSC 230/230L-231/231L, 310, 320, 410, 420, 480 9) Six hours from professional electives: CPEN 422, The pre-engineering program generally requires the fol- 495, CPSC 425, 426, 440, 450, 470, 495, PHYS 421, lowing courses, which, because of their sequential nature, PCSE 495 (only one 495 course allowed with should be completed in the year indicated: advisor’s permission); CPSC 501 and 502 (with First Year: PHYS 201/201L- 202/202L; MATH 140- advisor’s permission). 240; ENGL 101-102; ENGR 121, 222; * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously CPSC 230/230L; CHEM 121/121L; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degreed Second Year: MATH 250, 260, 320; ENGR 211/211L- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- 212/212L, 301, 302; 406, PHYS 203, 351; sor. CHEM 122/122L. Alternate pre-engineering curricula tailored to the transfer- Because of the tight prerequisite structure, it is strongly school of the student’s choice can be arranged. All pre- recommended that students take their major courses in the engineers should contact the department chair for informa- following order: tion on the specific courses appropriate for the transfer First year: ENGR 121, MATH 140*-240, PHYS 201/ destination. 201L*-202/202L*, ENGL 101-102, CPSC 230/230L; THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN Second year: CPSC 231/231L, CPSC 320, ENGR 211/ COMPUTER ENGINEERING 211L-212/212L, MATH 320, CPEN 214; The Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering is ac- Third year: CPEN 315/315L, CPEN 414, CHEM 121/ credited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of 121L-122, CPSC 310, PHYS 340, ENGR the Accreditation Board for the Engineering and Technol- 213, CPEN 371W, ENGR 222 or 301; ogy (ABET). Computer engineering encompasses design Fourth year: CPEN 431, CPSC 410-420, CPEN 499W, and analysis of both hardware and software systems. En- CPSC 480, Professional electives. gineering problem solving is a key component of a computer engineering program as it is applied to areas of digital THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN design, computer architecture, microprocessor-based sys- COMPUTER FOUNDATIONS tems, operating systems, and software systems develop- This program is designed to prepare students in the foun- ment. Computer engineering is the application of knowl- dations of computer hardware and software. Students in edge and technology to the exciting, challenging, and ever- this program can choose to major in Applied Physics or changing field of computer systems. Computer engineer- Computer Science. In addition to requiring the successful ing majors are prepared for employment in positions such completion of all general education and degree studies re- as Digital Design Engineers, Software Systems Analysts, quirements (see index), the Bachelor of Science program in Computer Architects, Technical Programmers, Micropro- Computer Foundations requires the successful completion cessor-based Systems Designers, Instrumentation Systems of the common core courses, the major courses, and the Designers, Integrated Circuit Designers, and Systems En- support courses. gineers. Common Core Courses: The major in computer engineering focuses on an applied 1) CPEN 214, 371W; approach. There is a comprehensive laboratory compo- 2) CPSC 230/230L-231/231L; nent to provide hands-on experiences. Computers are used 3) MATH 140*, 240; throughout the curriculum as part of the engineering de- 4) For applied physics: PHYS 340 sign process. Commercial EDA (Electronic Design Auto- For computer science: PHYS 340 or MATH 235 or mation) software is used extensively. In addition to requir- 260; ing successful completion of all general education and de- 5) PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L*. gree studies requirements (see index), the major in com- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously

147 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree If necessary, students in this major must take additional studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- general electives to make their credits total 120 after satis- sor. fying the general education and degree requirements. In addition to requiring successful completion of all general THE MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS education and degree studies requirements (see index), this The major in applied physics is oriented towards micro- major requires successful completion (a grade of C- or bet- electronics and photonics (the basis of computer hardware) ter) of the common core (see the Bachelor of Science de- and provides a broad foundation in physics. The core gree in Computer Foundations), major, and support courses. courses provide a background in computer engineering, ENGR 406 has a prerequisite of CHEM 103 or 121, in addi- computer science, math, and physics. The major and sup- tion to major courses. port courses continue this background in engineering, mathematics, and physics. Electives extend the student’s THE MINOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS knowledge in an area of his/her choice. Degree studies A minor in applied physics requires satisfactory comple- requirements are those of the Bachelor of Science degree. tion of PHYS 201-202-203 and at least 15 additional credits in physics or engineering courses at 300 level or higher. Applied physics majors can choose their electives to de- These additional credits must include one course in classi- velop expertise in one of the following three areas: instru- cal physics or engineering science and one course in mod- mentation, condensed matter or optical physics, or compu- ern physics. Persons who are majoring in biology, com- tational physics. Focusing on instrumentation prepares puter science, and mathematics are especially suited for graduates to design instrumentation and data acquisition such a minor program. systems. Graduates will be prepared for employment as researchers in high technology laboratories, as designers THE MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE for firms which use microelectronic controls, and as de- The major in computer science is designed to prepare a signers and researchers in companies which produce con- student for a computer-oriented career, such as scientific trol systems or their components. Students can focus on applications or systems programming, or for graduate work condensed matter and optical physics by studying the elec- in computer science. The core courses provide a background tronic and optical properties of matter and the interaction in computer engineering, computer science, math, and phys- of electromagnetic radiation with matter, especially as these ics. The major and support courses continue building this subjects are applied in the development of new sensors background. Advanced courses in the program provide and new measurement techniques. Graduates will be pre- additional study in data structures, programming languages, pared to move into positions which require precise mea- computer organization, operating systems, and algorithms, surements using electronic and photonic sensors, and de- with additional electives to extend the student’s knowl- velopment of optoelectronic data acquisition systems. To edge in an area of his/her choice. Degree studies require- focus on computational physics, students should take ments are those of the Bachelor of Science degree. courses that emphasize the integration of physics and software development. There they will learn how to implement Graduates will be prepared for further study in graduate software descriptions of physical systems including suc- school or employment as computer scientists or research- cessful integration of applied numerical methods, graph- ers in various high technology laboratories. Students pur- ics, user interfaces, and data visualization. Graduates will suing the major in computer science are strongly encour- be prepared for further study in graduate school, or em- aged to pursue studies in other academic fields in which ployment as scientific programmers capable of contribut- there are significant applications of computer science. A ing to the development of physical models and simula- minor in business, economics, mathematics, science, pre- tions. See your advisor or departmental brochures for more engineering, or psychology would be a viable choice. Stu- details on the applied physics major. dents interested in the scientific or engineering applications of computers are strongly urged to take MATH 380, Support Courses in Applied Physics: 480 and PHYS 441. See your advisor or departmental bro- 1) ENGR 121; chures for more details on the computer science major. 2) MATH 250, 320. Major Courses in Applied Physics: Support Courses in Computer Science: 1) ENGR 211/211L; 1) CPSC 225; 2) PHYS 203, 351, 404; 2) ENGR 213; 3) Four major electives from CPEN 315/315L, 371W, 3) MATH 125. 422; ENGR 212/212L, 301, 303, 406, PHYS 352, Major Courses in Computer Science: 401, 402, 421, 431, and either 441 or MATH 440. 1) CPSC 310, 320, 330, 410, 420; See department guideposts for suggested focus 2) Three major electives from PCSE 499; CPEN 414; areas. CPSC 425, 426, 440, 450, 460, 470, 471, 480, 495, 502 Capstone Course: PCSE 499W. (with advisor’s permission); MATH 380, 480;

148 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

PHYS 421, 441, with courses numbered 495 and munications, or the minor in business administration. Note above used no more than twice. that this major falls under the Professional Degrees category for degree studies requirements in the general edu- Students in this major must take additional general elec- cation requirements. tives to make their credits total 120 after satisfying the general education and degree requirements. In addition to re- In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- quiring successful completion of all general education and eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- degree studies requirements (see index), this major requires dex), the Bachelor of Science in Information Science degree successful completion (a grade of C- or better) of the com- requires, for major and elective studies, successful comple- mon core (see the Bachelor of Science degree in Computer tion (a grade of C- or better) of the cores, one option shown Foundations), major, and support courses. The major in in the following table, and a capstone course and project. computer science requires satisfactory completion of an CORES AND OPTIONS: exit test administered by the department. See the assess- 1) The Computer Science Core: ment section of the general requirements of all baccalaure- CPSC 225, 230/230L-231/231L, 335. ate degree programs for more information. See your advi- 2) The Business Core: sor or departmental brochures for more details on the com- ACCT 201-202, ECON 201G*, 202G*. puter science major. 3) The Information Science Core: THE MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE CPSC 215, 350, 351. The minor in computer science requires a minimum of 23 4) The Mathematics and Science Core: credits in computer science, including: CPSC 225, 230/230L- MATH 125*, 135* or 140*, 235 or 260; PHYS 103/ 231/231L, 320, and nine additional credits in computer sci- 103L*,104/104L* or PHYS 201/201L*-202/202L*. ence at the upper (300-400) level. The following courses are 5) Select one of the following options: suggested for a minor concentration in specific application a) Information Systems Concentration: areas: (1) Business application: CPSC 335, 350, 440; (2) CPSC 310, 320, 430, 440, PSYC 201-202, 313, Natural science applications: CPEN 214, CPEN 315/315L or BUSN 323, BUSN 400 or PSYC 303; CPSC 330, 420; (3) Mathematics application: CPSC 350, b) Networking and Communications 420, 470. Computer Engineering majors desiring a minor Concentration: CPSC 320, 336, 430, 440, 446, in computer science must select from options 1 or 3. two 300-400 level CPSC electives, BUSN 301; c) Business Administration Minor: THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION ACCT 201-202, ECON 201G*, 202G*, BUSN SCIENCE DEGREE 201, 311, 323, 361, 400; and one non-core In the modern world where computers are commonplace business elective. The Dean of the School of the management of information is achieving a prominent Business must approve declaration of this place in business. Managers of information are increas- minor. ingly asked to solve complex problems arising in the busi- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously ness world that require drawing on a diverse set of skills. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree The program emphasizes problem solving and has a broad studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- range of courses to address the needed skills. The Bach- sor. elor of Science in Information Science (BSIS) degree consists of courses chosen from the fields of business, com- CAPSTONE COURSE AND PROJECT puter science, economics, mathematics, and psychology. All concentrators must successfully complete CPSC 445. Special emphasis is placed on systems analysis and de- Those choosing the Business Minor option may substi- sign. With careful selection of electives, a student in this tute BUSN 498 for CPSC 445. program can be prepared for graduate work in computer Finally, the major in information science requires satisfac- science or related disciplines. Students are urged to take tory completion of an exit test administered by the depart- the courses CPSC 215, 225, 230/230L-231/231L, 350, and ment. (See assessment section of the general requirements 351 early in their academic careers. These six courses cover of all baccalaureate degree programs.) the basics of spreadsheet and database software, the fundamental concepts of computer technology, the function THE MINOR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE and architecture of computer hardware and software, pro- The minor in information science requires CPSC 215, 225, gramming, information science concepts, management of 230/230L, 335, 350, 351, and CPSC 430. information systems, systems and decision theory, and organizational models. After completion of these courses, students should have the background to choose among three options: information systems, networking and com-

149 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

THE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN Digital design methodology and techniques; control and COMMUNICATIONS (DATA) timing; machine organization, instruction sequencing and This certificate program covers fundamental concepts of data for flow control; control unit design; and techniques. networks and data communications, practical programming CPEN 315L. Digital System Design Lab (1-0-3) for networks and communications, and network configura- Corerequisite: CPEN 315 tion and management. Students will work on projects that Spring include design, development, and maintenance of intranets Advanced sequential circuit design and implementation, and LANs, distributed databases, and web programming. design with programmable logic, digital circuit simulation. The prerequisites for the certificate program in communica- The use of modern Electronic Design Automation (EDA) tions (data) are: one year of programming experience (pref- tools is emphasized. erably C++), or CPSC 231/231L. The curriculum requires CPEN 371W. Professional Ethics WI (1-1-0) successful completion of: CPSC 335, 336, 446; CSE 495 Prerequisite: ENGR 121 or CPSC 225, sophomore stand- (Network Programming) or PCSE 499 (Capstone Project in ing or consent of instructor. Communications). This course covers contemporary ethical issues in science and engineering. A framework for professional activity is THE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN DIGITAL DESIGN developed, which involves considerations and decisions The digital design certificate program creates technical proof social impact. Current examples will be studied, dis- fessionals proficient in the modern digital technology. It cussed, and reported: IEEE, ACM, and APS code of ethics, describes the fundamental hardware design concepts of software and hardware property law, privacy, social impli- combinational and sequential circuits; introduces electronic cations of computers, responsibility and liabilities, and com- design automation tools; covers the latest architectural fea- puter crime. tures of today’s processors and teaches quantitative analy- CPEN 414. Computer Architecture (3-3-0) sis of hardware/software trade-offs. Finally, the capstone Prerequisites: CPEN 315 or CPSC 330. course surveys the processors currently in use and fo- Spring. cuses on design of microprocessor-based systems. The The basic issues and techniques in computer architecture prerequisite for the certificate program in digital design is a and design. Survey of architectures; instruction set de- Bachelor of Science in Computer Science or Information sign; software influences on architecture; processor imple- Science. The curriculum requires successful completion mentation and simulation; pipelining; memory and I/O sub- of: CPEN 214, 315, 414, and 422. systems; special purpose architectures. CPEN 422. Microprocessors (3-3-0) THE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN OBJECT- Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L,CPEN 315. ORIENTED PROGRAMMING Spring. This certificate program prepares participants for object- In depth study of current microprocessor issues; interfac- oriented design and programming. It covers the two most ing and data communications; buses and memory/periph- widely used object-oriented programming languages, C++ eral connections; parallel interfaces; serial interfaces; ana- and Java. It provides guidance in the effective usage of log interfaces. Applications by means of the case study these languages; common abstractions in object-oriented method. programming; and an introduction to formal design meth- CPEN 431. Computer Engineering Design (4-2-2) ods. Applications are geared to real-world problems in- Prerequisite: CPEN 315, CPSC 320. May be taken as re- cluding Internet programming. The prerequisite for the search intensive. certificate program in object-oriented programming is MATH Fall. 130. The curriculum includes successful completion of : Engineering design course focuses on applications of com- CPSC 230/230L-231/231L, 425 and 426. puter engineering. Engineering skills developed through THE CURRICULUM IN COMPUTER supervised design projects. Design projects incorporate ENGINEERING techniques and concepts developed in previous courses. Topics include FPGA implementation, micro-programmable CPEN 214. Digital Logic Design (3-3-0) controllers, device interfacing, design for test and design Corequisite: PHYS 202 or consent of instructor. for manufacturing techniques. Development systems and Fall. EDA software are used throughout the course. Introduction to logic circuits; combinatorial logic circuits; CPEN 495. Topics in Computer Engineering (3-3-0) memory elements; sequential logic circuits; register trans- Special topics in computer engineering selected from areas fer logic. Hands-on experience with devices emphasized. such as embedded systems, VLSI design, parallel process- CPEN 315. Digital System Design (4-3-3) ing, communications, electronic design automation, and Prerequisite: CPEN 214, Computer Engineering or Phys- computer graphics. ics major, or consent of instructor. Corerequisite: CPEN 315L. Spring.

150 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

CPEN 499W. Computer Engineering Capstone Project CPSC 230. Computers & Programming I (3-3-0) WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: either CPSC 225 or ENGR 121 or program- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; CPEN ming experience (see instructor). Corequisite: CPSC 230L; 371W (or consent), 414, CPSC 410, senior standing, and MATH 135 or 140. permission of the department. May be taken as research Fall and Spring. intensive. Problem solving and algorithm implementation using a pro- Capstone design project where senior student completes a cedural programming language. Introduction to data types, practical computer engineering project, including probabi- arrays, records and text files. Structured methods of pro- listic aspects of the design, by applying the engineering gram development are emphasized and object-oriented knowledge and judgment they have acquired during their methods are introduced. college career. A formal oral presentation and a written CPSC 230L. Computers & Programming I Laboratory report are required as well the artifact that is the design. (1-0-2) Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. Corequisite: CPSC 230. Fall and Spring. THE CURRICULUM IN COMPUTER Laboratory course supports the concepts in CPSC 230 lec- SCIENCE ture with hands-on programming activities and language CPSC 210. Introduction to Computing (3-3-0) specific implementation. Laboratory exercises stress sound Prerequisite: high-school algebra or one semester of col- design principles, programming style, documentation, and lege-level mathematics. debugging techniques. Fall and Spring. CPSC 231. Computers & Programming II (3-3-0) Designed for general student population. Introduction to Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in CPSC 230/230L or computers, their capabilities, and limitations. Computer equivalent transfer credit. Corequisite: CPSC 231L. terminology, hardware and software organization. Basic Fall and Spring word processing and design, testing, and construction of Continuation of CPSC 230. Further study of object-ori- spreadsheets, and databases. ented design and verification, programming style, docu- CPSC 215. Software Packages for Business mentation and debugging. Algorithm development and Applications (3-3-0) analysis with emphasis on simple data structures such as Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in CPSC 210. strings, lists and stacks. Recursion, internal search/sort Fall and Spring. algorithms. Pointers and dynamic memory management. For students majoring in information science and those Advanced object-oriented concepts include inheritance, wanting a more in-depth understanding of and competence virtual functions, and templates. in spreadsheets, databases, and word processing. Creat- CPSC 231L. Computers & Programming II ing spreadsheet templates, database management systems, Laboratory (1-0-2) and elements of desktop publishing are included. Corequisite: CPSC 231. CPSC 216. Multimedia and Web Publishing (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: CPSC 210 or 225 or experience using com- Laboratory course supports the concepts in CPSC 231 lec- puters (see instructor). ture with hands-on programming activities and language Spring. specific implementation. Laboratory exercises stress sound Basic multimedia concepts – graphics, audio, video; internet design principles, programming style, documentation, and concepts; design, development, and publishing of web debugging techniques.. pages; interactive web pages; publishing tools, server man- CPSC 310. Programming Language Concepts (3-3-0) agement and tools. This course includes a hands-on com- Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L. ponent. Fall. CPSC 225. Introduction to Computer Science (3-3-0) Basic concepts dealing with information binding, arithmetic, Prerequisite: High school algebra or one semester of col- string handling, data structures, storage and mapping, in- lege-level mathematics; experience using computers (see put/output, and execution environment. Specialized con- instructor). cepts concerning recursion, multiprocessing, list process- Fall and Spring. ing, and language extensibility. Several programming lan- The function and architecture of computer hardware. Data guages will be examined. and instruction representation. Networks, operating sys- CPSC 320. Data and File Structures (3-3-0) tems and their functions. Algorithms, programming lan- Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in CPSC 231/231L or guages, and software engineering. Artificial intelligence, equivalent transfer credit. theory of computation, and applications. This course in- Fall and Spring. cludes a hands-on component. Study of objects and data structures. Trees, graphs, heaps with performance analysis or related algorithms. Structure,

151 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING search, sort/merge and retrieval of external files. Program- CPSC 355. Electronic Commerce (3-3-0) ming assignments will involve application of the topics Prerequisite: CPSC 210. covered. Spring. CPSC 330. Computer Organization (3-3-0) Electronic commerce is the process of electronically con- Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L, CPEN 214. ducting all forms of business between entities in order to Fall. achieve the organization’s objectives. Electronics com- Study of computer organization and architecture. Examine merce technologies embrace such activities as electronic functional organization of a von-Neumann computer in- trading, EDI, electronic banking, electronic mail, on-line cluding computer micro-operations, control organizations, services, and all forms of messaging, multimedia communi- basic instruction sets, addressing modes, CPU design, cations and video-conferencing. This course will concen- memory organization, and Input-Output organization. More trate on the impact of EDI to the following issues: security, advanced topics including vector processing and multi- social impact, marketing, governance and financial trans- processors will also be introduced. actions. CPSC 335. Data Communication Systems (3-3-0) CPSC 410. Operating Systems I (3-3-0) Prerequisites: CPSC 225 or 330; CPSC 231/231L; MATH Prerequisites: CPSC 320; CPEN 315 or CPSC 330. 135 or 140. Fall. Spring. Introduction to operating systems, I/O processing, inter- A broad overview of communications issues to include rupt structure and multiprocessing-multiprogram-ming, job encoding, media, interfaces, error detection and correction, management, resource management, batch and interactive data compression, protocols, the OSI model, and LANs. processing, deadlock problem, computer net-working Standard network applications such as ftp, telnet, gopher, through teleprocessing and system performance evalua- and web browsers are discussed. Students will be required tion. to design and implement a communications software CPSC 420. Algorithms (3-3-0) project. Prerequisites: CPSC 320, MATH 240. CPSC 336. Network Implementation and Spring. Administration I (3-3-0) The application of analysis and design techniques to nu- Prerequisite: CPSC 335. merical and non-numerical algorithms which act on data Fall. structures. Examples will be taken from areas such as com- Study of TCP/IP based networks for a UNIX environment binatorics, numerical analysis, systems programming, and and the integration of different types of hardware and op- artificial intelligence. erating systems. Routing, domain name servers, and mail CPSC 425. Object Oriented Programming and Design servers. Network application development tools: sockets Using C++ (3-3-0) and rpc. Projects include the configuration of a UNIX net- Prerequisites: CPSC 320 or consent of instructor. work. Introduction to Information Systems profession. Spring. Tools and techniques for profiling organizations and ana- Basic object-oriented design and applications of C++. This lyzing their goals and needs to determine and specify infor- course introduces the subset of C++ which is of the most mation systems requirements. Practical experience in real- practical use. It introduces object-oriented design meth- life information systems analysis. ods and provides guidance in the effective implementation CPSC 350. Information Systems Analysis (3-3-0) of object oriented programs using C++. Prerequisites: CPSC 230/230L or consent of instructor. CPSC 426. Java (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L and consent of instructor; or Introduction to Information Systems profession. Tools and CPSC 320. techniques for profiling organizations and analysing their Summer. goals and needs to determine and specifiy information sys- This course covers the basic syntax and semantics of the tems requirements. Practical experience in real-life informa- Java programming language. Object oriented programming tion systems analysis. as it applies to Java is also covered. Other topics include CPSC 351. Information Systems Design and the Java virtual machine, graphics, interface design, applets, Implementation (3-3-0) networking, multi-threading and exception processing. Prerequisites: CPSC 231/231L, CPSC 350. Applications are implemented as class assignments and/or Spring. group projects. Lecture/project-based course for systematic design, imple- CPSC 430. Simulation Modeling (4-4-0) mentation, and maintenance of computer information sys- Prerequisites: MATH 125; MATH 130 or 140; MATH 235 tems. From given requirements for a computer information or 260; CPSC 220 or 231/231L. system course guides student in methods, tools, and tech- Fall. niques for realizing the desired system. Course on the quantitative analysis of management problems. It is the Information Science equivalent of engineer-

152 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING ing courses in Operations Research. Emphasis on essence CPSC 471. Applied Artificial Intelligence (3-3-0) of systems modeling and simulation, prospects for obtain- Prerequisite: CPSC 320. ing computer solutions, and extracting the most value out Fall. of the system’s model and its computer solution rather than This course is an introduction to some of the basic ele- mathematics of quantitative analysis. ments of artificial intelligence. Its emphasis is on those CPSC 440. Database Management Systems (3-3-0) elements of artificial intelligence that are most useful for Prerequisite: CPSC 320. May be taken as research inten- practical applications. Topics include recent developments sive. such as neural nets, genetic algorithms, and fuzzy logic. Fall and Spring. Useful classical algorithms such as heuristic search and Database (DB) concepts. Relational, hierarchical and net- standard learning methods are also covered. Programming work models. Query languages, data sub-languages and assignments are required. schema representations. The DB environment: DB adminis- CPSC 480. Software Design and Development (3-3-0) tration, security, dictionaries, integrity, backup and recovery. Prerequisites: CPSC 320. CPSC 445. Information Systems Laboratory (3-3-0) Spring. Prerequisite: CPSC 350, 440. May be taken as research Presentation of a formal approach to state-of-the-art tech- intensive. niques in software design and development. Application Spring. of such techniques in a team environment. A major project that includes a study of the factors neces- CPSC 485. Principles and Applications of Multimedia sary for successful implementation and operation of infor- (3-3-0) mation systems; the traditional life cycle approach to man- Prerequisite: CPSC 231. aging and controlling application development and alter- Fall. native development approaches. Written and oral presen- The purpose of this course is to learn the principles and tation of project. techniques of multimedia focusing on digital images and CPSC 446. Network Implementation and audio. Technical topics include: the nature of sound and Administration II (3-3-0) images and their digital representation; the different media Prerequisite: CPSC 336. types and formats; capture, editing, and publication tech- Spring. niques; workflow automation and programming; multime- A continuation of CPCS 336 to emphasize implementation dia relevant web protocols. The course will also address and administration of information servers such as ftp, web copyright issues, graphic design, and human interface prin- and database servers for multiple platforms (emphasizing ciples. A semester project is required. UNIX) with consideration for functionality and security. CPSC 495. Topics in Computer Science (credits vary) Interoperability of OS platforms for resource sharing and Special topics in computer science selected from areas such current web enhancements in the industry are also cov- as expert systems, artificial intelligence, telecommunica- ered. Students are required to enhance the networks cre- tions, networks, distributed systems, special programming ated in CPSC 336 with server implementations. languages, and computer graphics. CPSC 450. Operating Systems II (3-3-0) Prerequisites: CPSC 410. THE CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING Spring. ENGR 121. Engineering Design (3-3-0) A continuation of CPSC 410 with emphasis on the area of Corequisite: MATH 130. intra-system communications. Fall. CPSC 460. Introduction to Compilers (3-3-0) An introduction to the methods of modeling, analysis, de- Prerequisites: CPSC 310, 330. sign and computer programming in the solution of engi- Spring. neering problems. A consideration of the impact of techno- A study of the problems of translating procedure oriented logical artifacts on society. Questions of professional eth- languages; lexicographic analysis, syntax checking, code ics. Student design projects required. generation and optimization, error detection and diagnos- ENGR 211. Introduction to Electric Circuits and tics. Electronics (3-3-0) CPSC 470. Theoretical Computer Science (3-3-0) Prerequisites: PHYS 202/202L; MATH 240. Corequisite: Prerequisites: CPSC 310,320; MATH 240. ENGR 211L and MATH 320. Fall. Fall. Presentation of basic results relating to formal models of A study of the basic experimental laws of electrical circuits; computation. Emphasis is placed on developing skills in Ohm’s Law and Kirchhoff’s Laws of voltage and current. understanding rigorous definitions in computing and in Analysis techniques for DC circuits. Properties of the ba- determining their logical consequences. sic circuit elements; resistor, inductors, capacitors. AC circuits, sinusoidal AC circuits, and their solution by phasor methods. Introduction to the operational amplifier.

153 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

ENGR 211L. Introduction to Electric Circuits and THE CURRICULUM IN PHYSICS Electronics Laboratory (1-0-3) PHYS 103, 104. Elementary Physics (3-3-0) Corequisite: ENGR 211. Prerequisite: high-school Algebra. Fall. Fall - PHYS 103; Spring - PHYS 104. ENGR 212. Electronics (3-3-0) A survey of classical and modern physics with discussion Prerequisite: ENGR 211/211L. of their historical development and implication to society. Corequisite: ENGR 212L. Analysis of problems in mechanics, heat, sound, electro- Spring. magnetism, and modern physics. Influence of physics on Electronic measurements techniques. Analysis of AC cir- areas of the culture such as art, literature, and values. Sat- cuits with an emphasis on characteristics of solid state isfies general education requirements in the field of sci- electronic devices. Operational amplifiers and integrated ence. circuits. Students will be taught to design, construct, and PHYS 103L, 104L. Elementary Physics Laboratory test circuits which perform a variety of specific tasks. In- (1-0-3) troduction to sensor-actuator instrumentation systems. Corequisite: PHYS 103, PHYS 104. ENGR 212L. Electronics Laboratory (1-0-3) Fall - PHYS 103L; Spring - PHYS 104L. Corequisite: ENGR 212. Physics laboratory experiences to accompany the lecture Spring. part of the course. The laboratories introduce fundamental ENGR 213. Discrete Structures for Computer physical principles and the application of physical prin- Applications (3-3-0) ciples in modern technological society. Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L. PHYS 201-202-203. General Physics (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: high school math or consent of instructor. The concepts of modern algebra (symbolic logic, set theory, Corequisite: MATH 140 for PHYS 201, MATH 240 for PHYS algebraic structures, groups, fields, lattices and Boolean 202, MATH 250 for PHYS 203. algebra) applied to sequential machines and computer sys- Fall and Spring - PHYS 201-202; Fall - 203. tem design. Emphasis on applications to realistic problems A presentation of the major concepts of physics from a in computer science and engineering. Case studies requir- contemporary point of view, using algebra, trigonometry, ing programming. calculus and computers. For students in the physical and ENGR 222. Statics (3-3-0) [Formerly ENGR 122] life sciences, mathematics, or engineering. Topics covered Prerequisite: MATH 140; PHYS 201,PHYS 201L(or equiva- include mechanics, heat, sound, electromagnetism, optics, lent). and modern physics. Corequisite: PHYS202 PHYS 201L-202L. General Physics Laboratory (1-0-3) Spring. Corequisite: PHYS 201-202. An introduction to the methods of modeling structures. Fall - PHYS 201L; Spring - PHYS 202L . The calculus-based course includes static analysis of Physics laboratory experiences to accompany the lecture trusses, beams, and frames. A consideration of the impact part of the course. The laboratories introduce fundamental of structural artifacts on mankind. Student design projects physical principles, data analysis skills, and data analysis required. tools. Computer use is integrated throughout the labora- ENGR 301. Dynamics (3-3-0) tory exercise. Prerequisite: PHYS 201/201L; MATH 240; MATH 250 and PHYS 338. Apprenticeship in Teaching Physics (3-1-4) MATH 260 or PHYS 340 are desirable. Prerequisites: junior standing, 15 credits in major. Fall, odd-numbered years. Corequisite: MATH 320. A vector space approach to the study of classical mechan- As needed. ics in the Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formu- The student will work directly with a faculty member from lation. the Department of Physics and Computer Science in ENGR 406. Thermodynamics (3-3-0) designing laboratory experiments and Prerequisites: MATH 250, PHYS 203, CHEM 103 or 121, or demonstrations, and teaching parts of laboratories and consent of instructor. giving demonstrations in classes. Special emphasis will Spring. be given to the use of computers and video-tapes and The formulation of the basic concepts of thermodynamics; discs in the classroom. first and second laws, energy, temperature, entropy, en- PHYS 340. Methods of Theoretical Physics (3-3-0) thalpy, reversibility and irreversibility, ideal gases, models Prerequisites: PHYS 202/202L; ENGR 211/211L; MATH of real gases. Thermodynamic cycles and their applica- 320; PHYS 203 is desirable. tions to engineering systems and mixtures and solutions. Spring. Survey of the theoretical methods used for analyzing and predicting physical phenomena. Topics include linear systems of equations, matrices, vectors, complex variables,

154 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING and linear transforms. Computers will be used to imple- software and integration of existing digital and analog de- ment these methods for a variety of physical systems. vices. Applications by means of the case study method. PHYS 351. Modern Physics (3-3-0) PHYS 431. Optical Physics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PHYS 203 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: PHYS 203, 340. Spring, even-numbered years. Fall, odd-numbered years. A survey of the developments in atomic and nuclear phys- This course lays the foundation of modern optical science. ics. This course provides an introduction to quantum me- It presents an overview of the properties of light, describes chanics and its application to contemporary measurement the basic principles for the control and detection of light systems. beams, and surveys optical devices in use today. PHYS 352. Device Physics (3-3-0) PHYS 441. Modeling and Simulation (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PHYS 351 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L or consent of instructor; Fall, even-numbered years. ENGR 301 or consent of instructor; PHYS 340 and MATH The physical principles which underlie the operation of 320 or just MATH 380. May be taken as research intensive. technologically important electronic and optical devices. Spring, odd-numbered years. The course deals with semi-conductor devices: junction, The modeling and simulation of physical systems. Apply- field effect and charge coupled devices, as well as devices ing software methodologies to the solution of physical based upon electro-optical effects. problems. Lectures will typically involve a short review of PHYS 401. Models of Dynamical Systems (3-3-0) some physics topic such as Keplerian motion, followed by Prerequisite: CPSC 231/231L or consent of instructor; an extensive discussion on the modeling and/or simulation ENGR 301 or consent of instructor; PHYS 340; MATH 320. of the problem. A large component of the course will be a Fall. project. Students will be able to “design” their own project Continuous and discrete models of dynamical systems. The drawing from any area in the complete spectrum of the classical models of deterministic dynamical systems such physics curriculum. The project might entail modeling as orbital dynamics and fluids. Nonlinear systems includ- physical systems (examples: mechanics, optics, fluids, ing continuous and discrete chaos theory. Variational meth- waveguides, atmospheric propagation, or nonlinear sys- ods, inertial tensor, stability, Einstein summation, Lyapunov tems.) Alternatively, the student may choose to write a exponent, bifurcation diagrams, phase space, Poincare pro- simulation (examples: interplanetary spaceflight, orbital jections, Universality, Cantor set, entropy and fractal di- adjustment and insertion, or powered flight.) mensions. Emphasis on computer solutions using both PHYS 495. Topics in Physics (credits vary) procedural languages and symbolic manipulation. Special topics in applied physics selected from such areas PHYS 402. Quantum Physics (3-3-0) as superconductivity, lasers, and astrophysics. Prerequisites: ENGR 301; PHYS 351; MATH 250, 320; MATH 260 or PHYS 340. THE CURRICULUM IN NATURAL Spring, odd-numbered years. SCIENCE Study of the quantum mechanics of simple physical sys- NSCI 310. Natural Science (4-4-0) tems. Topics include the wave function, Schroedinger’s Prerequisite: science distribution courses. equation, one-dimensional systems, the harmonic oscilla- This course is designed to be co-taught by three depart- tor, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, approximation ments to allow perspective elementary and middle school methods, scattering, and electromagnetic radiation. teachers to study fundamental scientific concepts such as PHYS 404. Electromagnetism (3-3-0) models, change, structure and function, systems, varia- [Formerly PHYS 304] tion, cause and effect, diversity, and scale through various Prerequisite: MATH 250, PHYS 203 or consent of instruc- topics (i.e. motion, energy, heat, electricity and magnetism, tor. light, atoms, solar system, cell, respiration, plants, animals, Spring, odd-numbered years. behavior, evolution, environmental science, taxonomy, ecol- The electrostatics and electrodynamics of discrete and con- ogy). Also students will have opportunities to examine tinuous systems. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution science curriculum, review characteristics of the learner, of Maxwell’s equations, interaction of electromagnetic ra- and develop effective instructional strategies and assess- diation with matter and relativistic electrodynamics. ment instruments needed to teach science. PHYS 421. System Design Lab (Data Acquisition) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ENGR 211/211L; CPEN 214; CPSC 231/231L. TOPICS COURSES AND INDEPENDENT May be taken as research intensive. STUDY Fall. PCSE 295. Elementary Topics in Applied Physics and The use of computers as data acquisition systems; cou- Computer Science (credits vary) pling tasks to micro and mini-computers; controlling single Special topics in applied physics and computer science, and integrated systems and processes. Development of selected from such areas as microcomputers and special applications software.

155 PHYSICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

PCSE 299. Elementary Independent Study in Applied Phys- ics and Computer Science (credits vary) May be taken as research intensive. Directed research or projects under the direction of a faculty advisor. This course is subject to the University policy on independent study (see index). PCSE 395. Intermediate Topics in Applied Physics and Computer Science (credits vary) Special topics in applied physics and computer science, selected from such areas as minicomputers, telecommunications, networks, superconductivity, lasers, special programming languages and computer graphics. PCSE 399. Intermediate Independent Study in Applied Physics and Computer Science (credits vary) May be taken as research intensive. Directed research or projects under the direction of a faculty advisor. These courses are regulated under the Uni- versity Policy on Independent Study (see General Aca- demic Policies section of this catalog for details). PCSE 495. Topics in Applied Physics and Computer Sci- ence (credits vary) Special topics in applied physics and computer science, selected from such areas as expert systems, artificial intelligence, minicomputers, telecommunications, networks, superconductivity, lasers, distributed systems, special programming languages, and computer graphics. PCSE 499W. Independent Study in Applied Physics and Computer Science WI (credits vary) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence;: CPEN 371(or consent); May be taken as research intensive. Directed research or projects under the direction of a faculty advisor. These courses are regulated under the Uni- versity Policy on Independent Study (see General Aca- demic Policies section of this catalog for details). Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement.

156 PSYCHOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Dr. Timothy R. Marshall, Chair Wingfield Hall, Room 116 (757) 594-7994 email: [email protected]

FACULTY to officially declare the major in the Academic Advising Professors: Bauer, Doerries, Doolittle, S. Greenlee, Center. Students are urged to consult their assigned advi- Lopater sors regularly. Associate Professors: Berry, Catanzaro, Marshall Assistant Professors: Cartwright, Gibbons, Rilea, Electives should be chosen in consultation with an aca- Velkey, Will demic advisor. Students pursuing a degree in psychology Distinguished Professor Emeritus: J. Anderson should successfully complete MATH 125, PSYC 300 and Emeriti: Dooley, Herrmann, Windsor 301 as early in their programs as feasible but in no case later than the completion of the first 90 hours of the degree. The Department of Psychology offers both Bachelor of Course pre-requisites must be satisfied. Note that PSYC Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. The Psychology 300, 301, 302 or 300, 301, 310 must be completed in sequence Department requires each undergraduate and graduate without overlap. Students may not enroll in 400 level lab major, through a rigorous and well-planned curriculum, to courses until they successfully complete PSYC 301. study and master the literature and methods of psychol- Bachelor of Arts or Science degree ogy. Curricular emphases are on fundamental conceptual GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION knowledge, practical applications of both knowledge and Students wishing to prepare for graduate work in all areas skills, and theoretical considerations. All undergraduate of psychology except Industrial/Organizational Psychol- concentrations require courses at elementary, intermedi- ogy, as well as students who are undecided about their ate and advanced levels, and they require a number of postgraduate plans should select this concentration.This courses with laboratory components. Options such as concentration allows the greatest choice of psychology practica, seminars, individual faculty mentored research courses. opportunities, and team research projects are available to majors. The curriculum also offers a wide range of course In addition to successful completion of all general educa- offerings covering the breadth of modern psychology. tion and degree studies requirements (see index), both the Many students majoring in psychology will go on to gradu- Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees in ate study; others will find employment opportunities as Psychology require successful completion of the following personnel officers, case workers in welfare departments, courses: probation officers, mental health technicians, teachers of 1) Math 125*; early childhood education or in special education. 2) PSYC 201and 202 must be taken as the introductory courses in psychology; THE BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF 3) PSYC 300, 301W/301L, 302W/302L; SCIENCE DEGREES IN PSYCHOLOGY 4) Select two: PSYC 303, 304, 305, 306, 314, 315; In addition to requiring successful completion of all gen- 5) Select two: PYSC 404/404L, 405/405L, 406/ eral education and degree studies requirements (see in- 406L, 409/409L, 410/410L; dex), the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science de- 6) PSYC 490 grees in Psychology require successful completion of one 7) PSYC 491 or 492 of the following concentrations: 8) Additional 300-400 level PSYC electives suffi- • General Psychology cient to make the total number of PSYC credit • Industrial/Organizational hours in major and elective studies at least 36. • Early Childhood Psychology * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree stud- Students who wish to major in Psychology must come to ies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor. the Psychology Department Office to provide the department with student information and select a concentration. Bachelor of Arts or Science degree Prospective majors will also be required to complete a com- INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL CONCENTRATION prehensive examination of psychological knowledge as part This concentration is chosen by students wishing to con- of the department’s assessment procedure. The department tinue their education in this area or who wish to enter the Chair will assign a faculty advisor who is appropriate to the job market at the Baccalaureate level. Industrial/Organiza- concentration selected, and provide students with a permit tional Psychology is currently a growth area in psychology.

157 PSYCHOLOGY

In addition to successful completion of all general educa- includes teacher licensure. Application to these programs tion and degree studies requirements (see index), both the is made during the second semester of the junior year. Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees in Because course sequencing is critical to success, inter- Psychology require successful completion of the following ested students should talk to an advisor about their inter- courses: est in the five-year program early. For information about 1) Math 125*; admission to the five-year program and program require- 2) PSYC 201and 202 must be taken as the intro- ments, consult the Graduate Catalog (online at ductory courses in psychology; www.cnu.edu) or your department advisor. 3) PSYC 300, 301W/301L, 302W/302L 4) PSYC 303, 313, 333, 403, 410/410L, 423, 490, FIVE-YEAR BS/MS PROGRAM 491; The department has a program leading to a BS in Psychol- 5) Select one: PSYC 304, 305, 306, 314, 315; ogy and an MS in Applied Psychology after five years of 6) Select one: PSYC 404/404L, 405/405L, 406/ study. Application to this program is made during the sec- 406L. ond semester of the junior year. The application will in- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously clude a current CNU transcript and the results of the Gradu- to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree stud- ate Record Examination. Interested students should talk to ies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor. their advisor about their interests in the BS/MS program early in their program because course sequencing is critical Bachelor of Arts or Science degree to success. The BS/MS program requires that students EARLY CHILDHOOD PSYCHOLOGY take several graduate level courses in their senior year. More CONCENTRATION information about this program can be found in the Gradu- Many students electing this Concentration are planning ate Catalog (located on-line at www.cnu.edu). Brochures careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary level, detailing the five-year program and the suggested course although some students are also preparing for other of study are available in the department office. professions or graduate work dealing with children in various settings. This Concentration emphasizes the THE MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY psychological and educational foundations of child Students wishing to minor in psychology must present them- development. selves in the Psychology Department office to provide certain information and submit a plan for the minor before the In addition to successful completion of all general educa- minor may be declared in the Academic Advising Center. tion and degree studies requirements (see index), both the The department will approve the plan or work with the stu- Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees in dent to find an acceptable plan. Eighteen credit hours (mini- Psychology require successful completion of the following mum) constitute the minor, which must include PSYC 201- courses: 202 or PSYC 210, 211. All prerequisites must be met for 1) Math 125*; courses taken for the minor. A psychology minor is particu- 2) Complete PSYC 210* and 211*. (If credit larly appropriate for business, sociology, social work, gov- has been earned in PSYC 201-202, or the ernment, public administration, and nursing. equivalent, PSYC 307 must be taken in addition to all other required courses to THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY substitute for PSYC 210, 211; PSYC 201. Principles of Psychology I (3-3-0) 3) PSYC 300, 301W/301L, 310W; Basic principles of behavior covering history and systems 4) PSYC 312, 327, 410/410L, 428/428L Note: For of psychology, biological bases of behavior, sensation and this concentration only PSYC 410/410L and perception, learning and memory, intelligence, cognition, 428/428L will count as the two senior level motivation, and emotion. lab courses; PSYC 202. Principles of Psychology II (3-3-0) 5) Select two: PSYC 304, 305, 306, 314, or 315; Prerequisite: PSYC 201. 6) PSYC 490 A continuation of PSYC 201 concentrating on human growth 7) PSYC 491 or 492; and development, personality, abnormal psychology, thera- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously peutic methods, and social psychology. to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree stud- PSYC 210. Human Growth and Behavior I (3-3-0) ies requirements. For details, see your academic advisor. A study of data and theory concerning the development of the individual throughout the life span from conception to FIVE-YEAR TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS death. Social, emotional, physical, and cognitive develop- For those students wishing to become teachers, CNU has ment will be considered. Emphasis will be given to the na- programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in Psycholgy and ture of developmental change and the forces that bring it the MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). This program also about. This course will cover the period from conception to late childhood.

158 PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC 211. Human Growth and Behavior II (3-3-0) havior in social situations. The focus of the course is on A continuation of PSYC 210, covering adolescence and social thinking and beliefs, attitudes and behavior, social adulthood. influence processes, and both positive and negative social PSYC 300. Statistical Applications in Social Science interactions. Research (3-3-0) PSYC 305. Psychology of Learning and Cognition (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 201 or 210 and completion of MATH Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. 125 or an equivalent statistics course. A study of the principles of human and animal learning, An introduction to elementary statistical usage including retention, and problem-solving, with consideration also descriptive statistics, probability, inferential statistics, cor- given to methods of investigation and recent theories of relation and regression, and distribution free techniques. learning and cognition. PSYC 301W. Experimental Psychology-WI (3-3-0 ) PSYC 306. History of Psychology (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211, and PSYC Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. 300, and six-hour freshman English sequence. A survey from Aristotle to the present with emphasis on the A treatment of the historical, philosophical, and method- 19th and 20th centuries. ological issues of contemporary concern in empirical psy- PSYC 307. Developmental Psychology (3-3-0) chology. This course introduces the student to the Ameri- Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202. can Psychological Association format for writing a psy- Credit will not be given for PSYC 210, 211 and this course. A chological research paper. Laboratory exercises in selected study of data and theory concerning the development of areas will be conducted. The content will also cover a treat- the individual through the life-span, including cognitive, ment of the ethics of the usage of human and animal partici- physical, and emotional processes. pants in psychological research. Satisfies Writing Inten- PSYC 308. Child Psychology (3-3-0) sive requirement. Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. PSYC 301L. Experimental Psychology Laboratory The biological, social, and emotional factors influencing (0-0-3) the normal growth and development of the child from birth Corequisite: PSYC 301. to adolescence. PSYC 302W. Advanced Experimental Psychology and PSYC 309. Psychology of Adolescence (3-3-0) Methodology-WI (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, PSYC This course examines the psycho/socio/biological devel- 301/301L. opment of humans from preadolescence through early adult- This course includes instruction in research methodolo- hood. Theories, research, and problems in the developmen- gies appropriate to human and animal learning experiments, tal process are studied. advanced statistical techniques, and experimental ethics. PSYC 310W. Research in Child Behavior-WI (3-3-0) The laboratory provides an opportunity for students to Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; PSYC execute, analyze, and report on experiments of their own 210, 211, 301W/301L. design and culminates with the preparation of a major re- This course focuses on understanding, analyzing, and in- search proposal which is presented both orally and in writ- terpreting theory and research on child behavior. Students ten form. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. will critically evaluate research and prepare a major research PSYC 302L. Advanced Experimental Psychology and proposal, presented in written and oral formats. Application Methodology Laboratory (0-0-3) of primary research findings and theoretical principles to Corequisite: PSYC 302. child behavior in practical settings is of central concern. PSYC 303. Industrial and Organizational Psychology Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. (3-3-0) PSYC 312. Educational Psychology (3-3-0) Prerequisite: MATH 125. Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. An overview of the field of industrial/organizational psy- This course focuses on the application of psychological chology based on the application of psychological research facts, principles, and methods to learning in the classroom. and theory to understanding and predicting behavior is This includes developing skills in the evaluation of student organizational settings. This course provides as examina- performance as an aid to learning and teaching. tion of the dynamics of job motivation, organizational lead- PSYC 313. Human Relations in Organizations (3-3-0) ership, decision-making, group functioning, power relation- Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. ships, personnel selection, training, performance measure- An experiential approach to skill-training in leadership, de- ment and appraisal, and other related topics. cision-making, communication, problem-solving, conflict- PSYC 304. Social Psychology (3-3-0) resolution, creativity, and other issues faced by task-ori- [Same as SOCL 306] ented groups in organizations. Class attendance is manda- Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211; junior stand- tory. ing. An examination of the nature and causes of individual be-

159 PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC 314. Psychology of Personality (3-3-0) velopment of employees in organizations from a systems Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. perspective, including needs assessment processes, train- An examination of historical and contemporary psychologi- ing methods and techniques, and training evaluation. cal theories relating to the development, functioning, and Course focuses on incorporating knowledge of human learn- modification of personality. A comparative approach is used ing and motivation to improve training effectiveness. Vari- focusing upon the different perspectives of psychoanaly- ous training topics are examined, including leadership de- sis, behaviorism, and humanistic psychology. velopment and team-based training. May use large data PSYC 315. Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (3-3-0) bases such as Lexis for research papers and presentations. Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. PSYC 404. Physiological Psychology (3-3-0) A survey of behavior pathology emphasizing anxiety disor- Prerequisite: PSYC 301W or consent of instructor for non- ders, character disorders, psychoses, and somatoform dis- majors; corequisite: PSYC 404L. orders and their relationship to current concepts of normal A critical analysis of selected physiological mechanisms personality development. controlling behavior. Lecture topics include neuroanatomy/ PSYC 327. Psychology of Early Childhood (3-3-0) neurophysiology, sensory systems, homeo-statically regu- Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. lated systems, psychoparmachology and the physiological Presents the general principles of child development from basis of memory. The laboratory provides hands-on experi- conception to the early school years. Motor, social, emo- ence with physiological instrumentation, various computer tional, linguistic, and cognitive development will be stud- simulations, and an introduction to surgical techniques. ied. Emphasis will be on patterns of normal development at PSYC 404L. Physiological Psychology Laboratory (1-0-3) each age, with some treatment of atypical development con- Corequisite: PSYC 404. sidered. PSYC 405. Psychology of Motivation and Emotion (3-3-0) PSYC 333. Personnel Psychology (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 301W/301L (PSYC 305 recommended); Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211, PSYC 300 corequisite: PSYC 405L. or MATH 125 or BUSN 331. A study of the emerging factors in behavior, including such Presents the application of psychological research, theory, topics as instincts, drives, homeostatically-regulated sys- and methods to developing, implementing, and assessing tems, emotions, stress, anxiety. Motivation is approached personnel techniques and human resource functions such theoretically from a biological framework. The laboratory as job analysis, selection procedures, and performance ap- includes replication of important experiments using either praisal. human or animal subjects. PSYC 340. Psychology of Adulthood and Aging (3-3-0) PSYC 405L. Psychology of Motivation and Emotion Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. Laboratory (1-0-3) A study of the psychological processes involved in the Corequisite: PSYC 405. middle and later years of human development from young PSYC 406. Psychology of Sensation and Perception (3-3-0) adulthood to the end of the life cycle. Prerequisite: PSYC 301W/301L; corequisite: PSYC 406L. PSYC 350. Forensic Psychology (3-3-0) A study of sensory and perceptual processes presented in Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or 210, 211. the framework of both theoretical and experimental issues. Presents an overview of psychology as it is applied in judi- The laboratory includes experiments and demonstrations in cial and criminal justice settings. Included in the course are several sensory/perceptual modalities. readings and discussions about the personality types in- PSYC 406L. Psychology of Sensation and Perception volved in criminal behavior, the use of psychology in law Laboratory (1-0-3) enforcement, and civil applications of forensic psychology. Corequisite: PSYC 406. PSYC 395. Elementary Topics (3-3-0) PSYC 409. Behavioral Medicine and Health Psychology Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or 210, 211 and consent of (3-3-0) instructor. Prerequisite: PSYC 301W or consent of instructor for non- Will present from time to time topics of special interest to majors; corequisite: PSYC 409L. the students and faculty of the department. Students who A critical appraisal of the primary literature in behavioral are interested in having a topics course in a certain area medicine and health psychology. An analysis of health- should make their suggestion to the Department Chair. Stu- enhancing and health-compromising decisions. Topics in- dents should also check the current list of courses taught clude stress and coronary prone behaviors, to determine what topics will be offered in any given semes- psychoimmunology, obesity, eating disorders, exercise, ter. Only one elementary topics course may be offered to- smoking cessation, hypertension, diabetes, and pain man- ward a degree in psychology. agement. PSYC 403. Training in Organizations (3-3-0) PSYC 409L. Behavioral Medicine and Health Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202, 303. Psychology Laboratory (1-0-3) Spring. Corequisite: PSYC 409. Practical and theoretical approaches to the training and de-

160 PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC 410. Psychological Tests and Measurements (3-3-0) by the instructor will be unable to register for the course. Prerequisite: PSYC 301W; corequisite: PSYC 410L. Students will play a major role in finding an appropriate Psychometric principles of test construction, development, placement. Failure to comply with the above requirements validation, and utilization are examined. Current psycho- can result in no placement. A maximum of one registration logical instruments are studied in depth. The laboratory can be counted toward a degree. will focus on instruments and techniques appropriate to the PSYC 492. Directed Research in Psychology (3-3-0) concentration. Prerequisite: PSYC 302W or 310W. PSYC 410L. Psychological Tests and Measurements Directed study consisting of either library or empirical re- Laboratory (1-0-3) search supervised by a professor from the Department of Corequisite: PSYC 410. Psychology. PSYC 420. Human Sexuality (3-3-0) PSYC 495. Advanced Topics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. Prerequisite: PSYC 201 and completion of all required 300- Biological, psychological, and social aspects of human sexual level PSYC courses. behavior throughout the life span. PSYC 499. Independent Study in Psychology (credits PSYC 423. Organizational Psychology: The Social vary) Psychology of Work (3-3-0) Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of instructor. Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202, PSYC 301W, PSYC 303, or for This course is designed to allow the qualified student to non-majors, consent of instructor. enrich his/her program by pursuing independent work in A study of work motivation, job satisfaction, leadership, psychology. The topic, time-lines, and criteria for evalua- leadership within organizations, organizational development tion are agreed upon in writing by the student and super- and change, and other organizational dynamics presented vising instructor. Copies of the study plan must be filed within the framework of theoretical and practical applica- with appropriate University offices, attached to an Inde- tions. The relationships between these variables/processes pendent Study Authorization Form. This form is available and organizational outcomes (e.g., productivity, turnover) through the Office of the Registrar. The necessary paper- will be examined from the perspective of the organization as work must be completed by the end of registration in the a system. semester in which the study is to be completed. The re- PSYC 428: Cognitive Development (3-3-0) search conducted may consist of bibliographic or experi- Prerequisite: PSYC 210-211; PSYC 310W. mental research. A maximum of six hours earned in PSYC 499 An overview of the development of cognitive processes may be counted toward a degree. from infancy to adolescence, including such topics as attention, memory, mental representation, language and conceptual development, and intellectual development. The laboratory will focus on methods, instruments, demonstrations, and activities related to course content (3-3-0). PSYC 428L: Cognitive Development Laboratory (1-0-3) Corequisite: PSYC 428. PSYC 490. Senior Seminar (3-3-0) Prerequisite: PSYC 302W or 310W. Topical seminars to cover a variety of areas. These seminars are limited to seniors only. PSYC 491. Practicum in Psychology (3-3-0) Prerequisite: senior standing; completion of PSYC 302W or 310W; prior permission of the instructor. Students in the industrial/organizational concentration must have also successfully completed three of the following courses: PSYC 303, 313, 316, 333, 410 and 413. Additional requirements for the practicum are set forth in the Field Manual for Practicum Students in Psychology, which is available in the Office of the Department of Psychology. Students enrolling in this course will participate in an organization, agency or other placement appropriate to the student’s educational and professional goals. Those wishing to enroll in this course must contact the instructor of the course prior to the preregistration period to receive permission to enroll. Students failing to receive prior permission

161 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY Dr. Joseph Healey Co-Chair Sociology Professor Cheryl Mathews Co-Chair Social Work Administration Building, 3rd Floor (757) 594-7110 email: [email protected] email: [email protected]

FACULTY social service agencies in the fields of family and child Professors: Durel, Healey, Purtle welfare, health, mental health, drug and alcohol rehabilita- Associate Professor: Forte tion, schools, corrections, probation, etc. Assistant Professors: Lewis, Mathews, Pellett Instructor: Thornton Both majors use the community as a learning laboratory Emerita: Kernodle through guest speakers, field trips, practicum experiences, and field work experiences which help to synthe- Field Instructors: Adolf, Amor, Bradley, Brinkley, size theory with practical application. Brisbane, Burnette, Byrd, Cooper, Graul, Healey, Jones, King, Lewis, THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN Manthey, Mason, Moore, Sailer, SOCIOLOGY Schulte, White, Wilson, Workman Sociology majors are required to take MATH 125* as a prerequisite for SOCL 392. PHIL 201, 202* and Spanish The Department of Sociology, Social Work and Anthro- through the 200 level* are recommended. In addition to pology offers a Bachelor of Arts in two majors, Sociology successfully completing all general education and degree and Social Work, as well as minors in anthropology and studies requirements (see index), the Bachelor of Arts de- sociology. In both majors, students acquire a strong lib- gree in Sociology requires successful completion of the eral arts background. The major in sociology provides the following major and elective courses: student with experience in analyzing society from a socio- 1) SOCL 201G*, 205G*, 301W, 391, 392, and 490W; logical perspective. The program emphasizes and devel- 2) MATH 125*; ops the ability to analyze significant social issues, con- 3) Eighteen additional semester hours in SOCL duct research, and communicate the results of scholarly courses above the 200 level selected in consulta- investigation. Majors in sociology learn to use the con- tion with an advisor from this department. ceptual, analytical, and research skills of the discipline in 4) In total, eighteen hours in SOCL courses must be the context of a global and broadly comparative perspec- earned at Christopher Newport University. tive on the world today. The major in sociology provides 5) Successful completion of departmental qualifying valuable skills for the work-world, a foundation for gradu- examinations administered as part of SOCL 301 ate study, and a basis for intelligent citizen participation. and SOCL 391. Courses in (1) above are considered successfully com- The social work major offers a strong liberal arts base and pleted with a grade of C- or better. has the principal educational objective of preparing stu- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously dents for beginning generalist social work practice. The to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree baccalaureate social work major is accredited by the Coun- studies requirements. For details, see your advisor. cil on Social Work Education. The highly integrated curriculum includes sequences of study in social welfare The Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology policy and services, human behavior and the social envi- CULTURE, SOCIALIZATION AND SOCIETY ronment, research, and social work practice. Coursework CONCENTRATION includes work with individuals, families, groups, organiza- Sociology majors are required to take MATH 125* as a tions, and communities; it also integrates content on val- prerequisite for SOCL 392. PHIL 201-202* and Spanish ues and ethics of the profession, diversity and special through the 200 level* are recommended. In addition to populations, social and economic justice, and a strengths successfully completing all general education and degree perspective. The culmination of the program is the educa- studies requirements (see index), the Bachelor of Arts de- tionally directed field instruction which places students in gree in Sociology with a concentration in culture, socializa- social agencies in the community. Graduates of the pro- tion, and society requires successful completion of the fol- gram find employment in such areas as public and private lowing major and elective courses:

162 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY

1) SOCL 201G*, 205G*, 301W, 391, 392, 490W; 3) One of the following: HIST 348/448, HIST 350/450, 2) MATH 125*; RSTD 335; SOCL 391; 3) SOCL 491; 4) One seminar or practicum in anthropology 4) Select four: SOCL 303, 304, 306, 314, 316, 319, 321 approved by the anthropology advisor. 324, 361, and 375; 5) Select two: THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOCIAL a) ANTH 203G*; WORK b) GOVT 101* or GOVT 202; The mission of the Christopher Newport University Social c) HIST 202; Work Program is to provide an undergraduate social work d) PSYC 210* or PSYC 211*; program of excellence designed to educate the Christopher e) SOWK 260; Newport University social work major for baccalaureate f) SOWK 369. level generalist social work practice. Built on a strong lib- 6) Successful completion of departmental qualifying eral arts base, the BA degree in Social Work also prepares examinations administered as a part of SOCL 301 students for graduate studies. In its educational mission, and SOCl 391. the Social Work Program promotes scientific and intellec- Courses in (1) above are considered successfully tual inquiry and fosters qualities of leadership. Finally, the completed with a grade of C- or better. Program advocates service to community and Common- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously wealth and commitment to the values of the social work to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree profession. studies requirements. For details, see your advisor. The goals of the Social Work Program are to produce: 1) The Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology excellent practitioners prepared as liberal arts based CRIMINOLOGY CONCENTRATION baccalaureate level generalist social workers; 2) social Sociology majors are required to take MATH 125* as a science scholars who are prepared for scientific inquiry, prerequisite for SOCL 392. PHIL 201-202* and Spanish technologically competent and knowledgeable of diverse through the 200 level* are recommended. In addition to and special populations; 3) citizens of the community and successfully completing all general education requirements Commonwealth who are informed about the world around (see index), the Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology with a them, and ready advocates for social and economic concentration in criminology requires successful comple- justice; 4) communicators who are capable of collaboration of the following major and elective courses: tion across disciplines, client populations, and communi- 1) SOCL 201G*, 205G*, 301W, 391, 392, 490W; ties; 5) professionals imbued with the social work 2) MATH 125*; strengths perspective and able to use self-as-instrument 3) SOCL 321, 324, 491; in practice that includes biological, psychological, 4) Select three: SOCL 304, 316, 319, 322; SOWK 367, sociological and spiritual views of person-situation- 373; GOVT 243, 368W; interaction; 6) leaders dedicated to service and prepared 5) Successful completion of departmental qualifying with an understanding of the value base of the social examinations administered as a part of SOCL 301 work profession and its ethical standards and principles. and SOCL 391. Courses in (1) above are considered successfully completed In addition to successful completion of all general educa- with a grade of C- or better. tion and degree studies requirements (see index), the Bach- * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously elor of Arts degree in Social Work requires successful to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree completion of the following courses in major and elective studies requirements. For details, see your advisor. studies: 1) BIOL 107*, 108*/109L*; THE MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY 2) HLTH 200*; The minor in sociology requires a minimum of 18 credits in 3) MATH 125*; sociology. Required courses are: SOCL 201G*, 205G* and 4) PSYC 210*, 211*;or PSYC 201 and PSYC 307; 301. In addition, students pursuing a minor in sociology 5) SOCL 201G*, 205G*, 303, and 316; must have proficiency in research methods and statistics. 6) SOWK 260, 367, 368W, 391, 392, 399/399L,400, 401, 402, 406W, and 490; THE MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 7) Three hours from SOWK 369, 373, 395, 471, 474, The minor in anthropology requires a minimum of 18 cred- 492, 495 or 499. its in anthropology. Required courses are: * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously 1) ANTH 203G*, 394; to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree 2) Two additional ANTH courses above the 200- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- level; sor.

163 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Because of their highly sequential nature, students are re- Chair of Social Work as equivalent to SOWK 260 quired to meet regularly with a social work faculty advisor. may also apply. Application packages may be Social Work majors desiring to combine a major in Social obtained from the Social Work Office or from the Work with a minor in gerontology can learn of the special Chair of Social Work. Applications are accepted agreements regarding field instruction by consulting the through out the year, but students MUST be Chair of Social Work. admitted to the social work major prior to enrollment in Social Work Practice I (SOWK 399) and the ADMISSION AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES corresponding laboratory class (SOWK 399L). FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN · Interview. Once a complete application package is SOCIAL WORK received, an interview or panel interview will be Admission to the Social Work Major scheduled. Interviews are usually scheduled with In addition to admission as a classified student at CNU and the Chair of Social Work. However, the applicant, a formal declaration of social work as a major, students must social work faculty member, or the Chair of Social still apply for “accepted status” as a CNU baccalaureate Work may request an interview and decision by a social work major. Requirements for admission to accepted panel of three social work faculty members in lieu of status include: an individual interview and decision by the Chair of · Completion of at least 30 hours of academic work, Social Work. showing progress toward meeting CNU’s general · Disposition. Students will be informed of the education requirements; disposition of their applications, in writing, within · Successful completion (a grade of C or better) of two weeks of the interview or panel interview. The SOWK 260 or acceptable equivalent, to insure at following dispositions are possible: least a basic understanding of the career choice Full Acceptance being made; Probationary Acceptance (spells out · An overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 and a requirements for full acceptance) GPA of at least 2.75 in all courses required for Denial social work; and Students who have been granted probationary acceptance · Three reference letters, a written application, an or who have been denied may appeal such decisions admission statement, and a personal and/or panel through the regular appeal channels of the University (see interview. University Handbook, Student Handbook, or seek assistance from the Student Government or the Registrar’s Of- For continuance in the Social Work Program, a student fice). must demonstrate readiness to enter and continue in the professional or upper level courses in the baccalaureate Continuing GPA and Other Requirements social work program of study. This requires: Automatic review of accepted standing occurs when grades · Academic achievement (maintenance of overall of D or F are made in any required course in the major or GPA of 2.5 and GPA of 2.75 in the courses required when a student is on academic probation. Probationary for social work); status in the major prevents a student from entering or · Personal and professional behavior consistent continuing in 400-level social work (SOWK) courses. Re- with the NASW Code of Ethics; admission to good standing will be determined by GPA and · Effectiveness in work with client systems as approval of the Director of Social Work and/or a panel of demonstrated through laboratory and field three social work faculty members. courses; and · Capacity to master the necessary skills of Successful completion of SOWK 399 and 399L (grade generalist social work practice. of C or better) A written evaluation of generalist practice skills demon- For further information on these requirements, the Social strated in the Social Work Practice I Laboratory class, com- Work Program furnishes an information and application pleted by the 399L instructor(s), will become part of the package to interested students through the department student’s permanent record. A grade below a C or an unfa- office. Admission to accepted status in the major consists vorable laboratory evaluation of skills will result in auto- of the following parts: matic probationary status and denial of entry to 400-level · Application. Applications for admission to the social classes until such time as accepted status is reinstated. work major are accepted from students who are currently enrolled at the University, have at least 30 FIELD INSTRUCTION APPLICATION hours of academic work, and have completed or are Requirements include: now enrolled in Introduction to Social Work (SOWK 1) Senior status; 260). Transfer students who meet these require- 2) Successful completion (grade of C or better) of ments and who transfer a course evaluated by the

164 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY

SOWK 399 and 399L, with favorable evaluation of cialization and personality. The importance of the major skill performance in 399L; agencies of socialization, such as family, school, peer group, 3) Concurrent enrollment in SOWK 400; and media. Socialization through adolescence. 4) Overall GPA of 2.5 and GPA of 2.75 in the courses SOCL 305. Sociology of Aging (3-3-0) required for the major; and Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. 5) Completed and approved application for admis Fall, alternate years. sion to Field Instruction I (SOWK 401). Study of the process and effects of aging and ageism. De- An application for Field must be filed with the Field In- mographic trends and their implications. Impact of socio- struction Coordinator in the spring semester directly pre- cultural factors on physical and psychological function- ceding fall placement by the last day for withdrawing from ing. The social environment of older people, including liv- classes without grade penalty. ing environments, finances, family, and friends. Effect of retirement. Programs serving the elderly. Important Note: All of the foregoing may be appealed by SOCL 306. Social Psychology (3-3-0) students through regular University appeals channels. [Same as PSYC 304] Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. THE CURRICULUM IN SOCIOLOGY Fall and Spring. SOCL 201G. Human Societies: Introduction to An examination of the psychological processes involved Macrosociology (3-3-0) in social relationships of various types. The focus is upon Pre- or Corequisite: ENGL 101. person-perception processes, self-concept, attitude change, Fall and Spring. aggression, and interpersonal influence. The focus of the course is the macro-sociological study of SOCL 307W. Divorce in the United States Society-WI social and cultural change and the development of interde- (3-3-0) pendency and diversity among contemporary societies. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; junior SOCL 205G. Society and the Individual: Introduction to standing or consent of department. Microsociology (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Pre- or Corequisite: ENGL 101. A study of the factors associated with divorce in the U.S. Fall and Spring. (historical, societal, demographic, and personal); the emo- A micro-sociological and cross-cultural comparative study tional, legal and financial divorce processes; the effects of of the relationship between the individual and society. The divorce on individuals; the adjustment process; and assis- focus of this course is the study of the processes of social- tance to persons who are experiencing divorce will be em- ization and the mechanisms of social control whereby the phasized. Reference sources are primarily current research individual becomes and remains a member of a society. articles in the field. Satisfies Writing Intensive require- SOCL 301W. Principles of Sociological Analysis-WI ment. (3-3-0) SOCL 313. Sociology of Religion (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; SOCL Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. 201G, 205G or consent of department. A sociological analysis of religion as a social institution Fall and Spring. with emphasis on the interrelationship between religion, The history, development, and current status of sociology. society, and the individual. Topics covered include theo- A consideration of major theorists and perspectives. Satis- retical perspectives, empirical measurements of religiosity, fies Writing Intensive Requirement and trends in secularization and religious pluralism. SOCL 303. The Family in Transition (3-3-0) SOCL 314. Education, Culture and Society (3-3-0) Prerequisite: six hours of sociology, psychology or anthro- Prerequisite: junior standing,consent of department or one pology, or junior standing or consent of department. of the following SOCL 201G, ANTH 203 or PSYC 210. Fall and Spring. Fall, alternate years. The application of sociological theory and research to U.S. This course examines underlying ideologies as expressed marriage and family issues from a social change perspec- in educational theory and practice and the role of educa- tive. Emphasis is placed on changing gender roles and tion in modern social, economic, and political life. A partici- diversity in families. Variations in norms by social class, patory forum for discussion of a variety of perspectives race, ethnicity, and family structure are presented. and issues will provide a basis for students to explore the SOCL 304. Socialization and Society (3-3-0) purpose and future of education in a free and democratic Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing, or society. consent of department. SOCL 315. Sociology of Health and Health Care (3-3-0) Fall. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. Emphasis will be on the generic process by which individu- Spring, alternate years. als become members of society. Consideration of the im- Analysis of the socio-cultural context of illness, including pact of family, sex, race, and socio-economic class on so- disease etiology, epidemiology, and illness behaviors. The

165 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY formal and informal organization of the health professions emphasis on the nature and extent of juvenile delinquency, and institutions, and the system of health care delivery. the historical development of the juvenile court, institu- SOCL 316. Minorities in Society (3-3-0) tional and community corrections aimed at delinquents, Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing or and an assessment of social policies as they affect delin- consent of department. quents. A review of sociological theory and research on Fall and Spring. delinquency will emphasize family patterns, school sys- A comprehensive analysis of a variety of minority groups tems, juvenile gangs, and broader social processes related including Native Americans, women, Hispanic and Asian to delinquency. minorities, European immigrants, and Black Americans. The SOCL 332. Industrial Sociology (3-3-0) course will concentrate on the problems of prejudice and Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. discrimination, integration and conflict, and trends of Fall, alternate years. change. A study of the patterns of industrialization, industrial work SOCL 318. Social Problems (3-3-0) organizations, and management approaches. The course Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing or addresses the cross-cultural dimensions of industrial work consent of department. and investigates major issues of industrial society, such as Fall, alternate years. industrial relations, unemployment, the meaning of work, A survey of social problems affecting contemporary soci- and the conditions of women and minorities in the labor eties, such as technological displacement, population force. growth, environmental abuse, work and alienation, eco- SOCL 333. Occupations and Society (3-3-0) nomic and political inequality. Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. SOCL 319. Deviant Behavior (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing or An analysis of occupations with particular emphasis on consent of department. the interrelationship between work, society, and the indi- Fall, alternate years. vidual. Topics covered include work as a social institution, An analysis of the social processes which result in defin- occupational specializations, career choice and mobility, ing and reacting to behavior as deviant. Emphasis is on the occupational status and professionalization, and the so- cultural context of deviance, deviant behavior patterns, and ciocultural dimensions of labor force participation. the effects of societal responses to deviance. Various forms SOCL 361. Culture and Human Population (3-3-0) of deviance will be analyzed, including sexual deviance, [Same as ANTH 361] mental illness, alcoholism and drug abuse, crime, and juve- Prerequisite: ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G and junior stand- nile delinquency. ing or consent of the department. SOCL 321. Criminology (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing or Introduction to population and cultural, social, economic, consent of department. political, and environmental factors that influence popula- Fall and Spring. tion distributions and patterns of change. The course in- A sociological analysis of the nature and extent of crime as cludes a survey of theories and methods for studying hu- revealed by official statistics, victimization surveys, and man populations and a cross-cultural overview of repro- self-reported crime. Emphasis will be on sociological theo- duction and population-regulating conditions and prac- ries of crime; characteristic patterns of crime; psychologi- tices. cal, biological, and economic factors in criminal behavior; SOCL 375. Social Class in Modern Society (3-3-0) crime and social change; and the relationship between so- Prerequisite: SOCL 201G and junior standing, or consent cial policies and criminal behavior. of the department. SOCL 322. Corrections (3-3-0) Spring, alternate years. Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G and SOCL 321. A sociological analysis of social stratification within capi- Spring, alternate years. talist societies. Topics include social inequality and mobil- A sociological analysis of correctional institutions and com- ity; systems of power, prestige, and privilege; agencies of munity corrections programs within the criminal justice class reproduction such as labor markets and schools; and system. Emphasis will be on the historical development of a current assessment of poverty and development in the corrections, institutional treatment programs, assessment capitalist world system. of community alternatives to imprisonment, and examina- SOCL 377. Women, Gender, and Culture (3-3-0) tion of current issues affecting the future of correctional [Same as ANTH 377] policies. Prerequisite: ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G or SOCL 205G SOCL 324. Juvenile Delinquency (3-3-0) and junior standing, or consent of the department. Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or 205G or junior standing or Fall, alternate years. consent of department. This course introduces the socio-cultural construction of Fall and Spring. gender within a globalizing economic and political environ- A sociological examination of juvenile delinquency with

166 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY ment. A variety of feminist perspectives will be studied to SOCL 492. Readings in Sociology (Credits vary) illustrate the diversities of women’s experiences. Recurrent Prerequisite: consent of instructor. themes in women’s studies, women’s movements, and Fall and Spring. women’s lives will be examined, as will be the processes Extensive reading in a chosen subject under the direction through which the voices of women in dominant countries, of a faculty member. Subject must be decided upon and classes and cultures have been heard over those of women permission of instructor secured before registration. Final of lesser privilege. paper will be presented orally to the department. SOCL 391. Methods and Tools of Social Research I SOCL 495. Advanced Topics in Sociology (3-3-0) (3-3-0) [Same as SOWK 391] Prerequisite: nine credits in sociology, junior or senior Prerequisite: SOCL 201G. status or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring. Topics will vary and may be interdisciplinary. Examination of the methodological problems of social re- SOCL 499. Independent Research or Research search. Selection and definition of problems of investiga- Internship (3-0-8) tion, research designs, data-gathering techniques, and sam- Prerequisite: SOCL 391, 392, senior standing, a 3.00 GPA pling. (both overall and in the major), and consent of instructor. SOCL 392. Methods and Tools of Social Research II (3- Fall and Spring. 3-0) [Same as SOWK 392] Independent research allows the student to do a research Prerequisite: MATH 125, SOCL 201G or consent of depart- project on a chosen subject under the direction of a staff ment. member. The research topic must be decided upon and per- Fall and Spring. mission of department secured before registration. The Data-analysis techniques, including statistical analysis, research internship provides the student with the opportu- measurement, hypothesis testing, multivariate analysis, and nity of doing research in an agency or program setting. measures of association. Final paper will be presented orally to the department. SOCL 394. Qualitative Methods of Social Research (3- 3-0) [Same as ANTH 394] THE CURRICULUM IN SOCIAL WORK Prerequisite: SOCL 201G or ANTH 203G and junior stand- SOWK 200. Volunteer Services (3-2-3) ing or consent of the department. A study of volunteerism in the United States including Spring, alternate years. techniques and information for effective helping as a vol- The course emphasizes qualitative research, techniques unteer, introduction to the community network of services, used in ethnographic, field, and cross-cultural comparative and frameworks for evaluating the quality of the volunteer studies, and methods for managing and analyzing primary experience. Includes a segment of volunteer experience that field data. occurs independently of class hours. SOCL 395. Topics in Sociology (Credits vary) SOWK 260. Introduction to Social Work (3-3-0) Prerequisite: SOCL 201G and junior standing. Prerequisite: three credits in social science or consent of Topics vary and may be interdisciplinary. department. SOCL 490W. Senior Seminar in Sociology-WI (3-3-0) An examination of the profession of social work and the Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence; SOCL settings in which it is practiced. Emphasis will be on social 301, 391, 392 and successful completion of qualifying ex- work as a profession, generalist social work practice, and ams; senior standing or consent of department. the types of agencies in which social workers practice. Six- Fall and Spring. teen to twenty hours of volunteer work is an optional as- A writing-intensive “capstone” course designed for senior signment in this class. sociology majors and minors and other students with strong SOWK 367. The Social Welfare Institution (3-3-0) backgrounds in the social sciences. The course includes Prerequisite: SOCL 201G and junior standing. an overview of the development of the discipline and an Fall. investigation of major theoretical paradigms with applica- History, philosophy, and issues of the social welfare sys- tions to contemporary society. Satisfies Writing Intensive tem and the profession of social work in the United States. requirement. Includes study of poverty and income maintenance pro- SOCL 491. Practicum in Sociology (3-0-8) grams and policies and a study of current and future trends [Same as ANTH 491] in social welfare and social work. Prerequisite: SOCL 391, 392 and senior standing. SOWK 368W. Social Policy Analysis-WI (3-3-0) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, SOCL The practicum in sociology consists of 150 hours in an 201G. (SOWK 367 required for social work majors). approved community setting. Its purpose is to give the Spring. student the opportunity to correlate theory with practice. Introduces a framework for the analysis of social policies Written work will include a log and a final paper synthesiz- and services. Focuses upon the variables that shape hu- ing the student’s experience. Practicum must be approved man service delivery systems. Application of analytical by the department before the student registers.

167 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY skills to a social policy is a required component of the ing exercises, and various methods of practicing culturally course. Satisfies Writing Intensive requirement. sensitive generalist social work. SOWK 369. Child and Family Welfare (3-3-0) SOWK 400. Social Work Practice II (3-3-0) Prerequisite: consent of department. Prerequisite: grade of C or better in SOWK 399 and 399L. Spring. Corequisite: SOWK 401 and 406. Review and analysis of major policies, programs, and ser- Continues development of knowledge, skills, and values vices developed to assist or substitute for the family in for beginning generalist social work practice. Work with meeting the needs and enhancing the development of chil- groups and families is stressed as well as integration of dren in the United States. Focuses upon understanding concurrent field experience. and utilizing policies and services affecting children and SOWK 401. Field Instruction I (5-1-16) families. Prerequisite: acceptance of field instruction application SOWK 373. Social Work and the Law (3-3-0) (See admission and evaluation procedures). Corequisite: An examination of the legal basis for public and private SOWK 400 and 406. intervention programs, including adoption, child custody, Fall. marriage, divorce, rights of children and youth, the aged, A 224 clock-hour (minimum) field experience with directed and the mentally ill. engagement in generalist social work practice in one of a SOWK 391. Methods and Tools of Social Research l variety of community social service settings. Also entails a (3-3-0) [Same as SOCL 391] field seminar that meets weekly. Social work majors must Prerequisite: SOCL 201G. earn a grade of C- or higher. Examination of the methodological problems of social re- SOWK 402. Field Instruction II (5-1-16) search. Selection and definition of problems of investiga- Prerequisite: SOWK 401. Corequisite: SOWK 490. tion, research designs, data-gathering techniques, and sam- Spring. pling. A 224 clock-hour (minimum) field experience with directed SOWK 392. Methods and Tools of Social Research II engagement in generalist social work practice in one of a (3-3-0) [Same as SOCL 392] variety of community social service settings. Also entails a Prerequisite: MATH 125, SOCL 201G or consent of depart- field seminar that meets weekly. Social work majors must ment. earn a grade of C- or higher. Data-analysis techniques, including statistical analysis, SOWK 406W. Human Behavior in the Social measurement, hypothesis testing, multivariate analysis, and Environment-WI (3-3-0) measures of association. Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, PSYC SOWK 395. Elementary Topics (Credits vary) 210,211, and acceptance as social work major. Corequisite: Prerequisite: SOWK 260, junior standing or consent of de- SOWK 400 and 401. partment. Fall. Topics vary and may be interdisciplinary. This course focuses on building and using knowledge from SOWK 399. Social Work Practice I (3-3-0) selected behavioral, biological and social theories for as- Prerequisite: acceptance as a social work major. sessment and intervention in generalist social work prac- Corequisite: SOWK 399L. tice. A general systems framework is used to present hu- Spring. man behavior as an adaptive process for living in one’s Designed to develop beginning professional social work environment, and presents the social environment as the skills, knowledge, and values. Provides an introduction to structure whereby individuals are shaped into social be- the generalist approach, systems theory, and planned ings through processes of enculturation and socialization. change process as utilized in work with individuals, fami- Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. lies, groups, organizations, and communities. Teaches skills SOWK 471. Mediation (3-3-0) in: use of self in the helping role; interviewing techniques; Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. client assessments, intervention strategies, evaluation of This is a basic course in the dispute resolution technique outcomes; and integration of these skills with knowledge of mediation. The course has been approved by the Vir- of diverse lifestyles and racial, ethnic, and cultural pat- ginia Supreme Court to meet the basic education require- terns. Stresses work with individuals. ments for general mediation, a major component of the cer- SOWK 399L. Social Work Practice Lab (2-0-6) tification process. In addition to focus on the concept, Prerequisite: acceptance as a social work major. history, process, and applications of mediation, the course Corequisite: SOWK 399. will examine related concepts such as conflict, power, and Spring. communication. Considerable student participation is re- An 80 clock-hour laboratory which experientially reinforces quired for experiential learning of mediation skills and tech- the content of SOWK 399. Includes off-campus observa- niques. Preparation and delivery of a mediation session is tion of social agencies, use of video equipment, role-play- required.

168 SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL WORK AND ANTHROPOLOGY

SOWK 474. Substance Abuse Intervention (3-3-0) ANTH 361. Culture and Human Population (3-3-0) This course builds a framework for intervention with sub- [Same as SOCL 361] stance-abusing clients, providing guidelines for profes- Prerequisite: junior standing or ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G sional practice with families, groups, and communities and or consent of the department. describing the settings in which intervention might occur. Spring, alternate years. Some knowledge of substance abuse is assumed. Health Introduction to population and cultural, social, economic, 330 is recommended. This course is intended to help de- political, and environmental factors that influence popula- velop the skills to work in the field of substance abuse. tion distributions and patterns of change. The course in- SOWK 490. Social Work Practice III (3-3-0) cludes a survey of theories and methods for studying hu- Prerequisite: SOWK 400 and 401. Corequisite: SOWK man populations and a cross-cultural overview of repro- 402. duction and population-regulating conditions and prac- Continues development of knowledge, skills, and values tices. for beginning generalist social work practice. Macro level ANTH 363. Anthropology of Women in Latin America generalist practice with organizations and communities is (3-3-0) stressed. Integrates concurrent field experience, all areas Prerequisite: junior standing and SOCL 201G, 205G or of the social work curriculum, and continued professional ANTH 203G, or consent of the department. growth.. This course reviews the changing roles of women in Latin SOWK 492. Readings in Social Work (credits vary) America from pre-Colombian times to the present. Read- Prerequisite: twelve credits in sociology or social work, ings, lectures, and films will show differences in class, race, senior standing, a 2.75 GPA (both overall and in the major), legal traditions, and regional culture to account for the vari- and consent of department. ous ways women have participated in Latin American soci- Fall and Spring. eties. Extensive reading in a chosen subject under the direction ANTH 377. Women , Gender, and Culture (3-3-0) of a faculty member. Subject must be decided upon and [Same as SOCL 377] permission of instructor secured before registration. Final Prerequisite: ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G or SOCL 205G paper will be presented orally to the department. and junior standing or consent of the department. SOWK 495. Advanced Topics in Social Work (3-3-0) Fall, alternate years. Prerequisite: nine credits in social work, senior standing This course introduces the socio-cultural construction of and consent of instructor. gender within a globalizing economic and political environ- Topics will vary and may be interdisciplinary. ment. A variety of feminist perspectives will be studied to SOWK 499. Independent Research or Research illustrate the diversities of women’s experiences that shape Internship (3-3-0) their knowledge and behavior. Recurrent themes in women’s Prerequisite: SOWK 391,392, senior standing, a 3.00 GPA studies, women’s movements, and women’s lives will be (both overall and in the major), and consent of instructor. examined, as will be the processes through which the voices Fall and Spring. of women in dominant countries, classes and cultures have Independent research allows the student to do a research been heard over those of women of lesser privilege. project on a chosen subject under the direction of a faculty ANTH 394. Qualitative Methods of Social Research member. The research topic must be decided upon and per- (3-3-0) [Same as SOCL 394] mission of faculty member secured before registration. The Prerequisite: ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G, junior standing research internship provides the student with the opportu- or consent of the department. nity of doing research in an agency or program setting. Spring, alternate years. Students interested in the internship must receive permis- The course emphasizes qualitative research, techniques sion from the Social Work Program Director prior to regis- used in ethnographic, field, and cross-cultural comparative tration. Final paper will be presented orally to the depart- studies, and methods for managing and analyzing primary ment. field data. ANTH 491. Practicum in Anthropology (3-0-8) THE CURRICULUM IN ANTHROPOLOGY [Same as SOCL 491] ANTH 203G. Cultural Anthropology (3-3-0 each) Prerequisite: ANTH 203G, 394 and senior standing. Pre- or Corequisite: ENGL 101. Fall and Spring. Fall and Spring. The practicum in anthropology consists of 150 hours in an An anthropological and comparative study of humans and approved setting and is designed to give an opportunity to the cultures they have created. The focus of the course is integrate research methods with practice. Written work will the study of pre-industrial and non-Western societies, in- include a field log and a final paper synthesizing the expe- cluding social and political organization, religion, econom- rience. Practicum must be approved by the department be- ics, mythology and traditions, and intellectual and artistic fore registering. life.

169 TEACHER PREPARATION

OFFICE OF TEACHER PREPARATION Dr. Marsha M. Sprague, Director Gil Crippen, Associate Director of Field Experiences (757) 594-7388 email: [email protected] email: [email protected]

FIVE-YEAR BA, BS OR BM/MAT PROGRAM THE CURRICULUM IN TEACHER CNU has programs leading to a BA (Bachelor of Arts), BS PREPARATION (Bachelor of Science) or BM (Bachelor of Music) in the content field and an MAT (Master of Arts in Teaching). In order to register for education courses, a gold card These programs also include a license to teach elemen- must be obtained from an education advisor. Only EDUC tary or secondary school. Application to these programs 444 and EDUC 450 will be offered in 2003-2004. is made during the second semester of the junior year. EDUC 444. Evaluation of Learning (2-2-0) Because course sequencing is critical to success, Prerequisite: MATH 125 or equivalent and EDUC 301/ interested students should talk to their advisor about the 301L, 305/305L, 406, 421/421L or 422, 435, and 443. Five-Year MAT early in their program. The Five-Year Corequisite: EDUC 450L. MAT may require that students take two or more Assessment issues including construction and selection graduate level courses in their senior year. More informa- of measurement and evaluation instruments, interpretation tion about these programs can be found in the Graduate and use of test results, and communication of data with Catalog (located on-line at www.cnu.edu). parents. EDUC 450L. Internship (10-0-30) UNDERGRADUATE TEACHER PREPARATION Prerequisite: EDUC 301/301L, 305/305L, 406, 421/421L PROGRAM or 422, 435, and 443; apprenticeship in appropriate aca- No applications to the undergraduate teacher licensure pro- demic discipline; admission to Teacher Education Pro- grams are currently being accepted. Students who wish to gram. Corequisite: EDUC 444. pursue teacher preparation should consult the CNU Gradu- No additional courses should be taken during internship. ate Catalog for a description of the Master of Arts in Teach- Thirteen week full-time teaching internship in the public ing program. schools. There is a seminar component to the course which includes regularly scheduled meetings at CNU for all in- Current students admitted to undergraduate teacher li- terns. censure programs must complete classes and program requirements for their BA, BS or BM degree and specified licensure track as listed in previous CNU catalogs. In order to register for education courses, a gold card must be obtained from an education advisor. Only EDUC 444 and EDUC 450 will be offered in 2003-04.

170 WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES

WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES Dr. Roberta Rosenberg, Co-Director Professor of English Ratcliffe Hall, Room 225 email: [email protected] Dr. Deborah Mullen, Co-Director Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religious Studies Administration Building, Room 356 email: [email protected]

THE MINOR/CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN THE CURRICULUM IN WOMEN’S AND WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES GENDER STUDIES Program Description: Courses focus one-third to three-fourths of their material The Minor/Certificate Program in Women’s and Gender on Women/Gender issues: Studies brings together those courses offered by the Uni- versity which focus upon questions of gender, giving stu- The designation “MW” means that at least one-third dents the opportunity to explore relationships among gen- of the course reading involves works by minority and ders, through concentrated study across several diverse women writers. fields. ANTH 363. Anthropology of Women in Latin America Program Objectives: (3-3-0) 1) To provide students with a multi-disciplinary Prerequisite: junior standing and SOCL 201G, 205G or perspective regarding issues of gender (drawing ANTH 203G, or consent of the department. upon such fields as English, Philosophy, Anthro- This course reviews the changing roles of women in Latin pology, Education, Sociology, Social Work, America from pre-Colombian times to the present. Read- Psychology, Government, Health, and Communi- ings, lectures, and films will show differences in class, race, cations). legal traditions, and regional culture to account for the vari- 2) To offer a minor for students who wish to enrich ous ways women have participated in Latin American soci- their major field of study through a study of eties. gender roles. COMM 330. Gender Communication (3-3-0) 3) To offer a certificate program for students to Prerequisite: COMM 201 or 211 or consent of instructor. emphasize their concentrated study of these Fall. issues (for use in career or graduate school This course includes both theory and practice. Subjects goals). include images and self-perceptions of men and women, self-disclosure, language uses of the sexes, interpersonal Program Requirements: attraction, nonverbal codes, intimate and public contexts. 1) A minimum of 15 credits in those courses deemed ENGL 320W. Studies in Women and Literature-WI part of the program (listed below) are required to (3-3-0) (MW) complete the minor and to obtain certification. Prerequisites: six-hour freshman English sequence. 2) Philosophy 315- Philosophy of Feminism is Students will analyze the influence of gender on literary required of all students in the program. texts by and about women. The focus will vary from semes- 3) Courses from three different departments must be ter to semester and may include historical surveys, major represented in the minimum 15 credits. authors, genres and special topics including motherhood; 4) Three courses must be taken from the program’s marriage and the family; sexuality; the nature of work; reli- core curriculum. gion and spirituality and literary theory on women and gen- 5) Two additional courses may be chosen from the der. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. program’s core or elective curriculum (also listed ENGL 412. Multicultural Literature (3-3-0) (MW) below). Prerequisite: ENGL 308. 6) Students should work with an advisor (Dr. Mullen Fall. or Dr. Rosenberg) to complete the program. Study of writers who have added their voices to Multi- cultural American literature. Analysis of the works by writers such as Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, Amy Tan, Louise Erdrich, and others will illuminate the influence of race, class, gender, and ethnicity upon the writer’s sense of self, family, and community.

171 WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES

ENGL 425. Cultural Studies in World Literature (3-3-0) SOCL 307W. Divorce in the United States Society-WI Prerequisite: ENGL 308. (3-3-0) Intensive study of literature in the context of the culture Prerequisite: six hour freshman English sequence. that produced it. Topics may include the effects of religion, Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of department. race, gender, religion, ethnicity, and class. Selections from A study of the factors associated with divorce in the U.S. the following regions: Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin (historical, societal, demographic, and personal); the emo- America, United States, and Western Europe. tional, legal and financial divorce possesses; the effects of PHIL 315. Feminist Philosophy (3-3-0) divorce on individuals; the adjustment process; and assis- Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. tance to person who are experiencing divorce will be em- Offered at least once every three years. phasized. Reference sources are primarily current research Course will focus upon recent literature in the philosophy articles in the field. Satisfies Writing Intensive require- of Feminism. Feminist critiques of knowledge, metaphys- ment. ics, history, morality, philosophical anthropology, and so- SOCL 395. Family in Cross-Cultural Perspectives cial institutions will be examined and discussed. Course (credits vary) will deal with such topics as ideals of masculinity and femi- Prerequisite: SOCL 201G and junior standing. ninity, feminine and masculine paradigms, the social con- ANTH 377. Women , Gender, and Culture (3-3-0) struction of reality, human nature, reason, sex and gender, [Same as SOCL 377] ego and self, autonomy, caring and maternal thinking, the Prerequisite: ANTH 203G or SOCL 201G or SOCL 205G implications of feminist thought for concepts of language, and junior standing or consent of the department. authorship, literature, and the feminist claims concerning This course introduces the socio-cultural construction of the epistemological role of theory, practice and experience. gender within a globalizing economic and political environ- The philosophy of non-Western cultures will be consid- ment. A variety of feminist perspectives will be studied to ered in the light of the feminist critique. illustrate the diversities of women’s, experiences that shape PHIL 319. Philosophy of Love and Sexuality (3-3-0) their knowledge and behavior. Recurrent themes in women’s Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor. studies, women’s movements, and women’s lives will be Offered at least once every three years. examined, as will be the processes through which the voices This course will trace the development of the concept of of women in dominant countries, classes and cultures have Eros (sexual love, desire) through selected readings from been heard over those of women of lesser privilege. the Western philosophical tradition. Topics to be covered SOWK 395. Feminist Social Work (credits vary) include the attainability of “true love,” the ethical impera- Prerequisite: SOWK 260, junior standing or consent of de- tives of faithfulness and monogamy, the roles of masculin- partment. ity and femininity, and the categorization of “normal” and “abnormal” sexual behavior. This course will focus upon Elective Curriculum: several issues: 1) why the question of Eros is fundamen- Courses focus one-half to two-thirds of their material on tally a question of human existence; 2) why certain sexual Women/Gender issues: values have become privileged in our culture; and 3) if ENGL 314W. Children’s Literature these values are conducive to living a good life. Authors to ENGL 315. Adolescent Literature be studied include Plato, Augustine, Freud, Jung, Kristeva, GOVT 375. Employment Law Sartre, deBeauvoir, and Merleau-Ponty. PHIL 383. Applied Social Ethics PSYC 420. Human Sexuality (3-3-0) PHIL 386. Values and Postmodernity Prerequisite: PSYC 201-202 or PSYC 210, 211. PSYC 308. Child Psychology Biological, psychological, and social aspects of human PSYC 309. Psychology of Adolescence sexual behavior throughout the life span. PSYC 340. Psychology of Adulthood and Aging SOCL 303. Marriage and the Family (3-3-0) SOCL 361. Culture and Human Population Prerequisite: six hours of sociology, psychology or anthro- SOWK 369. Child and Family Welfare pology, or junior standing or consent of department. SOWK 406W. Human Behavior in the Social Environment Fall and Spring. Analysis of the United States’ family system in historical Special Topics courses will also be developed for this mi- and cross-cultural perspective. Relationship of the family nor. See Professor Rosenberg or Professor Mullen if you to other social systems and to social change. Variations in would like to have another course considered for the minor. the United States’ family by social class, race, ethnicity, and family structure. Effects of changing gender roles on marriage and the family.

172 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Dr. Donna Mottilla, Dean th Business and Technology Center, 4 Floor (757) 594-7184 Fax: (757) 594-7808 email: [email protected]

ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS Accounting Management and Economics

The School of Business offers two degree programs: The WE VALUE… BS in Accounting (BSA) and the BS in Business Adminis- · the disciplined inquiry, reflective thought, tration (BSBA) with specializations in designated fields. reasoned judgment, and responsible citizenship The School of Business is pursuing accreditation by engendered by a liberal arts curriculum; AACSB-International, The Association to Advance Colle- · honesty, integrity, and a strong work ethic; giate Schools of Business. AACSB is the premier accred- · a learning-centered approach to professional iting body for business programs worldwide. The School’s education in which the professor leads inquisitive vision, mission, and values are the product of faculty, busi- students to understanding and appreciation; ness community, and student participation, and represent · an academic environment characterized by its our commitment to you. We invite you to explore these small class size and collaborative relationship pages to see what CNU has to offer to students who in- between teacher and student; tend to study business- and management-related fields. · the lifelong pursuit of knowledge and understanding, by both faculty and students, through OUR MISSION…is to educate and prepare undergradu- continued learning and development; ate students for graduate studies and for leadership in · supportive student programs which focus on business and community. We accomplish this by building students’ career and personal development; on students’ liberal academic foundation and enhancing · the willingness to shoulder responsibility, to communication, analytical, and technological skills through celebrate success, to learn from failure, and to individual attention, intellectual growth, and applied learn- continue to aspire to excellence; and ing. · a strong relationship with the business community that recognizes the mutual interests that unite OUR VISION…is to become a model for excellence in the us. application of liberal education to the study of business disciplines. We seek to develop students intellectually, professionally, and personally through a rigorous program that will distinguish our graduates as innovative thinkers, articulate communicators, and ethical business leaders.

173 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION ness. Students majoring in other programs may take up to Dr. Donna Mottilla, Director 9 credit hours of upper division courses within the School Ms. Gemma Kotula, Education Program Coordinator so long as they have satisfied course prerequisites. (757) 594-7404 email: [email protected] A. PROCEDURES FOR ADMISSION TO THE The mission of the Christopher Newport University Center SCHOOL OF BUSINESS FOR CNU STUDENTS for Economic Education is to promote economic education Freshman/Sophomore Years (Pre-Business Major) to area K-12 students. Our purpose is to help these stu- Students intending to major in accounting or business ad- dents to understand the economy and economic principles ministration are admitted to the University as pre-business and to develop the decision-making skills necessary to be students. Admission requirements for pre-business are informed citizens, productive employees and wise consum- the same as for the entire University. (New freshmen and ers. To achieve its goals the CNU Center for Economic transfer students with fewer than 60 credit hours are admit- Education offers seminars, workshops, and courses to area ted as pre-business majors.) Pre-business students follow K-12 teachers. It also provides teachers with teaching ma- university-wide general education and degree studies re- terials, most of these free of charge. The CNU Center for quirements. By the end of the sophomore year, the student Economic Education is one of twelve such centers in the must have completed the following course work, called pre- Commonwealth of Virginia. All centers are members of the business requirements, with a grade not less than a C-: Virginia State Council on Economic Education, which spon- · ENGL 101*-102* or 103H*-104H*; sors the programs of all twelve centers. · MATH 125*, 135* 1, · ACCT 201-2022; · ECON 201G*, 202G*; SMALL BUSINESS INSTITUTE (SBI) · CPSC 215. Dr. Stephanie Huneycutt, Director (757) 594-7215 * Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously email: [email protected] to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree The Small Business Institute (SBI) offers free business as- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- sistance to small firms located in the Hampton Roads area. sor. The primary mission of the SBI is to enhance success of 1MATH 135 and MATH 125 should be taken in the small businesses by assisting them in finding workable, freshman year practical, short-term solutions to real world problems. Com- mon types of assistance offered are business plans, mar- 2ACCT 201-202 must be completed with grades of B- or keting plans, marketing research studies, promotional plans, better as pre-requisites for ACCT 301-302. bookkeeping and accounting preparation, computer assistance and financial analysis. Teams of senior-level busi- BUSN 201 and BUSN 231 are lower division business core ness students, under faculty supervision, provide semes- courses that must be completed with a passing grade prior ter-long business consultation to selected small businesses. to admission to the School of Business. They should be Selection of both clients and students is based on applica- taken in the sophomore year. tion and interview with the SBI Director. The School of Business enforces item 9(c) of the General Requirements for graduation specified in this catalog. Stu- REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES dents who cannot earn the minimum required grade in any lower division course in three attempts will not be admitted FOR ADMISSION AND to the School of Business. DECLARING A MAJOR FOR THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Junior/Senior Years (Business Major) Application for admission to the School of Business is The School of Business has lower (Freshman and Sopho- accomplished during the second semester of the sophomore) division and upper (Junior and Senior) division course more year (during the semester in which the student antici- requirements. Lower division courses are open to all stu- pates completing the pre-business requirements and the dents who have satisfied the proper prerequisites. Upper lower division core courses) preferably prior to early regis- division courses may be taken by students who are plan- tration for the next semester. Students who apply for ad- ning to graduate from the School of Business only after mission must have a minimum CNU grade point average of they have been admitted to the School of Business. The 2.0. Application is made through the Office of the Dean upper division course requirements for the major and spe- where Declaration of Major Forms may be obtained. The cialization are determined by the catalog in effect at the Dean acts upon applications and notifies students of the time the student is formally admitted to the School of Busi- decision. Students who have not completed the lower divi-

174 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS sion requirements cannot be admitted to the School of Busi- GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES FOR ness and may not take any upper division business courses. THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Any exception to this rule will be made on a case-by-case basis by the Dean. Minimum Grade Point Average After admission to the School of Business, the student is Second Degree expected to maintain a minimum cumulative grade point Graduates of Christopher Newport University who hold a average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale. The 2.0 average is to be degree in either Business Administration or Accounting maintained in both the business courses and all other can not earn a second degree in Business Administration. courses attempted. Students may accumulate no more than two D’s in their major field, including Business Core courses and specialization courses. (Minimum standards for con- B. ADMISSION POLICIES FOR STUDENTS IN A tinuance in the University are established in the General COMMUNITY COLLEGE WITH AN Academic Policies and Procedures section of the Under- ARTICULATION AGREEMENT WITH CNU graduate Catalog.)

Full Admission to the Business Administration or Ac- The School of Business will place students who fail to meet counting Major these standards for two successive semesters on academic A student (including one matriculating under an approved review for the subsequent semester. Notification will be articulation agreement) who has completed the following made from the Office of the Dean. Students placed on prerequisites will be fully admitted to the School of Busi- academic review must participate in advising that explores ness, pending the successful completion of required courses study skills, career goals, and hours of outside employ- in which the student is currently enrolled: ment. Failure to achieve at least a 2.0 semester average 1) Completion of at least 54 hours of course work during this subsequent third semester will result in the stu- including the general education requirements in dent not being eligible for a degree in the School of Busi- mathematics and English with a minimum cumula- ness. tive grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale; 2) Completion of ACCT 201, ACCT 202, ECON Students dismissed for failing to maintain minimum GPA 201G*, ECON 202G*, MATH 125*, MATH 135*, requirements may petition for reconsideration under read- and CPSC 215, with a grade in each course of not mission procedures established by the Dean of the School less than C-. of Business.

* Courses bearing an asterisk may be used simultaneously The School of Business enforces item 9(c) of the General to satisfy, in part, certain general education and degree Requirements for graduation specified in this catalog. Stu- studies requirements. For details, see your academic advi- dents who cannot pass any of the upper division required sor. courses will be dismissed from the program.

C. ADMISSION POLICIES FOR TRANSFER Degree Qualification Requirements STUDENTS 1) Students must complete the general education and degree studies requirements specified in the Transfer applicants are selected and admitted to the Uni- Undergraduate Catalog in effect at the time of versity by the University’s Office of Admissions. The Of- admission. fice of Admissions evaluates credits for applicants trans- 2) Students must complete the major course work ferring to the University from other regionally accredited specified in the Undergraduate Catalog in effect colleges and universities. Upon completion of transfer at the time of admission to the School of Busi- evaluations, a written summary of transferable credits is ness. issued to the student and the student’s faculty advisor. NOTE: The School’s curriculum may change and (See Admission to the University in this Catalog.) Appli- the School of Business has the right to substitute cation for admission to the School of Business is made courses in place of courses retired from the after a student has been admitted to the University and all catalog. pre-business and lower division core courses have been or 3) Students must have earned a minimum cumulative are in the process of being completed. grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale in both the business courses attempted and in all the other courses attempted. Students must have accumulated no more than two D’s in their major field. For this purpose the major field is defined as all courses (other than courses meeting general education and degree studies requirements) that

175 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

are specifically required in the catalog for the THE BUSINESS CORE degree. With minor exceptions for students who are candidates for 4) No more than 50 percent of the 120 credit hours the BS in Accounting, all students must complete the fol- required toward the degree may come from lowing core of subjects: courses in the School of Business. (Up to nine semester hours of economics and six semester BUSN 201. Business Essentials hours of statistics may be exempt from this 50 BUSN 231. Statistical Thinking percent rule.) BUSN 311. Marketing Management 5) Senior students are required to participate in BUSN 323. Financial Management program assessment activities. BUSN 341W. Introduction to International Business-WI BUSN 361. Legal Environment of Business SPECIAL PROGRAMS BUSN 362. Technology for Decision Making BUSN 400. Organizational Behavior Non-Business Majors BUSN 408. Quantitative Analysis for Business and Students not planning to major in business may enroll in Economics any lower division business course so long as they have BUSN 418. Strategic Planning met the prerequisites for the course. In order to take upper division courses, students not planning to major in busi- These courses have been designed to give all students ness must meet all course prerequisites. A maximum of 9 who graduate in business and economics from Christopher semester hours of upper division business courses can be Newport University the fundamentals necessary to suc- completed. Non-degree seeking students may take no more ceed in the global and information technology business than 9 hours in upper division courses. environment.

THE MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE BUSINESS CORE CURRICULUM This interdisciplinary program in business administration is designed for students who are not majoring in account- In addition to the specific prerequisite courses listed being or business administration and who desire to acquire low, all students seeking the BSBA or BSA degree should skills in the basic concepts and practices inherent in and have successfully completed all preparatory course work allied to the field of business administration. The minor and satisfy all other requirements for admission to the program in business administration requires successful School of Business prior to registering for any 300- or completion (with a minimum 2.0 grade point average) of 400- level business courses (see Procedures for Admis- ACCT 201-202; ECON 201G, ECON 202G; BUSN 201, 311, sion to the School of Business). 323, 361, and 400, and one non-core business elective. The minor can be declared after the completion of ACCT 201- BUSN 201. Business Essentials (this course is to be taken 202 and ECON 201G, 202G with the required minimum grade. by any student admitted to the University in fall 2002 or MATH 125 and CPSC 215 are highly recommended. Stu- later) (3-3-0) dents must have a CNU GPA of 2.0 and the approval of the Prerequisite: ECON 201G or ECON 202G, ACCT 201each Dean of the School of Business to declare the Minor in with a grade of at least C-. Business Administration. Fall and Spring. This course will examine the interactions between the inter- Professional Education for Accounting Students nal and external environments of a business. Students will The Chair of the Department of Accounting may waive the gain a solid understanding of the components of these 9-semester hour limitation for students who wish to enroll environments and will engage in decision-making and prob- in accounting courses for the expressed purpose of meet- lem solving within that setting. Business ethics, leader- ing employer-mandated requirements for professional edu- ship styles, employee empowerment, and the impact of tech- cation. Waivers for accounting course load exceptions will nology and the global market will be featured throughout be processed in accordance with procedures established the course. Students will be exposed to case-based learn- by the Dean. Students who hold an undergraduate degree ing in the course and will have the opportunity to develop from an accredited institution, and who want to qualify for critical thinking skills, team skills, written and oral commu- the Uniform CPA examination, may take in addition to the 9 nication skills throughout the course. hours of courses authorized above, an additional 36 hours BUSN 231. Statistical Thinking (this course is to be taken of accounting courses. Recognized CPA candidates may, by any student admitted to the University in fall 2002 or therefore, take a total of 45 hours of business and account- later) (3-3-0) ing classes. CPA candidates must be identified and recog- Prerequisite: MATH 125, MATH 135, each with a grade of nized in accordance with procedures established by the at least C- ,ability to enter and manipulate data in Excel. Dean before exceeding the 9-hour limitation established Fall and Spring. above. This course will concentrate on the application of critical thinking skills and learned mathematical concepts to cur-

176 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS rent business problems. Using the Statistical Thinking BUSN 341W. Introduction to International Business-WI philosophy developed by the American Society for Qual- (3-3-0) ity, students will learn how to apply course material to mea- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English, BUSN 301, 311, suring and improving business processes. Students will 323, and junior standing. learn statistical concepts and apply them using computer Fall and Spring. software, principally Microsoft Excel. It is strongly recom- Addresses the problems created by operating a business mended that the student take this course as soon as the in more than one country. Involves the topics of interna- prerequisites are completed. tional economic theory, international capital markets, mar- BUSN 301. Foundations of the Business Enterprise (This keting and market structure, international trade organiza- course is to be taken by students admitted to the Univer- tions and legal systems, international finance, exchange sity prior to fall 2002.) (3-3-0) rates, and balance of payments. International business Prerequisite: ECON 201G, ECON 202G, ACCT 201-202 cases are analyzed. Cross cultural and ethical variables each with a grade of at least C-. between nations are discussed. Some business cases ad- Fall and Spring. dress the impact of information technology on international This course will provide a broad-based understanding of business strategy. Satisfies Writing Intensive Requirement. the business environment and its role in the global society. BUSN 361. Legal Environment of Business (3-3-0) Capital formation and usage, production generation and Prerequisite: ECON 201G, ECON 202G each with a grade distribution, and managerial process requirements are cov- of at least C- and junior standing. ered. Fall and Spring. BUSN 311. Marketing Management (3-3-0) Intense overview of business law, governmental regula- Prerequisite: ECON 201G, ECON 202G, ACCT 201-202 tion, contracts, torts, sales (U.C.C.), litigation, alternative each with a grade of at least C- and junior standing. dispute resolution, agency, creditors’ and debtors’ rights, Fall and Spring. bankruptcy, labor law, employment law, the Americans with An introduction to analysis and management of customer Disabilities Act, consumer protection law, anti-trust and satisfaction in goods and services markets by profit and monopoly, environmental law, financial transactions, forms not-for-profit organizations. Buyer behavior, market seg- of business enterprise, and intellectual property and com- mentation and product positioning, product policy, pric- puter law. The American legal system, as well as a frame- ing, distribution, sales force and advertising management, work for international business law, is presented. Student and market research are examined in the contexts of strat- assignments are designed to elevate awareness of busi- egy development, decision making, implementation, and ness ethics, resolve dilemmas, and communicate clearly in control. the context of the complex business environment. The BUSN 323. Financial Management (3-3-0) computer service, LEXIS, is introduced as a research tool. Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202 each with a grade of at least BUSN 362. Technology for Decision Making (3-3-0) C- and junior standing. Prerequisite: CPSC 215 with a grade of at least C- and Fall and Spring. junior standing. Topics include the environment of managerial finance, fi- Fall and Spring. nancial analysis, planning and control; working capital The identification of managerial and organizational infor- management; investment decisions; valuation and cost of mation needs. Describes the role of Management Informa- capital; and long-term financing. tion Systems in the functional business areas, including BUSN 331. Business Statistics (This course is to be taken current professional practices, technology, and method- by students admitted to the University prior to fall 2002.) ologies. Projects include hands-on information systems (3-3-0) problem solving and involve the use of current develop- Prerequisite: MATH 125, MATH 135, each with a grade ment software. of at least C- ,proficiency in Excel. BUSN 395. Topics in Business (credits vary) Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: varies with topic, and junior standing. Emphasis is placed on computer-assisted decision making Topical seminars or courses in business in areas of current in a variety of business settings which are national and interest. Possibilities include comparative systems, orga- international in scope. Creative interpretations of practical nizational analysis, case studies in human resources man- business and economic problems including ethical issues agement, and financial analysis. involved in the design and collection of sample data. Stu- BUSN 400. Organization Behavior (3-3-0) dents examine decision making under uncertainty using Prerequisite: BUSN 201 and junior standing. classical hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, contin- Fall and Spring. gency tables, non-parametric studies, and the use of re- This course provides a comprehensive analysis of indi- gression equations. vidual and group behavior in organizations by adapting a behavioral science approach. Its purpose is to provide an

177 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS understanding of how organizations can be managed to BUSN 498. Small Business Institute (3-3-0) operate more effectively and efficiently and at the same Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of instructor. time enhance the quality of employee work life. Fall and Spring. BUSN 408. Quantitative Analysis for Business and A hands-on course where teams of senior business stu- Economics (3-3-0) dents under the supervision of the SBI Director, provide Prerequisite: BUSN 231 and junior standing. semester-long business consultation to selected small busi- Fall and Spring. nesses in the local Hampton Roads area. Areas of assis- A description of the management science approach to man- tance include management, marketing, international busi- agement decision making. Mathematical models are used ness, accounting, financial and computer applications. Stu- in lieu of subjective reasoning to cope with business deci- dents will gain real-world exposure to the dynamic forces sion situations. Computer solutions to complex problems (ethical, technological, global, etc.) affecting small firms. are introduced. Quantitative models covered might include Students will have an opportunity to utilize computer ap- probability study, linear programming, inventory control, plications, critical thinking, and written and oral communi- queuing theory, simulation, decision theory, and Markov cation skills in the development and presentation of their chains. Also covered is liability responsibility for flawed final consultation reports to their client. Enrollment is lim- databases leading to inaccurate results. ited and based on a formal application to the SBI Director. BUSN 418. Strategic Planning (3-3-0) Applications are available in the Director’s Office. Prerequisite: BUSN 231, 323, 362 or ACCT 415 and senior standing. Corequisite: BUSN 408. Fall and Spring. Strategic planning entails making long-range plans for organizations. This is the capstone course in business administration and examines analyusis of corporate strategies and includes the formulation of business case studies. Students are taught the strategic management process and perform that process using actual business firms. Deci- sions are made from the perspective of top management. The course is designed to integrate and apply skills acquired throughout the business core curriculum. Global strategic management and corporate ethics are also explored. BUSN 480. Business Internships (3-3-0) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Fall and Spring. This is a hands-on course supervised by faculty. Local area organizations commit themselves to participate in a learning experience with the student. Presentations to faculty, outside organizations and students are given at the end of the term. BUSN 491. Brout Seminar (3-3-0) Prerequisite: senior standing and permission of the instructor. Fall. This is a seminar course designed and taught by the Brout Professor. The topic changes each year. BUSN 492. Brauer Seminar (3-3-0) Prerequisite: senior standing and permission of the instructor. Spring. This is a seminar course designed and taught by the Brauer Professor. The topic changes each year. BUSN 495. Topics in Business (credits vary) Prerequisite: varies with topic and senior standing. Topical seminars or experiment of courses in business in a variety of areas: comparative systems, organizational analysis, case work in human relations in organizations, and financial analysis are possibilities.

178 ACCOUNTING

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING Dr. Donald W. Hicks, Chair Business and Technology Center, 3rd Floor (757) 594-7068 email: [email protected]

FACULTY CERTIFICATE IN ACCOUNTING Professor: Cohen The Department of Accounting offers a Certificate for those Associate Professors: Frucot, Hicks, Jordan, Lebow, students who hold a baccalaureate degree in another field Schell and wish to continue their education in accounting. The Assistant Professor: Stivason Certificate is designed to meet the needs of those people Instructor: Morris who desire a strong background in accounting but do not Emeriti: Dawson, Fellowes, Riley seek a second degree. A total of 48 hours of course work is required for the Certificate in Accounting. Those courses The Department of Accounting offers the Bachelor of Sci- include: ence in Accounting degree, as well as a minor program of 1) CPSC 215; study in accounting. No more than 50 percent of the 120 2) ECON 201G, 202G; credit hours required toward the degree may come from 3) BUSN 201, 231, 323; courses in the School of Business. (Up to nine semester 4) ACCT 201-202, 301-302, 303, 342, 401, 402, 405, hours of economics and six semester hours of statistics 411. may be exempt from this 50 percent rule.) THE BUSINESS CORE CURRICULUM THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN The courses which comprise the business core and other ACCOUNTING business courses have previously been described in the All students seeking the BSA degree should have suc- School of Business section of this catalog under “The cessfully completed all preparatory course work and sat- Business Core.” isfy all other requirements for admission to the School of Business prior to registering for any 300- or 400- level THE CURRICULUM IN ACCOUNTING business or accounting courses (see Procedures for Ad- ACCT 195. Accounting Topics (credits vary) mission to the School of Business). Offered as required. The BSA is highly recommended for students who plan to ACCT 201-202. Principles of Accounting (3-3-0 each) take the Uniform CPA Examination and pursue a full-time Recommended corequisite for ACCT 201: CPSC 210 or career in professional accounting (in particular, public ac- 215. Prerequisite for ACCT 202: ACCT 201. counting). The extra accounting courses associated with Corequisite for ACCT 202: CPSC 210 or 215. this degree provide students with stronger backgrounds Fall and Spring. for their chosen profession. In addition to requiring suc- An introduction to principles of accounting and financial cessful completion of the general education, degree stud- reporting. Use of concepts to show how decision makers ies and pre-business requirements (see index), the BSA use accounting information for reporting and management degree requires successful completion of the following purposes. Emphasis on analysis and interpretation, as well courses: as preparation, of accounting information and how it re- 1) BUSN 201, 231, 311, 323, 341W, 400, 418; lates to organizational operations. 2) ACCT 201-202, 301-302, 303, 341, 342, 401, 405W, ACCT 301. Intermediate Accounting I (3-3-0) 411-412, 415W; Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202 with a grade of at least B- in 3) Six additional credit hours chosen from: ACCT each course, or consent of Chair. Corequisite: CPSC 210 or 304, 351, 402, 403, 407, 485; BUSN 491, 492, 498. 215. Fall and Spring. THE MINOR IN ACCOUNTING The study and application of generally accepted account- The minor program in accounting requires successful ing principles for accumulating and reporting financial in- completion of: ACCT 201-202, 301-302, 303, 401, and one formation about businesses. Emphasis is placed upon rev- approved upper level (300-400 level) ACCT elective course. enue recognition, accounting for cash, receivables, inven- Students pursuing a BSBA or BSA may not minor in ac- tories, property, plant and equipment, and intangible as- counting. sets.

179 ACCOUNTING

ACCT 302. Intermediate Accounting II (3-3-0) ACCT 402. Advanced Taxation (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 301 with a grade of at least C- and Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202.. Recommended prerequisite: CPSC 210 or 215. ACCT 401. Recommended Corequisite: BUSN 323. Spring and Fall. Fall and Spring. A review of federal tax legislation applicable to partner- The study and application of generally accepted account- ships, corporations, estates, trusts, and gifts. ing principles for accumulating and reporting financial in- ACCT 403. Accounting Theory (3-3-0) formation about businesses. Emphasis is placed upon ac- Prerequisite: ACCT 301-302, ACCT 411 with a grade of at counting for current liabilities and contingencies, long-term least a C- ;CPSC 210 or 215. liabilities, stockholders’ equity, investments, leases, income Spring. taxes, and preparation of the statement of cash flows. A review of numerous financial theory topics covered on ACCT 303. Cost/Managerial Accounting (3-3-0) the CPA exam. Topics covered will include: the conceptual Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202, BUSN 231. Corequisite: framework, financial statements, pensions, leases, deferred CPSC 210 or 215. taxes, business combinations, and foreign currency trans- Fall and Spring. lations. Applications of concepts of cost and managerial account- ACCT 405W. Auditing-WI (3-3-0) ing in providing cost data for planning and controlling rou- Prerequisite: six-hour freshman English sequence, ACCT tine manufacturing, productive and supporting operations. 301-302; CPSC 210 or 215; BUSN 231. The course emphasizes the relevance of cost concepts to Fall and Spring. modern decision tools. Conceptual approach to auditing principles and procedures ACCT 304. Advanced Managerial Accounting (3-3-0) in the preparation of auditing reports. Professional stan- Prerequisite: ACCT 303 with a minimum grade of C-, CPSC dards and ethics are emphasized. Satifies Writing Inten- 210 or 215. sive Requirement. Spring. ACCT 407. Introduction to International Accounting A continuation of ACCT 303 with emphasis on providing (3-3-0) and using information for long range planning, managerial Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202; CPSC 210 or 215. decisions, and policy making. Spring. ACCT 341, 342 (same as GOVT 341, 342). Business Law An introduction to the international aspects of account- (3-3-0) ing. The course will look at financial communication in Recommended prerequisite for 342: ACCT 341. diverse economic and social environments, the regulatory Fall and Spring. process for financial reporting, and accounting problems A study of the primary legal principles and their applicabil- faced in international business. The course will include ity to ordinary commercial transactions, with emphasis on individual research into accounting for a particular coun- contracts, legal forms of business enterprises, agencies, try. negotiable instruments, and labor and antitrust legislation. ACCT 410. Managerial Accounting for Non-Accountants ACCT 351. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting (3-3-0) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202; CPSC 210 or 215. For non- Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202; CPSC 210 or 215. accounting majors only. No credit will be given to account- Fall. ing majors or minors. Budgetary accounting and finance control and their appli- Fall and Spring. cation to various governmental units, more particularly to The study of the use of accounting data by management in cities, counties, and other political subdivisions, public in- planning, budgeting, and forecasting business and eco- stitutions, and nonprofit organizations. nomic variables. ACCT 385. Survey of Taxation (3-3-0) ACCT 411. Advanced Accounting I (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202 or consent of instructor. For Prerequisite: ACCT 302 with a grade of at least a C-; CPSC non-accounting majors only. No credit will be given to ac- 210 or 215. counting majors or minors. Fall and Spring. Fall. The study and application of generally accepted account- An introduction to the concepts and principles of income ing principles for accumulating and reporting financial in- taxation as they apply to individuals and businesses. formation about businesses. Emphasis is placed upon ac- ACCT 395. Accounting Topics (credits vary) counting for pensions and post-retirement benefits, ac- Offered as required. counting changes, and price level changes; earnings per ACCT 401. Taxation (3-3-0) share; financial statement analysis; interim and segmental Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202; CPSC 210 or 215. reporting; and accounting for partnerships. Fall and Spring. A review of federal income tax legislation and the concept of taxable income applicable to individuals.

180 ACCOUNTING

ACCT 412. Advanced Accounting II (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 302 with a grade of at least a C-; CPSC 210 or 215. Fall and Spring. Accounting for investments in equity securities, business combinations, branch accounting, consolidation of financial statements, accounting for foreign currency transactions, translation and remeasurement of financial statements. ACCT 415. Accounting Information Systems (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202; CPSC 215. An introduction to manual and computer-based accounting information systems. The course will develop an understanding of the concepts, processes, and procedures involved in the analysis and design of manual and computer-based systems. The course places an emphasis on decision making for both internal and external issues. ACCT 485. Advanced Auditing (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 405W; CPSC 215. Spring. The study of auditing procedures and techniques in a computer environment. In addition, approximately 25% of the course will be devoted to statistical sampling methods. ACCT 490. Accounting Seminar (1-1-0) Prerequisite: ACCT 201-202. Corequisite: ACCT 301. A variety of topics including modern accounting issues will be presented by guest lecturers. ACCT 495. Accounting Topics (credits vary) Prerequisite: ACCT 301-302 and consent of chair. Offered as required. Topical seminars in accounting. The accounting curriculum may also include the following courses which are described in the Business Core Curricu- lum (BUSN) section of this catalog. BUSN 491. Brout Seminar BUSN 492. Brauer Seminar BUSN 498. Small Business Institute

181 MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS Dr. Stephanie D. Huneycutt Business and Technology Center, 4th Floor (757) 594-7215 email: [email protected]

FACULTY ute its product, forms the basis for examining the impor- Professors: Spiller, Winder tant role of productivity, quality, and the work environ- Associate Professors: Colonna, Gray, Huneycutt, Rahim, ment in devising competitive strategies. Vachris, Zestos, Wymer Assistant Professors: Hasbrouck, McMahon, Students who specialize in marketing will study direct and Rutherford, Scovotti, Sledge interactive marketing, briefly defined as the process of Instructor: Pringle building profitable customer relationships. Direct/interac- Emeriti: Booker, Boyd, Coker, Hunter, McCubbin, Mills, tive marketing has grown from its infancy in direct mail Park advertising to a mature and opportunity-rich field that har- nesses the power of technology to create mass The Department of Management and Economics offers customization. The essential philosophy underlying this the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) approach is the idea that it is more effective to retain and degree with specializations in economics, e-commerce, fi- develop a loyal customer base than to continually recruit nance, management, and marketing; and a minor program new customers. in economics. No more than 50 percent of the 120 credits required for the Economics is the study of the allocation of scarce re- BSBA degree may come from courses in the School of sources. The curriculum in economics is a classical ap- Business. (Up to nine semester hours of economics and proach to the analysis of the choices made by public policy up to six semester hours of statistics may be exempt from makers, business managers, and private consumers. The this 50 percent rule.) study of economics provides a framework for simplifying The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration complex situations and developing models that allows the degree decision-maker to anticipate the outcomes of choices made Each of the specializations within the BSBA require the in the ever-present environment of scarcity. These ana- successful completion of the general education, degree lytical skills are highly sought after in business and gov- studies and the pre-business requirements (see Index). ernment. Note that some of the pre-business courses also satisfy The study of e-commerce focuses on the issues associ- general education requirements. In addition to that ated with applying technology to the automation of busi- coursework, students must complete the following courses ness transactions, processes, and workflows; as well as for their chosen specialization. the issues the firm must address in integrating web-based business operations into the firm’s traditional operations. E-COMMERCE SPECIALIZATION Students will also examine the strategic role that technol- 1) CPSC 216, 335 (or an approved BUSN topics ogy plays in the development of new markets and new course); customer bases. 2) Business Core; 3) ECMM 400, 401, 420, 430; The study of finance examines corporate financial deci- 4) Six additional credit hours chosen from any sions and the behavior of financial markets. The role of business offering including ACCT, ECON, FINC, financial managers in leading firms to profitability and in- MGMT, MKTG, BUSN 395, BUSN 480, BUSN 491, creased shareholder wealth is a central issue in the courses BUSN 492, BUSN 495, BUSN 498. comprising this specialization. Analytical methods and financial decisions, value, debt, risk, market efficiency, ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION mergers and acquisitions, investment management, port- 1) Business Core; folio planning, financial institutions, ethical decision-mak- 2) ECON 301, 303, 304, 470; ing are explored. 3) Six additional credit hours chosen from any business offering including ACCT, ECMM, FINC, The specialization in management provides a more in-depth MGMT, MKTG, BUSN 395, BUSN 480, BUSN 491, exposure to business functions than is accomplished by BUSN 492, BUSN 495, BUSN 498. the core curriculum. Managing both the human resources of the firm, as well as the systems that create and distrib-

182 MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS

of obtaining, managing, and disbursing funds for govern- FINANCE SPECIALIZATION mental functions at the local, state, and federal levels. The 1) Business Core; American tax system is given detailed consideration. 2) FINC 421, 422, 423, 425; ECON 303. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis 3) Six additional credit hours chosen from any (3-3-0) business offering including ACCT, ECMM, Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. ECON, MGMT, MKTG, BUSN 395, BUSN 480, Spring. BUSN 491, BUSN 492, BUSN 495, BUSN 498. A study of microeconomic theory as related to consumer behavior and demand, production and cost, market struc- MANAGEMENT SPECIALIZATION tures, distribution theory, and welfare economics. 1) Business Core; ECON 304. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis 2) MGMT 312, 431, 470; ACCT 410 ; (3-3-0) 3) Six additional credit hours chosen from any Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. business offering including ACCT, ECMM, Fall. ECON, FINC, MKTG, BUSN 395, BUSN 480, A study of classical, neo-classical, and Keynesian Macro- BUSN 491, BUSN 492, BUSN 495, BUSN 498. economics. Economic analysis of national income, output, employment, price level, consumption, investment, rate of MARKETING SPECIALIZATION interest, demand for money and supply of money, and a 1) Business Core; study of monetary, fiscal, and other economic policies. 2) MKTG 351, 355, 360, 470; ECON 351. Urban Development Economics (3-3-0) 3) Six additional credit hours chosen from any Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. business offering including ACCT, ECMM, As Needed. ECON, FINC, MGMT, BUSN 395, BUSN 480, The theories, problems, and policies of urban and regional BUSN 491, BUSN 492, BUSN 495, BUSN 498. development, with emphasis on metropolitan finance, local government organization, economic base, location theory, THE MINOR IN ECONOMICS and manpower utilization. The application of economic The minor program in Economics requires successful theory toward a solution of the urban problems of unem- completion of: ECON 201G, 202G, 301, 303, and 304, plus six ployment, education and training, welfare, housing, health, additional credits in upper-level (300-400) economics and transportation. courses. Students pursuing a BSA or BSBA may not minor ECON 353. The Economic Development of the Pacific Rim in Economics. (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. THE BUSINESS CORE CURRICULUM As Needed The courses which comprise the business core have previ- An introduction to the theories, problems, and strategies ously been described in the School of Business section of of economic development in the Pacific Rim region. The this catalog under “The Business Core.” course will provide detailed analysis of selected nations’ development programs. THE CURRICULUM IN ECONOMICS ECON 380. Methods in Economic Research (3-3-0) ECON 201G, 202G. Principles of Economics (3-3-0 each) Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G; MATH 135; BUSN 231. Fall and Spring. Fall An introduction to the analytical tools commonly employed Introduces students to fundamental econometric and math- by economists in determining the aggregate level of eco- ematical techniques necessary to design and carry out ap- nomic activity and the composition of output, prices, and plied research in economics and business. Topics include the distribution of income. Problems related to these sub- multiple regression, common econometric problems, time jects are considered, and alternative courses of public policy series analysis, and optimization. A major research project are evaluated. First semester macroeconomics; second is required. semester microeconomics. ECON 385. Comparative Economic Systems (3-3-0) ECON 301. Money and Banking (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. Prerequisite: ECON 201G. As Needed. Fall A comparative analysis of economic systems and the perfor- An analysis of the monetary system with emphasis upon mance of such economies as measured by growth, equity, determinants of the money supply and the relationship and efficiency criteria. Theoretical and actual systems such between money and economic activity. as the U.S., West and East Europe, Russia, China, Cuba, ECON 302. Public Finance (3-3-0) Norway, Sweden, and Japan are examined. Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. As needed. The nature and application of the fundamental principles

183 MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS

ECON 395. Intermediate Topics in Economics (3-3-0) ECON 490. Managerial Economics (3-3-0) Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G; BUSN 331. As Needed. As Needed. Topical seminars in economics to cover a variety of areas. Application of Economic Theory and Decision Science ECON 420. Business Conditions and Forecasting Methodology to solve business decision problems. Em- (3-3-0) phasis is placed on managerial decision making revolving Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G; BUSN 231. around attempts to optimize under conditions of risk and As Needed. uncertainty. Numerous optimization and risk-analysis pro- A study of the cyclical fluctuations in the U.S. economy, cedures are to be developed in this course and used through- with stress upon their causes and measurement, and a sur- out, where appropriate. vey of methods of business conditions analysis. Empha- ECON 495. Advanced Topics in Economics (3-3-0) sis on short-term and long-term methods of forecasting. Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. ECON 435. History of Economic Thought (3-3-0) As Needed.. Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. Topical seminars or experimental courses in economics in a As Needed. variety of areas. The development of economic analysis with emphasis upon ECON 499. Independent Study (Credits vary) classical, Marxian, Keynesian, and modern economic theory Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. and analysis. As Needed. ECON 451. The Economics of Labor and Collective An opportunity for independent study or research with Bargaining (3-3-0) guidance of an economics faculty member. Cannot be used Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. in lieu of core or concentration requirements. Internships As Needed. are available. A study of the labor force and the demand for and supply of labor, wage determination, the procedures, agencies, le- THE CURRICULUM IN E-COMMERCE gal framework, and major issues involved in labor-manage- ECMM 400. Introduction to E-Commerce (3-3-0) ment relations. Attention is also given to the problems of Prerequisite: BUSN 311. negotiating and implementing a collective bargaining agree- Spring. ment. Today’s managers are leading organizations during one of ECON 465. The Economics of Industrial Organization the most important changes of modern times—the move to (3-3-0) an electronic- and internet-based business environment. Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. In this course, students will learn what electronic commerce As Needed. is, how it is conducted and managed, and its opportunities, Designed to enable the student to study the microeconomic limitations, issues, and risks. EC is an interdisciplinary theoretical aspects of industrial organization. The topics topic and will be of interest to professionals in any func- covered include: market structures, vertical structure of tional area of business. markets, welfare losses due to market power, market power ECMM 401. Internet Marketing (3-3-0) impact on distribution pricing policies, and the role of gov- Prerequisite: BUSN 311. ernment in promoting and preventing competition. Pro- Fall. vides the student with a theoretical, empirical, and descrip- Students will study a framework for understanding internet tive framework of industrial organization and social/busi- marketing and associated business models and explore im- ness policy. portant online marketing possibilities that emerge from this ECON 470. International Trade and Finance (3-3-0) framework. The impact of the internet on improving quality Prerequisite: ECON 201G, 202G. and customer support, personalizing products and mes- Spring. sages, generating traffic, building community, pricing in Development of International Trade Theory. The theory of real-time, and creating new channels are explored. The role comparative costs, the transfer of international payments, of the internet in driving the change from brand manage- the balance of international payments, foreign exchange ment to customer management and from mass marketing to rates, and the theory of adjustments are the principle top- individual marketing is examined. ics addressed in this course. The means and ends of inter- ECMM 420. Data Mining (3-3-0) national economic policy are also covered. Trade restric- Corequisite: BUSN 408. tions, arguments for protection, cartels, state-trading, and Spring. commodity agreements, commercial policy of the United Advances in data capture and information technologies States, foreign economic assistance, and international mea- have accelerated the rate at which organizations are able to sures to liberalize trade and payments are taken up in order. gather large volumes of data pertaining to customers, sup-

184 MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS pliers, competitors, and other entities. This course will FINC 423. Management of Financial Institutions (3-3-0) examine methods used to extract information from large Prerequisite: BUSN 323. databases. This information is subsequently used to sup- Spring port human decision making with respect to summarization Emphasis on the operating environment of the particular and prediction, and the explanation of observed phenom- financial institution in terms of performance criteria, loan ena. Techniques such as visualization, statistical analysis, and investment policy, regulation, and social and economic decision trees, and neural networks will be examined. roles. The course also deals with the current changes and ECMM 430. Integrative Business Processes (3-3-0) proposed changes in the functioning and role of each of Prerequisite: BUSN 362. Corequisite BUSN 480. the financial institutions. Fall. FINC 425. Risk Management (3-3-0) This course focuses on the concepts, methods, and tech- Prerequisite: BUSN 323. nologies of business process integration and includes Spring emerging topics such as business process reengineering Risk management is viewed as a fundamental corporate (BPR), change management (CM), enterprise resource plan- strategy. Risks are obtained in both product market and ning (ERP), and supply chain management (SCM). Ancil- capital market. This course identifies risks in each of these lary components such as customer relationship manage- markets and examines the devices employed to mitigate ment (CRM), data mining, and knowledge management them. This includes derivatives, computer models, and (KM0 will also be addressed. Students will learn how busi- technological innovations. Risks generated by risk-man- ness processes can be dramatically improved, including agement tools are emphasized. process time, cost, and quality, and product or outcome FINC 495. Advanced Topics in Finance (credits vary) quality. The challenges and opportunities for integrative Prerequisite: consent of Department Chair. process across the process life cycle using technologies Offered as required. such as ERP, CRM, and KM will be examined. Students will Topical seminars in finance. apply knowledge-based concepts, techniques, and tools FINC 499. Independent Study (credits vary) to supply chain networks. Learning will be accomplished Prerequisite: BUSN 323, junior or senior standing, and through assigned readings, case studies, class discussion, consent of Department Chair. and software-based projects. Not to be used in lieu of core or concentration requirements. Internships are available THE CURRICULUM IN FINANCE FINC 210. Personal Finance (3-3-0) THE CURRICULUM IN MANAGEMENT Offered as required MGMT 312. Human Resources Management (3-3-0) A course designed to teach the student to exercise intelli- Prerequisite: BUSN 201. gent control over his/her income, expenditures, borrowing, Fall saving, and investments. This course is closed to juniors A study of the principles and problems involved in human and seniors who are business administration or account- resources administration. Topics include job analysis, re- ing majors. cruiting, and selection and training of personnel. The FINC 421. Principles of Investment (3-3-0) course will also include a discussion of collective bargain- Prerequisite: BUSN 323 or consent of instructor. ing and an introduction to compensation administration. Fall. MGMT 431. Production and Operations Management A survey of the investment characteristics of securities, (3-3-0) the fundamentals of portfolio planning, and operation and Prerequisite: BUSN 201, BUSN 231. Corequisite: BUSN regulation of security markets. Analysis and solution of 408 financial problems related to investment. Analysis of Spring. trends, timing of investments, and effects of taxation on An introductory course in production and operations man- investment strategy and policy. agement. Operations will be presented as a key element of FINC 422. Advanced Finance (3-3-0) the overall competitive strategy for firms in both manufac- Prerequisite: BUSN 323. turing and service industries. Topics covered in the course Fall include: system based thinking and models, materials man- This course emphasizes advanced financial theories and agement, scheduling, work study, quality management, just helps develop a theoretical framework for financial strate- in time operations, and project management. What can be gies and decision making. An in-depth study of the follow- done to make operations more effective and profitable? ing topics will be undertaken: capital budgeting, capital What can we learn from international operations to make structure decisions and evaluation of financing options, U.S. operations more competitive? study of dividend policy and its relevance, cost of capital, mergers and leveraged buy out.

185 MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS

MGMT 470. Organizational Development and Change MKTG 360. Creative Approaches in Direct/Interactive (3-3-0) Marketing (3-3-0) Prerequisite: BUSN 341W , 400 for Business students; Prerequisite: BUSN 311; MKTG 351. PSYC 303 or BUSN 400 for Psychology majors. Fall. Spring. This course introduces the student to the management of The course examines the various perspectives of organi- the creative functions in direct and interactive marketing. zation theory such as the classical, systems, contingency, The primary goal of direct marketing communication is to strategic choice, population ecology, and institutional create promotional messages that will generate measurable frameworks. These views will be utilized as critical think- and accountable responses and/or transactions. To achieve ing tools for students to evaluate various aspects of orga- that goal, the creative functions of copywriting, layout, art nizational structure, processes, design, strategy and cul- direction, media planning, media buying, and creative test- ture. The role of the environment will be explored as well ing are critical. At the very core of this course is the impor- as particular attention to the global forces impacting on tance of establishing and managing relationships with each organizations. customer. Creative strategy relies on a solid understand- MGMT 499. Independent Study (credits vary) ing of the consumer in order to interact with each on a one- Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and consent of in- to-one basis. Students who have elected to specialize in structor. Marketing must enroll in MKTG 355 in the same semes- An opportunity for independent study or research with ter that they enroll in MKTG 360. Any student who with- guidance of faculty advisor. draws from MKTG 360 or MKTG 355 will automatically be withdrawn from the co-enrolled course. THE CURRICULUM IN MARKETING MKTG 470. Direct/Interactive Marketing Strategy MKTG 351. Elements of Direct/Interactive Marketing (3-3-0) (3-3-0) Prerequisite: BUSN 311; MKTG 351, 355, 360. Corequisite: BUSN 311. Spring. Spring. This course is a comprehensive examination of all aspects An introduction to the programmatic, theoretical, and ethi- of the management of marketing. Mainstream marketing cal aspects of direct marketing, including mail order and management concepts are taught on the premise that mar- direct response advertising; measurability and account- keting is a universal management function with strong stra- ability; lists and database marketing. Special attention tegic elements that are operationalized in different ways in will be given to the consideration of direct marketing as an different parts of the world. Supported by a strong con- aspect of marketing in general, as well as the applications ceptual foundation, students’ learning will be directed to- of the direct marketing process, including strategic pro- ward practical applications in direct/interactive marketing. motion, traffic building, fund-raising, lead generation, and The course uses the case-study method to apply concepts subscriptions. Students will carry out written course as- to business world settings. Cases will emphasize issues in signments and presentations requiring computer applica- direct and interactive marketing. tions, critical thinking and global perspectives. MKTG 355. Database Marketing (3-3-0) MKTG 499. Independent Study (credits vary) Prerequisite: BUSN 311. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing and consent of in- Fall. structor. Information technology is transforming the business en- An opportunity for independent study or research with vironment. Businesses now have the ability to convert guidance of faculty advisor. raw customer transactional data into usable marketing intelligence. Companies can identify, profile, analyze, and interact with both current and prospective customers on a personal basis. This course will provide students with a comprehensive understanding of database development and use to maximize customer relationships. Topics covered include the creation and use of databases, database analysis and customer profiling, and managerial decision- making. Students who have elected to specialize in Mar- keting, must enroll in MKTG 360 in the same semester that they enroll in MKTG 355. Any student who withdraws from MKTG 355 or MKTG 360 will automatically be withdrawn from the co-enrolled course.

186 FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND b. Parents’ confidential financial statements. PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) c. Personal files and records of members of faculty or administrative personnel which Listed below is the notification of the Family Educational are in sole possession of the maker thereof. Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). The University is required to inform enrolled students annually of their d. Records of the Admissions Office rights under the terms of FERPA. The act does not apply concerning students admitted but not yet to students admitted to the University who have not offi- enrolled at the University. cially enrolled.

Note: Access www.cnu.edu for the latest changes to e. Medical/psychological records used in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 connection with treatment of the student. (FERPA). Such records can be viewed by a physician or psychologist of the student’s choice; A. Policy Intent f. University Police Department records, when utilized for internal purposes by this office 1. The University student record policy is in its official capacities; and intended to conform with all state and federal statutes dealing with access to information held g. Documents submitted to the University by by an educational institution on present and or for the student will not be returned to the former students. student. Normally, academic records received from other institutions will not be 2. The CNU student record policy is formulated to sent to third parties external to the protect the privacy of student information that University, nor will copies of such is maintained and yet provide access to student documents be given to the student. Such records for those having a legitimate records should be requested by the student educational interest in viewing such records. from the originating institution. Regulations and procedures to ensure adequate protection of the student are provided in this 2. Students have the right to request an amendment policy. of the education record that the student believes is inaccurate or misleading. Should a student believe B. Student Rights under FERPA: his or her record is incorrect, a written request should be submitted to the appropriate University 1. Enrolled students have the right to inspect their official indicating the correct information that records within 45 days of the request for should be entered. The official will respond within inspection and are entitled to an explanation of any a reasonable period concerning his or her action. information therein. “Records” refers to those files Should the student not be satisfied, a hearing may and their contents that are maintained by official be requested of the Registrar. units of the University. Generally, students have the right to review any official record that the 3. Students have the right to consent to disclosures University maintains on them. When access is of personally identifiable information contained in permitted, documents will be examined only under the student’ s education record, except to the conditions that will prevent unauthorized removal, extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without alteration, or mutilation. Information to which the consent (see C3 below). student does not have access is limited to the following: 4. Students have the right to file a complaint with the US Department of Education concerning alleged a. Confidential letters of recommendation failures by CNU to comply with the requirements placed in the student’s files before January of FERPA. The name and address of the office that 1, 1975, and those letters for which student administers FERPA is: has signed a waiver of his or her right of access. Letters of recommendation are Family Policy Compliance Office removed from the Admissions files before US Department of Education the files are forwarded to the Registrar’s 600 Independence Avenue, SW Office. Washington, DC 20202-4605

187 FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT

C. Access to Student Records by Others: the responsibilities assigned to the School Official; the information sought 1. Disclosure of general directory information: must be used within the context of Certain information may be released by the official University business and not for University without prior consent of the student if purposes extraneous to the officials considered appropriate by designated school area of responsibility or the officials. Such information is defined as the University; information requested must following: be relevant and necessary to the accomplishment of some task or to a. Student’s name, address, telephone number making some determination within the (permanent and local). scope of University employment.

b. Date of birth. c. Information requested by student organizations of any kind will be c. Dates of attendance at the University, field provided only when authorized by the of concentration, degrees, honors and Dean of Students. awards. 4. Disclosure to parents and organizations providing d. Enrollment status – full-time or part-time financial support to a student: It is the e. Height and weight of members of athletic University’s policy to release the academic teams. transcript to parents and/or organizations only upon the student’s written request or f. Participation in officially recognized authorization. Parents may also provide activities. documentation showing the student as a financial dependent according to the definition provided in 2. Directory information will not be released for section 152 of the IRS Code. Otherwise, the commercial purposes by administrative offices of academic transcript will be sent only to the the University under any circumstances. Students student, a policy consistent with the University’s may request that directory information not be interpretation of FERPA. released by written request to the Registrar’s office. All other student information will be 5. Disclosure to other educational agencies and released only upon written request of the student, organizations. Information may be released to excepting those instances cited below. another institution of learning, research organization, or accrediting body for legitimate 3. Disclosure to members of the University educational reasons, provided that any data shall community: be protected in a manner that will not permit the personal identification of the student by a third a. “School Official” is defined as a person party. employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic 6. Disclosure to local, state, and federal or research, or support staff position governmental agencies. Government agencies are (including university law enforcement permitted access to student records only when personnel and health staff); a person or auditing, enforcing, and/or evaluating sponsored company with whom the University programs. In such instances, such data may not has contracted (such as attorney, be given to a third party and will be destroyed auditor, or collection agent); or a when no longer needed for audit, enforcement, person serving on the Board of and/or evaluative purposes. Trustees.

b. A school official must have a legitimate educational interest in order to review an education record. “Legitimate Educational Interest” is defined in the following manner: the information requested must be within the context of

188 BOARD OF VISITORS

BOARD OF VISITORS

Rector Myrl L. Hairfield James R. Joseph Robert L. Freeman, Jr. Williamsburg, Virginia Hampton, Virginia Newport News, Virginia Term Expires 6/30/03 Term Expires 6/30/06 Term Expires 6/30/03 William P. Heath, Jr. Claytor C. Mottinger Vice Rector Staunton, Virginia Glen Allen, Virginia Dr. H. W. Trieshmann, Jr. Term Expires 6/30/06 Term Expires 6/30/05 Newport News, Virginia Term Expires 6/30/04 Mary Elizabeth Hoinkes Debra Quesinberry Hartfield, Virginia Richmond, Virginia Secretary Term Expires 6/30/06 Term Expires 6/30/04 Deborah L. Budlong Newport News, Virginia Thaddeus B. Holloman, Sr. David W. Raymond Term Expires 6/30/05 Newport News, Virginia McLean, Virginia Term Expires 6/30/06 Term Expires 6/30/03 Judy F. Ford Richmond, Virginia Claude A. Hornsby, III W.L. Thomas Term Expires 6/30/06 North, Virginia Norfolk, Virginia Term Expires 6/30/05 Term Expires 6/30/04

189 UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION Paul S. Trible, Jr. President

Lennie I. Alger Beth R. Goodhart Carol A. Safko Director of Plant Operations Director , Grounds and Director of Academic Advising Landscaping Stevelyn R. Adams Jack H. Sims Director of Publications Douglas K. Gordon, Ph.D. Vice President for Dean, College of Liberal Arts & University Advancement Marcia D. Boyd Sciences Director of Financial Aid Gerald D. Smith Lucy L. Latchum Director of University Services William L. Brauer Director of Special Events Executive Vice President Richard M. Summerville, Ph. D. Myra H. Legg Provost Hunter S. Bristow Director of Development for University Architect Athletics Anita Tieman, Ed.D. Director of Career Jeffrey S. Brown Patricia L. McDermott and Counseling Services Chief of University Police Director of Planning and Budget William E. Thro Norma J. Brown General Counsel Assistant Vice President Robert L. Midgette, Jr. for University Advancement Director of Internal Audit Maribeth Trun Associate Vice President Patricia P. Cavender Michelle L. Moody for Finance and Director of Admissions Director of EEO and Comptroller Faculty Recruitment Denise Crittenden Donna A. Varner Director of Donna T. Mottilla, D.B.A. Registrar Materiel Management Dean, School of Business George R. Webb, Ph. D. Dorothy Doolittle, Ph.D. Maurice J. O’Connell Special Assistant to the Associate Provost for Research Dean of Students President for Technology & Graduate Studies, College of Liberal Arts & Sciences Stevan G. Pappas Noel C. Womack, Ph.D. Director, Auxiliary Services Director of Assessment Catherine F. Doyle University Librarian Anne W. Perkins, Ph. D. C. J. Woollum Associate Provost Director of Athletics Donna M. Eddleman Associate Dean of Students Cynthia R. Perry Margaret O. Yancey Chief of Staff Director of Development Beth A. Fogarty Director of Sponsored Teri L. Pinkham Amy R. Yaeckel Programs Director of Corporate & Director of the Annual Fund Foundation Relations Douglas C. Gallaer Associate Vice President Kimberly M. Roeder of Human Resources Director of Alumni Relations

190 FACULTY

FACULTY

TAREK M. ABDEL-FATTAH MICHELLE CAMOBRECO BARNELLO Assistant Professor of Biology & Chemistry. B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., Alexandria University; Ph.D., Northeastern University. (1999) LeMoyne College, M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton. (2001) JANA L. ADAMITIS Assistant Professor of Classical Studies. B.A., University of BOBBYE HOFFMAN BARTELS Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. (2003) Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Lawrence University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana- DAVID FRANCIS ALEXICK Champaign. (1994) Professor of Art. B.F.A., Richmond Professional Institute; MARTIN WILLIAM BARTELT M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ph.D., Pennsylva- Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Hofstra University; M.A., nia State University. (1980) Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. (1975)

DEBORAH COFFEY ALLEN FRANKLIN SAMUEL BAUER Instructor in Nursing, Sponsored Research. B.A., Liberty Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of University; M.S., Old Dominion University; R.N., Trident Illinois. (1971) Technical College. (2002) LINDA LEE BAUGHMAN AMY RODERER ANDERSON Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Univer- Instructor in English. B.A., B.F.A., Longwood College; M.A., sity of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois. (2002) Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. (1999) RICHARD ARTHUR BEAUCHAMP BETTY LOCKHART ANGLIN Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Randolph-Macon College; Instructor in Art. B.A., The College of William and Mary. M.Div., Yale University Divinity School; Ph.D., Duke (1988) University. (1992)

JOSHUA ANYIWO THOMAS D. BERRY Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., University of Engineering. B.A., M.A., Cambridge University; Ph.D., Florida; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Colorado State University. (1990) University. (1995)

MATTHEW FAIRHURST APPEL MARY DENISE BEST Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., California Polytechnic Instructor in Communication Studies. B.A., Pennsylvania State State University; M.S., University of California; Ph.D., University, M.A., William Paterson College. (1998) University of California, Irvine. (2003) MICHAEL BIBBO DORIS MARIE ARCHER Instructor in Physics, Computer Science and Engineering, Public/Reference Services Librarian. Associate Professor of Sponsored Research. B.A., Bennington College; M.A., New Library Science. B.A., North Carolina Central University; School for Social Research. (2000) M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America. (1990) MARK GERALD BORCHERT ROBERT BOLLING ATKINSON Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Carson- Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., M.S., James Madison Newman College; M.A., University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D., University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University of Colorado at Boulder. (1999) University. (1995) THEODORA PIERDOS BOSTICK JOHN JOSEPH AVIOLI Professor of History. B.A., Mundelein College; M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., West University of Illinois. (1970) Chester State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware. (1972) AMY WILLIAMS BOYKIN Assistant Reference Librarian. Assistant Professor of Library FOROOZ FRANCIS BADAVI Science. B.A., Christopher Newport University; M.L.I.S., Instructor in Chemistry, Sponsored Research. B.S., M.S., Old University of North Carolina at Greensboro. (1996) Dominion University. (1991) BRIAN DAVID BRADIE DAVID ALLEN BANKES Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Clarkson University. (1993) Ph.D., Ohio State University. (1970)

191 FACULTY

STEVEN BREESE HONGWEI CHEN Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. B.A., Baldwin Wallace Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Hunan Normal College; M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts. (2000) University, PRC; M.S., Huazhong University of Science and Technology, PRC; Ph.D., North Carolina State University. SHARON KAY BROSCIOUS (1991) Associate Professor of Nursing, Sponsored Research. B.M.E., Kutztown State University; M.S.N., Villanova University; RICHARD WENTWORTH CHENEY, JR. D.S.N., University of Birmingham; M.S.N., University of Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Massachu- Alabama. (1996) setts; Ph.D., Duke University. (1985) RONNIE COHEN WILLIAM SCOTT BROWN Professor of Accounting. B.A., Kirkland College; J.D., LL.M., Associate Professor of Music. B.M., M.M., The University The College of William and Mary. (1983) of North Texas. (1997) CARL MORGAN COLONNA KATHLEEN ELIZABETH BRUNKE Associate Professor of Economics. B.B.A., M.A., Old Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Portland State Dominion University. (1970) University; Ph.D., Montana State University. (1993) ROBERT ERNEST COLVIN ALFRED MARTIN BUONCRISTIANI Assistant Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.S., Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.A., M.B.A., Radford University; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University of Santa Clara; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. University. (1998) (1974) HAROLD NELSON CONES, JR. DANIELLE LOUISE CAHILL Professor of Biology. B.S., Maryville College; M.A., The Associate Professor of Spanish. B.A., Wheeling College; M.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D., Bowling Green State Middlebury College; Ph.D., Catholic University of America. University. (1968) (1992) JENNIFER LEA CORNETTE KEITH M. CALLAHAN Instructor in English. B.A., Christopher Newport College; Major, United States Army. Assistant Professor of Military M.A., Pittsburg State University (Kansas). (1998) Science. B.S., Morehead State University; M.S., Auburn University. (1997) KIMBERLY B. COWELL-MYERS Assistant Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., JOHN FORTUNE CAMOBRECO Smith College; M.A., American University; Ph.D., American Assistant Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., University. (2001) State University of New York at Albany; Ph.D. State University of New York at Binghamton. (1999) PHILIP D. DeCAMP Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army. Professor of Military PETER MICHAEL CARLSON Science. B.S., University of Georgia; M.S., Georgia Institute Associate Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., of Technology; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. (1997) Willamette University; M.S. Ed., Western Oregon University; D.P.A., University of Southern California. (2000) LAURA CHRISTINE DEIULIO Assistant Professor of Modern and Classical Languages and JEFFREY VINCENT CARR Literature. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., M.A., University of Princeton University. (2003) Waterloo; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh. (2002) ROBERT DALE DOANE KELLY BRANAM CARTWRIGHT Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., Lynchburg Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic College; M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., Temple Institute and State University; M.A., Ph.D., The University of University. (1973) Arkansas. (1998) LEE ERWIN DOERRIES DIANE CATANZARO Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., The College of William Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Dickinson College; and Mary; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. (1971) M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ph.D., Old Dominion University. (1991) DOROTHY COSBY DOOLITTLE Associate Provost for Research and Graduate Studies. RANDALL HUBERT CATON Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.S., Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Georgia; M.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Tennessee at Knoxville. (1988) Ph.D., City University of New York. (1986)

192 FACULTY

DAVID CHARLES DOUGHTY, JR. DENISE RAE GILLMAN Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.A., Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. B.F.A., West Virginia Rutgers University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. (1984) University; M.F.A., California Institute of Art. (2002)

CATHERINE DOYLE TERILYN J. GOINS University Librarian. Associate Professor of Library Science. Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.S., Liberty B.A., Rutgers University; M.S.L.S., Simmons College. (1985) University; M.A., University of Virginia, Ph.D., Indiana University. (1991) ROBERT JOHN DUREL DOUGLAS KIRKE GORDON Professor of Sociology. A.A., St. Joseph Seminary; B.A., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Professor of Notre Dame Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre English. B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., University Dame. (1971) of Tennessee at Knoxville. (1980) JAMES ERIC DUSKIN Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Wesleyan University; LINDA MAUREEN GORDON M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. (2001) Instructor in English. B.A., Christopher Newport College; M.A., Old Dominion University. (1998) JEAN SMITH FILETTI Associate Professor of English. B.S., Clarion University of HAROLD JAMES GRAU Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Toledo. (1995) Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Towson State Univer- sity; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. (1993) LAUREN PATRICIA FOWLER Assistant Professor of Fine and Performing Arts. B.M.E., MARK STEVEN GRAY Concordia College; M.M., University of Arizona-Tucson; Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Villanova University; D.M.A., University of Northern Colorado. (2000) Ph.D., Thomas Jefferson University. (1992)

VERONIQUE GHISLAINE FRUCOT ROBERT L. GRAY Associate Professor of Accounting. B.B.A., The University of Associate Professor of Management and Marketing. B.A., Texas at Austin; M.B.A., Ph.D., Texas A&M University. Marietta College; M.A., McMaster University; Ph.D., (1998) McMaster University. (2001)

JOHN ROBERT FOLINO GALLO GARY SANFORD GREEN Instructor in Mathematics. B.S., United States Military Associate Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., Academy; M.S., George Washington University. (2000) University of California at Irvine; M.A., Rutgers University School of Criminal Justice; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. DAVID EARL GAME (1999) Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; HARRY GREENLEE M.S., The College of William and Mary; Ph.D., Old Dominion Associate Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., University. (1978) M.A., Hampton Institute; J.D., Ohio State University. (1988)

SUSAN SCHAEFER GEARY SHELIA PARKER GREENLEE Instructor in English. A.B., Augustana College; M.A., Professor of Psychology. B.A., Norfolk State University; University of Illinois. (1998) M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. (1987)

GEORGETA MILOSANU GEORGESCU PETER BOLAND GUSHUE Assistant Professor of Modern and Classical Languages and Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Lehigh University; Literatures. M.A., University of Bucharest; M.A., University M.B.A., Western New England College; M.A., Georgia State of Houston; Ph.D., Rice University. (2002) University; Ph.D., The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa. (1998) COSTA P. GEROUSIS Assistant Professor of Physics, Computer Science and PHILLIP FORREST HAMILTON Engineering. B.S., M.S.E.,Ph.D., Arizona State University. Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gettysburg College; (2003) M.A., George Washing ton Unviersity; Ph.D., Washing ton University at St. Louis. (2002) REGINA LEE GERSTMAN Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.S.W., University JOHN GEORGE HARDIE of Michigan; Ph.D. University Texas Austin. (2001) Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.S., Colorado State University; M.S., Ph.D., JEFFREY A. GIBBONS University of Pittsburgh. (1996) Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Western Michigan University; M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University. (2000)

193 FACULTY

JOSEPH FRANCIS HEALEY PARVIZ KHAJEH KHALILI Professor of Sociology. A.B., M.A., The College of William Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Arya Mehr, Sharif, University and Mary; Ph.D., University of Virginia. (1969) of Technology, Teheran; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. (1985) GREGORY ALPHONSO HENRY Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A., Ohio University; M.F.A., QUENTIN KIDD Rinehart School of Sculpture, Maryland Institute College of Associate Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., Art. (1992) M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Tech University. (1997) DAVID LARRY HIBLER Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.S., JEANNE N. KLESCH Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin; M.S., Ph.D., University Assistant Catalog/Reference Librarian. Instructor in Library of South Carolina. (1989) Science. B.S., Miami State University - Oxford, Ohio; M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America. (2000) DONALD WALTER HICKS Associate Professor of Accounting. B.S., University of PETER ARMISTEAD KNIPP Virginia; M.S., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Michigan Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and State University; C.P.A. (1990) Engineering. A.B., Princeton University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago. (1992) GEORGE JOSEPH HILLOW, III Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. A.B., Duke University; STAVROULA ERIKETTA KOSTAKI-GAILEY M.A., Memphis State University; M.F.A., Virginia Common- Professor of Mathematics. A.A., Warren Wilson College; B.A., wealth University. (1991) University of North Carolina at Greensboro; M.A., Western Carolina University; Ed.D., University of North Carolina at JAMES ROBERT HINES Greensboro. (1974) Professor of Music. B.A., Old Dominion University; M.M., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ph.D., University of KEVIN KRIGSVOLD North Carolina at Chapel Hill. (1975) Instructor in Physics, Computer Science and Engineering, Sponsored Research. B.A., Old Dominion University; M.A., JOHN ARTHUR HOAGLUND Hampton University. (2000) Professor of Philosophy. Ph.D., Free University of Berlin. (1972) LYNN LAMBERT Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and ELIZABETH BAXTER HOLLINGSWORTH Engineering. B.A., Wellesley College; M.S., Shippensburg Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of Virginia; University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Delaware. M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University. (2002) (1992)

STEPHANIE DIKOVICS HUNEYCUTT MARK IRA LEBOW Associate Professor of Management. B.A., State University of Associate Professor of Accounting. B.S., University of New York at Albany; J.D., Golden Gate University School of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University. Law; LL.M., The College of William and Mary. (1994) (2000)

MARY CLAIRE JACOBS TERRENCE OLIVER LEE Assistant Professor of Communications. B.A., University of Associate Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse Wyoming; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. (2002) University. (1994)

LINDA MARIE KROCHAK JOHNSON MICHAEL ALAN LEWIS Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., B.A.H., Villanova Assistant Professor of Sociology, Social Work and Anthropol- University; M.S., University of Virginia. (2002) ogy. B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. (2002) LELAND GONCE JORDAN Associate Professor of Accounting. B.S., University of Florida; CHANG LIU M.S., Air Force Institute of Technology; D.B.A., George Assistant Professor of History. B.A., M.A., University of Washington University. (1999) California; M.A., Ph.D., Shanghai Normal University, PRC. (1998) KARA KAY KEELING Associate Professor of English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., SANFORD EDWARD LOPATER Purdue University; Ph.D., Indiana University. (1993) Professor of Psychology. B.A., Miami University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. (1973)

194 FACULTY

GIHAN IBRAHIM MANDOUR JAY SNYDER PAUL Instructor in Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. B.S., Professor of English. B.A., Hartwick College; M.A., Ph.D., M.S., Alexandria University; M.S., Michigan State. (2002) Michigan State University. (1978)

TIMOTHY RAY MARSHALL LEA BUCHANAN PELLETT Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., University of Idaho; Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Hampton Institute; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Univer- M.A., The College of William and Mary; M.S.W., Norfolk sity. (1992) State University. (1970)

JAMES ELDER MARTIN BELLE LAWSON PENDLETON Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.S., University of Associate Professor of Art. B.A., University of South Pittsburgh; M.S., M.S., Ph.D., Brown University. (1993) Alabama; M.A., Tulane University; Ph.D., Northwestern University. (1991) CHERYL MARIE MATHEWS Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Grove City College; RONALD LEE PERSKY M.S.W., University of Hawaii at Manoa. (1979) Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Purdue University; M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1969) MARIO DOMINIC MAZZARELLA Professor of History. A.B., Providence College; M.A., SCOTT THOMAS POLLARD University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., American University. Associate Professor of English. B.A., Santa Clara University; (1969) M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Irvine. (1992)

JOAN MARIE MCMAHON NIKITA S. POUGATCHEV Assistant Professor of Management and Economics. B.A., Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and State University of New York - Oneonta; M.Ed., James Engineering, Sponsored Research. M.S., Moscow Physical- Madison University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Technical Institute; Ph.D., Russian Academy of Science. (1993) Institute. (2002) JOUETT LYNN POWELL BUCK GWYNN MILLER Professor of Religious Studies. B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Professor of Government and Public Affairs. B.A., Gettysburg Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale College; M.P.A., Ph.D., New York University. (1976) University. (1978)

RONALD SAMUEL MOLLICK PAMELA FRANCIS PRINGLE Professor of Biology. B.S., M.S., San Diego State University; Instructor in Management and Marketing. B.A., Brock Ph.D., North Carolina State University. (1968) University; M.B.A., McMaster University. (2001)

TIMOTHY EVERETT MORGAN VIRGINIA SUE PURTLE Associate Professor of History. B.S., M.A., Purdue Univer- Professor of Sociology. B.S., M.S., Oklahoma State Univer- sity; Ph.D., The College of William and Mary. (1970) sity; Ph.D., Louisiana State University. (1989)

SUSAN BRUNER MORRIS NIAZUR RAHIM Instructor in Accounting. B.A., The College of William and Associate Professor of Economics and Finance. B.S., Mary; M.B.A., Old Dominion University. (1996) Bangladesh Engineering University; M.B.A., Hampton University; Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University. (1998) DONNA T. MOTTILLA Dean of the School of Business. Professor of Management and KIP HAMILTON REDICK Marketing. B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Shippensburg State College; Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religious Studies. D.B.A., Kent State University. (1999) B.A., Christopher Newport College; M.A., Ph.D., Regent University. (1992) DEBORAH CARTER MULLEN Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.S., University of JAMES ROBERT REED, JR. Scranton; M.A., Ph.D., Binghamton University. (1993) Professor of Biology. A.B., Harvard College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Tulane University. (1995) ROARK RICHARD MULLIGAN Associate Professor of English. A.A., Canada College; B.A., MARK UEL REIMER University of California at Berkeley; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music. B.M.E., Drake University; University of Oregon. (1994) M.Mus., University of Cincinnati; D.Mus., Indiana University. (1992) JOHN GRAYSON NICHOLS Assistant Professor of English, B.A., University of Richmond; DETTA KAYE RICH M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. (2000) Instructor in Mathematics. B.S., Southeastern State Univer- sity; M.Ed., M.S., Texas A&M University. (1990)

195 FACULTY

ANTON RIEDL RAOUF LOTFI SELIM Assistant Professor of Computer Science and Engineering. Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and M.S.E.E., Purdue University; Dipl.-Ing, Ph.D., Munich Engineering. B.S.E.E., Cairo University; B.S., Ain Shams University of Technology. (2003) University, Cairo; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University. (1986)

STACY L. RILEA NIGEL ANTHONY SELLARS Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Fayetteville State Assistant Professor of History. B.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University; M.A., University of Alabama. (2002) University of Oklahoma. (2000)

DANIEL R. ROOSE ANTONIO CARVALHO SIOCHI Captain, United States Army, Assistant Professor of Military Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Science. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Chapman Engineering. B.S., Anteneo de Manila University; M.S., Ph.D., University. (1998) Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. (1990)

KENNETH THOMAS ROSE SHUMET SISHAGNE Associate Professor of Religious Studies. B.A., Ohio State Associate Professor of History. B.A., Haile Selassie Univer- University; M.Div., A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University. (1992) sity; M.A., Addis Ababa University; Ph.D., University of Illinois. (1991) ROBERTA KATZ ROSENBERG Professor of English. B.A., Queens College of the City SALLY ANN SLEDGE University of New York; Ph.D., University of North Carolina Assistant Professor of Management and Marketing. B.S., at Chapel Hill. (1986) University of Virginia; M.B.A., The College of William and Mary; Ph.D., Old Dominion University. (2000) SCOTT ALASTAIR RUTHERFORD Assistant Professor of Management and Marketing. B.S., GLADYS DENICE SMITH University of Delaware; M.S., University of Delaware. (2001) Assistant Professor of Biology, Chemistry, and Environmental Science. B.S., M.S., The University of Arizona-Tucson; Ph.D., SUSAN SMITH ST. ONGE Dartmouth College. (2000) Professor of French. B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (1970) JUNE FRANCIS SOUD Instructor in English. B.A., Tusculum College; M.A., ANTHONY RICHARD SANTORO Presbyterian School of Christian Education; M.S., John President Emeritus. Distinguished Professor of History. A.B., Hopkins University; M.A., University of Delaware. (2000) College of the Holy Cross; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Rutgers University. (1987) LISA DISALVO SPILLER Professor of Marketing. B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Gannon Univer- BARBARA ANN SAVITZKY sity; Ph.D., University of Missouri at Kansas City. (1991) Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee at Knoxville. (1990) MARSHA MAKIBBIN SPRAGUE Associate Professor of English. B.A., Wellesley College; CHRISTOPHER DON SCHEIDERER M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., University of Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., M.A., Ohio State Miami. (1992) University. (1971) CHARLES THOMAS STIVASON WAYNE MORRIS SCHELL Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.S., Clarion University of Associate Professor of Accounting. A.A., Christopher Pennsylvania; M.A., George Mason University, M.A.I.S., Newport College; B.S., Old Dominion University; M.B.A., Arizona State University, PhD., Virginia Polytechnic Institute The College of William and Mary; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic and State University. (1998) Institute and State University; C.P.A. (1976) STEVEN ALAN STREHLE TRACEY TEETS SCHWARZE Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religious Studies. B.S., Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of Virginia; Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M. Div., Divinity Columbia M.A., University of Dayton; Ph.D., University of California. Graduate School; D. Theology, Theology Universitat Basel. (1999) (2002)

GRAHAM MANFRED SCHWEIG RICHARD MARION SUMMERVILLE Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religious Studies. Provost. Distinguished Professor of Mathematics. B.S., B.A., American University; M.A., University of Chicago; Clarion State College; A.M., Washington University at St. M.T.S., Th.M., Th.D., Harvard University. (2000) Louis; Ph.D., Syracuse University. (1980)

CAROL JEAN SCOVOTTI TANYA ELAINE SWEET Assistant Professor of Management and Marketing. B.A., Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. B.A., Beloit College; Marquette University; M.B.A., Loyola University; D.P.S., M.F.A., University of Illinois at Urbana - Champaign. (2002) Pace University. (2001) 196 FACULTY

GEORGE ALBERT TESCHNER ALICIA CAROL WILLSON-METZGER Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Access Services Librarian. Assistant Professor of Library New York University; M.A., Ph.D., The Graduate Faculty of Science. B.A., Central Missouri State University; M.A., Political and Social Science New School for Social Research. M.A.L.S., University of Missouri. (2002) (1976) ANGELA SABURN WILSON GWENDOLYN B. THORNTON Assistant Professor of Nursing, Sponsored Research. B.S.N., Instructor in Social Work. B.S.W., M.S.W., Virginia Common- M.S.N., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., University of wealth University. (1997) Virginia. (1996)

LORI JILL UNDERWOOD ROBERT CHARLES WINDER Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., M.A., University of Professor of Economics and Finance. A.B., Rutgers College; Memphis; Ph.D. University of Missouri. (1999) M.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., Rutgers University. (1991) MICHELLE ALBERT VACHRIS Associate Professor of Economics. B.A., The College of MARY ELIZABETH WRIGHT William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., George Mason University. Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Virginia Wesleyan (1994) College; M.A., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1999) ANDREW JAMES VELKEY, II Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Millsaps College; HEATHER LEIGH WYATT M.A., The University of Montana; Ph.D., The University of Assistant Professor of Government. B.A., Christopher Montana. (2001) Newport University; M.P.A., Old Dominion University. (2002) DALI WANG Assistant Professor of Physics, Computer Science and WALTER WEINDEL WYMER, JR. Engineering. B.S., Huazhong University of Science and Associate Professor of Management and Marketing. B.S., St. Technology; M.S., North China Institute of Electrical and Joseph College; M.B.A., Liberty University; D.B.A., Indiana Power; Ph.D., Florida Atlantic University. (2002) University. (1997)

GEORGE RANDOLPH WEBB GEORGE KONSTANTINOS ZESTOS Professor of Physics, Computer Science and Engineering. A.A., Associate Professor of Economics and Finance. B.A., Saginaw Old Dominion University; B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Valley State University; M.A., Michigan State University; Technology; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Ph.D., Indiana University. (1993) University. (1973) MING ZHANG GLENN MARTIN WEBER Associate Professor of Physics, Computer Science, and Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Engineering. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., East China Normal University, Brooklyn; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University. (1977) Shanghai. (2000)

THOMAS EDWARD WEISS, JR. Professor of Biology. B.A., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Tulane University; Ph.D., University of Georgia. (1980)

REBECCA SORRELLS WHEELER Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of Virginia; M.S., Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of Chicago. (1999)

GARY JOHN WHITING Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., University of South Carolina. (1993)

KELLI ENGLAND WILL Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., M.S., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. (2002)

MARY ROSE WILLIAMS Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., George Mason University; M.A., Colorado State University; Ph.D., University of Oregon. (2001)

197 FACULTY

EMERITI FACULTY

JOHN EDWIN ANDERSON, JR. ROBERT EVANS FELLOWES Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Accounting. B.S., United University of Akron; Ph.D., Ohio State University. States Naval Academy; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; C.P.A. HENRY MARSHALL BOOKER Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Lynchburg LORA RUTH FRIEDMAN College; Ph.D., University of Virginia. Professor Emerita of Education. B.S., M.A., City College of New York; Ed.D., University of Florida. EDWIN CANNON BOYD Associate Professor Emeritus of Management. A.B., Duke JOHN RICHARD GUTHRIE, JR. University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania. Professor Emeritus of German and French. A.B., The College of William and Mary; M.A., Middlebury College; CLYDE WARING BROCKETT, JR. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Professor Emeritus of Music. A.B., The College of William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. GARY G. HAMMER Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., M.S.,Wichita State SANDRA LUMPKIN BRYAN University; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. Professor Emerita of Education. B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.D., Auburn University. ROBERT WILLIAM HERRMANN Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., George Washing- ALMA JANE CHAMBERS ton University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Pfeiffer College; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., University of North JAMES NIMMO HUBBARD, III Carolina. Associate Professor Emeritus of Leisure Studies and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., The College of William CHIE KEN CHANG and Mary. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Taiwan University; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. RITA COOPER HUBBARD Professor Emerita of Communication Studies. A.B., College ROBERT CHARLES COKER of Notre Dame; M.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Marketing. B.S., West Virginia Temple University. Wesleyan College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois. RICHARD LEWIS HUNTER ROBERT HENRY CUMMINGS Associate Professor Emeritus of Management. B.A., Duke Professor Emeritus of Fitness Management. A.A., University; M.B.A., New York University. Baltimore Junior College; B.S., University of Maryland; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of JOHN EMMETT JENKINS Southern Mississippi. Associate Professor Emeritus of Education. A.B., Univer- sity of Richmond; M.Ed., The College of William and MARY HURLEY DANIEL Mary. Assistant Professor Emerita of Library Science, Reference Services Librarian. B.A., Adams State College; M.S.L.S., ELIZABETH FRANCES JONES University of Tennessee. Professor Emerita of Classical Studies. A.B., State Univer- sity of New York at Albany; Ph.D., University of North JOHN WILLETT DAWSON Carolina. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Accounting. B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.B.A., Virginia Commonwealth RUTH LYNCH KERNODLE University; C.P.A. Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., Madison College; M.A., University of North Carolina. DAVID EDWARD DOOLEY Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Tampa PAUL CHESTER KILLAM University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., The Professor Emeritus of Government and Public Affairs. B.S., College of William and Mary. M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts; M.C.P., Yale University. ROBERT JOHNSON EDWARDS Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Hobart College; DAVID WESLEY KING Ph.D., University of Rochester. Assistant Professor Emeritus. B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., Laval University.

198 FACULTY

BRUNO ALFONS KOCH WALLACE STEPHEN SANDERLIN, JR. Professor Emeritus of Theatre and Speech Communication. Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., The College of B.A., Baylor University; M.A., University of Houston; William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. Ph.D., University of Michigan. ROBERT MILLER SAUNDERS ALETHA SYLVIA MARKUSEN Professor of History. B.A., M.A., University of Rich- Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S., University of North mond; Ph.D., University of Virginia. Dakota; M.S., Ph.D., Montana State University. RUTH OWNBY SIMMONS KATHRYN O’BRIEN MCCUBBIN Assistant Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S., Carson- Associate Professor Emerita of Management Information Newman College; M.Ed., University of Virginia. Systems. B.S.,M.S., Marquette University. JANE CARTER WEBB LAWRENCE LEE MILLS Associate Professor Emerita of Physics, Computer Science Assistant Professor Emeritus of Management and Market- and Engineering. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University. ing. B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.B.A., Ohio State University; M.S.W., Norfolk State University. CECIL HARVEY WILLIAMS, JR. Associate Professor Emeritus of Government and Public JAMES IRWIN MOORE Affairs. A.B., Duke University; M.Div., Crozer Theologi- Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. B.S., United cal Seminary; M.A., University of Virginia. States Naval Postgraduate School; M.A.P.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. JAMES CLAYTON WINDSOR Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., The College of JAMES MATTHEW MORRIS William and Mary; M.Div., University of Rochester; M.S., Professor Emeritus of History, A.B., Aquinas College; Virginia Commonwealth University; Ed.D., University of M.A., Central Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Virginia. Cincinnati. WILLIAM CHARLES WINTER LEE CHARLES OLSON Professor Emeritus of Government and Public Affairs. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.S., South Dakota State B.S., State University of New York; M.A., Ph.D., American University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. University. (1970)

SANG OH PARK LAWRENCE BARRON WOOD, JR. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., M.A., Florida Associate Professor Emeritus of English and Fine and State University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Performing Arts. A.B., Hampden-Sydney College; M.A., Chapel Hill. University of Pennsylvania.

JEAN ELIZABETH PUGH NOTE: This list reflects the expected status of members of Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S., Madison College; the faculty for 2003-2004, at the time the catalog went to M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. press. The date indicates the year when the individual was first appointed as a member of the faculty. DELIA DORIS REPPEN Associate Professor Emerita of Spanish. B.A., University of Buenos Aires; M.A., University of California.

DONALD BENNETT RILEY Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting. B.S., The College of William and Mary; M.B.A., University of North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; C.P.A.

MARY LUELLA ROYALL Professor Emerita of Physical Education. B.S., Madison College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

LAWRENCE JOSHUA SACKS Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. A.B., Drew University; M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.

199 INDEX

Absence from exams 38 Barclay Apartments, map 206 Academic Advising Center 33 Billing 16 Academic calendar 6 Biology Curriculum 49 Academic Continuance 34 Biology minor 49 Academic dismissal 36 Biology teacher preparation program 49 Academic Forgiveness 39 Biology, BA degree 47 Academic organization 31 Biology, BS degree 48 Academic Performance policies 35 Biology, Chemistry & Environmental Science, Academic policies 34 Department of 47 Academic probation 35 Board of Visitors 189 Academic Progress policies 34 Bookstore, map 206 Academic responsibilities, student 44 Bookstore/Student Center, map 206 Academic standards, honors program 106 BS/MS Applied Physics & Computer Science 146 Academic suspension 35 BS/MS Applied Psychology 158 Academic warning 35 Business & Technology Center, map 206 Accounting curriculum 179 Business Administration minor 176 Accounting minor 179 Business core curriculum 176 Accounting, BSA degree 179 Business core requirements 174 Accounting, Department of 179 Business School, general academic policies 174 Accreditation 8 Business School, minimum GPA 175 Adding a course, changes in registration 36 Business School, mission 173 Administration Building, map 206 Business School, non-business majors 176 Administration, University 190 Business School, vision 173 Admission 9 Business, admission & declaration of major 174 Admission, auditing 12 Business, admission for transfer students 175 Admission, early action 10 Business, School of 173 Admission, freshman student 9 Captain John Smith Library/Smith Hall, map 206 Admission, international student 10 Career & Counseling Services, Office of 27 Admission, non-degree seeking 11 Career services 27 Admission, transfer student 10 Cashing of student checks 18 Admissions, Office of 9 Center for Economic Education 174 Advance Placement scores, History 13 Certificate Programs, listing 32 Advanced Placement 12 Challenge examination fee 15 Advanced Placement test summary 13 Challenging a course 39 Advanced Placement, foreign language 13 Chemistry curriculum 53 Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate 14 Chemistry minor 49 Advising in the major 33 Childhood Studies certificate program 55 AMS (Academic Management Services) 17 Childhood Studies curriculum 55 Anthropology curriculum 169 Childhood Studies minor 55 Anthropology minor 163 Christopher Newport Scholars 107 Apartments, Barclay 23 Classical Studies curriculum 131 Apartments, CNU 23 Classical Studies program 131 Apartments, Warwick River 23 Classification of students 35 Application deadlines 9 CNU Apartments, map 206 Application fee 9 CNU Online 29 Application for in-state tuition 19 College of Liberal Arts & Sciences 46 Application requirements, Financial Aid 21 College Studies curriculum 68 Applied Music curriculum 83 Commencement exercises 40 Applied Music fee 15 Communication certificate program 57 Applied Music juries 76 Communication Studies curriculum 58 Applied Physics minor 148 Communication Studies minor 57 Army ROTC program 121 Communication Studies, BA 57 Army ROTC scholarships 121 Communication Studies, Department of 57 Art curriculum 71 Communications (Data) certificate program 150 Art minor 71 Computer Engineering curriculum 150 Athletic organizations 25 Computer Engineering, BS 147 Athletics, Department of 25 Computer Foundations, BS, major in Applied Physics147 Attendance 37 Computer Foundations, BS, major in Computer Auditing, change audit to credit status 37 Science 148 Auditing, change credit to audit status 37 Computer Science curriculum 151

200 INDEX

Computer Science minor 149 Finance specialization, BSBA 183 Continuance, Academic 34 Financial Aid application requirements 21 Cooperative program - Duke University School of Financial Aid, Federal programs 21 the Environment 47 Financial Aid, Federal Stafford Student Loans 22 Counseling support services 27 Financial Aid, Honors scholarships 22 Course descriptions 42 Financial Aid, Office of 21 Criminology concentration, BA Sociology 163 Financial Aid, PLUS loan program 22 Critical Thinking concentration, BA Philosophy 135 Financial Aid, private scholarships 22 Dean’s academic honor list 39 Financial Aid, satisfactory academic progress 22 Declaration of major 39 Financial Aid, Scholarships 21 Declaration of minor 40 Financial Aid, State programs 21 Degree Completion Requirement 10 Financial Aid, student loans 22 Degree requirements 45 Financial information 15 Degrees, graduate listing 32 Fine & Performing Arts, BA 71 Degrees, undergraduate listing 31 Fine & Performing Arts, Department of 71 Delinquent financial obligations 18 Fine Arts concentration, BA, Fine & Performing Arts 71 Digital Design certificate program 150 Five-year Program, BS/MS Applied Physics & Dining Options 23 Computer Science 146 Disabilities, services for students 33 Five-year Program, BS/MS Applied Psychology 158 Double major 40 Five-year Program, BS/MS Environmental Science 49 Dropping a course, changes in registration 36 Foreign Language requirement 45 Duke University School of the Environment - Freeman Center, The 206 cooperative program 47 French concentration, BA, Modern Languages 125 Early Childhood concentration BA/BS in Psychology158 French curriculum 125 E-Commerce curriculum 184 French minor 125 E-Commerce specialization in BSBA degree 182 Freshman advising 33 Economic Education, Center for 174 Freshman courses in College Writing 61 Economics curriculum 182 Full-time & part-time status 34 Economics minor 183 Gaines Theater, map 206 Economics specialization, BSBA 182 General Academic Policies 36 Education, see Teacher Preparation General Academic Policies & Procedures 34 Eligibility requirements, Financial Aid 21 General Business Curriculum 176 Emergency loans, short-term 20 General Education Requirements 45 Emeriti Faculty 198 General Education Vision & Goals 44 Employment support services 27 General Psychology concentration, BA/BS, Engineering curriculum 153 Psychology 157 English curriculum 63 Geography curriculum 99 English, BA , Literature concentration 61 German concentration, BA, Modern Languages 127 English, BA, Creative Writing concentration 62 German curriculum 127 English, BA, Journalism concentration 62 German minor 127 English, BA, Language Arts concentration 63 Gerontology certificate program 92 English, BA, Technical Writing concentration 62 Gerontology curriculum 92 English, BA, Writing concentration 62 Gerontology minor 92 English, Department of 60 Gosnold Hall, map 206 English, Teacher Preparation Program 63 Government & Public Affairs internship opportunities 93 Environmental Science major, BS Biology 48 Government & Public Affairs, Department of 93 Estimated costs 22 Grade point average 38 Examinations 38 Grade reports 39 Faculty 191 Grades for repeated courses 38 Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act (FERPA) 187 Grading system 38 Federal financial aid programs 21 Graduate Studies 32 Federal PLUS loan program 22 Graduation fee 15 Federal Stafford student loans 22 Graduation with honors 40 Fees, general 15 Graduation, general requirements 41 Ferguson Hall; Center for the Arts, map 206 Greenhouse, map 206 Field instruction application, Social Work 164 Harbor Lights Dining Facility 24 Film Studies minor 69 Harbor Lights Dining Hall, map 206 Film Studies certificate program 69 Health & Wellness Services 27 Film Studies curriculum 69 Health Center, map 206 Finance curriculum 185 Health-related professions 47

201 INDEX

History Advance Placement score 13 Marketing specialization, BSBA 183 History curriculum 101 Mathematics curriculum 117 History minor 101 Mathematics minor 117 History of the University 8 Mathematics, Teacher Education program 117 History, BA degree 100 Mathematics, BA/BS 115 History, Department of 100 Mathematics, BA/BS, computer science History, Pre-law program 101 concentration 116 History, Teacher Preparation Program 101 Mathematics, BA/BS, physics concentration 116 History-Business program 101 Mathematics, Department of 115 Honors curriculum 107 McMurran Hall, map 206 Honors Program 106 Medical/Administrative withdrawal 37 Honors Program course requirements 107 Military Science curriculum 122 Honors Scholars 107 Military Science, Department of 121 Honors scholarships 22 Minimum good standing 35 Housing deadlines 24 Minimum Standards for Academic Continuance 35 Housing deposit & refund policy 24 Minors, listing 31 Housing, map 206 Mission of the University 8 Immunization requirement for new students 36 Modern & Classical Languages & Literature, Immunizations 27 Department of 124 Incidental expenses 19 Modern Languages curriculum 130 Incomplete grade 38 Modern Languages, BA concentration in French 125 Independent study procedures 37 Modern Languages, BA degree 125 Industrial/Organizational concentration, BA/BS, Modern Languages, BA, concentration in German 127 Psychology 157 Modern Languages, BA, concentration in Spanish 129 Information Science minor 149 Multicultural Affairs, Office of 26 Information Science, BSIS concentrations 149 Music curriculum 78 Information Systems concentration, BSIS 149 Music degrees 75 Information Technology Services 30 Music Juries 76 In-state resident student classification 19 Music minor 75 Instrumental Music Education, Teacher Education Pro77 Music concentration, BA in Fine & Perfoming Arts 78 Intercollegiate Athletics 25 Music program 74 Interdisciplinary Studies, BA/BS 110 Music program entrance requirements 75 International Baccalaureate Program scores 14 Music program graduation requirements 76 Internet services 30 Music, admission to degree program requirements 76 Internship Opportunities, Government & Public Affair 93 Music, BM 76 Intramural Athletics 25 Music, BM, Choral Music Education concentration 77 Intramural Department 25 Music, BM, History & Literature concentration 76 James River Residence Hall 23 Music, BM, Performance concentration 76 James River Residence Hall, map 206 Music, BM, Theory/Composition concentration 77 Jazz Studies, professional certificate program 75 Music, Teacher Preparation Program 77 Karl E. & Elizabeth H. Beamer Scholars 107 Natural Science curriculum 155 Languages Building, map 206 Networking & Communication concentration, BSIS 149 Late penalty & administrative fees 15 Non-degree enrollment, high school students 11 Latin curriculum 128 Nursing, Department of 132 Leadership curriculum 113 Object-Oriented Programming certificate program 150 Leadership minor 112 Online, Philosophy & Religious Studies 137 Leadership Program, The President’s 111 Orientation program 26 Liberal Arts & Sciences, College of 46 Ornamental Horticulture major, BS Biology 48 Library (Captain John Smith Library) 28 Overload schedule 35 Library Science curriculum 114 Parking fee, academic year 15 Library Science, Department of 114 Parking fee, summer only 15 Library services 28 Pass/Fail credits 39 Lifelong Learning Society 30 Payment policy 17 Literature minor 63 Payments 16 Location 8 Permission to take courses elsewhere 39 Management & Economics, Department of 182 Permission to Underload 34 Management curriculum 185 Philosophy & Religious Studies minor 137 Management specialization, BSBA 183 Philosophy & Religious Studies online 136 Map, CNU campus 205 Philosophy & Religious Studies, Department of 133 Marketing curriculum 186 Philosophy curriculum 137

202 INDEX

Philosophy, BA 134 ROTC Program 121 Philosophy, BA, Critical Thinking concentration 135 ROTC Scholarships 121 Philosophy, BA, Pre-Seminary Studies concentration 136 Santoro Residence Hall, map 206 Philosophy, BA, Religious Studies concentration 134 Satisfactory academic progress (Financial Aid) 22 Philosophy, BA, Values & the Professions Schedule adjustment (Drop/Add) 36 concentration 135 Schedule changes (Drop/Add), financial 16 Philosophy, supplemental sections 137 Scholarships, Honors 22 Physics curriculum 154 Scholarships, President’s Leadership Program 111 Physics, Computer Science & Engineering, Scholarships, private 22 Department of 145 School of Business 173 Physics, Teacher Preparation Program 146 School of Business, admission for transfer students 175 PLUS loan program 22 School of Business, general academic policies 175 Policies & Procedures, Academic 34 School of Business, minimum GPA 175 Policies & Procedures, General 36 School of Business, mission 173 Politcal Science Curriculum 94 School of Business, non-business majors 176 Political Science, BA 94 School of Business, vision 173 Political Science, minor 94 Science Building, map 206 Pre-Engineering program 146 Second Bachelor’s degree 40 Pre-Law, Government 93 Senior Citizens tuition program 19 Pre-Law, History 101 Senior Pass/Fail option 39 President’s Leadership Program 111 Services for students with disabilities 33 President’s Leadership Program, eligibility 111 Short-term emergency loans 20 President’s Leadership Program, requirements 111 Small Business Institute (SBI) 174 President’s Leadership Program, scholarships 111 Smith Hall, map 206 President’s Leadership Program, visiting leaders 111 Social Work curriculum 167 Professional Communication certificate program 57 Social Work, admission & evaluation procedures 163 Professional Degrees 45 Social Work, BA 163 Psychology curriculum 158 Social Work, continuance in program 164 Psychology minor 158 Social Work, continuing GPA & other requirements 164 Psychology, BA/BS 157 Social Work, field instruction application 164 Psychology, BA/BS, Early Childhood concentration 158 Sociology curriculum 165 Psychology, BA/BS, General Psychology Sociology minor 163 concentration 157 Sociology, BA 162 Psychology, BA/BS, Industrial/Organizational Sociology, BA, Criminology concentration 163 concentration 157 Sociology, BA, Culture, Socialization, & Society Psychology, Department of 157 concentration 162 Psychology, Teacher Preparation Program 158 Sociology, Social Work & Anthropology, Ratcliffe Hall, map 206 Department of 162 Readmission to the University 11 Spanish concentration, BA, Modern Languages 129 Refund policy, tuition & fees 17 Spanish curriculum 129 Regatta’s Dining Facility 24 Spanish minor 129 Registrar, Office of 34 Spanish, Teacher Preparation Program 129 Registration 36 Sports & Convocation (Freeman) Center, map 206 Registration fee 15 Stafford student loans 22 Reinstatement (for non-payment of tuition) 17 State financial aid programs 21 Reinstatement fee 15 State immunization requirement for new students 36 Religious Studies concentration , BA, Philosophy 134 Student Academic Responsibilities 44 Religious Studies curriculum 142 Student Accounts/Cash Services, Office of 15 Residence Hall, James River 23 Student Center, map 206 Residence Hall, Santoro 23 Student Employment program 27 Residence Hall, York River 23 Student Government Association (SGA) 26 Residence Life, Office of 26 Student Life, Office of 26 Residency appeal 19 Student loans 22 Residential living 23 Study skills support services 27 Returned check fee 15 Teacher Preparation, Biology 49 Room & Board cost 24 Teacher Preparation, English 63 Room & Board fee deadline 24 Teacher Preparation, History 101 ROTC (Military Science) curriculum 122 Teacher Preparation, Mathematics 117 ROTC commissioning requirements 121 Teacher Preparation, Music 77 ROTC enrollment requirements 121 Teacher Preparation, Physics 146

203 INDEX

Teacher Preparation, Psychology 158 Teacher Preparation, Spanish 129 Teacher Preparation, Theater 86 Teresa Vandover Award 107 Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 10 Theater Arts concentration, BA, Fine & Performing Arts 85 Theater Arts curriculum 87 Theater Arts minor 87 Theater Arts program 84 Theater Arts, Acting track 85 Theater Arts, additional Dramatic Literature ourses 91 Theater Arts, Arts Administration track 86 Theater Arts, Design/Technical track 86 Theater Arts, Directing & Dramatic Literature track 86 Theater Arts, Music-Theater/Dance track 85 Theater Arts, reading list 86 Theater Arts, Teacher Preparation Program 86 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) 10 Transfer advising 33 Transfer credit 10 Tuition 15 Tuition payment plan (AMS) 17 Tuition, application for in-state tuition 19 Tuition, out-of-state 15 Tuition, part-time rate 15 Tuition, Virginia residents 15 Undergraduates taking graduate courses 40 Underload enrollment policy 34 University Health & Wellness Services 27 University Housing, Office of 23 University Police, map 206 University Presidents 8 Values & the Professions concentration, BA, Philosophy 135 Veterans benefits 19 Vision & Goals, General Education 44 Wallace B. Greene Scholars 106 Warwick Residence, map 206 Wingfield Hall, map 206 Withdraw, administrative 37 Withdrawal from a course 36 Withdrawal from online courses 37 Withdrawal, medical 37 Women’s & Gender Studies curriculum 171 Women’s & Gender Studies, certificate/minor program 171 Writing Center 61 Writing Intensive (WI) Course Requirement 41 Writing minor 63 York River Residence Hall, map 206

204 Adminstration Building Landscaping and Grounds Department Athletic Facilities University Police Barclay Apartments McMurran Hall Business and Technology Center (CNU-SunTrust Physical Plant Building) Ratcliffe Hall Captain John Smith Library Santoro Residence Hall Art Studios Science Building CNU Apartments Smith Hall Ferguson Hall Student Center/Bookstore Center for the Arts (Under Construction) The Freeman Center Gaines Theatre Warwick Medical Center Building 6 Gosnold Hall University Services and Greenhouse Architects Harbor Lights Warwick River Dining Hall Wingfield Hall Music Rehearsal Hall York River Residence Hall Housing Office Judicial Affairs James River Residence Hall 205